ABC Sheds Articles | Workshops

Categories

Get the latest news & updates

Professional-grade farm shed kit from ABC Sheds Durakit range

When you hear the term ‘shed kit’, you might picture a small, flat-packed garden shed from a hardware store, complete with a confusing instruction manual. While that’s one type of kit, the reality is that almost all modern sheds, from small tool sheds to massive aircraft hangars, are technically delivered as shed kits. The term simply means the components are manufactured and prepared off-site before being transported to your property for assembly. The real difference between kit sheds isn't whether they come in a kit, but rather the scale, materials, and level of expertise required to construct them. Understanding this distinction is the first step to finding a practical, reliable solution that protects your valuable assets for decades to come. What Exactly is a Shed Kit? Debunking the Myths A shed kit is a pre-engineered building system. Every beam, bracket, sheet, and screw has been designed, fabricated, and organised for efficient on-site construction. This approach offers significant advantages over traditional building methods, including greater quality control, faster construction times, and reduced waste. However, the market for shed kits is vast. At one end, you have small, lightweight sheds designed for a single person with basic tools. At the other, you have large-scale industrial and agricultural buildings made from heavy-duty structural steel, which are also delivered as a kit but require a professional team and specialised equipment to erect. The term ‘kit’ refers to the delivery method, not the quality or complexity of the final structure. This distinction between a pre-designed kit and a fully bespoke building is crucial. To understand which path is right for your project, it's helpful to explore the differences in more detail. Learn more by heading to the link below. Key Factors to Consider When Choosing Your Shed Kit Choosing the right shed kit is a solution-focused process that comes down to three key factors: size, materials, and assembly. 1. Size and scale: from workshops to yard covers The size of your shed is the single biggest factor determining the complexity of the project. Small Sheds (e.g., garden or tool sheds): These are typically designed for DIY assembly. They require minimal tools and can often be put together by one or two people over a weekend. Medium Sheds (e.g., double garages, small workshops): These kits often require more hands, some specialised tools, and a good understanding of construction principles. While some experienced individuals can tackle these, many opt for a local builder. Large Sheds (e.g., farm machinery sheds, dressage arenas, commercial buildings): This is where professional-grade kit sheds shine. A structure like a grain shed or aircraft hangar is delivered as a comprehensive kit, but its assembly is a major construction project. It demands a skilled building crew, concrete slab experts, and heavy equipment like cranes and scissor lifts. 2. Materials and durability: the structural steel advantage The materials used in a shed kit directly impact its strength, longevity, and ability to protect what’s inside. Many smaller kits use thin, roll-formed steel, which is lightweight but susceptible to damage from weather and impact. For any serious application, from protecting expensive farm machinery from the elements to creating a safe commercial workspace, structural steel is the only reliable choice. At ABC Sheds, our buildings are made with robust, hot-dip galvanised structural steel frames. This provides superior strength and corrosion resistance, ensuring your assets are secure. Our clearspan design, which eliminates the need for centre supports or purlins in the roof, is only possible with the strength of structural steel. This means you get a massive, unobstructed internal space perfect for storing large vehicles and equipment. 3. Assembly requirements: DIY vs professional installation Finally, consider who will build the shed. While the idea of a DIY project is appealing, it’s not practical for large-scale structures. The value of a professional shed kit isn't that you can build it yourself; it's that it provides your builders with everything they need for a straightforward, efficient, and hassle-free construction process. A capable kit for a large shed includes: All fabricated structural components. Cladding, gutters, and downpipes. All necessary bolts, brackets, and fasteners. Full, easy-to-read engineering plans and instructions. This comprehensive approach saves you and your builders significant time and eliminates the stress of sourcing materials, ensuring the project runs smoothly from start to finish. The ABC Sheds Approach: Capable and Practical Solutions At ABC Sheds, we specialise in providing straightforward, solution-focused shed kits for agricultural, industrial, and commercial applications across Australia. We handle the entire process, from design and engineering to managing the building consent process for you. Our fully complete kitsets - the Durakit range - are designed for professional builders, giving them everything they need to construct a reliable and practical structure that stands the test of time. Whether you need a feedlot shelter, a shearing shed, or a series of horse stables, our kits provide the robust foundation for your operations. For those looking for a pre-engineered solution that doesn't compromise on strength, our Durakit range offers a reliable starting point. To see the specifications and pricing available, download our Durakit brochure.

Kit sheds

Shed kits explained: how to choose the right structure for your needs

When you hear the term ‘shed kit’, you might picture a small, flat-packed garden shed from a ...

13 Oct 2025 | 3 min

School COLA by ABC Sheds

Every school principal knows the frustration of trying to schedule major facility upgrades during the academic year. Between managing timetables, playground safety, and parent drop-offs, finding the right window for construction feels nearly impossible. But there's one period when all these complications disappear: the school holidays. As specialists in building covered outdoor learning areas (COLAs) for schools across Australia, we’ve seen time and again that projects scheduled during holidays finish faster, cost less, and avoid the disruption that frustrates staff, parents, and students alike. In this article, you’ll discover the key reasons holidays are the smartest time to build your COLA shelter. Construction moves at full speed During term time, construction crews face constant interruptions. They need to work around morning assemblies, lunchtime activities, and after-school pickups. Equipment movement gets restricted to specific hours, and noisy work often stops completely during class time. School holidays change this scenario entirely. Construction teams can work normal hours without tiptoeing around educational activities. They can deliver materials when it's most efficient, operate machinery at optimal times, and maintain steady progress without daily schedule juggling. This uninterrupted workflow typically reduces project timelines by 20-30%. What might take four weeks during term can often be completed in two weeks during holidays. That's significant savings on labour costs and contractor fees. And if budget is top of mind, don’t miss our guide on how to keep your project under $500,000 while maximising value. Zero disruption to learning Installing a COLA shed during school holidays means your educational program continues without any interference. No drilling sounds during quiet reading time. No concrete trucks blocking the staff car park during parent-teacher conferences. No dust clouds drifting towards classroom windows. Students return to find their new covered outdoor learning area ready for immediate use, rather than watching construction unfold around them for weeks. This creates excitement about the new facility rather than frustration with ongoing disruption. Teachers can plan their Term 1 activities knowing the space will be available from day one. Outdoor lessons, assemblies, and recreational activities can incorporate the new COLA shelter right from the start of the academic year. Of course, not every project can fit neatly into the school holiday calendar. In those cases, smart planning still makes it possible to minimise disruption. For example, our recent Heights College project in Rockhampton was built alongside the school courts, with the massive roof lifted into place by cranes once the groundwork was complete. This approach kept construction safely out of student areas and allowed school activities to continue with minimal interference. Safety risks disappear Construction sites and active schools don't mix well from a safety perspective. During term time, contractors must constantly navigate around: Heavy machinery operating near student pathways Building materials stored in high-traffic areas Excavation work adjacent to playground zones Delivery trucks competing with school drop-off traffic Holiday construction eliminates these concerns completely. Work zones can be established without worrying about curious children, ball games, or normal foot traffic. Contractors can focus entirely on the job rather than constantly monitoring for safety risks. This safer working environment often translates to better workmanship too. When tradespeople aren't concerned about student safety every minute, they can concentrate on quality installation and attention to detail. Avoiding the scheduling nightmare Term-time construction requires extensive coordination with school schedules. Concrete pours might need to happen at 6 am to avoid disrupting classes. Material deliveries get squeezed into narrow windows between bell times. Site meetings compete with staff briefings and parent events. School holidays remove all these scheduling conflicts. Contractors can work during optimal hours for quality and efficiency. Site access becomes straightforward without juggling car park usage, playground supervision, and visitor management. Project managers often report that holiday builds require 50% fewer coordination meetings and phone calls compared to term-time projects. Less admin means lower project costs and reduced stress for everyone involved. Weather advantages Australian school holidays align perfectly with ideal construction conditions. The December-January break coincides with the driest months in most regions, reducing weather-related delays. The April holidays fall during stable autumn weather, while July holidays avoid the wettest winter period in many areas. Dry conditions mean faster concrete curing, easier site access, and reduced risk of delays. Your COLA shelter project stays on schedule and within budget when the weather cooperates. Ready from day one Perhaps the biggest advantage is having your covered outdoor learning area ready for immediate use when students return. Rather than enduring weeks of construction noise and disruption, your school community gets to enjoy the benefits right from the first day of term. The new COLA shed can host welcome-back assemblies, provide shelter during unexpected weather, and support outdoor learning activities from day one. Students associate the new facility with positive experiences rather than construction inconvenience. Teachers can plan curriculum activities that utilise the covered space without worrying about construction timelines. Outdoor education, art classes, and community events can all benefit from the additional covered area immediately. Making the smart choice School holidays offer the perfect window for COLA shelter installation. Faster construction, zero educational disruption, improved safety, simplified scheduling, and immediate functionality make holiday timing the obvious choice for smart principals. Your students, staff, and budget will all benefit from this strategic timing decision. When planning your next facility upgrade, remember that good timing turns a major project into a smooth, successful investment in your school's future. Ready to explore your options? Download our COLA Shelters brochure.

COLA shelters

Why school holidays are the smartest time to build your COLA shelter

Every school principal knows the frustration of trying to schedule major facility upgrades during ...

9 Sep 2025 | 3 min

Cyclone rated shed by ABC Sheds

What makes a farm shed last for decades instead of falling apart in just a few years? How do you protect million-dollar machinery, livestock, and your livelihood from Australia’s extreme weather? Your shed is one of the biggest infrastructure investments on your farm, but too many are built to minimum standards that can’t withstand cyclones, corrosion, or long-term wear. In this article, you’ll learn the five essentials every Australian farmer must demand in a shed, from cyclone-rated engineering to fabrication details, so you can invest with confidence and avoid costly regrets. 1. Built to handle Australia's brutal weather Cyclone rated sheds have become a standard requirement across much of northern and coastal Australia, and for good reason. These structures meet specific engineering standards for wind loads that can reach well over 200 kilometres per hour. The engineering behind cyclone shed construction involves careful calculation of wind loads, uplift forces, and structural requirements. Your shed needs to meet or exceed the wind classification for your specific location, which varies significantly across Australia. What works in inland Victoria won't cut it in cyclone-prone Queensland or Western Australia. Don't assume all manufacturers understand these requirements. Ask for documentation showing your shed meets Australian Standards AS 1170.2 for your wind region. The certificate should specify the exact wind speed and classification your shed is designed to withstand. Ready to design a shed that can handle your local conditions? Use our shed builder tool to explore options. 2. Galvanised steel protection Corrosion kills sheds faster than storms do. Sand, dust, salt air (which can travel up to 100 kilometres inland), and humidity create the perfect recipe for rust. Galvanised steel offers superior protection, but the process matters enormously. Here's what many people don't realise: all welding must happen before galvanising. When manufacturers weld after galvanising, they create weak points where rust can take hold. The galvanising process should seal every joint completely, creating a barrier that keeps moisture and corrosive elements away from the steel underneath. Quality galvanising should have a thick, even coating with no bare patches or thin spots. The surface should look uniform with that characteristic spangled appearance. If you can see weld marks or discolouration where joints have been made, that's a red flag. 3. Smart bracing systems for long-term strength Your shed's bracing system determines how well it handles lateral forces during storms and high winds. Poor bracing leads to structural failure, twisted frames, and expensive repairs that could have been prevented with proper design. Portal frame construction offers excellent strength for larger spans, eliminating the need for additional bracing. The bracing configuration depends on your shed's size, intended use, and local wind conditions. Wind bracing, rafter bracing, and column bracing all work together to create a structure that stays solid when nature tests its limits. Experienced manufacturers understand how different bracing systems interact. They'll specify the right combination for your specific requirements rather than using a one-size-fits-all approach that might leave you with inadequate support where you need it most. 4. Designed for year-round comfort and function A well-designed cyclone rated shed does more than survive intense storms. It creates a comfortable working environment during Australia's harsh summers and provides adequate shelter for livestock throughout the year. Wide roof spans reduce the number of internal supports, giving you maximum flexibility for equipment placement and movement. Generous eaves provide shade and help channel rainwater away from the building while improving airflow underneath. Ventilation planning becomes crucial in our climate. Ridge vents, wall louvres, and strategic openings help maintain comfortable temperatures inside your cyclone shed, reducing heat stress on animals and making work conditions more bearable during peak summer months. The roof pitch affects both water runoff and internal temperature. Steeper pitches shed water more effectively but may increase wind loading, which could result in extra costs to your project. Your manufacturer should calculate the optimal pitch for your location's rainfall patterns and wind conditions. 5. Quality fabrication that stands the test of time Materials matter, but workmanship determines whether those materials perform as intended. Experienced fabricators understand the difference between meeting minimum standards and building cyclone rated sheds that exceed expectations year after year. Quality fabrication shows in the details: clean welds, precise cuts, properly aligned frames, and attention to connection points where stress concentrates. Cheaper alternatives might look similar initially, but poor workmanship reveals itself through premature wear, alignment issues, and structural problems that become expensive to fix. Look for manufacturers with proven track records in your region. They'll understand local conditions, council requirements, and the specific challenges your shed will face. References from farmers in similar situations can tell you more than glossy brochures about how well a shed performs over time. Future-proofing your farm investment Choosing the right shed means thinking beyond immediate needs to long-term farm productivity. A properly engineered cyclone rated shed protects your investment while providing the reliable shelter and workspace that modern farming demands. When you invest in quality construction, proper materials, and experienced fabrication, you're securing more than just shelter. You're protecting your livelihood, safeguarding expensive equipment, and ensuring your operation can continue functioning regardless of what Australian weather delivers. Download our comprehensive Buyer's Guide to learn more about selecting the right shed for your farming operation and local conditions.

Cyclone rated sheds

Sheds for all seasons: 5 essentials to ensure your investment lasts

What makes a farm shed last for decades instead of falling apart in just a few years? How do you ...

9 Sep 2025 | 3 min

Keep your COLA shelter budget under $500k

School infrastructure projects often face additional scrutiny and approval processes once they cross the $500,000 mark. For many schools, staying below this threshold means faster approvals, simpler procurement, and more flexibility in project management. Keeping your school COLA costs under control also creates opportunities to enhance the overall project outcome. That extra $100,000 or $150,000 in your budget can fund complementary improvements like quality landscaping, new playground equipment, or outdoor furniture that turns your covered outdoor learning area into a genuinely inviting space. The key lies in understanding where your money actually goes and making informed decisions about what delivers the most value for your specific situation. Size sets your budget The dimensions of your COLA shelter determine roughly three-quarters of your total project cost. A 30m x 18m structure covering one basketball court typically costs $120,000 to $160,000. Double that footprint to 30m x 36m for two courts, and you're looking at $250,000 to $350,000. For many schools, the single court option provides everything they need. You get ample space for sports, assemblies, outdoor classes, and general recreation while leaving $200,000 or more for other improvements. The smaller 18m x 18m configuration works particularly well for primary schools at $90,000 to $150,000. This size handles playground activities, outdoor learning sessions, and smaller gatherings without overwhelming the available space. Compare different sizing options in our COLA shelters brochure and see what works best for your site. Materials that matter Your structural steel frame isn't negotiable for safety and durability. Hot-dip galvanising offers superior corrosion resistance, particularly valuable in coastal areas. Colorbond steel roofing delivers solid weather protection and appearance at a reasonable cost. Polycarbonate panels can brighten the space with natural light, but aren't necessary for basic functionality. Round CHS columns eliminate sharp edges that pose injury risks in high-activity areas. They cost more than rectangular sections, but the safety benefits usually justify the expense for school environments. Smart flooring decisions Concrete provides maximum durability for sports activities, but a well-prepared gravel base with proper drainage serves many school COLA purposes effectively while saving thousands upfront. You can always add concrete later when additional funding becomes available. This staged approach lets you focus the initial budget on getting the shelter built and usable. Many schools find that basic flooring works fine for assemblies, outdoor learning, and general recreation. Features worth including now Focus your budget on features that genuinely improve functionality and comfort: Insulation makes your covered outdoor area comfortable during extreme weather, extending its usable hours throughout the day and seasons. The modest additional cost pays off in increased usage. Bird proofing prevents nesting and the ongoing maintenance headaches that come with it. Covering the trusses during construction costs far less than dealing with birds later. Basic acoustic treatment can reduce noise reverberation if your COLA will be used for learning activities near classrooms. Hold off on elaborate lighting systems, decorative guttering, or fancy finishing touches until your basic structure is complete and you understand how the space gets used. Installation factors Site preparation significantly affects your total cost. Level sites with good truck access keep things straightforward and affordable. If major earthworks are needed, get multiple quotes and consider staging this work separately. School holiday periods often offer better contractor pricing while avoiding disruption to classes. Planning your timeline around these windows can yield meaningful savings. Unlike many other companies, we can also offer a roof lift installation method, which consists of constructing the structure alongside the courts and then lifting it into place. This approach minimises disruption to both students and staff, ensuring the space remains accessible and safe throughout most of the build. Making every dollar count Schools that stay well under $500,000 for their school COLA often achieve better overall results than those that spend the full amount on just the shelter. The extra budget allows for improvements that actually enhance daily use. Quality landscaping around your new structure creates an integrated outdoor environment rather than just a roof over existing surfaces. Native plantings, defined pathways, and strategic seating areas cost relatively little but dramatically improve the space's appeal. Storage solutions and outdoor furniture multiply your COLA shelter's versatility. Weather-resistant equipment storage, mobile seating, and display boards extend the educational potential of the space. Better pedestrian connections to existing buildings help integrate your covered outdoor area into the school's daily flow rather than leaving it feeling isolated. Working with the right builder Choose a builder who's completed school COLA projects within similar budgets and understands the unique requirements of educational environments. They'll know which features provide genuine value and which ones are nice-to-have extras that can be deferred. An experienced team can suggest practical alternatives when your initial specifications push beyond available funds. They might recommend staging certain elements, using different materials, or adjusting dimensions to keep the project on track. Design for future expansion if your site layout permits. Adding extra bays or extending the structure's length becomes significantly easier and more cost-effective when the original build anticipates these possibilities. This approach lets you start with what you can afford while keeping options open for later growth. Use our shed builder tool to explore different configurations and see how various options affect your total project cost.

COLA shelters • Shed costs

How to keep your COLA shelter budget under $500,000?

School infrastructure projects often face additional scrutiny and approval processes once they ...

20 Aug 2025 | 3 min

Durakit is the ABC Sheds shed kits range

Planning a new shed for your property brings up one major decision right from the start: should you go with a custom-built shed or choose a kit option? Whether you need storage for hay, machinery, workshop space, or general farm equipment, this choice will impact everything from your budget to how well the shed serves your needs for years to come. Many property owners automatically assume a standard kit shed will tick all their boxes. After all, they're typically more affordable upfront and seem straightforward enough. But a kit shed might not fit your specific site dimensions, comply with your local council's requirements, or handle the particular demands of your farm or business operations. On the other hand, a fully custom shed can feel overwhelming. The process seems more complex, potentially more expensive, and you might wonder if all that customisation is really necessary for what you have in mind. The reality is that both options have their place, and the best choice depends entirely on your specific situation. This article breaks down what makes each option different and when each one makes the most sense. What Exactly Are Kit Sheds? Kit sheds are pre-designed structures that come with all the materials and components you need, cut to specific measurements and ready for assembly. Think of them as the flat-pack furniture of the shed world, but obviously much more substantial and engineered for Australian conditions. Our Durakit range, for example, offers eight different shed sizes with stock readily available, meaning you can have your shed delivered in under four weeks. These structural steel shed kits combine pre-designed engineering with fast delivery, making them perfect when you need storage space quickly without compromising on quality. Kit sheds work particularly well when: Your storage needs fit within standard size options Your site is relatively flat and straightforward You need the shed completed quickly Your budget favours a more economical option Local council requirements align with standard designs The main advantages include faster delivery times, lower upfront costs, and simplified decision-making since the design work is already done. Many shed kits also come with detailed assembly instructions, though you'll still want to consider professional installation for the best results. Building a Custom Shed Custom sheds are exactly what they sound like: structures designed and built specifically for your unique requirements. Every aspect can be tailored, from the dimensions and layout to the materials and door configurations. This approach makes sense when your needs don't fit the standard mould. Perhaps you have an awkward site that requires specific dimensions, or you need a large shed with specialised features like extra-wide doors for oversized machinery, specific ventilation requirements, or integrated office space. Custom sheds shine in situations such as: Unusual site dimensions or challenging terrain Specific operational requirements (like crane access or specialised storage) Integration with existing buildings or infrastructure Unique council or engineering requirements Long-term plans that might require future modifications When the shed needs to serve multiple purposes The trade-offs typically include longer lead times for design and manufacturing, higher upfront costs, and a more involved decision-making process. However, when your needs are specific, a custom solution often provides better long-term value by doing exactly what you need it to do. Why ABC Sheds Offers Both Options At ABC Sheds, we recognise that different projects call for different approaches. That's why we offer both solutions under one roof. Our Durakit range covers those situations where you need quality storage fast. These structural steel kit sheds combine pre-designed excellence with rapid delivery, perfect for straightforward storage needs that fit within our standard size range. For more complex requirements, our custom shed capabilities allow us to design and build exactly what your operation needs. This might involve unusual dimensions, specialised features, or integration with existing infrastructure. Whether you're planning a large shed or need something that works around site constraints, we offer the flexibility you’re looking for. The advantage of working with a manufacturer that handles both is simple: you get honest advice about which approach suits your situation best. We're not trying to push you toward one option or the other, we're focused on delivering the right solution for your specific needs and budget. Getting Expert Guidance The most costly mistake you can make is choosing the wrong type of shed for your needs. A kit shed that doesn't quite fit your requirements can leave you with compromised functionality. A custom shed when a kit would have worked perfectly means unnecessary expense and longer wait times. Before committing to either approach, it's worth getting expert advice. A reputable shed manufacturer will take the time to understand your site, assess your needs, discuss your budget, and recommend the best path forward. This consultation process typically involves site assessment, discussion of your current and future storage needs, review of council requirements, and consideration of your timeline and budget constraints. Whether you end up with a kit shed or a custom build, the goal is the same: a structure that serves your needs reliably for decades to come. The right manufacturer will help you achieve that, regardless of which option makes the most sense for your situation. Ready to explore what option works best for your property? Download your free copy of our comprehensive Buyer's Guide.

Kit sheds • Custom sheds

Custom Sheds vs Kit Sheds - What's the Difference?

Planning a new shed for your property brings up one major decision right from the start: should you ...

12 Aug 2025 | 3 min

Large hay shed by ABC Sheds

The Australian hay market is painting a tale of two seasons in 2025. While Victoria and South Australia battle through one of the most severe droughts on record, with hay prices soaring to $400 a tonne for cereal hay and up to $500 per tonne for lucerne, parts of northern Australia are sitting on decent supplies. This extreme contrast across regions is forcing farmers to completely rethink their approach to hay storage and market opportunities. For many southern producers, the numbers tell a sobering story. Farmers are reporting weekly feed bills exceeding $25,000–$30,000, while some regions are experiencing their driest conditions on record. But for those with proper storage and strategic thinking, this volatile hay market presents opportunities alongside the challenges. The current hay market reality The 2025 hay market has turned traditional supply patterns upside down. The tough conditions have led to a rare reversal of the usual supply flow, with good-quality hay moving from north to south. Queensland suppliers, who historically rarely shipped hay south, are now the lifeline for drought-stricken properties across Victoria and South Australia. The drought's impact extends well past just feed availability. Since February 2024, southern Australia has been experiencing severe drought, with parts of Victoria receiving some of the lowest rainfall on record. This has created an almost unprecedented demand for quality hay, with some regions completely exhausted of local supplies. Meanwhile, northern regions that experienced good seasons are finding themselves in a strong position. According to Tim Ford, managing director of Feed Central, "A level of complacency about hay supply has come into the market in Queensland, but buyers need to be careful because the hay is going to slip south really quickly". Why a structural hay shed changes everything When hay prices can jump from $300 to $500 per tonne in a season, storage becomes about more than just keeping bales dry. Farmers with hay sheds can stock up when prices drop and ride out the expensive periods. Without covered storage, you're buying hay at whatever price the market demands. Weather damage also hits harder when you're paying premium prices. A few damaged bales might not matter much when hay was $200 per tonne, but at current prices, even small losses add up quickly. Good ventilation and protection from moisture keep your investment safe. Plus, when everyone else is scrambling for hay and transport gets backed up, having your own supply on hand means you can focus on your livestock instead of chasing deliveries. Ready to calculate exactly how much hay storage you need for your operation? Our Hay Shed Calculator takes the guesswork out of planning your storage capacity. How Durakit sheds give farmers an edge in volatile hay markets Many farmers across Australia are now investing in Durakit sheds to gain an edge in unpredictable seasons like 2025. Known for their durability and ease of setup, Durakit’s structural hay sheds are becoming the go-to solution for hay storage — especially in regions prone to drought or extreme rainfall. Whether you’re bulk-storing lucerne for long-haul transport or safeguarding your own crop for future sale, Durakit sheds help you maximise both hay quality and market timing. Farmers using Durakit often note that the structure pays for itself quickly when hay prices soar — simply because they’re able to hold and protect their supply until conditions align. The best part? Durakit Sheds are in stock and ready to go. During unpredictable seasons, deciding to cut for hay can happen quickly. And when it does, you often have just weeks to secure storage. With 2–4 week delivery, Durakit offers a fast, reliable solution that’s perfect for hay season. Hay shed options that work The right shed depends on your local weather and how you plan to use it: Roof-only sheds work well if you don't get much side rain and want easy access for loading. The open sides let air move through naturally, which helps prevent moisture in stored hay, which can become combustible Enclosed sheds are worth considering if you're in an area that gets hammered by weather or you plan to store hay for months. Three-sided sheds give you protection from your prevailing weather direction while still allowing airflow. They're handy if you want to keep different types of hay separate. The choice often comes down to your local climate, the length of storage period, and how actively you plan to trade in hay markets. Smart storage practices for market advantage Proper hay storage goes beyond just keeping it dry. Strategic storage can actually improve your market position: Segregation by quality Store different grades separately so you can offer exactly what buyers need. Premium lucerne for dairy operations commands different prices from general cattle feed. First in, first out management Arrange your storage so older hay gets used first, maintaining quality across your entire inventory. Monitoring and testing Regular checks for temperature, moisture, and signs of deterioration ensure you maintain marketable quality. Hot spots in stored hay can quickly spread and destroy entire batches. Documentation Keep records of hay source, date received, and test results. Buyers increasingly want traceability, especially for premium markets. Positioning for Future Opportunities The extreme market conditions of 2025 show why hay storage matters. Farmers with proper sheds can source hay from distant markets when local supplies dry up, or store their own harvest at peak quality instead of rushing to sell into flooded markets. The farmers doing well through this crisis aren't necessarily those with the biggest properties or deepest pockets. They're the ones with infrastructure that gives them flexibility. When Queensland hay needs to move south quickly, they have somewhere to put it. When their own paddocks produce a bumper crop, they can cure and store it properly rather than selling cheap into a saturated market. Climate patterns suggest these swings between drought and surplus may become more common. Southern Australia has become drier over the past few decades, with the most pronounced changes during the cooler months between April and October. This makes reliable hay storage a crucial business asset rather than just a convenience. Design your perfect hay storage solution with our Shed Builder Tool and take control of your hay management strategy for whatever the market brings next.

Hay sheds

Hay market 2025: how to ride out a shortage or be ready for a surplus

The Australian hay market is painting a tale of two seasons in 2025. While Victoria and South ...

16 Jul 2025 | 4 min

Large farm shed by ABC Sheds

Planning a large shed project this year? You're not alone. The Australian shed market has been on quite a journey over the past few years, from pandemic supply chain chaos to steel prices that seemed to change with the weather. Now that we're settled into 2025, many farmers and business owners are asking the same question: should I build now or wait? For large shed purchases, timing can have a noticeable impact on the final price. Let's look at what's happening in the market and what you can expect for the rest of the year. What's happening with steel prices? Materials drive shed pricing more than any other factor, and the news is mixed. An Altus report shows that steel and copper prices have eased, but energy-intensive materials like concrete and bricks remain costly. The steel market had some ups and downs in early 2025, with suppliers adjusting prices after a relatively stable period. While global market conditions remain volatile, there could be continual vacillations in pricing as we go towards the end of 2025, although it would appear that the fluctuations could be negligible. If you're thinking about a large shed purchase, our Shed Estimate Calculator can help you get current pricing so you know where you stand for planning purposes. Farm shed costs: what you're looking at If you're planning a farm shed, you're probably wondering what you'll actually pay. Our structural steel farm sheds typically range between $175 and $280 per square metre, depending on what you need. Total farm shed costs can range from $50,000 to $270,000, including GST and construction, with the big variation coming down to size, specifications, and design requirements. The type of farm shed you're after makes a huge difference to the price. A basic machinery storage shed will cost less than a specialised grain storage facility with concrete panels. Grain storage sits at the premium end because of the engineering requirements and materials needed to keep your grain in top condition. Industrial and commercial shed pricing For industrial applications, our sheds typically cost between $400 and $500 per square metre, depending on your specifications. Note, however, that this price can change significantly when you add factors like: Stricter building codes that need enhanced structural engineering Energy efficiency requirements that add to material costs Complex systems for larger commercial applications Site-specific engineering for challenging locations If you're looking at a full commercial warehouse with turnkey construction, you're looking at much higher per-square-metre costs because of all the complexity and compliance requirements that come with commercial buildings. School COLA shelters: what schools are paying If you're involved with a school looking at covered outdoor learning areas, our structural steel COLA shelters typically cost between $300 to $400 per square metre. The final price depends on location, size, and design requirements. COLA projects often need careful timing around school schedules, which can affect installation costs. Most schools prefer construction during holiday periods to avoid disruption, but this means competing with other projects for contractor availability. The real cost driver: labour shortages While steel prices get all the headlines, labour costs may be the real wild card for 2025. The Australian Bureau of Statistics reports quarterly price rises driven by increases in labour costs, including wages, superannuation payments and payroll taxes. Construction labour shortages are pushing up installation costs across all types of sheds. The good news is that most building material prices were stable this quarter due to easing input cost growth and softening demand. However, this stability could change if global conditions shift. Location matters more than you think Where you're building can make a real difference to farm shed prices, particularly if you're in a rural or remote area. The further out you are, the more you'll pay to get materials and crews to your site, plus you'll face additional transport and installation challenges. Some councils have stricter engineering requirements, particularly in cyclone-prone areas or bushfire zones, which means additional structural engineering and fire-resistant materials. Regional and remote areas could face delays if specialist equipment needs to be brought in from major cities, and site conditions like rocky ground or poor access can add to earthworks and preparation costs. Should you build now or wait? With steel prices stabilising but labour costs continuing to rise, the timing question comes down to your individual circumstances. Fixed-price contracts become more valuable in an environment where costs could shift, so if you're ready to proceed, securing farm shed prices now makes sense. Ready to take the next step? Our comprehensive Buyer's Guide provides the detailed information you need to start planning your shed.

Shed costs

Large shed prices: will they increase or decrease later in 2025?

Planning a large shed project this year? You're not alone. The Australian shed market has been on ...

11 Jul 2025 | 3 min

Large farm shed by ABC Sheds

If you’re planning your next farm shed project, you've probably been wondering whether you'll need to deal with council approvals. The reality is that most farm sheds in Australia will require some level of council approval, but there are important exemptions and variations between states that could save you time and paperwork. Understanding these requirements upfront can mean the difference between a smooth building process and unexpected delays, fines, or even being forced to demolish your new structure. Let's break down what you need to know before you start planning. The short answer: it depends on size, location, and purpose Generally, building permits are required for any shed larger than 20 square metres, but the specifics vary significantly across Australia. Some states offer specific exemptions for farm sheds that other types of buildings don't qualify for, particularly on rural-zoned land. The key factors that determine whether you need permits include: The size and height of your proposed farm shed Your property's zoning classification The intended use of the structure Distance from boundaries, dwellings, and roads Local council overlays and restrictions Want to understand more about when farm sheds need council approval specifically? Check out our detailed guide by clicking below. Farm shed exemptions: when approval isn't required Many councils recognise that agricultural operations have legitimate needs for storage and equipment protection. In rural NSW zones (RU1, RU2, RU3, RU4, and RU6), farm sheds up to 200 square metres may qualify for exemptions, provided they meet specific criteria. Common exemption requirements across Australia: Size limits: Typically 10-50 square metres for general exemptions, up to 200 square metres for specific farm building exemptions. Height restrictions: Usually between 2.4 and 7 metres, depending on block size and state. Setback requirements: Minimum distances from boundaries (often 900mm - 6 metres). Purpose: Must be "ancillary to an agricultural activity" and used solely for farm storage or equipment. Zoning: Rural zoning classifications often have more generous exemptions than residential areas. However, there's important fine print. The shed must be used as part of a working farm operation - simply owning rural land doesn't automatically qualify you for agricultural exemptions. What size farm shed can you build without approval? The answer varies dramatically by state and local council: New South Wales Rural zones RU1-RU4 and R5 allow sheds up to 50 square metres without permits, while other zones are limited to 20 square metres. Farm buildings on agricultural land may qualify for exemptions up to 200 square metres. Queensland Sheds under 10 square metres and 2.4 metres high generally don't require approval, though larger farm sheds will likely need building approval applications. Victoria Most farm sheds require building permits, though planning permits may not be needed if setback requirements are met. Tasmania Owner builders can construct farm sheds up to 18 square metres or prefabricated sheds up to 36 square metres without permits. Remember, these are general guidelines - your specific council may have additional requirements or restrictions. When you do need council approval: the process If your farm shed doesn't qualify for exemptions, you'll typically need two types of approval: Development Approval (Planning Permit): Ensures your shed complies with zoning, environmental, and planning regulations. This process can take around 3 months, depending on your council's current workload. Construction Certificate (Building Permit): Confirms your shed plans meet the Building Code of Australia requirements and must be issued before construction begins. The application process typically requires: Detailed floor and site plans. Engineering certifications and structural drawings. Summary of construction materials and methods. Details of connections to existing structures. Setback measurements and boundary considerations. Working with a reputable shed building company can streamline this process, as experienced builders understand local compliance requirements and can ensure plans meet regulations before submission. Avoiding costly mistakes In worst-case scenarios, councils can force you to demolish unapproved structures and remove concrete footings. Getting retrospective approval after construction is extremely difficult and sometimes impossible. Building without required approvals can also create problems when selling your property, potentially resulting in fines and forced removal. Before you start building: Contact your local council or a private certifier to confirm requirements. Get written confirmation if your shed qualifies for exemptions. Understand your property's zoning and any overlays that might affect approval. Consider hiring experienced professionals who understand local regulations. The bottom line While farm shed council requirements might seem complex, understanding them upfront protects your investment and ensures your project proceeds smoothly. Most agricultural sheds will need some level of approval, but exemptions exist for smaller structures and genuine farm operations. When in doubt, it's always worth checking with your local council or working with experienced shed builders who can guide you through the approval process efficiently. The small upfront investment in proper planning and permits is far less costly than dealing with compliance issues later. Ready to start planning your farm shed project? Download our comprehensive Buyer's Guide to explore your options.

Farm sheds

Do I need council approval for a farm shed?

If you’re planning your next farm shed project, you've probably been wondering whether you'll need ...

24 Jun 2025 | 3 min

Large farm shed by ABC Sheds

When you're planning a new farm shed, the quote can sometimes feel like a reality check. Between structural requirements, council approvals, and all the features you'd love to include, farm shed prices can quickly climb beyond your initial budget. The good news? There are proven strategies to bring those costs down without compromising on quality or long-term value. Whether you're storing machinery, grain, or livestock feed, these five practical approaches will help you build the shed you need while keeping shed costs within reach. 1. Start with essential walls only One of the most effective ways to reduce your initial farm shed cost is to build with fewer enclosed walls. Instead of fully enclosing your shed from day one, consider starting with just the walls you absolutely need for functionality and weather protection. For instance, if your primary concern is protecting equipment from rain and wind, you might only need walls on two or three sides initially. The fourth side can remain open for easy access with machinery, and you can always add the remaining walls later when your budget allows. This staged approach offers several advantages. You'll get your shed operational faster, spread the costs over time, and have the flexibility to adjust the design based on how you actually use the space. Many farmers find that their initial plans change once they start using their farm sheds, so this approach lets you adapt as needed. Ask your manufacturer if there are manufacturing efficiencies to be gained by putting in provisions for walls to be added at a later date. 2. Choose a standard design over custom features Custom features definitely add appeal to any farm shed, but they can significantly increase the cost. Standard portal frame designs offer excellent value because they're engineered for efficiency and use readily available materials. Basic gable roof designs are typically more cost-effective than complex roof lines. Standard door sizes and placements will save money compared to custom openings. If you're considering features like mezzanines, internal walls, or specialised ventilation systems, ask yourself which ones you truly need immediately versus which could be added later. That said, don't compromise on structural elements. Quality portal frame construction and proper engineering are investments that pay dividends in longevity and safety. Focus your cost-cutting efforts on the optional features rather than the core structure. Our Durakit range is a great place to start. Their pre-engineered designs eliminate the guesswork and cost that come with custom builds, giving you a high-quality, structural steel shed that’s ready to go. With affordable pricing, durability, and fast delivery, Durakit makes it easy to get the reliable storage you need without the premium price tag. 3. Select cost-effective materials Material choices can significantly affect farm shed prices without necessarily affecting performance. Zincalume® cladding, for example, offers excellent durability at a lower price point than Colorbond®. While Colorbond® provides more colour options and better corrosion resistance in highly corrosive environments, Zincalume® delivers outstanding value for most Australian farming conditions. For roofing, standard corrugated profiles are more economical than specialty profiles. They provide the same weather protection and structural performance while keeping costs down. Similarly, choosing standard colours rather than premium colour options can reduce material costs. As some shed manufacturers use different sheeting on the roof from the walls, it would be good practice to check that durability hasn’t been compromised by reducing the thickness of wall sheeting. If you're planning a concrete slab, consider whether a gravel base might suffice for your immediate needs. Concrete can always be poured later, and starting with a well-prepared gravel base keeps the shed functional while deferring this expense. 4. Optimise your shed dimensions The size and proportions of your farm shed dramatically affect the overall cost. Before finalising dimensions, carefully measure everything you plan to store and allow for reasonable movement space, but avoid the temptation to "go bigger just in case" if budget is a primary concern. Standard bay sizes (the distance between portal frames) are more economical than custom spans. Most shed manufacturers design their systems around common bay sizes, so sticking to these standards can reduce both material and engineering costs. Consider the height carefully as well. While you want adequate clearance for your tallest equipment, every metre of additional height increases material costs for cladding, framework, and potentially engineering requirements. 5. Plan your site preparation efficiently Site preparation can represent a significant portion of your total project cost, but smart planning can minimise these expenses. Choose a location that requires minimal earthworks, since a naturally level site with good drainage will save thousands compared to a sloped location requiring extensive cut and fill. If possible, position your farm shed to take advantage of existing access tracks rather than creating new ones. Consider the proximity to power sources if you plan to add electrical services later, as running power long distances adds cost. Timing your site preparation can also affect costs. Some earthmoving contractors offer better rates during their quieter periods, and preparing multiple projects simultaneously can achieve economies of scale. Building smart, not just cheap Remember, the goal isn't simply to build the cheapest possible farm shed, but to maximise value for your investment. A well-planned shed that starts with the essentials and allows for future expansion will serve you better than a compromise design that never quite meets your needs. Quality structural elements like hot-dip galvanised frames and proper engineering shouldn't be compromised. These foundational elements affect the shed's longevity, safety, and ability to handle future modifications or additions. By focusing your cost-reduction efforts on timing, staging, and flexibility rather than cutting corners on core quality, you'll end up with a farm shed that grows with your operation while staying within budget. Download our complete Buyer's Guide for more detailed information on shed planning, council requirements, and design options.

Farm sheds • Shed costs

5 ways to reduce the cost of your shed

When you're planning a new farm shed, the quote can sometimes feel like a reality check. Between ...

16 Jun 2025 | 3 min

Farm shed built by ABC Sheds

When planning a new shed for your property, one of the first questions many customers ask is whether a concrete slab can be included in their shed quote. It's a reasonable question, particularly if you're looking to simplify the process of installing a large shed. The short answer? No, we typically don't include concrete slabs in our quotes, and for good reason. Why concrete slabs aren't part of your shed quote A proper concrete slab requires specialised skills and equipment that go beyond standard shed installation. Concreting is a trade of its own, requiring specific expertise in: Site preparation and excavation. Creating formwork. Installing reinforcement. Mixing, pouring and finishing concrete to the right specifications. Ensuring proper drainage and fall. The quality of your slab directly impacts the longevity and stability of your shed. A poorly constructed concrete base can lead to uneven floors, water ingress, and structural issues down the track. That's why we recommend leaving this work to dedicated concrete specialists who focus exclusively on this type of construction. Try our free Shed Builder tool to design your perfect shed. When you might not need a concrete slab at all It's worth noting that not every shed project requires a concrete slab. Depending on your intended use, location and budget, alternative foundations might be more suitable: Crushed rock base: Cost-effective for machinery or storage sheds in rural settings. Concrete piers: Suitable for sloping sites where a full slab would be impractical. Natural earth: In some cases — such as hay storage sheds — the existing ground may be sufficient. It’s free, readily available, and works well for low-impact use. Each option offers different benefits in terms of cost, installation time and suitability for your specific needs. Many of our customers find that once they understand their options, a full concrete slab isn't always necessary for their project. Coordinating your concrete work If you do decide a concrete slab is right for your large shed, there are several approaches to getting the work done: Option 1: Shed erector with concreting capabilities Some shed installation teams also offer concreting services. This can streamline the process, as they understand the exact requirements for your shed model. When discussing your shed installation, simply ask if your erector offers this service. They'll typically provide a separate quote for the concrete work. Option 2: Dedicated concrete contractor For larger projects or complex sites, like an industrial shed, hiring a specialist concrete contractor often makes the most sense. They bring focused expertise and dedicated equipment to ensure your slab meets all technical specifications. When going this route, we recommend: Getting your shed plans first, so the contractor knows exact dimensions. Ensuring they understand the anchor points and load requirements. Coordinating timing so the slab is properly cured before shed installation begins. Option 3: DIY concrete (for smaller projects only) While we generally don't recommend DIY concrete for large sheds, it can be viable for smaller garden sheds if you have experience. However, be realistic about your skills. A concrete slab is permanent, and mistakes are difficult (and expensive) to fix. Key considerations for your concrete slab Whether using a specialist or an erector who offers concreting, ensure your slab meets these essential requirements: Correct dimensions: The slab should extend at least 50mm beyond your shed footprint on all sides. Adequate thickness: Typically 100mm for standard sheds, potentially thicker for heavy equipment storage. Proper reinforcement: Steel mesh to prevent cracking and increase load-bearing capacity. Level surface: Maximum variation of 3mm across the entire surface. Drainage consideration: Slight fall to prevent water pooling against or under the structure. Getting these elements right will provide a solid foundation for your shed to deliver years of reliable service. Making the right choice for your project When requesting your shed quote, remember that while the concrete slab isn't included, we're happy to advise on specifications and can suggest reliable concreters in your area. Many of our customers find this separation of services actually gives them more control over their project timeline and budget. The most important thing is ensuring your shed has a foundation that matches its purpose and quality. A properly constructed concrete slab paired with our precision-engineered sheds creates a durable, long-lasting structure that will serve you well for decades. Ready to take the next step in your shed journey? Download our comprehensive Buyer's Guide below.

Shed design & construction • Shed quotes

Can a concrete slab be included in my shed quote?

When planning a new shed for your property, one of the first questions many customers ask is ...

15 May 2025 | 2 min

Large farm shed by ABC Sheds

Your harvester needs a home. Your tractors need shelter. Your equipment needs protection. But how do you balance these requirements without blowing your budget? The answer might be counterintuitive: go bigger. Looking beyond the initial price tag Small sheds have a lower cost, but larger structures often deliver better value for your investment. This is particularly true for farm sheds with specific dimensions. At ABC Sheds, our 21m span designs cost significantly less per square metre than smaller options. These spans can extend up to 30m while maintaining good cost efficiency, giving you more usable space without the premium price tag. Want to know what sizes we can build for your specific needs? Check out our shed size options by clicking below button. Why 21m spans work so well When it comes to farm sheds, the 21m span is popular for several reasons: Optimal material usage: This width allows for efficient use of standard steel lengths, reducing waste and cutting costs. Versatile internal space: A 21m span creates an open, flexible space that can accommodate various farm equipment, from tractors and headers to hay bales and livestock. Future-proofing: Wider spans mean fewer internal columns, giving you more flexibility to reconfigure the space as your needs change over time. Simpler design: These spans need less engineering work than more complex designs with multiple smaller spans. The benefit of 7-8m bays Alongside the 21m span, including 7-8m sized bays creates the perfect balance for economic construction. Here's why: Less complex engineering: These bays need simpler calculations and fewer custom solutions than other configurations. Fewer foundations: A smaller number of columns needs less concrete and digging, cutting costs significantly. Faster to build: Larger bays mean fewer components and quicker assembly time. Better access: Wider bays let large machinery move easily throughout the shed. How much does a farm shed cost? One of the most common questions we hear is "How much does it cost to build a farm shed?" While the exact answer depends on your specific requirements, our large farm shed designs offer the best value for your money. Several factors affect the final cost: Overall dimensions: Total length, width and height. Cladding options: Choice of materials for walls and roof. Accessories: Doors, windows, ventilation and lighting. Site preparation: Level of groundwork required. Location: Distance for delivery and installation. As you might expect, the economy of scale kicks in with these larger shed sizes. The cost per square metre often decreases as the overall size increases, making our 21m span sheds surprisingly affordable for their size. Find more details on farm shed costs here. Construction advantages Beyond the design benefits we've already covered, these larger farm sheds bring practical advantages during the construction phase: Streamlined approvals: Standard configurations can possibly have smoother council approval processes. Faster delivery timeline: Common dimensions mean materials are often in stock. More builder familiarity: Contractors work more efficiently with these standard sizes. Less site disruption: Fewer foundations and support points mean less time spent on your property. All these factors contribute to a smoother project with fewer unexpected costs. The right shed for your needs While it’s true that some shed sizes are more cost-efficient, the best solution always depends on your specific requirements. Think about the equipment you'll be storing and whether you need unobstructed internal space. You should also consider the height your machinery requires and any plans you might have for future expansion. Lastly, check local building regulations, since they play an important role in determining what you can build on your property. Whether you’re building a new shed or adding onto an existing one, our team can help you determine whether our economical large farm shed designs match your specific situation. Need a large shed fast? Consider Durakit If you're looking for an economical large farm shed without the long wait times of custom designs, our Durakit range offers an excellent solution. These pre-manufactured structural steel sheds combine economy with rapid delivery. Durakit sheds come in several large sizes, including impressive 32m x 21m and 40m x 21m options, giving you plenty of space for equipment storage, hay protection, or livestock housing. Because they're pre-designed and kept in stock, you can have your new shed delivered in just 2-4 weeks. What makes Durakit economical: No custom engineering costs: These sheds use standardised designs that have already been engineered. Faster construction timeline: Pre-manufactured components mean quicker on-site assembly. Reduced labour costs: Standardised assembly requires less specialised labour. Bulk material purchasing: Pre-designed sizes allow for more efficient material sourcing. Every Durakit shed features fully hot-dip galvanised structural steel frames with our 25-year "you're covered" guarantee, so you're not sacrificing quality for speed or economy. Making the right choice Investing in a farm shed is a significant decision that will impact your operations for decades to come. That's why it's worth considering all options carefully. At ABC Sheds, we specialise in delivering practical, durable structures that meet real agricultural needs. Our economical large farm sheds with 21m spans and 7-8m bays represent our commitment to providing maximum value without compromising on quality or functionality. Download our comprehensive Buyer's Guide to explore all factors you should consider when investing in a new farm shed.

Farm sheds • Shed costs

What's the most economical large farm shed you build?

Your harvester needs a home. Your tractors need shelter. Your equipment needs protection. But how ...

15 May 2025 | 3 min

Large farm shed in a rural property by ABC Sheds

If you need a new shed or building, the lead time can be a significant factor in your chosen supplier. Delays can be frustrating, especially if you're on a deadline. The last thing you want is to plan a build, only to realise your shed won’t be there when you need it. At ABC Sheds, we’ve helped thousands of customers across Australia get the right shed at the right time. We understand the common causes of delays and the fastest ways to speed up delivery. In this article, we explain our shed delivery timeframes and which factors may cause timeline delays. We also share how our delivery process works so you know what to expect at every step. What could impact the delivery time? Based on a typical shed project, our standard delivery timeframe is 12 weeks. However, various factors can extend this timeline, such as location, design complexity, shed size, customisations, and even council consent. We’ve broken these down to help set realistic expectations. Location If your property is in a remote or hard-to-reach area, expect longer delivery times. Our sheds are shipped from Young, NSW, so transport to locations like Western Australia or far-north Queensland may take extra time. One of our most memorable shed projects saw a shed delivery to Fitzroy Crossing, WA, 4,600 km away from our factory. It required over 50 hours of driving over multiple days to arrive. Also, if the delivery route is challenging, the delivery process may require more extensive planning. To avoid transport delays, ensure your delivery site is accessible by clearing any narrow driveways and low-hanging branches. Shed size Larger sheds generally require more time for manufacturing, preparation, and transportation. If your delivery is oversized, it may even need a dedicated truck or special permits, which can add delays. Customisations If you require design customisations and unique features, we will spend more time in the design and proposal stage. Customisations may include windows, doors, skylights, awnings, ventilation, different bay sizes, and more. If you don’t need a complex design, a pre-designed kitset shed from our Durakit range is a great time saver. These shed kits are already in stock and are ready to be delivered in under 4 weeks! Council Consent Council consent varies widely but can take anything between 4 and 12 weeks, or more, depending on the council. This is usually influenced by the shed size, zoning regulations, and the complexity of your design but may also be caused by hold-ups with engineering approvals, environmental assessments, and public notifications. To find out how long council consent will take for your project, contact your local council: New South Wales Victoria Queensland Western Australia South Australia Tasmania Northern Territory Australian Capital Territory We can also provide a preliminary design of your shed and a no-obligation quote to make sure it is an accurate estimate. Durakit sheds — Faster lead times If you prefer a faster lead time and cost-effective option, our Durakit structural steel sheds are pre-designed and approved. Compared to a custom shed, this is more efficient and predictable, with fixed pricing and delivery anywhere in Australia! When we receive your order, we will prepare the shed components and deliver the kit within 2 to 4 weeks. We always have at least one of each kit in stock, meaning we can start your shed straight away. As soon as the kit is ready, we’ll deliver it to your site. Browse the full range of Durakit sheds and pricing in our Durakit brochure. Our lead times and delivery process for custom sheds Ordering a custom shed means getting a structure tailored to your exact needs, but this also means a longer lead time than pre-designed options. Below is a step-by-step breakdown of how long each stage typically takes and what you can do to keep things moving smoothly. Step 1: Design, approval and order confirmation The first step is finalising your shed design and getting the necessary approvals. This stage includes selecting your shed size, layout, and custom features, engineering and structural assessments and council approval (if required). If council consent is needed, this can take 4-12 weeks or more, depending on local regulations. We recommend starting this process as early as possible to avoid unnecessary delays. Step 2: Site preparation Before your shed can be delivered, you need to prepare the site. This includes levelling the building site, laying drainage, and connecting any necessary utilities. If required, this is also the time to pour the concrete pad, approximately 6 metres wider and longer than the shed dimensions. The estimated time for site preparation is 1-2 weeks (depending on site conditions and concrete curing time). Step 3: Manufacturing Once your order is confirmed, we begin manufacturing your custom shed and preparing all additional materials that will complete your custom design. During this process, we also complete various quality checks and ensure everything is included. Our lead time is approximately 12 to 16 weeks, from the order confirmation until the shed is loaded and ready to go. Step 3: Transport and delivery When the necessary manufacturing is complete, our team compiles all the components onto the delivery truck. Once packed, your shed will be delivered from our factory in Young to your building site. Tracking details are provided so you can monitor delivery progress. Step 4: Installation and construction Once your shed arrives, it’s time to assemble and install it. You can start erecting the shed with our instructional DVD and installation manual - it’s easy and intuitive. Or, we can engage experienced contractors in your area. On average, this stage takes between 1-2 weeks, however this is dependent on size, site, and weather conditions. How long will it take in total? Here’s a timeline summary of a custom shed from design to completion: Stage Estimated time Design & approval 1-2 weeks (without council consent) or 4-12 weeks (with council consent), or more (depending on the council) Site preparation 1-2 weeks Manufacturing 12-16 weeks Transport & delivery 5-14 days Installation 1-2 weeks (dependent on size, site, and weather conditions) To speed up the process and reduce delays: Start council approvals early if required Choose standard design elements to reduce manufacturing time Ensure your site is prepped before delivery Confirm easy access for delivery trucks The best shed for you At ABC Sheds, we design, manufacture, and supply structural steel sheds for a wide range of purposes: Farm sheds Grain sheds, hay sheds, or cotton sheds Fertiliser sheds Aircraft hangars Dressage arenas and Horse stables Commercial buildings or industrial sheds School COLA shelters, and more. Our online shed builder tool allows you to play around with specifications and features to suit your needs. We can alter the shed size and add various awnings, walls, doors, windows, and more! When you’re happy with the shed design, we can provide an accurate quote to help you decide your next steps.

Shed design & construction

How long will it take for me to get my shed?

If you need a new shed or building, the lead time can be a significant factor in your chosen ...

14 Apr 2025 | 4 min

Discover what is an industrial shed

An industrial shed is a versatile, large-scale structure designed for commercial and industrial purposes. These buildings are commonly used in manufacturing, warehousing, workshops, and storage, providing businesses with functional space for their operations. Whether you're an investor looking to build a high-value asset or a business owner needing a reliable workspace, industrial sheds offer durability, adaptability, and cost-effectiveness. In this article, we’ll explore the most common uses for industrial sheds, key design considerations, and what to look for when investing in one. Common uses for industrial sheds Manufacturing and production facilities Industrial sheds are widely used for manufacturing plants, housing machinery, assembly lines, warehouses and production areas. Their clear-span design ensures uninterrupted floor space, while optional features like ventilation, and gantry cranes can be added to suit production needs. Warehousing and distribution As logistics and e-commerce continue to grow, industrial sheds provide the perfect solution for warehousing and storage. Their open-plan design maximises storage capacity, while custom features like a clear span structure, roller doors, and ventilation enhance efficiency. For storing sensitive materials, you may also consider insulation and climate control. Workshops From mechanical workshops to industrial repairs, industrial sheds offer ample space for tools, equipment, and workbenches. Popular customisation options include gantry cranes for heavy lifting, roller doors, awnings, drainage systems for maintenance, and fire suppression systems for safety compliance. Retail spaces Industrial sheds are often used as retail buildings because they offer large, open spaces. Popular customisations include glazed facades, ventilation, interior fitouts, and roller doors for freight access. Vehicle repair services businesses, for example, can benefit a lot from a large custom industrial shed. Vehicle and machinery storage Industrial sheds are ideal for protecting fleets of vehicles, aircraft, or machinery from weather damage and theft. Common features include separate office fitouts, skylights for natural lighting, and roller doors for ease of access. For large-scale operations, a gantry crane can be integrated for easier maintenance. Considerations for investing in an industrial shed If you’re investing in an industrial building, customisation, and structural design determine the long-term success of your investment. Leasing vs building The decision to lease or build a commercial property depends on your investment goals, resources, and risk tolerance. Building a new commercial space allows you to customise the property and integrate modern infrastructure. This involves higher upfront costs but also grants you greater control. A new building also ensures you have the latest infrastructure, technology, and energy-efficient features which reduce maintenance costs. On the other hand, leasing a commercial shed reduces your initial investment, allowing you to generate revenue sooner. However, leasing limits your control over the property and means you are susceptible to rental increases over time. For more insights into this comparison, use our Commercial Building Returns Calculator! Simply enter your building requirements and the tool will assess the potential long-term costs and returns. Structural design The structural integrity of an industrial shed plays a major role in its functionality and long-term value. Structural steel portal frames are the most popular choice, providing: Large clear spans – up to 60 metres wide with no internal columns, ensuring maximum usable space. Heavy load capacity – designed to support gantry cranes, hoists, and mezzanine levels. High wind and weather resistance – built to withstand strong winds, seismic activity, and heavy rain. Custom bay sizing – allows for flexible internal layouts tailored to operations. Fire-resistant & corrosion-resistant – coated to withstand harsh industrial environments. Every industrial operation has unique requirements, and structural design should match the intended use. At ABC Sheds, we specialise in large engineered industrial buildings that meet Australian Building Standards and can be customised for specific applications. Key features and customisations When planning your new industrial building, there are several customisations and features you can incorporate. These features will not only improve functionality but will also improve the market value of the shed. Wide span structure. High ceilings and gantry cranes. Roller doors and drive-through options. Partitioned zones, mezzanines, and offices. Ventilation and refrigeration. Fire suppression systems. Drainage systems. High-capacity electrics. Loading docks. Old vs new In Australia, the commercial property market is favouring newer buildings with updated infrastructure. There is a rising demand for well-designed buildings that support sustainability, leading many older sheds to lose market appeal. Generally, it is a better long-term investment to build a new commercial shed with the latest technology and features. Whether you occupy the building or lease it to other businesses, this will lead to lower maintenance costs and energy costs over time. For more in-depth comparisons of these two options, download our Commercial Property Investment Guide or read our article about commercial vs residential investments. Commercial Property Investment Guide Our Commercial Property Investment Guide is your go-to resource for understanding the commercial property market in Australia. Leasing vs Buying Buying vs Building Tax benefits Property and building costs Investment returns And more. Click below to get your copy!

Commercial sheds & industrial buildings

What is an industrial shed?

An industrial shed is a versatile, large-scale structure designed for commercial and industrial ...

21 Mar 2025 | 3 min

Commercial building by ABC Sheds

When businesses require extra space, one of the biggest financial decisions they face is whether to lease an existing industrial shed or invest in building their own commercial shed. The right choice depends on a range of factors, including upfront costs, long-term financial returns, land availability, operational flexibility, and business growth plans. To help you navigate your decision, since both options come with distinct advantages and cost implications, this article explores the cost-effectiveness of leasing vs building, outlining financial factors and key considerations. Should you take a lease on commercial property? Leasing is an appealing option, especially when you have less capital to invest upfront. It is also a good choice if you aren’t clear on your business goals because you can easily relocate as required. However, leasing directs a large amount of business capital to rent instead of accruing asset ownership. Leasing also requires sacrificing an element of control to your landlord. If you want to adapt your premises to your operations or acquire more assets, we recommend owning the space instead. Should you buy a commercial property? As an owner-occupier, you are your own landlord. That means you’re responsible for managing the property maintenance but you can also conduct this in a way that suits you. However, when buying an existing commercial property, you will need to operate within the constraints of the existing space. If you are investing in owning property, you may be better to build new. Should you build a commercial property? When you build new commercial premises, you can customise the construction and facilities to suit your unique operational needs. This is well worth the investment, enabling you to operate in the way that suits you best, rather than adjusting your processes to fit an existing space. What’s more — you’ll own a valuable asset! Thinking about leasing or building? Use our Commercial Building Returns Calculator to get cost estimates for both options. Crunching the numbers: lease vs build Deciding whether to lease or build an industrial shed comes down to some key financial factors: Lease rates in your region – high rental costs can make ownership more attractive. Land and construction costs – prices vary by location and materials. Financing and loan interest rates – lower interest rates can improve affordability. Business growth plans – owning provides stability, while leasing offers flexibility. Lease vs build comparison Factor Leasing a commercial shed or industrial building Building a commercial shed or industrial building Initial cost Low (bond + initial rent) High (land + construction) Ongoing expenses Monthly rent increases Maintenance + loan repayments Customisation Limited Fully customisable Long-term savings No ownership benefits Builds equity, potential appreciation Tax benefits Limited deductions Depreciation + deductions Time to occupy Immediate Several months Flexibility Easier to relocate Permanent location If your business is committed to long-term stability and operational control, building a custom commercial shed or industrial building may be the better choice. Below, you will find all considerations above in detail to make the right decision. The benefits of commercial shed construction The ability to design your new building to suit your unique specifications offers unparalleled advantages. Long-term cost savings While the upfront cost of building is higher, owning a facility eliminates ongoing lease expenses and protects against rising rental rates. Building ownership also removes uncertainties tied to rental agreements, allowing businesses to manage costs more predictably. Modern infrastructure A new commercial property has more up-to-date infrastructure, technology, and energy efficiency. This reduces maintenance costs and allows you to redirect that money to your business. Asset ownership and equity growth A business that owns its property builds equity over time, meaning the asset can appreciate in value and provide financial security. With strategic design and features, you can increase the functionality and market value. Adaptability With your own building, future growth is in your hands. You can freely plan for future extensions or renovations without needing to negotiate with a landlord or third party. Customisation Building new commercial premises allows you to tailor the space to your needs. This is generally far more cost-effective than adjusting an existing building. With a new building, you can integrate features that suit your specific operations, such as: Custom bay sizes Internal walls and office fixtures Mezzanines Gantry cranes Roller doors and sliding doors Firewalls Considerations of building a new commercial building Although it offers several advantages to businesses, building may not be right for everyone. Below are the key factors to consider: Can be time-consuming Industrial shed construction can be time-consuming and prone to weather delays and regulatory approvals. However, you can mitigate this by opting for prefabricated components and a kitset shed frame. Can be harder to access finance Banks see construction as risky so it may be harder to obtain the funds you need. However, this can be made easier with a fixed price quote, including everything from start to finish. At ABC Sheds, we specialise in constructing large, durable commercial and industrial buildings. Whether for industrial manufacturing, retail operations, warehousing or any other purpose, we will work with you to create a space that supports your next steps. From design to delivery, we’re with you every step. If you have specific requirements in mind, ask our friendly team to discuss your options. For more ideas and considerations, download our free Commercial Property Investment Guide. Inside, you’ll find everything you need to make an informed decision.

Commercial sheds & industrial buildings • Shed costs

Is it cheaper to lease or invest in commercial shed construction?

When businesses require extra space, one of the biggest financial decisions they face is whether to ...

14 Mar 2025 | 3 min

Discover how much a covered outdoor learning area for your school costs

If you are considering a new covered outdoor learning area for your school, one of your main concerns may be how much a COLA shelter costs. These all-weather shelters are ideal for all manner of school activities, providing year-round protection from the elements. In this article, we outline the costs and considerations for building a new COLA at your school. With this information, you can complete the budget and master plan, equipped with all the necessary insights to make an informed decision. What is a COLA shelter? A school COLA is a covered outdoor learning area, creating a safe environment for students to learn and play. Time outdoors is critical for children's development, particularly in schools with an emphasis on sports and outdoor education. With a well-designed COLA shelter, students can be outside all year with protection from the harsh sun and wintery conditions. Functionality COLA shelters are used for a wide range of school activities, including sports courts, assemblies, and lunch breaks. Materials The majority of school COLAs are built with permanent steel frames with large support columns. The roof can be made with metal, polycarbonate, or fabric shade sails. Shed height Most COLA shelters are between 6 and 10 metres high, ideal for large sports courts or multipurpose learning areas. Remember to account for netball or basketball hoops! Airflow The majority of COLA shelters have open sides, with a roof-only structure supported by vertical columns. This maximises airflow inside the COLA as well as shelter from the sun and rain. At ABC Sheds, we design and build customised COLA shelters up to 60 metres clear span. This means there are no internal supports to obstruct the play area, maximising functionality and versatility. A COLA shelter can be designed to meet the school’s needs. Careful thought should be applied, to ensure the shelter is future-proofed and versatile for a range of functions. In the article below, we outline five important considerations for installing a school COLA. Costs of a Covered Outdoor Learning Area In most cases, a typical COLA shelter in Australia is built with a steel or aluminium frame, aluminium roof, and open sides. To help you plan your own COLA shelter and the associated budget, we’ve highlighted the core cost influences below, along with the average cost per square metre. Location The location of your COLA has a significant impact on the cost, particularly if access could be an issue. If you want to cover any areas between buildings or narrow pathways, this will pose a challenge during construction and truck access. Building span The building span refers to the overall width of your COLA shelter. A wide span requires strong materials and supports, such as structural steel. This will generally cost more but will also eliminate the need for internal columns. To cover a basketball or netball court, the minimum length of the COLA would be 28 to 30 metres, making for a large shed span. Concrete or turf floors Concrete flooring is a hard-wearing and dependable option for schools, particularly popular for outdoor sports courts. Turf is another common choice, enabling year-round sports and a soft surface to sit on during lessons. However, if your budget is limited, these elements can be added later. Round CHS columns CHS (Circular Hollow Section) columns are used to support the COLA structure. Rounded columns are a popular choice in COLA designs as their smooth shape eliminates sharp edges, reducing injury risks. Shed insulation In our extreme Australian climate, an insulated roof can dramatically improve the temperature under your COLA shelter. Not only will this support better learning, but it will also improve the health and well-being of both staff and students. We also recommend using acoustic lining to reduce noise reverberation. Bird proofing To minimise the risk of birds nesting and flying around the COLA shelter, we recommend a bird-proof design with sheets covering the trusses. With nowhere for birds to nest or perch, you can limit the health risks associated with bird droppings, not to mention the distraction for students trying to learn! Additional features Additional features can be added to your COLA, such as awnings, gable infills, skylights, lighting, and guttering. While these will generally increase the construction cost, they will also improve your COLA’s functionality and maximise the investment. Installation Another cost driver is the installation, which usually takes place after school hours and often works around existing courts and equipment. Safety In an operational school environment, construction projects must be carefully planned to minimise safety risks. When building a COLA, you maybe need to install temporary fencing to keep students out of the area. It may also be required that you hold inductions and enforce safety procedures. Price per square metre Depending on specifications, the rough cost of a structural steel COLA is generally between $300 to $400 per square metre. However, this is heavily dependent on the location, dimensions, purpose, materials, and design. Smaller COLAs can be done with UB rafters and columns, or even smaller ones could be RHS (Rectangular Hollow Section), which would bring the price down per square metre. The following prices show how our prices are influenced by the size per square metre. Size Price range* 30m x 18m x 6m (one basketball court) $120,000 to $160,000 30m x 36m x 6m (two basketball courts) $250,000 to $350,000 18m x 18m x 5m $90,000 to $150,000 *Please note that these prices are indicative only and include GST and construction. However, these prices are based on a standard COLA shelter with no additional features or special engineering. For an accurate quote accounting for your specific needs, please ask the ABC Sheds team today. Our Covered Outdoor Learning Areas At ABC Sheds, we offer fully galvanised structural steel frames to construct your school COLA. These structures can withstand even the harshest Australian weather conditions, along with the rough-and-tumble of school environments. We handle all aspects of your project, completing your COLA structure on time and outside of school hours. We’ll handle everything for you so you can focus on running your school. For more information, download our free brochure or use the virtual shed building tool to design your ideal COLA.

COLA shelters • Shed costs

How much does a school COLA shelter cost?

If you are considering a new covered outdoor learning area for your school, one of your main ...

20 Feb 2025 | 4 min

Compare residential and commercial property investment

Across Australia, both residential and commercial real estate offer compelling opportunities for investors. The question is, which type of property is the best type of investment? In this article, we examine the key advantages and drawbacks of investing in residential and commercial properties in Australia. We also explore the differences between building and buying to help you make the most of your investment. Is commercial property a good investment? In Australia, the commercial property market shows promising signs of recovery in 2025. Interest rates are expected to ease, providing the opportunity investors have been waiting for. Particularly in the sub-$20 million market, momentum is starting to build. With a rising demand for sustainable and well-designed buildings, many existing properties face upgrades or repurposing. As an investor, it is likely worth building new premises rather than buying an existing building. Typically speaking, commercial investment isn't as common as residential, therefore could lead to higher returns, as there are fewer options for the tenant. Another advantage is the post-rental clean-up. Compared to residential properties, commercial rental clean-up is typically more straightforward and less costly. In summary, owning commercial property can be a great investment, offering multiple benefits: Longer lease terms and fewer vacancy periods. Fewer maintenance costs compared to residential property. Higher long-term return than may be available through other investments. Diversify your investments. Avoids the increasingly regulated residential market. A great opportunity for capital growth. Simpler post-lease clean-up. Use our Commercial Building Returns Calculator to compare lease vs build costs and see what makes the most sense for you. Residential vs commercial property Investing in residential property provides stable demand, a larger tenant pool, and easier entry due to lower capital requirements, making it an accessible option for many investors. However, challenges such as high tenant turnover, strict regulations, rising maintenance costs, market saturation, and tax implications can impact long-term profitability. On the other hand, commercial property investment typically requires higher upfront capital and comes with a more complex, market-sensitive landscape, greater tax implications, and a higher risk of vacancy. However, commercial properties offer higher rental yields, longer lease terms, greater diversification, and more professional tenants, making them an attractive option for investors seeking long-term returns. A residential lease is also more complex because you are dealing with personal situations. The paperwork and regulations are often more complicated and layered with emotion. With commercial tenants, you are dealing with business people instead, meaning the relationships are often much simpler. Ultimately, the best investment choice depends on your financial goals and risk tolerance. Conducting thorough research and consulting with legal and tax experts before making any decisions is recommended. If you're considering investing in commercial property, read on to understand key factors and explore how to get started with commercial property investment. How to invest in commercial property — Build vs buy If you want to invest in commercial property, is it best to build or buy? The best choice depends on your specific investment goals, resources, and risk tolerance. Buying an existing commercial building When buying an existing commercial building, you can start generating income almost immediately. With many commercial property sales, the space is already tenanted, providing you with immediate rental income and the potential for a faster return on investment. However, existing buildings also have their downsides. Specifically, there is less opportunity for customisation, more maintenance requirements, and the potential for hidden problems. With these challenges in mind, it can be difficult to find the right commercial building to invest in, especially when you consider current market availability. Building new commercial premises Building a new commercial space offers the opportunity to customise the building and incorporate modern infrastructure to align with your investment goals. While this may come at a higher upfront cost and require finding buildable land, you gain more control over how your resources are allocated. Building allows you to design the space according to your preferences and the local commercial market. This means you can market to higher-quality and higher-paying tenants. You can even involve prospective tenants in the design process, incorporating their core requirements so they are more inclined to become long-term occupants. A new commercial building also provides up-to-date infrastructure, technology, and energy-efficient features. This reduces maintenance costs, attracts high-quality tenants, and allows you to charge higher lease rates. However, there are a few potential drawbacks to think about. For starters, the construction process can be long and prone to delays. Fortunately, the repercussions can be minimised with a fixed-price quote. You may also find it harder to access finance because banks often view construction as high-risk. However, we are happy to help with a fixed-price quote. In summary, buying an existing property provides faster returns while building new premises offers more long-term benefits. Considerations for building a commercial property If you want to build a commercial building, there are certain considerations to maximise your return on investment. Customise your building to attract tenants We recommend building your commercial shed with extra space and features to attract potential tenants. Consider what commercial tenants in your area need — is it a gantry crane? Is it an attached office space? Is it a firewall? It’s easier and more cost-effective to add these features during the initial build. Rather than waiting for a prospective tenant to ask, consider consulting a few potential tenants to ask what they need. Based on the types of tenants you want and the local demand, you can determine the popularity of your new building. Or, if you are looking into a commercial building to run your business and occupy, you will benefit from a customised owner/occupier shed. Prioritise engineering Commercial buildings must be well-engineered to ensure safety, durability, and long-term functionality. These structures must withstand high occupancy loads and operational demands, not to mention environmental factors like wind, earthquakes, and heavy rainfall. Structural steel sheds are popular due to their strength and durability. Hot dip galvanised steel is also commonly used for its rust resistance and minimal upkeep. Maximise building security In commercial buildings, security is a high priority because tenants need to protect valuable assets, sensitive information, and employees. This requires a robust building capable of keeping unauthorised people out, using features like roller doors, reinforced doors, access control systems, surveillance cameras, alarm systems, and security lighting. Optimise for energy efficiency Building new premises also enables you to incorporate better insulation, ventilation, and sustainability features. By improving energy efficiency, this will reduce heating and cooling costs, helping to attract quality tenants. Download our commercial buildings brochure For more information and to explore our range of commercial and industrial buildings, download our free Commercial and Industrial Sheds brochure. At ABC Sheds, we offer free, no-obligation quotes for all of our sheds. Download your copy today and benefit from our 20th anniversary promotion in 2025.

Commercial sheds & industrial buildings

Residential or commercial property investment: which is better?

Across Australia, both residential and commercial real estate offer compelling opportunities for ...

12 Feb 2025 | 4 min

Discover 7 benefits of a new feedlot shelter.

Feedlot shelters offer significant advantages for livestock producers, ensuring healthier animals, improved productivity, and better financial outcomes. With over 1.4 million cattle on feed in Australia and feedlot capacity hitting record highs (according to Meat and Livestock Australia), investing in a well-designed feedlot shelter has never been more important. In this article, we explore key factors you need to think about when considering a new feedlot shade structure, including: What is a feedlot? Benefits of a quality feedlot shelter Feedlot design WHat is a feedlot? A feedlot is a gated yard designed for livestock to be fed and cared for during the final stage of meat production. After a grass-based diet, feedlots focus on feeding your livestock with high-quality grains, such as barley and wheat, which promote rapid weight gain and enhance meat flavour and tenderness. By using a feedlot shelter, producers can optimise movement and feeding conditions, protecting livestock and ensuring consistent production quality. Feedlots also help reduce your farm’s operating costs. benefits of a quality feedlot shelter The main purpose of feedlots is to fatten up your livestock, though it does also provide several other benefits. 1. Protect livestock from the elements A well-designed cattle feedlot shelter shields animals from extreme weather conditions, including heat, wind, and rain. This protection reduces stress, keeps bedding dry, and improves overall herd health. 2. Boost worker productivity A feedlot shade structure doesn’t just benefit livestock — it also provides a more comfortable environment for workers. By protecting your team from harsh weather, you can boost productivity and efficiency year-round without increasing operating costs. 3. Enhance meat quality Sheltered livestock experience less stress, which directly impacts meat quality. Combined with controlled feeding and a diet of readily digestible and high-energy grains, feedlots allow a reduction in the amount of energy spent by the livestock to find food, redirecting it toward building fat content in the meat for tender and flavourful results. 4. Support consistent weight gains Sheltered environments minimise energy lost to temperature regulation. With more energy directed toward weight gain, livestock in feedlots achieve more predictable and consistent results. 5. Reduce operating costs Integrating features like rainwater harvesting and solar panels into your feedlot shelter can significantly lower water and energy expenses, providing long-term savings. 6. Streamline feeding systems Feedlot designs make it easier to manage feeding systems, reducing waste and cutting down on labour requirements while improving overall operational efficiency. 7. Improve animal welfare There is a lot of debate around feedlots, particularly regarding animal health. However, provided there is adequate space, plenty of ventilation and moisture control, a cattle feedlot shelter protects your animals from the elements and keeps bedding dry. This will improve the health and quality of your herd. Read our full article for more advice on designing a feedlot. Feedlot design An effective feedlot shelter combines functionality with animal welfare. Key priorities include providing adequate shade, ventilation, and pen drying. We also recommend minimising obstructions inside the feedlot so that it’s easy to clean. Feedlot shade per animal Feedlot shade structures should provide more than 2m2 of shaded pen floor space per animal. This recognises that spreading out is beneficial in excessive heat. Even in normal conditions, overcrowding will limit any potential production benefit. Ventilation High levels of humidity increase the spread of bacteria and disease, impacting the health of your herd. With effective building design, you can maximise ventilation to remove excess moisture. Features like open eaves, ridge gaps, and roof vents promote airflow, reducing humidity and preventing disease spread. For more advice, read our full article about feedlot design and planning tips. Feedlots and farm sheds If you want to increase farm productivity and herd health, investing in a feedlot cover is a proactive investment. To see your options, try our virtual shed designer or contact the team today. Custom feedlot designs Our engineers will tailor your farm shed to your needs — the options are endless. We offer flexible bay sizes, awnings, doors, skylights, ventilation, and a range of other extras. Our feedlot structures promote natural airflow, using the building specifications to encourage wind and natural convection. When heat escapes out the eaves, it allows fresh air to enter through the open sides. We can also incorporate roof vents to maximise airflow. Built with high-quality structural steel, our sheds feature fully fabricated, hot-dip galvanised frames engineered to endure Australia’s toughest conditions. Every shed is backed by our 25-year “You’re Covered” guarantee, giving you peace of mind for decades to come. From machinery sheds to yard covers, we offer a wide range of structural steel farm sheds, including: Feedlot shelters Yard covers Farm machinery sheds Hay sheds Grain sheds Fertiliser sheds And more. In our Farm Sheds brochure, you'll find advice and specifications on the entire range, along with design inspiration, examples of previous projects, and more. Download your free copy by clicking below.

Feedlots

7 benefits of a new feedlot shelter

Feedlot shelters offer significant advantages for livestock producers, ensuring healthier animals, ...

23 Jan 2025 | 3 min

Understand the pros and cons of building vs leasing a commercial building.

Are your current premises and future business goals aligned? Be it an office, warehouse, or manufacturing facility, your physical space is critical to business success. While every business is unique, having the space and facilities you need is the key to productivity. This is why one of the most common questions we hear is whether it is better to own or rent commercial premises. To help you navigate this decision, in this article, we delve deeper into the two options and outline some key considerations, including the pros and cons of leasing an existing commercial space compared to building a new premise. When to upgrade your commercial property Before we get started, it is important to assess whether it’s the right time to upgrade your commercial property. Upgrades often become necessary as businesses grow and evolve, particularly when your current facilities no longer support your operational needs or goals. If you’re noticing that your existing infrastructure feels restrictive and is starting to hinder your business's progress, this could be a clear sign that an upgrade is overdue. Here are some key indicators that it might be time to consider upgrading: Restricted business growth: your current space may no longer accommodate the needs of your expanding operations, making it difficult to scale effectively. Safety challenges due to limited space: a cramped site can lead to safety risks, increasing the chances of accidents or inefficiencies in your daily workflow. Reduced efficiency and effectiveness: outdated or undersized facilities can result in slower processes, higher costs, and a lack of productivity, directly impacting your bottom line. For more advice on this topic, read our full article outlining the economic benefits and business case of a new commercial building. Building a commercial premise In general, there are two main motivations for purchasing commercial real estate — either a strategic move for operational requirements or a long-term investment opportunity. Building new commercial premises provides more opportunities for customisation and long-term returns. While the investment is generally higher upfront, this will pay off in many ways, financially and in terms of operational efficiency. A custom commercial building generates a greater return on investment because it is tailored to your business. With features designed to support your workflows, you can easily meet rising demands and increase productivity. What’s more, you’ll be gaining a valuable asset for your company that can be used for decades. Use our Commercial Building Returns Calculator to compare lease vs build costs and see what makes the most sense for you. Pros of owning a new commercial building Facilities tailored to your needs support maximum efficiency and growth. Be your own landlord and eliminate the middleman for any upgrades to the building. Strong long-term investment as your funds are directed into a valuable asset. Avoid high lease rates for a suitable building. Future growth is in your hands. You can plan ahead for future extensions/renovations that will enable you to achieve your growth goals. Cons of owning a new commercial building Committing to one space may be daunting if your needs change frequently. The upfront investment is higher than a lease. Alternative funding options for your investment If the upfront investment in a new commercial building feels daunting, there are alternative ways to fund your project that don’t tie up your business's operational cash flow. For instance, you may be able to use your superannuation or other investment funds to finance the construction. This approach allows you to invest in a valuable business asset while preserving your working capital. However, it’s crucial to seek tax, accounting, and legal advice to ensure compliance with regulations and understand the implications for your financial strategy. Leveraging these options can make owning your own custom commercial building a more attainable goal while setting your business up for long-term success. Our team can help you understand the costs involved and investment options. Contact us for a no-obligation chat or quote today. Leasing a commercial property If you’re working with a smaller budget or feel uncertain about committing to a specific property, leasing a building might be the ideal option. Leasing offers greater flexibility, allowing you to relocate or expand your operations with minimal financial risk. If your current space is no longer sufficient for your needs, leasing an additional building can provide the extra room required to support your business operations without the need for a large upfront investment. However, there are notable drawbacks to leasing. Splitting your workflows between two separate sites can create inefficiencies and logistical challenges, often resulting in slower operations and reduced productivity. Additionally, leasing is inherently a temporary, short-term solution. While it may appeal to newer businesses that are still in a state of flux or growth, leasing offers little to no long-term return on investment. Unlike owning property, leasing does not contribute to building equity or creating a tangible asset for the future. As a result, it is important to weigh the short-term convenience of leasing against the potential long-term benefits of purchasing or upgrading your own facility. Pros of leasing a commercial building Flexibility to relocate if required. Lower upfront investment can be appealing for smaller businesses. Cons of leasing a commercial building Functional limitations arise as you are forced to operate in an existing space. Landlord consultation is required for any changes or upgrades to the building. Low long-term payoff and no asset acquired. Tenancy uncertainty, what would happen if the owner of the property decided not to renew the lease? The benefits of building a custom commercial building The ability to design it exactly to your specifications offers unparalleled advantages. By tailoring the design to meet your operational needs, you can create a highly functional and efficient workspace that aligns perfectly with your business objectives. For example, you can incorporate a wide range of features that suit your specific requirements, including: Custom bay sizes Windows and doors Internal walls Office fixtures Mezzanines Gantry cranes Roller doors and sliding doors Firewalls And more. This level of customisation allows you to combine functionality with practicality, enabling your team to work more effectively and efficiently in a space designed specifically for their needs. A purpose-built commercial building also provides the flexibility to adapt to changes in your business as it grows or evolves over time. At ABC Sheds, we specialise in constructing large, durable buildings for a wide range of applications. Whether you need a space for industrial manufacturing, retail operations, warehousing or any other purpose, our expert team will work with you to create a structure that fits your vision and supports your success. From design to delivery, we’re committed to helping you build a commercial space that works for you now and into the future. Have specific requirements in mind? Reach out to discuss your options and how we can help bring your project to life. Or, for more information and ideas, download our free Commercial Buildings brochure. Inside, you’ll find everything you need to know about our structural steel sheds.

Commercial sheds & industrial buildings

Commercial building investment: Should you build or lease?

Are your current premises and future business goals aligned? Be it an office, warehouse, or ...

21 Jan 2025 | 4 min

Discover some of our most memorable shed projects.

Over the years, our team has worked on sheds all over Australia. We take pride in our workmanship, erecting over 2,500 new sheds since 2005. To inspire your new shed, this article showcases some of our most memorable shed projects. With a range of industries and functionalities, these highlight the breadth of our shed range, which includes farm sheds, workshops, commercial sheds, industrial sheds, dressage arenas, aircraft hangars, and more. Read on to discover some of our most memorable shed projects and get inspired for 2025. Could your shed feature among our favourites next year? Longest distance from our factory — Farm Shed and Horse Arena, WA Located approximately 4,600km from our factory in Young, NSW, this project involved delivering two sheds, a Farm Shed and a Horse Arena, and was the furthest delivery we have undertaken. Requiring multiple days, our truck was loaded up with all the necessary components before driving approximately 50 hours to Fitzroy Crossing, Western Australia. The Farm Shed measured 42 metres long by 18 metres wide by 5 metres high, and the Horse Arena measured 70 metres long by 35 metres wide by 5 metres high. Our delivery service We will deliver your shed directly to the building site, wherever you are in Australia. The kit comes with footing cages, bolts, screws, downpipes, gutters, flashings, an installation DVD, and a clear set of instructions. We’ll also assign a dedicated project manager to assist you throughout the project. For an estimate specific to your project, request a quote today. Complex shed design — Industrial Building, QLD This custom shed is one of the most complex designs we’ve ever worked on, featuring 16 bays. Our design team modelled 10,909 distinct components, achieving a fully bespoke shed to meet the customer’s needs. These modelled objects included each element of the structural steel framing, windows, doors, fixtures, and more. A few standout features of this shed included plenty of awnings all around and 10 roller doors. It had a very flat pitch, 3.75 for the main shed and 2 degrees for the awnings. For more inspiration, read our articles about customising a shed or try our virtual shed builder tool. Heaviest shed — Dressage Arena, QLD The heaviest shed we've supplied was a Dressage Arena in Boonah, Queensland. Measuring 90.2 metres long by 60 metres wide and 7 metres high, this massive shed weighed 106.035 tonnes. The shed is also clearspan with no internal supports. The engineered structural frame supports the full weight of the shed, maximising usable space inside. For more advice and inspiration on clearspan sheds, read our article on the different shed bracing types. Fastest delivery — Farm Shed, NSW *Disclaimer: This image is not from this specific project, however, it is a similar design. This Farm Shed in Mt Colah, NSW was our fastest-ever time from order to delivery. The order was placed in June and our team began preparing the documentation and construction materials. Just 12 days later, the first delivery arrived on site. The shed measures 24 metres long by 12 metres wide, with 8-metre bay spacing. With a 5-metre roof height and open-front bays, the shed is designed for versatile farm storage and easy access. For more advice and inspiration on farm and machinery sheds, download our Farm Sheds Brochure or read our range of articles: Farm shed prices explained How to customise a farm shed Advantages of drive-through machinery sheds Do farm sheds need council approval? Most extended shed — Dressage Arena, NSW In Muswellbrook, NSW, this impressive shed measures 71 metres long, 21 metres wide, and 5 metres high. When this shed was first built, it started as a roof-only design. Over the years, the customer expanded the shed with a total of four extensions. With eleven bays and open sides, this horse arena is well-ventilated and offers plenty of space for riding. With full coverage, the customer can train all year round no matter the season. For more advice and inspiration on equestrian sheds and stables, download our Equestrian Buildings Brochure or read our range of articles: Horse arena sizes How to build a dressage arena 6 frequently asked questions about equestrian sheds What is a loafing shed? Horse stables inspiration ABC Sheds Brochure At ABC Sheds, we strive to deliver exceptional materials, durability, workmanship and return on investment. With 20 years of experience building large structural steel sheds, we have the know-how and connections to provide a seamless experience. Get in touch with our team to request a no-obligation quote and we will guide you through the process. If you want more information, download our shed range brochure for more details on the following: Hay Sheds and Grain Sheds Dressage Arenas Rural Farm Sheds Aircraft Hangars Farm Machinery Sheds Feedlot Shelters and Yard Covers Industrial Sheds

Our projects

Our most memorable shed projects

Over the years, our team has worked on sheds all over Australia. We take pride in our workmanship, ...

17 Dec 2024 | 3 min

Feedlot shelter by ABC Sheds.

Excessive heat load in livestock can result in significant production losses, animal welfare problems, and even deaths in extreme conditions. Shade structures are one effective way to reduce the impact of heat on your cattle, lowering exposure to solar radiation. In this article, we share our advice for feedlot design and construction and draw on the best practices from the Australian Lot Feeders Association (ALFA). We’ve included the key considerations you should make, including site location, drainage, climate, orientation, and more. Considerations for a feedlot shelter or feedlot shed The design objectives for a shade structure or feedlot are to provide adequate shade to improve the well-being of your livestock. Other key priorities include maximising airflow, improving pen drying, and minimising obstructions during cleaning. During the planning process, remember the key factors outlined below. Mandatory requirements As laid out in the Australian Animal Welfare Standards and Guidelines for Cattle (DAFF, 2013), you must follow certain mandatory requirements. Firstly, you must conduct a risk assessment annually, assessing the heat load risk at the feedlot and implementing appropriate actions to manage this. Secondly, you must have a documented Excessive Heat Load Action Plan and implement appropriate measures in a heat load emergency. Shade per animal In Australian conditions, shade structures should provide more than 2m2 of shaded pen floor space per animal. This guideline recognises that spreading animals out is beneficial in excessive heat load events. Even in normal summer conditions, overcrowding will limit any potential production benefit. Stock density must account for age, size, behaviour, movement, and feeding patterns. Humidity and ventilation Moisture control plays a critical role in maintaining healthy stock on a covered feedlot. High humidity will impact your herd’s health, considerably increasing the spread of bacteria and disease. Higher humidity also contributes to the faster deterioration of your building infrastructure and equipment. Natural convection and wind are the two main forms of natural ventilation to remove excess moisture from your feedlot. The effectiveness of ventilation is heavily dependent on building design, including building width, height at the eaves, height of roof peak, angle of roof and provision, and the ridge gap. When designed correctly, these features promote airflow by impacting wind pressure across the roof and thermal buoyancy. When the heat rises inside the feedlot, it rises and escapes through the roof vent, allowing fresh air to enter through the open sides. Location and planning requirements for a cattle feedlot In most Australian states, feedlots above a particular size require approval. These are outlined on pages 15 and 18 of the MLA Feedlot covered housing systems manual. Rainfall zones can also influence the type of shade you need. For example, in a high rainfall area, a north-south orientation with a retractable shade cloth allows for optimum pen drying. If you opt for a solid structure with a permanent roof, you need sufficient drainage to avoid ponding on the pen surface. Site selection Good site selection is critical for the economic, environmental, and management performance of a covered housing system in cattle feedlots. It affects natural ventilation, approval processes, capital and operating costs, and building functionality. Key factors include proximity to accessways, sales yards, and services as well as labour and feed availability. You’ll also need to consider accessibility, availability of materials and resources, groundwater and surface water protection, heritage, ecological, and risk assessments. Feedlot orientation The best feedlot orientation depends on the structural design, local climate, and prevailing winds. The longitudinal row shade structure should run north to south, especially if it has no strips for pen drying. With the shade material orientated east-to-west, you can elevate the eastern side of the structure to a 10-15º pitch, encouraging floor drying in the morning. During the afternoon, this provides more shade and increases airflow under the structure. For a compacted clay or gravel floor, a north-to-south orientation works well because the sun strikes every part of the pen floor at some point during the day. Water supply Water supply is required for stock drinking, feed processing, cleaning, and general operations. Water reticulation systems can be either gravity flow, pressurised, or a combination of both. We recommend seeking professional assistance to determine a system layout, pumping capacity, pressure, pipeline sizes, and valve locations. Height Minimum eave height depends on ventilation requirements and the height of machinery operating inside, such as pen cleaning equipment. For reference, the fixed height of equipment typically ranges from 3 to 3.5 metres, with a full lift height up to 5.25 metres. A minimum clearance of at least 600mm is recommended on the underside of overhead structural elements, such as beams, trusses, and roof sheets. Drainage Roof runoff can either be collected in gutters or freefall off the roof and collected in a surface drainage system. Advice on this aspect should be sought from relevant regulatory authorities during the design process as the regulatory requirements vary from state to state. Common drainage systems include gutters with downpipes, gutters without downpipes, and ground-level drains. Shading material Most Australian feedlots use corrugated galvanised iron, ZINCALUME®, or COLORBOND®. Waterproof fabric is also used to cover hoop structures, though these may not offer the same durability or longevity. ZINCALUME® steel cladding consists of aluminium, zinc, and magnesium, combining the aluminium’s corrosion protection with the sacrificial protection of zinc. This offers durability, environmental benefits, and affordability. COLORBOND® cladding is pre-painted steel with a ZINCALUME® core coated in a baked-on corrosion inhibitor. This makes it more durable and suitable for highly corrosive environments, along with its signature five layers of protection. The roof colour influences a feedlot’s heat transfer, including solar absorptance and solar reflectance. Generally, lighter colours absorb less heat than dark colours and highly reflective materials like Zincalume® are superior at reflecting solar radiation. Farm sheds and feedlot shade structures If you want to increase farm productivity and herd health, investing in a yard cover is the most impactful step you can take. At ABC Sheds, our experienced team has the expertise and know-how to design a shed that’s tailored to your needs. To see your options, try our virtual shed designer or download our farm sheds brochure today.

Feedlots

Feedlots — Design and planning tips from professionals

Excessive heat load in livestock can result in significant production losses, animal welfare ...

9 Dec 2024 | 3 min

Commercial building by ABC Sheds.

The one thing at the core of business growth is space. Whether you’re expanding markets, meeting growing customer demands, or increasing your operations, you’ll need the physical space and facilities to make it possible. As your business evolves, you may notice your existing facilities feel restrictive, holding you back from potential opportunities. The question is — when is the best time to upgrade your commercial space? In this article, we outline the economic benefits of a new commercial building to help you plan your next steps. When to upgrade your commercial building At ABC Sheds, we’ve spoken with business owners from all over Australia and in a wide range of industries. The one thing we’ve heard the most is, will a new building provide a good return on investment? Ultimately, the answer to that question is dependent on your specific circumstances and business objectives. However, if you have been experiencing any of the below challenges, considering a new building will usually pay off. Business growth is restricted If you’re running into storage limitations or double-handling, it’s likely time to upgrade your commercial building. Let’s imagine your customer demand increases by 20%. Could your current building accommodate it? If your building would not accommodate growth of 20%, you need to invest in more space. Consider the lost revenue from stalling operations or turning down opportunities because you don’t have the capacity. By expanding, you can meet any future demand without compromising your workflows. Site safety challenges Clutter, traffic, and moving parts will significantly increase the risk of an accident or injury at your work site. With the added pressure of space restrictions, hazards like congestion, misplaced equipment, or inadequate safety systems will quickly become a major problem. If your existing site safety systems are becoming insufficient, a larger, purpose-built building will be incredibly helpful. This allows you to optimise your facilities and equipment, creating distinct areas for various functions. This will reduce confusion and traffic, and in turn, improve productivity and morale. If you are concerned about your site safety, consider collaborating with site safety consultants. This will ensure your new facility or warehouse meets current safety standards and best practices. Lost efficiency and effectiveness If your current work site is too small or lacks the facilities you need, your processes will not be performing as efficiently as possible. When your workflows are built around imperfect premises, your team is forced to operate in a disorganised and fragmented way. With a customised building that is large enough to adapt to your business needs, you will notice a rise in efficiency. With enough space to work uninterrupted, your staff will be more productive and motivated to complete their tasks effectively. Additionally, a new building can be optimised with the most efficient solutions for your unique operations. There are endless possibilities to create your ideal building, including gantry cranes, mezzanines, offices, and more. Use our shed builder to explore your options Building vs leasing a commercial space While you could lease another building to supplement your needs, this will split your logistics and staff across two sites and generally cause fragmented workflows. As a result, your team may become disjointed, limiting collaboration and productivity. Additionally, leasing directs significant resources into a temporary space that contributes little to no long-term value. In most cases, building customised commercial premises or workshop sheds will generate a greater return on investment because you can tailor it to your operations and meet rising demand while gaining a valuable asset for your company. If you work with ABC Sheds, we can create a bespoke building to meet your requirements by incorporating various features: Custom bay sizes Windows Internal walls Office fixtures Mezzanines Gantry cranes Roller doors and sliding doors Firewalls Industrial and Commercial Sheds At ABC Sheds, we design and construct commercial, industrial, and workshop sheds for a range of applications. Wide span Built with extremely strong structural steel, our portal frames can support an impressive clear span. This means your commercial building can be completely free of internal support columns, maximising the usable internal space for storage and workflows. We can also adjust your bay spacing, depending on your operations. High-quality materials Our fully fabricated steel frames are strong, hot-dip galvanised, weather-resistant, and extremely durable. Built to exceed Australian building standards, our sheds stand the test of time with a 25-year guarantee. This way, you can be confident that your investment will pay off and stand up to the most intense industrial environments. Industry-leading We construct industrial sheds for a wide range of applications and building sites, meaning we are always up-to-date with the latest industry requirements. When it comes to construction and site work, our team draws on the experience and expertise of the best contractors in your area. Hassle-free projects When working with us, our team will handle every aspect of your build so you can focus on running your business. From completing council forms to project managing the shed construction, we will ensure you have a seamless, stress-free experience. Contact us today to discuss your next project. Custom-built sheds Whatever your requirements, your building will be custom-made for you. Our design team will consult with you on your preferences and operational needs, ensuring the outcome is optimised for maximum efficiency. For more information on our commercial and industrial buildings, download our Commercial and Industrial Sheds brochure. You’ll find inspiration from previous projects, building customisations, and our top design recommendations. Alternatively, contact our team of experts to discuss your next project.

Commercial sheds & industrial buildings

The business case for upgrading your commercial or industrial shed

The one thing at the core of business growth is space. Whether you’re expanding markets, meeting ...

25 Nov 2024 | 3 min

Farm sheds

Managing a viable farm business is a challenge, especially in the current economic climate. Fortunately, there are proactive steps you can take to improve your profit margins and reduce overhead costs. In this article, we’ve pulled together a few tried and tested tactics to help you with your farm management. Remember to take the time to think about your options and identify what works best for your farm. Assess your financials Before doing anything else, calculate your gross profit margin. This allows you to identify the items with lower profit margins and those that are currently making a loss. Based on your findings, you can focus your energy on the most profitable actions. Negotiate with suppliers In many cases, you can ask your suppliers for a discount or offer to stock up in bulk. By storing stock and ordering all at once, you can often get what you need in a more cost-efficient way. Additionally, shop around with other suppliers to see if there are more cost-effective options elsewhere. Prevent theft Unfortunately, farms are vulnerable to theft and vandalism. By investing in security measures such as lockable machinery storage, you may be able to reduce the risk of this happening on your farm. This applies across all commercial and industrial businesses. Alongside our agriculture range, we also supply commercial sheds, industrial sheds, and workshop sheds. Browse our full range here >> Manage your farm inputs with commodity storage With sufficient farm storage, you can stock up on commodities like fertiliser and grain. This gives you greater control over when to restock. When supply is disrupted and prices spike, you can avoid the financial implications on your operations. According to Rabobank’s Agribusiness September report, global demand for farm inputs remains uncertain. Some, such as urea, have seen modest month-on-month declines, though global demand is beginning to show signs of increasing. By keeping an eye on price fluctuations, you can make strategic decisions for your farm’s stock. At ABC Sheds, we design and build sheds to keep your stock safe and dry. Depending on your needs, we can also incorporate a range of features, such as: Concrete walls and floors Vehicle access Enclosed bays Mezzanine floors Awnings Browse our hay sheds, grain sheds, and fertiliser sheds for more information. Looking for a new shed to meet your storage needs but unsure what size you need? Try our commodity calculator. All we need to know is what you need to store and the amount. Water harvesting Effective water management leads to significant savings and reduces your reliance on external overheads. By installing water-collection solutions on your shed, you could catch and store a significant portion of usable water. For example, a 15m x 32m shed can catch up to 240,000 litres of water annually, even when the rainfall is as little as 500mm. Solar shed design One of the best cost-saving solutions is using solar panels to power your farm building and equipment. By using solar shed design, you can reduce energy consumption from third-party suppliers. We can even engineer your building for maximum solar gain, accounting for the best roof pitch, orientation, and structural strength. Build a machinery shed A purpose-built shed or building provides a secure space for all your farm assets. By storing your equipment safely and securely, you can protect it from the weather, theft, and vandalism. This will reduce wear and tear and lower your maintenance costs. If your machinery or equipment runs sluggishly, it’s also worth upgrading to a more efficient model. This way, you can streamline your workflows and, in most cases, the cost will be quickly recovered in energy savings. However, we recommend waiting until you have a machinery shed to store this new equipment in. Download the complete shed range brochure ABC Farm Sheds and Machinery Sheds With over 25 years of experience, the ABC Sheds team is dedicated to providing an exceptional farm shed tailored to your requirements. At ABC Sheds, we specialise in farm and machinery sheds so, when you work with us, you’re gaining all our experience and expertise. Some of our most popular farm sheds include: Hay Sheds Grain Sheds Dressage Arenas Farm Machinery Sheds Feedlot Shelters Yard Covers Aircraft Hangars Reliable communication At ABC Sheds, we pride ourselves on responsive customer service and transparency. Throughout the manufacturing process, our Client Care team will keep you updated with photos as your shed progresses. Durable construction Our sheds are durable and built to last, which is why we offer a 25-year "You're Covered" guarantee. What’s more, our structural frames are significantly heavier than a purlin frame, meaning they can hold up against the harsh Australian climate. Hot dip galvanised steel To enhance the structure of our sheds, we hot-dip galvanise all the steel elements in molten zinc. This prevents corrosion, which is particularly beneficial for sheds built near the coast. Design customisations We offer a range of customisations and will partner with you to ensure your shed aligns with your needs. Popular design additions include insulation, roller doors, sliding doors, PA doors, mezzanine floors, windows, and vented ridges. Contact us for tailored advice about your new shed or check out the range of steel sheds we offer. Or, if you’d like to see what we can achieve, plan your perfect shed in our virtual shed builder.

Farm sheds

How to reduce your farm’s operating costs

Managing a viable farm business is a challenge, especially in the current economic climate. ...

23 Oct 2024 | 3 min

Commercial sheds

Are you looking for ways to decrease running costs? In this article, we highlight 10 ways to reduce your operating costs, with a particular focus on your infrastructure. 1. Identify inefficiencies By assessing your current workflows, you can identify any inefficiencies that may be contributing to your operating costs. While they may seem minor, these problems can quickly lead to lost productivity and material waste. When you note which aspects of your operations could be streamlined, you can make proactive changes and reduce expenses. For example, if you note that one machine requires far more maintenance and fuel than another, it may be worth replacing it with a more efficient model. 2. Automate your processes If you spend a lot of time on repetitive tasks, automated solutions can free up your time. Depending on your industry and operations, automation may include inventory management systems, robotic warehouse systems, or payroll platforms. These tools will reduce labour costs and minimise errors, allowing you to focus on the jobs you care about most. 3. Energy optimisation and solar shed design Energy consumption is one of the biggest expenses in many businesses so it’s worth looking for cost-effective solutions. One of the best options is using solar panels on your building to power your building and equipment. This will not only reduce your energy bills but also improve your business’s carbon footprint. If you want to install solar power, our team will engineer your building or shed for solar gain, accounting for the best roof pitch, orientation, and structural strength. The Australian government also offers rebates and loans to get you set up. 4. Invest in a machinery shed A purpose-built shed or building is a game changer, providing a space to store your most valuable assets. You can store all your equipment safely and securely, protecting it from the weather and theft, greatly reducing wear and tear over time and lowering maintenance time and costs. At ABC Sheds, we specialise in workshop sheds, machinery sheds, and commercial sheds. If you want to upgrade your infrastructure, use our Build Your Dream Shed tool to explore your options. 5. Upgrade equipment If your machinery or equipment runs sluggishly, it’s worth upgrading to a more efficient model. This way, you can streamline your workflows and, in most cases, the cost will be quickly recovered in energy savings. 6. Improve energy efficiency To lower your expenses, we recommend optimising your industrial shed or building for energy efficiency. At ABC Sheds, we can design your shed with this in mind, incorporating whirly birds, a range of door options, and insulation. To reduce power usage even further, consider installing a polycarbonate sheet in your walls to maximise natural light. This is a lightweight and durable solution ideal for Australia’s harsh conditions. We can also incorporate windows into your shed design, increasing natural light and airflow. 7. Optimise business storage Storing products or crops in a purpose-built space minimises the risk of stock loss. With a storage shed, your stock is protected from weather damage and theft, maximising your revenue. You can also stockpile supplies, placing orders while the rates are more affordable and avoiding any higher rates when the market is unfavourable. With a large shed or building, you can also adapt your storage according to the season. This flexibility allows you to prepare your stock in advance. When you can’t complete other tasks due to the poor weather, simply use your time to service your machinery, organise your storage, and get your administrative tasks in order. 8. Water management Another overhead to assess is water usage, especially if you operate in a drought-prone area. Effective water management will reduce your environmental footprint but can also lead to significant savings. Key steps to take include conducting a water audit, installing water-saving solutions, and collecting rainwater. By installing rainwater tanks on your building, you could catch and store a significant portion of water to service your building. Even with a minimal rainfall of 500mm, a 15m x 32m hay shed could catch up to 240,000 litres of water annually! 9. Pest management Inadequate pest control could lead to substantial stock losses and asset damage. Rodent and insect infestations are a constant threat in Australia so it may be worth using concrete bunker-style walls to keep mice out. This also means you can fumigate your building in case of an infestation. 10. Preparing for the future If you’re investing in a shed or building to optimise your operations, it pays to be prepared for whatever the future might bring. Firstly, we always recommend building a shed that’s larger than you currently need so that you can easily expand or adjust your processes without rebuilding. We also recommend accommodating for any machinery you may want at a later date. For example, you may want to choose roller doors with higher clearance or incorporate structural supports for a gantry crane. For more examples and advice, reach out to our team or try our Shed Designer tool! Commercial sheds and Industrial sheds in Australia With over 25 years of experience, the ABC Sheds team is dedicated to providing exceptional farm sheds to meet your requirements. Below are just some of the advantages of working with us. Fully fabricated structural frame 25-year "you're covered" guarantee Finance available Fully galvanised frame Australian building standards exceeded Hassle-free erection Over 25-years experience Custom-made designs 100% customer satisfaction Get in touch with our team to request a no-obligation quote or explore the range in our Commercial and Industrial Sheds Brochure, complete with everything you need to know.

Commercial sheds & industrial buildings

10 ways to lower your operating costs with infrastructure investment

Are you looking for ways to decrease running costs? In this article, we highlight 10 ways to reduce ...

15 Oct 2024 | 3 min

Hot dip galvanising

Steel is one of the most popular construction materials due to its incredible strength and engineering capabilities. However, steel is also susceptible to rust and deterioration, especially when it is exposed to harsh conditions. To counter this, steel components are often hot dip galvanised. In this article, we explore the following: What is hot dip galvanised steel? The process of applying a hot dip galvanised coating. The pros and cons of hot dipped steel. What is hot dip galvanising? Hot dip galvanising is a thick, durable coating that is applied to steel components by immersing them in molten zinc/alloy. This outer zinc layer protects the inner core from moisture and corrosion, maximising longevity and durability. The process of hot dip galvanising There are three main steps in the hot-dip galvanising process — surface preparation, hot dipping, and post-treatment. 1. Surface preparation The steel component is hung on a steel chain and immersed in a degreasing bath, such as an alkaline caustic solution. This removes any organic contaminants such as dirt, oil, and grease from the steel’s surface. When this is complete, the steel is rinsed with water. Next, the steel component is submerged in a dilute solution of hydrochloric or sulfuric acid, removing any oxides and mill scale. When this pickling process is complete, the component is rinsed with water again and dipped in a hot flux to clean the steel of any oxidation developed since the pickling and activate its surface. Finally, the component is dried with hot air to reduce splash and improve dip speeds. This multi-step process creates a clean surface that the zinc can react and bond with, achieving a thorough and consistent galvanised coating. 2. Hot dipping Next, the steel is fully submerged in a bath of highly pure molten zinc heated to 450℃. The liquid zinc coats the entire surface evenly, forming a consistent layer over every surface of the steel member, this includes the internal surfaces of tube members. When the steel matches the bath’s temperature, the diffusion reaction of iron and zinc is complete and the product is withdrawn from the zinc kettle. The dip is typically complete in under ten minutes, depending upon the component’s size and thickness. 3. Post-treatment When the steel component is taken out of the zinc kettle, the zinc coating will gradually harden. In most cases, it undergoes a post-treatment process to improve the effectiveness of the coating. One of the most common treatments is quenching, where the steel is submerged in a quench tank containing water and a small portion of chemicals. This creates a passivation layer, protecting the galvanised steel during transportation and storage. The hot-dip galvanising process. Source. Hot dip galvanised vs pre-galvanised steel Hot dip galvanising and pre-galvanising are two different processes, used for different purposes. Pre-galvanising, also called pre-gal, dura-gal or inline gal, is used on steel members that originated from coiled steel. Due to the speed at which the coil is run through the zinc bath, it produces a far thinner coating than hot dipping. It’s also worth noting that, as its name suggests, ‘pre-gal’ is completed BEFORE roll-forming and manufacturing are completed meaning that any bends, cuts, welds or punches become weak points in the member as the coating is compromised. Hot dip galvanised steel creates a far thicker coating and produces a much more durable result with the process being completed AFTER fabrication ensuring no compromise of the protective coating. Advantages of hot dip galvanised steel Three types of protection Hot-dipped steel has three crucial forms of protection. The first is barrier protection, providing full coverage of the steel surface and acting as a barrier from the surrounding environment. Secondly, cathodic protection prevents damage from coating imperfections like abrasions, cuts, or bends. Thirdly, hot-dipped steel has an insoluble zinc patina on its surface, slowing down the corrosion rate of the zinc and therefore delaying the corrosion of the inner steel. Suitable in high corrosion zones With its long-lasting protection against corrosion, hot-dipped steel is an excellent choice for buildings in high corrosion zones. For example, it is often used in coastal areas prone to sea spray. Long-lasting and low-maintenance Hot-dip galvanised coatings are tough and durable, requiring very little maintenance. This reduces the need for repairs or replacements, which can be costly and time-consuming. Scratch resistant With some protective coatings, a slight scratch will expose the inner steel to corrosion and quickly lose its structural integrity. However, hot-dipped zinc coatings are incredibly abrasion-resistant, meaning they’re perfect for busy environments with vehicles or equipment. Even if the steel is hit, the coating will not be damaged. Disadvantages of hot dip galvanised steel May react with acids In some cases, zinc can react with acidic products, reducing the consistency of the coating. This is worth noting if you will be storing or using certain fertilisers around your new shed. Some chemical storage facilities may require an additional powder-coated layer over the hot dip galvanising for added protection. For more information about the products this applies to, speak with our team. More expensive for large clearspans Due to the steel thicknesses and weights, hot dip galvanising may be more expensive for a large steel building. Unlike basic paint systems that are based on surface area, hot dip galvanising is a commodity tied to weight, which means the heavier the steel componentry the more costly it is to surface treat with hot dip galvanising. This is particularly true for large clear-span sheds requiring larger steel members. Industrial finish Due to the application method and the thickness of the finished coating, it is almost impossible to ensure an ‘architectural-level’ consistency. In addition, small variations in the silicon or phosphorus content in the steel can mottle the colouring of the final finish as it reacts with the molten zinc. For this reason, galvanising is considered to be an ‘industrial finish’ and may not be suited to projects with high architectural exposure. Steel sheds Australia At ABC Sheds, we have supplied structural steel sheds all over Australia for over 25 years. Engineered for the harsh Australian climate, our sheds are built with high-quality Australian structural steel with a hot-dipped galvanised coating. This combination comes with a 25-year guarantee and exceeds Australian building standards, ensuring 100% customer satisfaction. At ABC Sheds, we tailor your new shed to meet your needs. With our robust structural steel construction, the options are almost endless. Ready to start your next project? Try our online Shed Builder Tool today and get a visual of how your dream shed will look. Alternatively, contact our team of experts to discuss your upcoming project.

Shed design & construction

What is hot dip galvanising?

Steel is one of the most popular construction materials due to its incredible strength and ...

30 Sep 2024 | 4 min

Portal frame sheds

Investing in a new shed is a big decision. So what is a portal frame and is it the best option for you? In this article, we outline what a portal frame is and cover everything you need to know about the structural design, key components, and advantages of portal frames. We also explore why structural steel is the best option when building your portal frame shed, helping you make an informed decision. Structural design of portal frame sheds A portal frame consists of two upright columns connected at the top by multiple rafters. These rafters are bolted together at the haunch joints and apex joints, providing a framework on which the purlins, girts, and cladding can be mounted. The key components of a portal frame are as follows: Pier Footing — Piers are bored vertically into the ground below the columns and include a cast-in bolt cage that the columns are attached to. Columns — Columns run vertically from the foundation to the rafters, supporting the roof and walls. Rafters — Rafters run from the apex to the top of the columns, creating the roof frame. Apex joint — The apex is the highest point of the building where the rafters are joined together with a plate or bracket. Haunch joint — The haunch joint is the connection between the top of the columns and the rafters. Purlins — A purlin runs horizontally between rafters, providing support for the roof cladding. Girts — Girts run horizontally on the outside of the columns, providing a framework for the wall cladding. Advantages of portal frames Large clearspans One of the main benefits of a portal frame is that you can gain a large open space inside your shed. With the right engineering and materials, a portal frame can be fully self-supporting from inside to outside. This means there is no need for additional supports inside the frame, maximising the usable internal space for storage and machinery. Cost-effective Portal frames are one of the most cost-effective construction methods as they put the structural members to their best use, spanning the width of the building and maximising the open, usable space below. Most often our engineers find that propping the frame in the centre is not advisable until after a 36m span! In addition, our clients have found that minimising obstacles inside a building leads to more effective use of the space. Efficient prefabricated construction With a portal frame, the structural steel elements can be prefabricated into sections before being delivered to the building site. As the components are welded and bolted together in advance, on-site assembly is quick and easy. For an even faster construction time, check out our Durakit sheds — pre-designed, in stock and available in under 4 weeks. Strength and durability Portal frames are strong and durable, particularly when made with structural steel. This means they are well suited to large-scale sheds for a range of purposes, including agricultural, industrial, commercial, and more. At ABC Sheds, we also manufacture cyclone-rated sheds with fully fabricated steel frames that can withstand the worst storms. Portal frames — Structural steel vs roll formed steel The two main options for portal frame construction are roll-formed steel and structural steel. Both can be used in portal frame buildings but each suits a different set of requirements. Generally, roll-formed steel is best used in smaller buildings and garages while structural steel is best for large sheds and buildings. What is roll-formed steel? Roll-formed steel is made with high-tensile sheet metal that is rolled into a “C” shape. It is also called cold-rolled steel or c-section steel, typically measuring as little as 1-2mm thick. It is most suitable for smaller spans up to around 12m for domestic sheds and garages and light commercial applications. Due to the light weight of the material itself, cold-rolled sections are heavily dependent on their engineered shape, meaning that any dent, rust, or damage could be cause for concern for the structural integrity of the building. Additionally, roll-formed steel cannot support additional weight from features like a gantry crane, solar panels or other mounted services. For most large-scale purposes and wider shed spans, we recommend structural steel instead. What is structural steel? Structural steel frames are far stronger than roll-formed steel, making them more suitable for any shed larger than 250 square metres. Measuring between 5mm to 20mm thick, structural steel can support more weight – such as a gantry crane – and span over 60 metres with no centre supports. This is far more practical for larger sheds and varying storage needs. Structural steel is also far more weather-resistant, making it more suitable for harsh Australian conditions. In an agricultural or industrial environment, a shed can expect far more ‘bumps and nudges’ with all the heavy machinery moving every day. A structural frame will prove far more robust than a cold-rolled frame shed. A structural steel shed frame is cut and welded to your requirements, giving you endless options for the design, shape, and size. The structural elements will also arrive at your site as prefabricated sections, making the assembly process much quicker. Structural Steel Sheds Australia Here at ABC Sheds, we specialise in large structural steel buildings, starting at a minimum size of 18 metres long, 12 metres wide, and 2.4 metres high. However, most of our customers opt for much bigger sheds to maximise functionality and adaptability. The advantages of working with our team include: Portal frames with clear spans up to 60 metres. 25-year guarantee. Engineered to Australian building standards. Hot dip galvanised steel protective coating. Fabricated structural steel construction. COLORBOND® and Zincalume® cladding. Customisable designs with a range of optional features. If you’re looking for a reliable shed, contact us to request a quote today. Alternatively, download our full sheds brochure to learn more about our range and explore the possibilities.

Shed design & construction

What is a portal frame?

Investing in a new shed is a big decision. So what is a portal frame and is it the best option for ...

20 Sep 2024 | 3 min

Farm sheds Australia

When it comes to investing in a farm shed, machinery shed or any other type of rural farm shed, it is important to choose the right supplier. Selecting a supplier that offers quality sheds will guarantee that you build a shed that is functional but also a valuable long-term investment. In this article, we explore six essential elements to consider when choosing your farm shed supplier and why ABC Sheds should be on your consideration list. Key factors to consider when purchasing a shed When investing in a farm shed, you need to be confident it will provide long-term value and be highly functional. To help you choose the right farm shed supplier, we have highlighted some key factors to consider: Reliable communication and customer service Detailed quotes Design customisations Quality materials and workmanship Longevity Supplier reputation 1. Reliable communication and customer service Reliable communication and efficient customer service are key when working with a supplier and ensuring the success of any project. It is important to partner with a supplier who is responsive, transparent, and attentive to your needs. Before starting your search for a shed supplier, clearly state your priorities, needs, materials and construction method to ensure they understand your requirements early. At ABC Sheds, we pride ourselves on our exceptional customer service, open communication and customer transparency. To hear about how committed we are to providing a professional customer experience, watch our video testimonials where previous customers explain how our services made a difference to their overall experience. We realise a shed is no small investment so we are committed to clear and transparent communication throughout the manufacture and installation of your shed. Throughout manufacture, we have a Client Care team that will keep you updated with photos as your shed progresses. 2. Detailed quotes To avoid unnecessary and hidden costs, it is important to understand the costs associated with your farm shed and ask any supplier for a fixed-price quote. Most companies offer estimate quotes, which provide a rough estimate based on your design consultation and are prone to change during the project. To avoid any hidden costs, we recommend asking for a fixed-price quote instead, this ensures all project costs are locked in, protecting you from any surprises later on in the project and allowing you to budget efficiently. At ABC Sheds, we offer you a no-obligation quote that is tailored to suit your specific requirements. Our shed quotes are fixed and locked in from the beginning and you can clearly identify what is and isn't included in the price. Our mission is to provide quality customer service through high transparency and accountability. 3. Design customisations In searching for the perfect shed, you will likely have specific requirements that are unique to your farm. Design customisations allow you to tailor your shed to meet your specific needs, whether that’s different bay sizes, having open or fully enclosed walls, different doors, and awnings. At ABC Sheds we offer a range of customisation options, and our team will work with you to ensure your shed is functional and aligns with your farm operations. Our most popular customisations include different bay sizes, air cell or wool blanket insulation, roller doors, sliding doors, PA doors, mezzanine floors, windows, and vented ridges. In addition, our structural steel allows for flexibility so we can create a shed that suits you. Contact our team today to discuss your project. 4. Quality materials and workmanship The quality of the construction and materials have a strong impact on the longevity and performance of your farm shed. Ensuring you choose a supplier that uses high-grade materials and employs skilled professionals is essential for a durable and functional shed. Many Australian companies prefer steel sheds due to their strength, durability and resistance to external influences. To enhance the structure further, we recommend hot-dip galvanizing. This process involves immersing the steel elements in molten zinc or alloy and adding additional reinforcement to prevent rust and corrosion. These enhancements are particularly beneficial if your business is located near the coast. No matter which material you decide on, ABC Sheds can guarantee our sheds are built to last. We are known for our commitment to quality and use of materials that undergo a rigorous quality process that complies with the Australian Building Code. 5. Longevity When purchasing a shed, you want to know that it will last for years to come. Ensuring you choose a supplier that guarantees the longevity of their sheds should be a crucial factor. At ABC Sheds, we provide durable and long-term performing sheds that are built to last. We offer a 25-year "You're Covered" guarantee on all our sheds, giving you peace of mind that your shed will be looked after for years to come. In addition, our fully fabricated structural frames are significantly heavier than a purlin frame, meaning they can withstand the harsh Australian climate and heavy usage. 6. Supplier reputation Reputation is a guarantee that you will get what you envisioned. A reputable brand will be able to provide a proven track record in the selection of quality materials, the quality of workmanship, and the professional attitude towards customers. We recommend you do your research and look at a brand's customer testimonials and completed projects to get a gauge of how others have experienced them. With over 25 years of experience, ABC Sheds has been in the shed industry since the 1980s. We are dedicated to providing a positive customer experience and providing quality products that can stand the test of time. Watch our customer testimonials, view our completed projects or learn more about us here. Conclusion When choosing a farm shed supplier in Australia, it is important to consider factors such as materials, durability, quality of workmanship and value of your investment. With over 25 years of experience, our ABC Sheds team are dedicated to providing exceptional farm sheds to meet almost all requirements. Whether you need a machinery shed or a farm shed, get in touch with our team to request a no-obligation quote or to discuss your next project and we will guide you through the entire process. If you are looking for additional information, download the complete shed range brochure, where you can find details about: Hay Sheds & Grain Sheds Dressage Arenas Rural Farm Sheds Aircraft Hangars Farm Machinery Sheds Feedlot Shelters & Yard Covers Industrial Sheds

Farm sheds

How to choose the right farm shed supplier

When it comes to investing in a farm shed, machinery shed or any other type of rural farm shed, it ...

26 Aug 2024 | 4 min

Adding onto existing shed

At ABC Sheds, we understand that over time, your storage needs will change. If your current shed no longer fits your growing needs, extending it can be a practical and cost-effective solution. We specialise in adding onto existing sheds that we originally built, with a focus on seamless integration and structural integrity. Our experienced team handles the entire process, from designing the extension to providing fully complete kit sets with easy-to-read instructions, making it hassle-free for you. Reasons for a shed extension There are several reasons why you might consider extending your existing farm shed in Australia. Budget constraints Building a full-size shed can be a significant investment. By starting with a smaller shed and extending it later, you can spread out the costs over time. Uncertain measurements If you're unsure of the exact size required for your operations, beginning with a smaller shed allows you to better gauge your requirements. This way, you avoid committing to a size that may not suit your future needs and can expand as necessary. Increased storage needs As your farm grows, so does the need for additional storage space. Whether it’s more machinery, increased produce, or additional livestock, extending your shed provides the extra space required to keep everything organised and protected. Future-proofing Planning for potential growth by designing a farm shed that can be easily extended ensures you are prepared for future expansion. Seasonal requirements Certain farming operations might have seasonal peaks where additional storage space is required. A shed extension can provide temporary space without committing to a larger structure year-round. How much does it cost to add to an existing shed? The cost of extending an existing shed can vary based on several factors, including the size of the extension, the materials used, and the complexity of the design. FACTOR DESCRIPTION TYPICAL COST RANGE Size of extension Larger extensions can be more cost-effective per square metre but increase overall cost. $30,000 - $200,000 + Average prices for common farm sheds Hay sheds: $30,000 - $140,000+ Shearing sheds: $60,000 - $150,000+ Machinery storage sheds: $60,000 - $180,000+ At ABC Sheds, we provide transparent pricing and work with you to develop a cost-effective solution that meets your needs. Extending your existing shed is a practical investment that can provide significant benefits as your farm operations grow. What extensions are on offer? When it comes to extending your farm shed, ABC Sheds offers a variety of options to suit your specific needs, whether it's a rural farm shed, machinery shed, or other types of structures. Gable end extensions The most straightforward and cost-effective option involves adding extra bays to the end of your shed. This method ensures structural integrity and maintains the original design aesthetic. Side extensions Adding onto the long side of your shed provides additional space without altering the structure’s height. This type of extension requires careful planning for guttering and roof connections to ensure seamless integration. Mezzanine floors For those needing extra storage space within the same footprint, mezzanine floors are an excellent solution. They create additional levels within your farm shed, optimising vertical space. Custom doors and openings We offer a range of door options, including sliding and roller doors, to ensure easy access for large equipment. Custom openings can also be designed to fit specific machinery or livestock requirements. Ventilation systems Proper ventilation is a necessity when it comes to maintaining a healthy environment, especially if the shed is used for housing livestock. Our ventilation systems ensure adequate airflow and temperature control. Insulation To protect stored goods and regulate temperature, insulation can be added to your shed extension. This is particularly beneficial for sheds used as workshops or for storing temperature-sensitive products. Custom colours and finishes We offer a range of custom colours and finishes to make sure your shed extension blends seamlessly with your existing structures. The process for adding onto an existing shed All of our sheds are strategically engineered so that if you decide to extend later on, we can begin right away. Some companies cut costs by reducing the size of the trusses in the gable end to remove the need for mullions support. However, when you take the sheeting and mullions away, the truss isn’t up to engineering specs and therefore cannot support any extensions. Adding an extension to your existing shed is a straightforward process with ABC Sheds. We start by helping you plan and design the extension to meet your specific needs. Once the design is finalised, we can supply you with the necessary documents for the council, providing all the required engineering and certification documents to ensure compliance with local regulations. Next, we move into the fabrication phase. We use high-quality structural steel that is hot-dip galvanised for durability, and this process typically takes six to eight weeks. Once the materials are ready, our experienced team constructs the extension, assembling the frame, adding roofing and walls, and installing any additional features you’ve chosen. The construction phase can vary from one week to several weeks, depending on the size and complexity of the extension. Finally, we add the finishing touches, such as doors, windows, insulation, and any other custom features. This ensures that your shed extension is fully functional and seamlessly integrated with your existing structure. Reliable solutions for shed extensions Extending an existing farm shed in Australia is a practical and cost-effective solution for accommodating your growing storage needs. At ABC Sheds, we specialise in adding extensions to sheds that we originally built, ensuring seamless integration and maintaining structural integrity. Explore our range of farm sheds today and see how we can help you extend your storage capabilities. With ABC Sheds, you can ensure your farm is well-equipped for the future. Alternatively, download our farm sheds brochure.

Farm sheds • Farm shed extensions

Adding onto an existing shed

At ABC Sheds, we understand that over time, your storage needs will change. If your current shed no ...

19 Aug 2024 | 3 min

Large sheds Australia

Since our establishment in the 1980’s, the ABC Sheds team has been dedicated to creating exceptional custom sheds across the country. Starting as a backyard shed supplier based in Adelaide, mainly supplying garden sheds and aviaries, we’ve come a long way since then where we now share a goal to be the leading provider of custom steel building solutions in Eastern Australia. Our team is proud of our achievements to date, having completed numerous projects of various sizes that stand as a testament to our commitment to quality and craftsmanship. Although bigger isn’t always better, we have built some spectacular large-scale sheds over the years. To inspire your next custom shed project, we are excited to highlight our five largest projects by square metre. These impressive structures exceed common shed sizes and showcase our versatility and expertise, ranging from expansive storage solutions to multi-purpose agricultural buildings. Read on to explore these standout projects and see how they might inspire your plans for the future. Project 1: Dubbo Industrial Shed Location: Dubbo, NSW Measurements: 123.5m x 48m Completed: September 2011 About this project In 2011, this client reached out to ABC Sheds to build an industrial shed for his company, MacDonald & Co Wool Brokers. As specialist wool brokers, the client needed a shed that was not only big enough to store large quantities of wool at a time but also needed office space for staff. To enable easier access for the staff and delivery drivers, we added roller and slide doors on the sides of the shed. It was also important that the wool was not damaged while being transported so we attached a large awning to protect the product from the weather during the unloading/loading process. Project 2: Boonah Showgrounds Location: Boonah, Queensland Measurements: 90.2m x 60m Completed: July 2023 About this project Due to our long-lasting relationship with Equestrian Land Developments (ELD), we teamed up to build a showground shed for their client's Boonah location. We worked with ELD to design a showground shed large enough to host dressage competitions while providing protection from the elements and fitting the aesthetic of the client's current property. Project 3: Large industrial Shed Location: Yass, NSW Measurements: 102m x 35m Completed: October 2017 About this project Martins Fertilisers came to us in 2017 seeking an industrial shed to store their products year-round. Instead of using electricity for lighting, the client wanted a natural solution so we used panels of skylights to provide natural lighting. As pictured, the industrial shed had concrete tilt panels at the base and we used a vented ridge to give sufficient ventilation for the fertiliser. This was the first shed we had designed and built for this client and he was so happy with the results that he is now a repeat customer! Project 4: Loafing barn Location: Vacy, NSW Measurements: 112m x 29.4m Completed: March 2019 About this project A large farm requires a large custom farm shed which is exactly why this client sought the help of ABC Sheds. The client needed a loafing barn for his dairy cows. To complete this project, we used vented ridge side rails and awnings for both practical and aesthetic purposes. With a red finish around the edges of this shed, all parties were very pleased with how this project turned out. Project 5: Topsoil Organics Location: Daroogabie, NSW Measurements: 80m x 40m Completed: October 2023 About this project Agricultural Soil Health Consultants, Topsoil Organics, approached our team to build a massive 80m x 40m shed to store their premium soil year-round. This shed was designed to be multipurpose. We built the walls at different heights, with the front being shorter than the back. This was so that they had room to unload their tipper trucks. The back half of the shed included skylights on the roof to provide natural lighting for the fertiliser. We also opted for slide doors as this shed would be accessed frequently by staff. ABC Sheds Australia We hope these projects have shown just how big and unique a new shed can be. Our sheds are built for Australian conditions and exceed national standards, so you can be confident yours will work as hard as you do. Why not try our shed builder tool and start designing your custom shed? With over 25 years in the business, we’ve built sheds in all sizes for all kinds of applications so whatever you need, we’ve got you covered. No idea is too big, so contact a member of the team today to discuss your shed plans. From planning and consent to the final installation, we’ll guide you through the whole process. Check out the full range in our brochure: Farm sheds Hay sheds Grain sheds Feedlot shelters Yard covers Dressage arenas Horse stables Industrial sheds Aircraft hangars

Our projects

Our five largest projects by square metre

Since our establishment in the 1980’s, the ABC Sheds team has been dedicated to creating ...

30 Jul 2024 | 3 min

Farm sheds

Made of steel, farm sheds are essential structures for any farm as they provide storage for machinery, farming tools and produce, and shelter for livestock. When considering building a farm shed, an important question one should ask is: how long does it take to build a farm shed? This article will provide all necessary information catering to the factors that influence the construction of a farm shed including size, supplies, design complexity, weather conditions, permits and approvals, site preparation, labour and customisation options. What is a farm shed? A farm shed is a large versatile building designed to meet various agricultural needs. These structures can be used for storing equipment, housing livestock, and even making use of farm sheds as workshops. Farm sheds come in different sizes and configurations, tailored to the specific requirements of the farm and its farmer. For more information on what you need to know before building a farm shed, check out this helpful blog. How much does it cost to build a farm shed? The cost of building a farm shed varies based on several factors such as size, materials, labour cost, and design complexity. For a detailed breakdown of farm shed prices, you can refer to our comprehensive blog on the costs of a farm shed. Depending on its specifications, the rough cost of a structural steel shed is typically between $175 and $280 per square metre. In 2024, the cost of a farm building ranges from $70,000 to $270,000, including GST and construction. What’s involved in building a farm shed? Building a strong sustainable farm shed involves several steps, starting with planning and design. Here’s a breakdown of the process of building a typical farm shed: Planning and Design This stage includes determining the shed’s purpose, size and features. Council approval Council regulations differ based on where you live, however, ABC Sheds will provide you with the engineering and certification for your application. In some circumstances, it might be beneficial to engage a private certifier to lodge the application. Shed construction Erecting the shed involves assembling the frame, adding roofing and walls, and installing any necessary parts and internal features. Finishing touches This includes adding doors, windows, insulation, and other custom features you opted for. Features of a farm shed Farm sheds can be customised to your needs with a variety of features to enhance their functionality. Some popular options that customers opt for are the following: Sliding or roll-up doors for easy access to large equipment or machinery. Ventilation systems to ensure proper airflow and maintain a healthy environment for livestock. Insulation to regulate temperature and protect stored goods. Mezzanine floors for additional storage space. Custom colours and finishes to match other farm buildings and personal preferences. You can try out our Shed Builder tool to see what customisations you’d like to add to your dream shed. How long does it take to build a farm shed? In this section, we have provided an estimated time to build a farm shed if you move forward with building it yourself depending upon the factors discussed above: Design and planning This process itself can take up to 5-15 business days if you have no prior design in mind. Council approval Some farm buildings can be constructed without approval, depending on their purpose and specifications. To know whether or not your building needs approval, check out this relevant blog. Shed fabrication This process begins with the manufacturer sourcing the necessary materials like steel etc. Moreover, components like windows and doors are scrupulously cut and shaped to match your specific design. This whole process can take up to six to eight weeks. Shed construction The installation can take as little as one week but it can take longer depending on the size and complexity of your project and the weather conditions. Other factors Some factors like weather, availability of supplies, and availability of workforce can also affect your build time significantly. On average, a standard farm shed takes about six to eight weeks to complete from planning to final construction. However, more complex and larger sheds can take up to twelve weeks or more. ABC Sheds Building a farm shed is a significant investment that requires due diligence, careful planning and consideration. Factors like size, complexity, material availability and permits can take a significant time of six to eight weeks. That's why it is helpful to find a reputable supplier like ABC Sheds. We can ensure a smooth and efficient construction process and will help you at every step of the way. With our help, you can reduce construction time and end up with a durable and functional farm shed. Explore our range of farm sheds today or download our farm sheds brochure. At ABC Sheds, we understand that every farm is unique which is why we offer custom farm shed designs tailored to your specific requirements. Whether you need additional storage, specialised features, or a particular aesthetic. We can help you create your dream farm shed. To get started, contact the team. Alternatively, try our Shed Builder tool and start designing your shed today.

Farm sheds

How long does it take to build a farm shed?

Made of steel, farm sheds are essential structures for any farm as they provide storage for ...

23 Jul 2024 | 3 min

Insulated shed

In Australia, sheds are exposed to extreme temperatures, impacting internal temperatures and storage conditions. Fortunately, insulation can improve this by reducing thermal transfer. In this article, we outline everything there is to know about insulating your shed, including the types of insulation available, how they work, and their benefits. Should you insulate your shed? In Australia, uninsulated sheds can be extremely cold and damp during winter or hot in summer. If there are going to be many people working inside your large shed or building, insulation will dramatically improve their comfort and productivity. Uninsulated sheds can also lead to the formation of condensation and dampness. When not managed correctly, this can damage your stored assets with rust, mould, and heat damage. By insulating your steel shed effectively, you can maintain a more comfortable internal temperature and safely store your assets. This is particularly important for fully enclosed sheds where airflow is more limited. Shed ventilation If you do decide to leave your shed uninsulated, you will need to incorporate adequate ventilation to ensure your shed is not prone to moisture build-up. For example, we can incorporate whirlybirds in your shed roof. Types of shed insulation Over the years, we have seen several ways to insulate a building, each with pros and cons. Key shed insulation methods include: Fibreglass insulation Roof blankets Spray foam insulation Structural insulation (PIR/EPS) panels. Fibreglass insulation In this method, the building cavity between the exterior cladding and internal lining is filled with fibreglass or glass wool insulation like Pink Batts. Once the cavity is filled, the internal lining is fixed over the top. It is also a good solution for buildings that require an internal lining anyway, such as offices or lined workshops. This way, you can achieve a high level of energy efficiency in your shed. The downsides of this method include that it can require a lot of labour to install, particularly in taller sheds that require scaffolding. If you choose this approach, we recommend discussing your options with a Basix certifier to ensure it is the best approach for your situation. Roof blankets This method involves laying a thermal blanket material between the cladding and framing, instead of Sisalation The building does not always need to be lined, saving costs and labour time. It’s also a 3-in-1, acting as insulation, a vapour barrier, and a radiant barrier. The drawbacks of this method include that the R-value is typically quite low. As it is not lined, the underlay is susceptible to damage through day-to-day wear and tear. At about $20-30 per m², it costs about 4 to 6 times the cost of Sislation. Spray foam insulation Spray foam insulation is sprayed into the cavities of walls and floors where it expands and fills any gaps. It is popular in the United States and Europe however, it is often more expensive, may contain harmful chemicals, and can be prone to air leaks. Generally, this method is recommended for smaller garden sheds rather than large sheds, however, we wouldn’t recommend it as it can lead to dampness and condensation on the underside of a roof. It forms an air barrier and stops moisture from escaping, placing timber-framed roofs at risk of decay. Structural insulation panels Structural panel insulation consists of two sheets of steel cladding with polystyrene in between. This typically costs less than using batts because the exterior cladding, insulation, and internal lining are all in one. These panels have excellent thermal resistance and are quite strong, often reducing the number of purlins and girts required. Drawbacks of insulation panels include that sheets may require joining onsite, resulting in more on-site work and a higher chance of leaks. The metal can also make the building quite noisy as it easily transmits sound. Farm sheds Australia At ABC Sheds, our farm sheds are custom-made for each farm. If you’re looking for an insulated shed, we offer quality structural steel buildings for: Shearing sheds Farm machinery Livestock shelters Grain and hay storage Indoor horse arenas And more. How much does a farm shed cost? The average cost of a farm shed in Australia can range from $30,000 to $200,000, depending on design customisations, engineering requirements, size, materials, and location. For an estimate, request a quote here from our friendly team or check out our latest monthly deals. Custom sheds Australia At ABC, we specialise in customised structural steel sheds, built to suit your unique requirements. To see what can be achieved, use our online shed builder tool to play around with the specifications, roof type and pitch, bay sizes, awnings, overhangs, walls, roof and wall insulation, and cladding colours.

Shed design & construction

Shed insulation explained

In Australia, sheds are exposed to extreme temperatures, impacting internal temperatures and ...

24 Jun 2024 | 3 min

Farm shed prices — costs explained

The right farm storage is a game-changer, keeping your valuable assets safe and secure. A well-designed farm building will also be more cost-effective in the long term by preserving your machinery, animals, and products. In this blog, we delve into farm shed costs, covering the factors that affect the price and a basic guide to how much you can expect to pay. How much does a farm shed cost? Depending on your needs, building costs can quickly add up. To work out an estimated price, you need to decide on the size, span, and additional features. Shed cost per m2 Depending on its specifications, the rough cost of a structural steel shed is typically between $175 and $280 per square metre. However, these costs are heavily dependent on the location, dimensions, purpose, materials, and design. In 2024, the cost of a farm building ranges from $50,000 to $270,000, including GST and construction. The following prices show how our prices are influenced by the size per square metre and shed type. Size Type Price range* 28m x 15m x 6m Open-end $85,000 to $90,000 30m x 18m x 6m Open-end $105,000 to $110,000 40m x 20m x 6m Drive-through $145,000 to $155,000 60m x 22m x 6m Drive-through $220,000 to $230,000 19m x 18m x 6m Fully enclosed $95,000 to $100,000 32m x 18m x 6m Fully enclosed $135,000 to $140,000 *Please note that these prices are indicative only and include GST and construction. However, these prices are based on a standard shed with no additional features or special engineering. For an accurate quote accounting for your specific needs, please ask the ABC Sheds team today. Shed span and bay width The span of your shed refers to the overall building width and the bay spacing refers to the distance between the supporting columns. A wide span and wide bays require stronger materials and supports, which can be achieved with structural steel but will generally cost more. However, a shed with a span of 15m or greater and increasing bays from 6m to 8m could be more cost-effective. Shed height The shed height is another crucial consideration, affecting storage capacity and internal movement. If you need a higher shed for roller doors or taller machinery, you may need to add reinforcement, which will also drive the costs up. A shed with an eave height over 7m may require structural changes which will affect the overall cost. Concrete shed floors Concrete flooring is a hard-wearing and dependable option for farm buildings, forming an effective barrier between the ground and your stored materials. This is particularly beneficial for grain storage and fertiliser storage, in which conditions must meet strict requirements, but the concrete will raise the construction costs. Shed insulation In our extreme Australian climate, an insulated shed will dramatically improve your farm’s productivity. Not only will it keep you and your farm staff comfortable, but it will also prevent stored assets from overheating. We can also incorporate ventilation and fully enclosed bays to help you control the internal temperature. Additional features Adding certain features to your shed design can increase the total price. For example, popular features include awnings, roller doors, sliding doors, shed lighting, security fixtures, sheeting infills, and guttering. To reduce the risk of fires, we can also incorporate a firewall, sprinklers, or a water tank. Fixed price vs estimate quotes Some shed suppliers provide you with an estimated quote, which is a rough estimate based on your design consultations. However, the true cost is likely to change as unforeseen hidden costs arise. On the other hand, a fixed quote is locked in at the beginning, giving you peace of mind that there are no hidden costs. At ABC, our quotes are fixed and final, meaning you can enjoy the process without worrying about budget blowouts. Request a fixed price quote from our team today. Farm sheds Australia A farm shed helps you protect your stock and equipment and maximise your investment. At ABC Sheds, our farm buildings are designed for multiple applications, including: Machinery storage and drive-through storage Yard covers and feedlot shelters Hay storage Grain storage Fertiliser sheds Cotton storage Dressage arenas and horse stables For large or remote farms with planes or helicopters, we also design and build aircraft hangars. Hot dip structural steel Our buildings are manufactured from the highest-quality structural steel, making them tough and robust. The steel is also hot dip galvanised, forming a corrosion-resistant barrier against the elements and ensuring your building will stand the test of time. Compliance and engineering All ABC buildings exceed the Australian Building Code and are engineered for the site by an independent structural engineer. Your shed will be designed for you and built to last, with your specific requirements and climate in mind. Custom designs With our strong steel structures, we can easily customise your shed to suit your storage needs. We can incorporate large bay openings up to 16 metres wide, bays up to 8 metres, sliding doors, roller doors, open-gable ends, fully enclosed bays, and more. For more advice on your best next step, request a quote or contact our friendly team.

Farm sheds • Shed costs

Farm shed prices — costs explained

The right farm storage is a game-changer, keeping your valuable assets safe and secure. A ...

13 Jun 2024 | 3 min

Shed terminology explained

A shed-building project is filled with technical terms and industry lingo, which can be confusing. In this article, we’ve outlined the most used terminology in the shed industry to help you make informed decisions and have a strong understanding when planning your shed project. Apex Apex refers to the top of the roof and is the highest point of the building. The apex joints are the point where the rafters are connected with an apex plate. Bays The bays are the distance between one portal frame to the next. For example, a shed with a length of 24m may consist of three 8m bays. Bracing Bracing provides strength and stability and prevents movement. The amount and type of bracing required are determined by the wind loading, terrain, location, and design of your shed. Centre Support A centre pole is a supporting post in the internal structure of a shed, supporting the rafters. This can be a cost-effective option if you have a particularly large span however it does impact the flexibility of storage inside. ClearSpan ClearSpan is the measurement across from one column to the opposite column without supporting posts in between. At ABC Sheds, our maximum standard clear span is 60m, using structural steel, I beam type framing and web trusses. Column Columns run vertically from the foundation to the trusses, supporting the roof and walls. These also determine the wall height of the building. Girt Girts are metal purlins, running horizontally on the outside of the columns. The girts support the wall sheets and strengthen the building. Hot dip galvanising Hot dip galvanising is a thick and durable coating applied by immersing steel fabricated components in molten zinc/alloy. This coating provides an exceptional rust protection system and maximum durability. Loadings Wind loadings and snow loadings are used to calculate the design requirements for your location. In extreme climates, the best building materials to use include timber and structural steel. Mullion Mullions are vertical columns in the middle of a gable end wall, sharing the load with the girts to support the wall sheeting. Portal frame Portal frames consist of columns and rafters bolted together at the knee joint and apex joint. Purlin Purlins are metal battens that are fixed horizontally on top of the portal frame. This is what the roof sheets are fixed to. Purlins are made with roll-formed steel, which is flat sheet metal rolled into a C or Z shape. Rafter Rafter beams create the roof frame, running from the apex to the gutter. They also support the roof purlins. Roof pitch The roof pitch is the slope or angle the roof falls from the apex to the gutter. Shed doors Shed doors include personal access (PA) doors, roller doors, and slider doors. A PA door is a standard-sized door that allows people to access the shed, a roller door features a continuous sheet that rolls up above the door opening, and a slider door opens horizontally along a track. Shed span The shed span is the width of the building. At ABC Sheds, we can achieve a shed span of up to 60m. Skillion A skillion roof has one flat surface, sloping in one direction. These are commonly used for lean-tos and awnings in sheds. Structural steel Structural steel is a special type of hot-formed steel, which has been roll-pressed at very high temperatures. This is thicker and fed through rollers, measuring anywhere from 5mm to 20mm thick. U-beam/I-beam Universal beams (UB), also known as I-beams, are structural steel beams formed in the shape of an I. These beams come in various shapes, sizes, and thicknesses. Wind design speed/ Wind regions Every building site has a wind speed determining the required building strength and steel specification. Wind design speed is measured in metres per second. For more information, read our article about Australian wind regions. Shed cladding Base Metal Thickness (BMT) Base Metal Thickness measures the thickness of the metal before it has been coated with colour. Total Coated Thickness (TCT) Total Coated Thickness is the thickness of the metal sheet after it has been coated with paint. For more information, read our article comparing BMT with TCT. COLORBOND® COLORBOND® is a steel manufacturer in Australia, with a range of roofing, guttering, walling, fencing, and more. At ABC Sheds, we use COLORBOND® Trimwall and Trimclad for shed roof and wall cladding. Zincalume Zincalume® is a steel cladding, available as roofing, flashings, cladding, gutters, fences, and more. At ABC Sheds, we use Zincalume® Trimwall and Trimclad for shed roof and wall cladding. Types of sheds Farm sheds Farm sheds provide shelter for livestock and machinery, ensuring protection from the weather and predators. From farm machinery sheds to storage to shearing sheds, our farm sheds are designed for multiple applications. Hay sheds A hay shed is used to store hay bales and handling equipment, protecting hay from the elements. With our flexible hay shed bay sizes, you’ll always have the right amount of storage space for your hay. Yard covers A yard cover is a roof designed to sit over an animal yard, offering protection from the elements and enabling good airflow and access. They can be used for feed pad covers, shearing area covers, milk station shelters, drafting yards, processing and tagging, and loading and unloading. Feedlot shelters A feedlot shelter is a roof designed to sit atop a feedlot, providing shelter for animals and farm workers. At ABC Sheds, our flexible bay sizes allow us to cover any existing yards. Grain sheds A grain shed keeps your grain safe and dry all year round, with a concrete pad and a fully enclosed shed structure. Fertiliser sheds A fertiliser shed is a fully enclosed shed, keeping your fertiliser safe and secure. This means you can purchase fertiliser when the prices are lower and keep your farm well stocked at all times. Cotton sheds Cotton sheds are fully enclosed sheds designed to store cotton out of the elements. Common features include an overhead gantry crane, cantilever canopies, sliding doors or roller doors, personal access doors (PA), drive-through loading bays, and roof and wall insulation. Dressage arenas A dressage arena is a space for equestrian riders, either covered or uncovered. At ABC Sheds, we specialise in fully enclosed arenas, allowing riders to use the arena all year round. Horse stables Horse stables provide a sheltered and comfortable place for horses to rest. At ABC Sheds, we custom design every horse stable to suit your needs and can tie it in with your dressage arena. Aircraft hangars Aircraft hangars are designed to store planes and other aircraft safely and securely. This keeps your valuable assets out of the elements and allows you to complete maintenance. At ABC Sheds, we can also incorporate a mezzanine floor or residential space to suit your needs. Commercial sheds A commercial or industrial shed is used for warehousing, manufacturing, retail, or other commercial buildings. Workshops A workshop is a multi-purpose shed designed for storing vehicles, machinery, equipment, tools, and workpieces. This provides a practical space to work on projects, with everything you need at hand. Cola shelters A cola shelter is a roof structure, designed to cover outdoor learning and play areas. This protects students from the rain or the hot sun. At ABC Sheds, our cola shelters can clearspan up to 60 metres. Cyclone rated sheds A cyclone-rated shed is designed and engineered to withstand strong wind speeds, according to the relevant wind zone. At ABC Sheds, we use fully fabricated frames and galvanised columns to maintain a strong building that complies with industry standards in high cyclone regions. Kit sheds A kit set shed is packaged as a complete kit, pre-drilled and pre-cut according to the shed design. When the kit is delivered to the site, the structural elements can be lifted into place and fixed together more efficiently. At ABC Sheds, our shed kits come with footing cages, bolts, screws, downpipes, gutters, flashings, an installation DVD, and a clear set of instructions. Shed houses A shed house is built inside the shell of a steel shed, fitted out as a residential space. The exterior of the building looks like a shed while the inside has lighting, plumbing, electrical, interior walls, and appliances. Durakit sheds Our Durakit range is a selection of pre-designed structural steel kit sheds, with stock available for delivery in under 4 weeks. View the complete range and pricing in the free Durakit brochure. Custom sheds A custom shed is built according to your needs and specifications with a completely bespoke design. This typically requires more design time. At ABC Sheds, we can customise your shed with various features, including: Different bay sizes Foam cell or wool blanket insulation Roller doors or sliding doors PA doors Mezzanine floors Windows Vented ridges And more. With ABC Sheds, we’ll work with you until your new shed ticks all your boxes, simply reach out today or start planning your shed using our online shed builder tool.

Shed design & construction

Shed terminology explained

A shed-building project is filled with technical terms and industry lingo, which can be confusing. ...

27 May 2024 | 5 min

Machinery Sheds Australia

Machinery sheds provide a practical and secure space to store your valuable assets and equipment. They are available in a range of designs and sizes, offering protection from the weather, minimising risk, and helping you stay organised. In this article, we talk about the 4 best designs for machinery sheds, including drive-through sheds, wide spans, enclosed sheds, and structural steel vs purlin sheds. Benefits of a machinery shed Machinery sheds store equipment, vehicles, and machinery and are popular for farms and commercial applications. There are various types of machinery sheds, each suitable for different types of machinery and environments. With a well-designed shed, you can achieve the following: Protect your valuable assets from harsh weather conditions. Minimise the risk of theft and vandalism. Maximise your machinery’s lifespan. Less frequent machinery services and repairs. Keep machinery clean for longer. Keep your farm organised. Best machinery shed designs 1. Drive-through sheds Drive-through sheds have open ends and frames, allowing vehicles and machinery to move in and out with ease. These sheds are versatile and the framing can be easily replicated to increase the shed’s length as you acquire new machinery. The advantages of drive-through sheds include higher clearance heights, efficient parking, larger entry widths, and adaptability for growth. You can also choose to incorporate additional features, such as a hangar-style door system, lean-tos, awnings, and gable infills. 2. Wide-span machinery sheds A wide-span shed is a large structural frame with two columns and a rafter between. Also known as a clear span shed, this self-supporting design has no centre supports, which is ideal for machinery storage. In a wide-span shed, it’s easy to manoeuvre vehicles in and out because there are no internal poles or obstacles. They also have higher clearances than a purlin shed which means taller vehicles can fit in without the risk of hitting anything structural. 3. Enclosed machinery sheds If security is a high priority for you, you may want to consider a fully enclosed shed with lockable doors. This not only protects your machinery from potential theft but it will also keep it safe from the elements. With an enclosed shed, you can choose from a range of shed doors, including: Sliding doors are low maintenance and allow for a large opening span, making it easier to manoeuvre vehicles. Roller doors do not require horizontal clearance, meaning you can add roller doors on multiple bays. Roller doors offer higher security, weatherproofing, and the ability to open with a remote. Personal access (PA) doors allow you to access your shed when the sliding doors are locked or the roller doors are down. 4. Purlin vs structural steel There are two main structural designs for machinery sheds – purlins and structural steel. Purlins are a roll-formed structural system consisting of thin steel sheets that are rolled into C or Z profiles. If you need a small shed that is less than 12 metres, purlins may suit your requirements at a lower manufacturing cost. Structural steel is thicker steel that has been roll-pressed at a very high temperature and fed through rollers. These strong steel sections are then welded and bolted into the shed frame. A structural steel shed also features sturdy steel beams, including a Universal beam (UB) and a Welded web truss. Structural steel designs are more suitable for farm machinery sheds because they are stronger, more customisable, and more durable. Additionally, the structure is robust enough to withstand any bumps from vehicles moving around inside. Machinery Sheds Australia At ABC Sheds, we’ve built structural steel machinery sheds all over Australia. With us, you gain extensive building expertise, a high standard of customer service, a fully fabricated shed at a fair rate, and all of the following advantages: Site evaluation, design, and engineering. Quality Australian steel. On-site delivery and professional erection. 25-year "You're Covered" guarantee. Surpasses Australian building standards. More than 25 years of experience. Customised shed designs. Contact us today or download a free copy of our sheds brochure below.

Our projects • Shed design & construction

Machinery Sheds Australia - 4 designs to inspire you

Machinery sheds provide a practical and secure space to store your valuable assets and equipment. ...

16 May 2024 | 2 min

Best Sheds Australia versus ABC Sheds

When building a large shed, you need a reliable, trusted supplier specialising in the right type of shed. The question is, who is the best shed supplier? In this article, we compare two leading shed suppliers in Australia — Best Sheds and ABC Sheds. We explain the key differences to help you decide which one is most suitable for your needs. Best Sheds Best Sheds is an Australian-owned supplier specialising in outdoor storage buildings and medium-sized sheds: Workshops Garages and carports Mancaves Agricultural sheds Lifestyle storage. All Best Sheds buildings are built with Galvalume C Sections and the wall girts and roof purlins are tophat material. The sheeting for the roof and walls is 0.42BMT. ABC Sheds Here at ABC Sheds, we’re also Australian-owned and operated. Specialising in larger structural steel sheds, we supply the following: Farm sheds Hay sheds Yard covers and feedlot shelters Grain sheds and fertiliser sheds Cotton sheds Dressage arenas and horse stables Aircraft hangars Commercial sheds and industrial buildings Workshops Cola shelters Cyclone-rated sheds. Our sheds are built with a fully fabricated and galvanised structural frame with a Universal Beam (UB) and welded web truss. This is incredibly strong, enabling us to achieve a widespan shed with no central supports. Best Sheds vs ABC Sheds To make an informed decision about your ideal shed supplier, consider the following factors: Service areas Purlins vs structural steel Cost Durability and warranty Aesthetics Service areas Best Sheds factory delivers sheds to Victoria, New South Wales, and Southern Queensland. The ABC Sheds factory is located in Young and we build sheds for clients all over Australia, especially in New South Wales, Queensland, the Australian Capital Territory, and the Northern Territory. Purlin vs structural steel Best Sheds buildings are built with purlins while ABC Sheds are built with structural steel. To decide which option is best for your project, we compare purlins vs structural steel below: A purlin is a roll-formed structural roof support system made from flat sheet steel and roll-formed into the specific purlin C or Z shape. If you need a small shed that’s less than 12 metres, a purlin structure will be suitable. However, there are structural limitations because purlins cannot hold a lot of weight or withstand extreme weather conditions. Structural steel is a special type of thick hot-formed steel that is roll-pressed at a very high temperature. These sheds consist of strong steel sections that are welded and bolted together, and you can add purlins and girts for extra roof support. Structural steel sheds also feature structural steel beams, including a Universal Beam (UB) and welded web truss. In summary, a Best Sheds purlin shed is only suitable for sheds less than 12 metres and relatively relaxed weather conditions. For larger sheds and extreme climates, our structural steel sheds are the better choice. Wide-span shed costs To increase or change the span of your shed, you may need to account for additional costs. Unfortunately, the purlin construction at Best Sheds may be limiting and central supports may be required for spans more than 4.5 metres. These changes can amount to a significant sum in both materials and design time. At ABC Sheds, our structural steel frames and UB columns make it easy and more cost-effective to engineer wide spans and clear spans. We offer a series of standard clearspan frames up to 60 metres or we can increase your shed span to suit your needs. For an accurate cost for your wide-span shed, request a quote from our team. Durability and longevity The team at Best Sheds offers a 20-year manufacturers warranty. At ABC Sheds, we offer a 25-year “You’re Covered” guarantee on all our sheds. Our nudge-proof columns, a self-supporting structure, and hot-dipped galvanised columns mean our sheds are here to stay. Our structural shed frames are also approximately 6 times heavier than a purlin frame, meaning they will easily stand up to cyclones, snow, or wind. For added security, the structural columns are also bolted to a cage embedded in concrete footings. Customisation At Best Sheds, you can customise your shed with different dimensions, windows, doors, and lean-tos. However, increasing the size and adding features may require more engineering due to the limitations of the purlin structure. At ABC Sheds, our structural steel allows for flexibility, meaning we can achieve almost any customisation. Our most popular options include different bay sizes, foam cell or wool blanket insulation, roller doors, sliding doors, PA doors, mezzanine floors, windows, and vented ridges. Just contact the team for more recommendations and ideas. Colours Best Sheds only offers 7 colours for their sheds, compared to 22 here at ABC Sheds. We offer a range of COLORBOND® options to suit your project and site, from Dover White™ to Night Sky®. Whether you want a shed that blends into its surroundings or an eye-catching colour to brighten up the landscape, we’ve got you covered. What to ask your shed supplier When you reach out to a shed supplier, ask these questions along with your quote request: What shed warranties do you offer? Do you offer clearspans and wide spans? Do you use BMT or TCT cladding? What site preparation is required? What is the shed building approval process? Do you use structural steel? Is the steel hot-dip galvanised? Why ABC Sheds? With ABC Sheds, you gain our extensive building expertise, a high standard of customer service, and a fully fabricated shed at a competitive rate. Site evaluation, design, and engineering Quality Australian-sourced steel Personalised on-site delivery and professional erection 25-year "You're Covered" guarantee. Exceeds Australian building standards. Hassle-free erection. Over 25 years of experience. Custom shed designs. 100% customer satisfaction. At ABC Sheds, we’ll work with you until your new shed ticks all your boxes. Reach out today or download a free copy of our sheds brochure below.

Shed design & construction

Best Sheds vs ABC Sheds – which is better?

When building a large shed, you need a reliable, trusted supplier specialising in the right type of ...

26 Apr 2024 | 3 min

Horse arena construction tips

At ABC Sheds, we’ve worked on a wide range of equestrian buildings over the years, including horse stables, arena covers, and riding arenas. In that time, we’ve developed a proven process for designing a horse arena that balances the client’s budget and needs. When our clients ask what the best design is for an arena, there are five key considerations we ask them to make. In this article, we share these five key design considerations for dressage arenas, including the following: Indoor vs outdoor Location Size Budget Ongoing maintenance How to design an equine arena 1. Indoor vs outdoor Outdoor arenas can be cheaper to build but typically require more maintenance over time. Depending on the climate where you live, outdoor arenas can also limit the opportunities you have to use your arena. If you prefer an outdoor arena but are concerned about the weather, you could add a cover later on as required. Some of our clients have opted to cover just a part of the main arena, this keeps the initial cost of the cover down but allows for it to be easily extended to cover the full arena at a later date. Indoor arenas are more suitable for those who want to ride their horse throughout the year, no matter the weather. They are protected from the elements, enabling you to get the most out of your investment. They also require less maintenance because the arena surface is not exposed to the weather. 2. Location When planning your equine arena, one of the first questions we’ll ask you is where you want to build it. This will allow us to engineer the arena specifically for your location and any prevalent weather conditions in your area. For example, if your site is prone to high rainfall, we need to ensure the site can be adequately drained. To be specific, we will need to assess the slope of the site, the type of soil, the available space, and any local building restrictions. It is important to note that when measuring out your space for the arena base, you must account for the columns that sit around the base. For example, if you wanted a 60m x 20m base, you would need to have 62m x 22m free. In most instances, it is possible to retrofit a covered arena over an existing open arena, provided you get in touch to discuss your project early in the process. This way, we can confirm that the arena will be in a suitable location before beginning the planning phase. 3. Size The best size for your horse arena will depend on how you intend to use it, as well as any future uses. If you have enough space on your land, a bigger arena gives you more room to ride and reduces wear on the arena surface. However, a larger arena is more expensive to build. Based on competition dimension requirements, the typical arena dimensions are as follows: Small dressage arenas – 20 by 40 metres. Standard dressage arenas – 20 by 60 metres. Small campdrafting and reining arenas – 30 by 40 metres. Larger campdrafting and reining arenas – 40 by 80 metres. All-purpose arenas – 30 by 60 metres to accommodate full-jump courses. Jumpers – Indoor arenas must have a minimum width of 20 metres and a minimum total of 1,200 sqm. For jumpers, the ideal arena size depends on the rider’s abilities. For example, Level 6 Jumpers need more room than Level 1 Jumpers. For this reason, we often recommend building your arena larger than you currently need, accounting for your progress in the future. The internal height of your arena cover is also very important, we recommend a minimum internal spring height under the rafter of 4 - 4.5m to ensure that jumpers have adequate clearance. 4. Costs The cost of a covered arena comes down to its size, number of enclosed walls, engineering requirements and any additional features. Generally, covered arenas will cost more to build but they also provide a better return on investment, adding value to your property and allowing you to work your horse any day of the year. Other factors that impact the cost of your arena are the size and complexity of your arena design. The bigger the arena is, the more materials are needed to construct it. Likewise, any additional design features will increase the amount of time spent on design and construction, increasing costs. So, while it is difficult to give a definitive price, here is a rough guide of what your building could cost: Small covered horse arena From $80,000 to $120,000.* Medium-covered horse arena From $100,000 to $200,000.* Large covered arena From $200,000 upwards.* Equestrian shed and stables From $300,000 upwards.* *Please note that the above prices are estimates only. For an accurate quote based on your requirements, please get in touch with us to request one. 5. Maintenance The materials used to build and cover your horse arena will have a significant impact on the amount of ongoing maintenance required. To minimise the upkeep of your arena, we recommend opting for a cover that either partially or fully encloses the arena surface. This way, contaminants, rain, wind, and other weather conditions will not deteriorate the arena surface as quickly. This will also reduce the amount of drainage required in your arena because the roof will redirect any water and prevent surface flooding. Footing Selecting the footing material for your arena surface determines how healthy and safe the arena is for you and your horse. Whether you choose masonry sand, concrete sand, or silica sand, you’ll need to think about preventing mud, controlling erosion, preventing sinkage, stabilising the ground, and providing a reliable riding foundation. When choosing the footing material, use a local option to keep transport costs down each time it needs to be replenished. You may also like to add rubbers, mats, textiles, fibres, or wood chips to your footing. These additives can help soften the horse’s impact, reduce compaction, and prevent unwanted dust. Arena retainers If your arena is only partially covered, you can install a concrete retainer around the edge to prevent the footing from overflowing. This way, you won’t need to rake the footing material back in or replace it each time your horse or the wind pushes it out. Our equestrian buildings range Here at ABC Sheds, we construct a range of high-quality equestrian buildings, including: Arena covers Dressage arenas Horse stables Equine shed facilities. We specialise in fully enclosed horse arenas so you can train your horses all year round, no matter the season. These covered dressage arenas provide a safe, covered space for equestrian riders to train whenever they need to, which is critical in the variable Australian climate. To learn more about the equestrian buildings we offer, download your free copy of our brochure, filled with practical information on dressage arenas, horse stables and more!

Dressage arenas • Shed design & construction

5 horse arena construction tips

At ABC Sheds, we’ve worked on a wide range of equestrian buildings over the years, including horse ...

19 Apr 2024 | 4 min

Do it yourself shed kits - are they worth it?

In this article, we explain what a kit shed is, the pros and cons, and how they compare to custom-manufactured sheds. If you’re deciding which type of shed to invest in, this article is for you. What is a kit shed? A kit shed, or DIY shed, is supplied by the manufacturer as a kit, containing all the materials and fixings required. The owner completes the construction process themselves, including getting a building permit, laying foundations, sourcing tools, and assembling the kit. It may also require contractors to complete the more complex parts of the project. In comparison, a fully erected shed build is overseen by a professional shed builder. This is suited to larger and more complex projects because the builder takes care of everything for you. Benefits of a kit shed Cost-effective Compared to customised shed builds, shed kits are more economical because you don’t have to pay for a builder or shed designer. In most cases, the design is factored into the purchase cost. Simple construction Shed kits come with detailed instructions and pre-cut materials, making the assembly process much more straightforward. This can be particularly helpful if you will be completing the project yourself. Quicker lead times Kit sheds are typically available in a shorter timeframe, compared to custom-designed sheds. There's no need to wait for a builder or custom designs so you can get started on your project as soon as the kit arrives. Drawbacks of a kit shed Skill requirement If you’re not comfortable with basic construction tasks, assembling a shed kit could prove challenging. However, the kit will come with clear instructions and all the materials you need. Time-consuming Building a kit shed can be time-consuming, particularly when you are doing it yourself. If you struggle to find contractors, this will also delay your build. Kit sheds vs custom manufactured sheds Consider the following factors when choosing between a kit shed and a custom-manufactured shed. Budget Kit sheds are generally a lot more cost-effective than custom sheds because you’ll be saving on design and labour and erection costs. Skills and experience Are you comfortable with basic construction tasks? If so, a kit shed is a logical choice as you can erect it yourself – you may just need a few helping hands! If you lack the skills, time or resources, a fully erected build could be more suitable. Quality assurance Hiring a professional shed builder guarantees that your project is compliant with all building codes. With a kit shed, you will need to ensure your shed meets all local building codes and standards. Time availability A kit shed can be time-consuming, especially when you are learning the necessary skills along the way. If you’re short on time, hiring a professional to manage the project could be more efficient. Customisation If you want a highly customised shed, a fully erected build will be more suitable. However, if you’re happy to work with an existing design, a kit shed will save you on design costs. Complexity A custom shed can be highly complex and takes time to ensure that you get the right building for your needs. With a shed kit, you pick the design you want and the kit gets delivered leaving you to get on with the fun part – building your shed! ABC Sheds - the best of both worlds With ABC Sheds, we supply custom-made sheds and kit sheds so you can get the best option for your project. We’re dedicated to providing a high standard of customer service, reliable workmanship, and long-lasting, high-quality steel sheds. With us, you get a fully fabricated steel shed, at the best rates, with the following advantages: Built to last Fully galvanised frame Easy to install Australian building standards exceeded 25-year “You’re Covered” guarantee. Custom sheds If you have a specific set of requirements, we can design a custom shed with all the features you need. To get started, use our online shed builder tool to adjust the walls, roof, doors, windows, and more to visualise your ideal shed. We can design and build a wide range of sheds for all kinds of applications, including the following: Machinery sheds Grain sheds and hay sheds Yard covers and feedlot shelters Fertiliser sheds Cotton sheds Dressage arenas and horse stables Aircraft hangars Commercial sheds and industrial buildings Workshops COLA shelters. Ready to get started with your new farm shed? Request a free no-obligation quote today. Durakit sheds If you prefer a faster lead time and cost-effective option, we’ve done all the hard work for you with our kit sheds. Durakit structural steel sheds are pre-designed and already approved so, compared to a custom shed, they’re more efficient and predictable. When we receive your order, we’ll prepare your shed components and deliver the shed kit within 2 to 4 weeks. We have at least 1 of each kit in stock so we can progress your shed straight away, however, they don’t last long! With the Durakit range, our fixed pricing covers the following as standard: GST Delivery Engineering for Wind Region A Hot-dip galvanised I-beam columns Hot-dip galvanised open web truss Zincalume cladding Gutters and downpipes to ground level. When the kit is ready, we’ll deliver it to your site. Please note that you will need to arrange the installation. To browse the full range of Durakit sheds and to get pricing, download our full Durakit brochure.

Kit sheds • Shed design & construction

Do it yourself shed kits - are they worth it?

In this article, we explain what a kit shed is, the pros and cons, and how they compare to ...

28 Mar 2024 | 3 min

How to choose a shed colour

The colour of your steel shed has a major impact on its energy efficiency, durability, and visual appeal. At ABC Sheds, customers often ask us which is the best colour for a shed. While it is ultimately a personal choice, certain factors will influence your decision, including the shed location, commercial or council requirements, and the shed colours in your area. Considerations when choosing a shed colour Commercial requirements If your shed will be used for commercial purposes, it may be necessary to choose a brand colour. This may be a custom shade or a colour from the COLORBOND® range. Council requirements In areas of high visual importance, you may be required to choose a colour that blends in with the surroundings, and reduces visual impact. In some cases, a ‘light value’ rating will affect what type of cladding you’re allowed to use. To find out, you will need to ask your council directly to see what the implications could be. Energy efficiency Your shed colour will impact the interior temperature and energy efficiency. For warmer climates, light shed colours will absorb and retain less heart, helping to maintain a comfortable temperature inside. Darker colours will attract and absorb the heat more, which may be helpful in colder climates. Sun exposure Some shed colours fade faster than others when exposed to the sun. Generally, neutral-toned colours like beige, white, cream and grey tend to be more resistant to fading and will absorb less heat, meaning they look vibrant for longer. However, COLORBOND® colours are known for their longevity, meaning the full range of classic colours will hold their colour over time. This includes whites, neutrals, light colours, greys, blues, reds, and blacks. Visual appeal In addition to these practical considerations, your shed colour has a dramatic impact on the aesthetics of your shed and surrounding area. If you want the shed to blend in, choose a colour that matches the surrounding buildings, trees, and landscape. For example, this commercial shed in Mossvale ties in perfectly with its surroundings. Alternatively, you could opt for a contrasting colour to make your shed stand out. For example, we love this bold blue horse arena in the Southern Highlands. Dirt visibility In areas where dirt and dust are often blown around, it’s worth choosing a shed colour that hides it well. Generally, darker colours show dirt and dust more and are difficult to keep clean. Lighter colours or brown-hued colours tend to hide dirt, depending on the type of dirt in your area. For example, Dune®, Gully®, and Paperbark® are great options. However, if the dirt is mineral-rich and red, we’d recommend choosing Manor Red®. Compatibility with your surroundings It’s important to think about the other buildings and elements in the area. We recommend taking inspiration from your home, tanks, fencing, and the surrounding landscapes. For example, if your shed will be surrounded by native bush, the Woodland Grey® colour will be a great match. If you’re building in a coastal area, consider the Windspray® or Surfmist® colours. Colorbond shed colours Choosing the right colour for your shed is about more than just aesthetics. It’s also about energy efficiency, durability, and long-term value. That’s why we use the COLORBOND® range, which is designed for our climate and environmental conditions. What is COLORBOND®? COLORBOND® steel is manufactured in Australia with five layers of protection for maximum durability. It undergoes thorough testing to ensure corrosion resistance and longevity based on the Australian environment and application. COLORBOND® steel offers enhanced fire performance, simple maintenance, and a full warranty backed by BlueScope. COLORBOND® colours The COLORBOND® steel palette provides 22 striking colours, offering a range of options for various environments and applications. Whether your shed is by the coast or you want high energy efficiency, this range has the colour to match. Dover White™ Dover White™ is a clean, crisp and timeless bright white. This endlessly compatible colour is ideal for tonal schemes or bringing fresh contrast to darker colours. Surfmist® Surfmist® is fresh, contemporary, and soft, inspired by the whitewash of surf beaches and the warmth of native blossoms. This is an enduring colour with timeless appeal, suitable for a subtle scheme, pale tones, cool and warm greys, and whitewashed and limed timbers. Southerly® Southerly® is a cool grey with pale tones providing abundant possibilities in both residential and commercial designs. When used in roofing, walling, and shed doors, it enhances concrete and pale timbers while contrasting with rich-coloured brick. Shale Grey™ Shale Grey™ is calming and soothing, inspired by the reflection of silvered tree bark and the engrained beauty of granite. This is a light, delicate and warm grey, complementing a variety of building materials, including granite, dark timber, and grey brickwork. Bluegum® Bluegum® is inspired by cool horizons, morning mists, and mountain gums. This is a relaxed grey with a calming mid-tone, working comfortably with dark timbers and natural stone finishes. Windspray® Windspray® is inspired by cool sea mists and summer breezes, offering a restrained and mid-strength tone of grey. It works effortlessly with other materials, such as concrete and weathered timbers. Classic Cream™ Classic Cream™ has timeless appeal, with a warm and welcoming yellow tone. This colour is reliable and confident and can be used for various building styles. Paperbark® Paperbark® is comfortable and warm, containing soft and delicate tones based on the iconic Paperbark tree. This muted, pale brown colour includes hints of cream and grey, making it versatile and easy to match with light timbers, contemporary bricks, and neutral renders. Evening Haze® Evening Haze® is subtle, calming, and earthy, inspired by our limestone coastlines and dry grasses. This warm colour blends brown and grey tones, making it easy to coordinate with lime-washed timbers, pale textured bricks, and muted metallics. Dune® Dune® is soft, comforting, and natural, with warm, blush tones. This is easy to combine with natural building materials such as mid-tone timbers and limestone. Gully® Gully® offers quiet warmth, inspired by the earthy tones of river clay, pebbles and stone. Gully® is a mid-strength and subtle tone, versatile for use with limewashed bricks, natural stone, and render coatings. Jasper® Jasper® is a warm, reddish-brown, inspired by the rural rocky outcrops and the ageing bark of eucalypts. It is a solid, reliable, and grounding colour, easy to match with timber, bluestone and bricks. Wallaby® Wallaby® is a soft, muted, mid-range grey. This colour is easy to combine with brown timbers, red-brown bricks, concrete and blackened steel detailing, bringing subtle depth and variation to any palette. Basalt® Basalt® is a rich, deep, and solid grey, suggestive of enduring strength. Inspired by the mineral tones of ancient rock, this is a cool grey that blends effortlessly with greyed timbers, recycled brick, and concrete. Woodland Grey® Woodland Grey® has a dark, grey-green tone, inspired by inland bush and coastal scrub. This is a chameleon colour, complementing any material, including sandstone, granite, slate, dark timber, and more. Ironstone® Ironstone® is a deep steely blue, inspired by stormy skies and wild coastal seas. This is a sophisticated and deep colour, which complements bluestone, glazed brick, and warm neutral colours. Deep Ocean® Deep Ocean® is a strong blue, based on the intensity of ocean depths and mountain ranges. This is a strong and adaptable colour, both for traditional and modern building design, pairing beautifully with beige tones, pale grey concretes, red brick, and dark granites. Monument® Monument® is a dramatic and modern colour, inspired by the volcanic rock along our southern coastline. This is a deep and empowering grey, combining easily with rich timbers, crisp whites, and silvers. Pale Eucalypt® Pale Eucalypt® is a rich, calming, and versatile tone of green. This gentle muted tone blends easily with warm timbers, mixed stone, and pale, neutral bricks or cladding. Cottage Green® Cottage Green® is a traditional, deep green inspired by the emerald freshness of national parks and fertile hills. This is a strong and vibrant accent colour, suiting a range of traditional building styles and bringing energy to suburban and rural settings. Manor Red® Manor Red® is inspired by the earth and ancient rocks of our vast and striking inland expanses. Where a bold focus and vibrancy are required, this rich red is difficult to beat, particularly when used alongside sandy stone, painted bricks, weatherboards, or black metal detailing. Night Sky® Night Sky® is pure black, offering a strong and neutral contrast colour. This colour is powerful and robust, ideal for emphasising, highlighting, and contrasting elements of a building to create drama and focus. Design your custom shed Ready to see your shed in these COLORBOND® colours? Use our free online shed builder to design your dream shed and see what it will look like.

Shed design & construction

How to choose a shed colour

The colour of your steel shed has a major impact on its energy efficiency, durability, and visual ...

18 Mar 2024 | 5 min

Cotton shed suppliers in Australia

If you’re in the market for a cotton storage shed, a structural steel shed should be at the top of your list. These sheds are built to last and ensure the highest cotton quality – but how do you choose the right shed supplier? With so many shed builders in Australia, it can be difficult to narrow down the options. In this article, we make it easy with a list of the leading suppliers of horticultural sheds and cotton sheds in Australia, including: Entegra TechSpan Central Steel Build WRL Engineering And ABC Sheds. We also cover what kind of projects each of these suppliers specialise in and their key service areas. We also share our top design features to include in your cotton shed, to maximise storage capacity and functionality. What is a cotton shed? The purpose of a cotton shed is to protect the cotton and cotton seeds from moisture and the harsh Australian elements. A thoughtfully designed cotton shed should maximise your storage capacity and your return on investment. Cotton shed design In our experience, the best cotton sheds are designed to stand the test of time and maximise the amount of cotton storage for the lowest total cost. To achieve this, common features in cotton sheds include the following: An overhead gantry crane Cantilever canopies Sliding doors or roller doors Personal access doors (PA) Drive through loading bays Roof and wall insulation. If you have other features to include in your cotton shed, talk to the team at ABC Sheds or use our virtual shed builder tool to see what we can do. Cotton shed suppliers There are several large shed suppliers in Australia so how do you choose the right one for your cotton storage? To help you choose a shed builder, here are some of the core factors to look for: Consistent communication and customer service Transparent and accurate quotes Good reviews from customers Ability to customise the design Reliable materials and high-quality workmanship Durability and longevity. Below, we share some of the leading cotton shed suppliers across the country, including Entegra, Techspan, Central, and WRL Engineering. To help you decide, we highlight what makes each of these companies stand out and which ones are best suited to certain applications. Entegra Based in Victoria, Entegra Signature Structures is known for its horticulture and broadacre sheds. The company has about 40 years of experience in the industry, expanding into dairy barns, feedlots, and other rural sheds over the years. If you are looking for a cotton shed in Victoria, Queensland, or Darwin, Entegra can offer a range of sizes, styles, and colours. TechSpan For over 20 years, TechSpan has been building large steel structures for agribusiness, industrial, and rural applications. The buildings come with a 25-year guarantee and 20 quality checks throughout the planning and production process. For example, the TechSpan team recently built a cotton gin facility in Carroll, with a gantry crane and drive-through loading bay. Central Steel Build For over 40 years, Central Steel Build has been creating large steel sheds from its base in Victoria. The team offers a range of steel buildings, including cotton to store the maximum amount of cotton crop. WRL Engineering WRL Engineering is based in Warren, New South Wales, and has over 30 years of shed-building experience. The team’s area of expertise is in grain storage, particularly with their patented fully-sealed grain sheds. When it comes to storing your cotton, this added protection from the elements can go a long way. ABC Sheds At ABC Sheds, we’ve been designing and manufacturing structural steel sheds since the 1980s. With our wealth of experience and convenient location in Young, we’ve built agricultural steel sheds all over New South Wales, Queensland, Australian Capital Territory, and Northern Territory. The key benefits of our large structural steel sheds include: Fully fabricated structural frames that are built for tough conditions. 25-year "You're Covered" guarantee. Fully galvanised frame with the most protective coating available. Exceeds Australian building standards. Easy to install yourself with hassle-free erection. More than 25 years of experience. Custom shed designs. 100% customer satisfaction. At ABC Sheds, we’ll work with you until your new shed meets your requirements and ticks all your boxes. Reach out today or click below to find out more about our cotton sheds range.

Cotton sheds

Cotton storage shed suppliers Australia

If you’re in the market for a cotton storage shed, a structural steel shed should be at the top of ...

27 Feb 2024 | 2 min

The benefits of fertiliser storage

Correctly storing your fertiliser is critical, especially in light of the current urea shortage in Australia. A storage shed enables you to purchase fertiliser when the prices are lower and keep your farm well stocked at all times. In this article, we discuss the key benefits of fertiliser storage, how to store fertiliser, and the current challenges facing the fertiliser industry. The urea shortage A urea shortage is currently impacting a large portion of rural Australia, leaving many farmers without. An unexpectedly wet winter meant growers weren’t placing enough orders and suppliers weren’t contracting to importers. Additionally, a decline in urea prices discouraged many growers from purchasing. The northern and southern regions of Australia were impacted the most and will be considering actions they can take to reduce risk. In Western Australia, fertiliser suppliers estimated they met 85 to 90 per cent of the urea requirement in 2023. In response, the Grains Research and Development Corporation (GRDC) has emphasised the importance of on-farm storage. The benefits of on-site fertiliser storage If you don’t have on-farm storage for your fertiliser, you’re likely spending a lot of time and money on ordering it on demand. Fortunately, a fertiliser shed offers the following advantages. Control over your fertiliser supply On-site storage allows you to control how much fertiliser you need to order and when. In times like this where the supply chain is strained, you can continue operating and keep your farm well-fertilised. If your fertiliser is disrupted or market conditions make it difficult to source fertiliser, having stored fertiliser on your farm will save a lot of money and stress. When these challenges arise, you can make strategic decisions about how much fertiliser to use and how much to stockpile. Cost-effectiveness Through bulk purchasing and storing fertiliser when it is more affordable, you can reduce your average spend. By investing in a large fertiliser shed, you can always stock up in advance to avoid high prices during shortages and periods of high demand. There’s also more opportunity to benefit from discounts and seasonal deals. Flexibility in fertiliser application By storing your fertiliser in advance, you can decide when the best time is to apply it. By keeping a close eye on the weather forecast and your crop development, you can spread fertiliser when it suits you best. Sustainable and efficient On-farm fertiliser storage reduces the need for frequent deliveries as you can simply place one large order when prices are lower and store it for longer. This not only saves the delivery fees but also reduces the carbon footprint of your farm. Fertiliser storage sheds Storing your fertiliser in a shed is cost-effective, convenient, and adaptable. To ensure your storage shed is suited to your needs, you’ll need to think about the correct storage conditions, the compatibility of your fertilisers, and storage regulations. At ABC Sheds, our fully engineered fertiliser sheds ensure that your fertiliser remains safe and dry in all seasons and conditions. Key advantages of our fertiliser sheds include: Galvanised frames to protect against a highly corrosive environment. Built with the Australian climate in mind. Compliance with Australian building codes and quality standards. Custom designs for your storage needs. 25-year guarantee on all fertiliser sheds. How to store fertiliser The best conditions for fertiliser storage are as follows: A steady temperature between 5˚C and 30˚C, depending on the compound. Effective ventilation. No rain or sunlight. No moisture, dirt, or dust. A first-in, first-out stock rotation. Incompatible chemicals are stored separately. Fertilisers containing Nitrogen (N) or Potassium (K) are more likely to absorb moisture so, if your farm is susceptible to humidity, a pure Phosphorous (P) formulation is more appropriate. For more information, read our article about how to store fertiliser correctly. Incompatible fertiliser types Be careful to store different types of fertiliser separately. When stored together, they may react prematurely, cause safety issues, or lose effectiveness. By understanding Hygroscopicity, caking, particle shape, bulk density, and compatibility, you can store each fertiliser type correctly and avoid the risk of potential reactions. For example, urea should not be mixed with Ammonium Nitrate, Calcium Ammonium Nitrate or Ammonium Sulphate Nitrate. Additionally, sulphur is combustible and can react with various nitrates. Sulphur should not be mixed with nitrates AN, KNO3 and NaNO3. ABC Sheds can provide sturdy concrete bunkers to separate your various fertilisers safely. Storage capacity Most fertiliser sheds are identified by their storage capacity in tonnes. For example, we’ve designed and built sheds from 300-tonne capacity to 1,200-tonne capacity. The right shed for your farm will depend on the amount of fertiliser you use regularly, plus any allowances for market fluctuations. If in doubt, ask our team for more information. Shed storage vs. silo storage Shed storage proves to be a very popular method of fertiliser storage due to its functionality. While silos may be more air and water tight they are slow to load and unload, and they are limited in their use to storing bulk commodities. In comparison, using a shed can ensure quicker fertiliser load/unload times by utilising loaders, rather than augers. In addition to this, many farmers will find that during parts of the year their shed may be empty of fertiliser so instead, they can choose to store their machinery so that it’s protected from the weather. Fertiliser storage Australia If you’re ready to control your fertiliser supply and save money, request a no-obligation quote or browse our fertiliser sheds today.

Fertiliser sheds

The benefits of fertiliser storage

Correctly storing your fertiliser is critical, especially in light of the current urea shortage in ...

16 Feb 2024 | 3 min

Big shed Australia

If you want to build a large shed, you must have full confidence in your supplier. The question is – who makes the best big sheds in Australia? In this article, we share the top 5 large shed suppliers in Victoria and New South Wales, including Action Steel, Entegra Signature Structures, Central Steel Build, Techspan, and PJN Sheds. Keep reading to find out what each supplier offers and how ABC Sheds fits in. Big shed builders Victoria Action Steel Action Steel is based in Stawell, Victoria and supplies steel sheds for farms and rural applications. They are family-owned and operated, with over 20 years of experience. They use materials from trusted steel suppliers like Bluescope and Metroll. The Action Steel team specialises in farm sheds, including hay sheds, machinery sheds, workshops, shearing sheds, cattle and sheep yard covers, feedlot covers, dairy sheds, grain sheds, and equine sheds and arenas. Entegra Signature Structures Entegra Signature Structures is based in Swan Hill, Victoria, with additional offices in Queensland and Darwin. Founded about 40 years ago, Entegra specialises in manufacturing farm sheds, equine arenas, machinery storage, school buildings and COLAs, cotton sheds, and industrial buildings. Entegra will install the shed for you, which may increase the costs compared to a kit shed. Central Steel Build Based in Kyneton, Victoria, Central Steel Build is a large shed-building company specialising in agricultural sheds, aviation sheds, commercial sheds, custom sheds, equine sheds, industrial sheds, and recreational sheds. Since 1975, the Central Steel team has been designing high-quality, long-lasting sheds across Australia. Big shed builders NSW Techspan With over 20 years of experience, TechSpan is an experienced shed building company in Armidale, New South Wales. They specialise in custom-fabricated steel structures, combining solid designs and contemporary manufacturing methods. Their sheds include dairy sheds, feedlot sheds, machinery sheds, horse arenas, hay sheds, grain sheds, and stockyard covers. PJN Sheds Based in Walla Walla, New South Wales, PJN Sheds is a second-generation family-owned company with over 35 years of shed manufacturing experience. Their sheds are built for a range of purposes, with a particular speciality in rural sheds, industrial sheds, commercial sheds, and public-use buildings. The majority of the PJN Sheds range is constructed on-site with in-house processing and roll-forming operations. Their structural steel is also grit blasted, zinc primed and finished, with a heavy-duty colour coat. Large sheds – what to look for When choosing a supplier for your large shed, you need to know the investment is worthwhile. To find the right shed building company for you, remember to ask about the following: What shed warranties do they offer? Do they offer clearspans and wide spans? What shed cladding do they use? Do they use BMT or TCT cladding? What site preparation is required? What is the shed building approval process? Do they use structural steel? Is the steel hot-dip galvanised? If you decide to reach out to any of the above suppliers, make sure to get answers to each of these questions along with a full quote. For more details, read our article about 6 things to know before building a steel shed. How to compare large shed quotes To avoid expensive surprises during your shed build, look out for potential hidden costs. Common hidden costs include structural engineering and the engineering certificate, cladding sheeting thickness, hot-dip galvanised steel, groundwork, erection and crane hire, doors and fire exits, and guarantees and warranties. Should you need the shed installed it’s also important to ensure you have a fixed price for shed erection as this can be quite a costly expense, should you need professional installers. For more information, read our helpful article about estimated shed quotes or download the Guide to Shed Quotes. ABC Sheds Australia At ABC Sheds, we’ve been family-owned and operated since the 1980s. With our wealth of experience and convenient location in Young, we can design and manufacture big sheds all over New South Wales, Queensland, Australian Capital Territory and Northern Territory. The key benefits of our large structural steel sheds include: Our fully fabricated structural frames are built to withstand tough conditions. A 25-year "You're Covered" guarantee. A fully galvanised frame with the most protective coating available. Australian building standards exceeded. Hassle-free erection and easy to install yourself. Over 25 years of experience. Custom shed designs. 100% customer satisfaction. At ABC Sheds, we aren’t satisfied until you are. That means we’ll work with you until your new shed meets your requirements and ticks all your boxes. Reach out today to find out more or download a free copy of our sheds brochure below.

Shed design & construction

Big sheds Australia – what are my options?

If you want to build a large shed, you must have full confidence in your supplier. The question is ...

26 Jan 2024 | 3 min

Zincalume® vs Colorbond® – what's best for a shed?

When building a shed, the best cladding material is a major decision. Not only will this impact the look of your shed, but it also determines the shed’s lifespan and maintenance requirements. Here at ABC Sheds, one of the most common questions we hear is whether to choose Zincalume® or COLORBOND®. In this article, we explain what each option is, the differences between them, and the benefits of each. What is Zincalume®? Zincalume® is a steel cladding consisting of aluminium, zinc, and magnesium. This combination offers durability, environmental benefits, and affordability. It is more affordable than COLORBOND® but lacks the variety of colour choices and has a shiny finish that dulls over time. In coastal areas with corrosive salt-laden air, Zincalume® offers the first line of defence. In most roofing and cladding applications, its material composition provides a significantly longer service life than a galvanised coating. The materials work together, combining the aluminium’s corrosion protection with the sacrificial protection of zinc. Though corrosion rates vary according to the environmental conditions, Zincalume® steel coatings have outperformed galvanised coatings in almost all test environments. This is particularly true in marine environments. The 55% aluminium and 45% zinc alloy coating also enhances corrosion resistance. Visually, Zincalume® has a fine texture and silvery matt finish. It appears shiny, though this is prone to dulling over time. Pros and cons of Zincalume® Compared to COLORBOND®, Zincalume® is much tougher, more resistant to scratches, and more affordable. If you have a relatively small budget, Zincalume® provides a good balance between cost and durability. The pros and cons of Zincalume® are outlined below. Pros: Budget-friendly option: Zincalume® is cheaper than COLORBOND®. Has a lifespan of up to four times that of ordinary galvanised iron. Provides a unique industrial finish which can be a design feature. Sustainable option. Features a tough protective coating that is resistant to scratches and scuffs encountered during construction. Fully recyclable. Cons: Less energy-efficient. Only available in standard aluminium colour. Dulls over time. What is COLORBOND®? COLORBOND® is a pre-painted steel cladding designed and tested for Australian conditions. The ZINCALUME® core is coated with a baked-on corrosion inhibitor, making it more durable and suitable for highly corrosive environments. One of the distinctive features of COLORBOND® is its five layers of protection, including: A high-quality steel base manufactured to meet relevant Australian Standards. BlueScope’s industry-leading metallic coating, with Activate® technology for enhanced corrosion resistance. A thin pretreatment layer for optimum adhesion. A corrosion-inhibitive primer. A topcoat of specially developed, exterior-grade paint. Both the primer and topcoat are baked on to provide maximum protection against corrosion, chipping, flaking, and blistering. Backed by BlueScope, COLORBOND® is renowned for its durability and longevity, having been thoroughly tested in the harshest Australian conditions. COLORBOND® is also available in 22 core colours, including several lighter colours for improved thermal efficiency. Its reflective properties also improve energy efficiency. However, COLORBOND® is more expensive and can be easily scratched. If scratched, the protective coatings may be compromised. Pros and cons of COLORBOND® In addition to its low maintenance requirements and proven performance, the defining advantage of COLORBOND® steel is the wide range of colour options. However, it is more expensive than Zincalume®, which can be a deterrent for some buyers. Pros: Over 20 colour choices. Very low maintenance. Can be used in bushfire-prone areas, including zones with a high risk of ember attack and extreme radiant heat. Reflective properties offer good energy efficiency. Highly weather resistant. Cons: Easily scratched. Higher cost. Best cladding material – Zincalume® or COLORBOND®? Now that you know the key features and characteristics of both materials, it’s time to decide which is right for your new shed. Both are durable, long-lasting, resistant to harsh Australian conditions, and low maintenance but there are a few key differences. If you are looking for affordable shed cladding that is hardy and long-lasting, Zincalume® will be the best choice for you. However, if a wide range of colours is important, COLORBOND® is the clear winner. It also has a better warranty than Zincalume®. Structural Steel Sheds Australia When building your shed, the ABC Sheds team is here to guide you through the entire process. From initial designs to construction, we have all the expertise to help you make the right decisions. Contact us to talk through your options. For more details on our sheds, take a look at our full product brochure, complete with all the answers you need. We provide sheds for a wide range of needs, including farm sheds, hay sheds, grain sheds, feedlot shelters, yard covers, dressage arenas, industrial sheds, aircraft hangars, and more. Key benefits of working with us include: A fully fabricated and galvanised structural steel frame. Your choice of Zincalume® or COLORBOND® cladding. A 25-year guarantee. Fully customised designs. Easy shed erection. Australian building standards exceeded. Are you interested to see what kind of shed we can build for you? Use our virtual shed builder tool to select the type of shed you want, adjust the specifications, and request an accurate quote from our experts.

Shed design & construction

Zincalume vs Colorbond – what's best for a shed?

When building a shed, the best cladding material is a major decision. Not only will this impact the ...

22 Jan 2024 | 3 min

Our favourite shed projects of 2023

Over the last twelve months, our team has worked on sheds all over Australia. The ABC Sheds team takes pride in our accomplishments, having successfully erected over 160 new sheds throughout Australia, this year alone! To spark inspiration for your next shed project, we want to showcase some of our favourite builds from 2023. From workshops to farm sheds, our team members are excited to share their highlights. Read on to discover their insights and experiences to get you inspired for 2024. Perhaps your perfect shed features among our favourites below? Favourite project: Recycling plant shed in Forbes This massive shed in Forbes is a whopping 80m x 40m x 6m! Built for a recycling plant, the impressive scope of this shed makes it easy for the client to process consumer waste. Ron’s favourite features of this unique shed include: Tiered wall heights. Extensive gutter systems. Easy access with large sliding doors. Its sheer size – this shed is huge! Other impressive features to note include the addition of polycarbonate sheets in the roof for additional light, along with extensive concrete slabs throughout. Favourite project: Vehicle maintenance workshop in Comet Working with the client’s design team, engineer, and builder, this vehicle maintenance workshop in Comet was a memorable one for our team. Huxley’s highlights include the runways for the 30t double girder overhead gantry crane and the large office mezzanine with double flight stairs. Measuring 48m x 22.6m x 12m, this shed also features: High-capacity gutters. 6m cantilevered awning. 400mm throat ridge venting. Huge 8m x 8m sliding doors that service sixteen 8m clear openings, sliding to outriggers. While this shed is still a work in progress, we look forward to seeing the finished product next year. A shed like this one will make all the difference for this vehicle maintenance workshop! Favourite project: Workshop, hay shed & combination shed in Murrurundi Kelvin’s favourite project from the year was this three-shed order from a customer in Murrurundi. Featuring three sheds for different purposes, this project showcases how versatile our shed designs can be. The smaller shed is a workshop, measuring 34m x 10.5m x 4.9m, with gutters and fully closed-in walls. The two larger sheds measure 48m x 24m x 5m with six open bays each. The first is used as a hay shed and the second is a combination shed, ideal for the client’s various farming needs. Ample storage ensures that there is always enough room for the hay along with farm machinery, tractors and more. This farmer will never run out of room! We enjoyed supplying a variety of sheds to one client and seeing their storage capacity increase significantly. ABC Sheds Australia As you look ahead to 2024, we hope these projects have shown just how beneficial a new shed can be. Our sheds are built for Australian conditions and exceed national standards, so you can be confident yours will work as hard as you do. With over 25 years in the business, we’ve built sheds for all kinds of applications so whatever you need, we’ve got you covered. From planning and consent to the final installation, we’ll guide you through the whole process. Check out the full range in our brochure: Farm sheds Hay sheds and grain sheds Feedlot shelters and yard covers Dressage arenas and horse stables Industrial sheds Aircraft hangars

Our projects

Our favourite 2023 shed projects

Over the last twelve months, our team has worked on sheds all over Australia. The ABC Sheds team ...

15 Dec 2023 | 2 min

Customised farm machinery shed

In our years in the shed-building industry, we’ve built a lot of farm machinery sheds. During that time, we’ve come across a lot of farmers wanting to adapt a standard design to their unique requirements. In this article, we outline all the ways a farm machinery shed can be customised to suit your farm’s needs. From adding livestock gates to the addition of awnings, there’s a wide range of options available. Farm machinery shed customisations Here at ABC Sheds, we can build your farm shed with a wide range of customisations and adaptations. You can choose to build a standard shed like those in our Durakit range, tweak them to suit your needs, or create a completely bespoke design. Popular customisations with farmers include: Bay size Open-sided or fully enclosed Doors Concrete walls Windows Polycarbonate and skylights Ventilation Roof overhang Awnings Livestock gates Bay size The sizing of bays and how many you include can be customised based on how much space you need and the size of the machinery you wish to store inside. If you have extra wide machinery and are looking for a massive opening, why not speak to us about our trussovers, where you can move a column in the middle of two bays. Open or fully enclosed How many walls will you choose to include in your shed? If you will be entering your shed frequently, you may want to consider removing a wall or two to make access easier. If security is more of a concern, we would encourage you to consider a fully enclosed shed with lockable doors. A secure farm shed will not only help to protect from trespassers and potential theft, but it will also help to keep your machinery safe from harsh weather conditions. Doors To improve accessibility, we can add various doors to your shed design. Our options include metal sliding doors, glass sliding doors, personal access (PA) doors, and roller doors. Each door serves a different need and offers different advantages. Sliding doors A metal sliding door opens along the wall of the shed, usually on a rail or a track that keeps it in line. Sliding doors are low maintenance and easy to repair, making them ideal for farming environments. They also allow for a large opening span, making it easier to manoeuvre vehicles. Roller doors A roller door has a continuous sheet that rolls up above the door opening, meaning it does not require horizontal clearance. This way, you can add roller doors to multiple bays and they can all be open at once. Roller doors offer higher security, weatherproofing, and the ability to open with a remote. PA doors PA doors allow your farm staff to move in and around the shed easily, without needing to open a large vehicle access door. This is especially helpful in bad weather conditions when you don’t want to expose the stored machinery unnecessarily. Concrete walls Concrete is extremely durable, termite-resistant, and does not rot or rust when exposed to moisture. Adding a concrete wall to your farm shed is a cost-effective way to add strength and longevity, while also protecting against pests and weather exposure. If you want to add a concrete wall, ask our team today. Windows If you want to let light into your shed or increase visibility from one space to another, we can incorporate a custom window. You can choose the alignment, height, and size of the window to suit your particular needs. Polycarbonate sheets and skylights To allow light into your shed, we can include a polycarbonate sheet in the walls and roof. Polycarbonate is lightweight, durable, and suitable for a wide range of temperatures, making it ideal for Australian conditions. Ventilation If your shed has any enclosed or partially enclosed areas, you may wish to add a ventilation system. As required, we can easily incorporate a wind-powered Whirlybird in your shed roof to increase airflow automatically. Roof overhang For extra weather protection, consider extending the roof to overhang above your shed entrance. This can improve the shelter inside the shed and help to protect your vehicles from wind, rain, and other harsh conditions. Awnings If you want additional shelter at the side of your shed, we can add a customised awning. This will allow you to move machinery and supplies in and out of the shed without being exposed to the weather. Depending on your preference, the awning can be cantilevered, fully enclosed or open-ended. Livestock gates If you want to prevent livestock from getting into your farm shed and eating hay, we can incorporate gates into the shed design. This allows you to store anything in your shed, with peace of mind that your livestock cannot get inside. Here at ABC Sheds, we partner with High Post for the supply of farm gate hinges and fencing products because they’re strong, durable, and hot-dip galvanised. Shed design tool Our online shed builder tool allows you to play around with shed specifications, features, and colours. You can add awnings, walls, doors, windows, and more to determine the best shed design for your farm. Then, when you’re happy with it, submit the design and we’ll get in touch with an accurate quote. Use the shed designer tool >> Farm machinery sheds in Australia With many years in the construction industry, the ABC Sheds team is well-equipped to help you with your specific farm requirements. We know that a farm is a demanding environment, which is why our team handles all aspects of your project to complete your new shed on time, and to your specific requirements. Click below to download our farm sheds brochure and learn more about our custom sheds.

Farm sheds • Shed design & construction

How to customise a farm machinery shed

In our years in the shed-building industry, we’ve built a lot of farm machinery sheds. During that ...

27 Nov 2023 | 3 min

Guide to estimated shed quotes

Every shed company quotes differently so it's important to know that what you're receiving is accurate. Many shed companies only offer estimate quotes, which can be misleading as they don't cover the maximum price. In this article, we explain what should be included in a shed quote or estimate and how to ensure you get a fair deal. What is an estimated shed quote? Some shed suppliers will provide you with an estimated quote. This is a rough estimate based on your design consultations and is prone to change during the project. The idea of these estimates is to give you an idea of how much you need to budget for your new shed. It also allows you to compare shed quotes from other manufacturers to find the most suitable deal for your needs. However, not all companies quote in the same way so you will need to check every detail before signing on the dotted line. What is a fixed-price quote? A fixed-price quote is locked in, protecting you from any surprises later on in the project. This gives you peace of mind throughout because you know exactly how much you need to budget for your new shed. These quotes often appear more expensive than an estimated quote but this is because there are no hidden costs or percentages of variance to be wary of. Here at ABC Sheds, our shed quotes are fixed and locked in from the beginning, regardless of any unexpected delays during the project. This way, you can enjoy the process and look forward to your new shed without the stress of budget blowouts. What to look for in a shed quote When comparing quotes for sheds, cheap estimates are often not the best price overall. The quote might not include some of the things listed below. Concrete floor or concrete piers If you’re planning to build your shed on a concrete slab foundation and/or concrete piers, check that this is included in the price. If not, you may need to find a local contractor and ask them for a separate quote. Also, check that the boring and the concrete are included. Kit only vs turnkey Is the price for a kit only or a full build, including the concrete floor? If the foundation, site preparation, and construction are not included, your total price will be far higher than the initial quote. Labour is one of the biggest costs in a project like this so always check with your supplier if it is included. Metal thickness Shed quotes may include two different ways to measure steel strength. Base Metal Thickness (BMT) measures the steel strength before any coatings are applied while Total Coated Thickness (TCT) measures the steel strength inclusive of any alloy finish, paint, or primer. When comparing shed quotes, make sure to compare like with like. Delivery Material delivery costs can quickly add up, especially with large construction items like steel or concrete. Always check that the transport, crane hire, and any third-party contractors are covered in the estimate quote. Location-specific design If a quote estimate fails to account for the terrain or conditions in your location, the project will likely end up costing you more in design and engineering fees. Make sure to let your shed supplier know exactly where you are building your shed and any site conditions that may cause problems. To avoid expensive surprises, get a Geotech report ready in advance. Fire and wind ratings In Australia, our harsh climate can wreak havoc on a shed building. To ensure your shed stands the test of time and meets relevant fire ratings and wind ratings for your local area, make sure your supplier includes the appropriate assessments in the design costs of your shed. Council approval The council approval process can be long and complex so it pays to be covered in case of any delays. Additionally, ask your supplier to include whether or not they will complete these applications for you or if the responsibility will fall on you. If you have a planner working with you on your shed build, they will be able to assist with the approval process. Shed design The shed design is critical to your project’s success because it includes all the details and specifications. It should contain the basic information like size, floor plan, 3D rendering, and any features that you need to include. For example, check that your shed design has the right door type, windows, and personal access doors for your operations. When comparing quotes, check if design alterations are covered. If you need to change something later on, you want to be able to do so without incurring a hefty fee. Structural warranty Look at the installation techniques and check they are compliant with the Australian Building Code. High-quality construction is worth far more than a lower upfront cost, especially when you consider how long this shed should last. To ensure your shed is reliable and durable, check that your supplier includes a comprehensive warranty and structural guarantee. Percentage of variance Some shed manufacturers are not willing to commit to a fixed price. This often means they will include a quote clause that allows for a certain percentage of variance. By the end of the project, this can amount to higher costs than expected. If possible, find a shed company that offers a fixed price or, at least, a low percentage of variance. ABC Sheds quotes If you're considering a new shed, our team can provide you with a free, no-obligation quote. And the best part is, our quotes are fixed and final with no percentage of variance. We strive for full transparency and 100% customer satisfaction so every shed quote includes the following: Engineering and technical plans specific to your location Wind rating assessments Pier hole boring, excluding the concrete* Complete supply of all materials for the shed kit Delivery to your site Crane hire* Installation and high-quality workmanship* Australian Building Standards exceeded A 25-year structural guarantee. *Included with erected sheds only. With over 25 years of experience and expertise, we can help you design a shed to suit your unique needs. Our project coordinators will guide you through the entire process so let us know the type of shed you need and we’ll send an honest, no-obligation quote your way. For more information on the shed quoting process, download a free copy of our helpful Guide to Comparing Shed Quotes.

Custom sheds • Shed quotes

Estimated shed quotes: what does this mean?

Every shed company quotes differently so it's important to know that what you're receiving is ...

20 Nov 2023 | 4 min

Galvanised versus painted steel

There are lots of decisions to make when purchasing a new shed, including which material is best. One of the most common questions we hear is whether to choose galvanised steel or painted steel for a structural steel shed. In this article, we explain what each type of steel is, the differences between them, and the benefits of each. We cover: What is painted steel? What is galvanised steel? Does galvanised steel rust? Coating thickness Scratch resistance Cathodic protection vs barrier protection Steel shed colours Steel costs Click on any of the links above, to jump straight to that section. What is painted steel? Painted steel is steel that is sandblasted and painted with a protective coating. The coating itself is usually a thick paint that is rich in zinc, helping to reduce corrosion. Painted steel is the more traditional way to protect steel sheds against the elements. However, this paint is softer and the application thickness can vary. Over time, the paint is susceptible to chips and scratches which exposes the underlying metal to corrosion. Key characteristics of painted steel Thickness ranges between 64 µm to 90 µm. Not resistant to scratching. Uneven coverage. Does not provide cathodic protection. Wide range of colours. What is galvanised steel? Galvanised steel, also known as hot-dip galvanised steel, is steel that has been covered in a zinc coating. The galvanisation process involves thoroughly cleaning the steel to remove any impurities and dipping it in a molten zinc solution. The liquid zinc sticks to the metal and hardens upon removal. The outer layer of zinc provides the inner core with corrosion protection from moisture and other corrosive elements. Key characteristics of galvanised steel Cathodic and barrier protection. An average thickness of 85 µm. Scratch-resistant. Even coverage and complete protection. Greater hardness and corrosion resistance. Less maintenance over time. Not as cost-effective as painted steel. Does galvanised steel rust? While hot-dipped galvanised steel will rust eventually in higher corrosive environments, it typically resists corrosion for much longer than uncoated steel. That’s because the zinc coating oxidises instead of the core steel, slowing the rate of corrosion and preserving the building’s structural integrity. Galvanised vs painted steel – which is better? All steel sheds should be sealed with either paint or a galvanised zinc coating. Ultimately, the coating acts as a sacrificial layer, being exposed to oxidisation before the steel itself. However, the coating will eventually deteriorate with time, eventually leaving the core steel open to the elements too. So the question is – which coating will ensure a longer lifespan for your steel shed? Consider the following factors. Coating thickness The protective layer on painted steel is uneven and generally thinner. While some manufacturers apply the paint in factory-controlled conditions, it is still more inconsistent than galvanised steel. On average, the thickness of painted steel is between 64 µm and 90 µm, compared to the average thickness of 85 µm for galvanised steel. For advice, speak with our steel experts. Scratches and surface damage Painted steel is prone to scratches, which will expose the core material to oxidation and moisture. This can occur as soon as your shed is built, leading to immediate cases of rust. On the other hand, galvanised steel is scratch-resistant, protecting the core steel for many years. Cathodic protection Unlike painted steel, galvanised steel provides cathodic protection as well as barrier protection. This is when two metals have different electrode potentials and corrode at different rates. The anode is the lesser of the two, meaning it is more reactive and more prone to corrosion. The cathode is the more noble metal, is less reactive, and will corrode at a much slower rate. In other words, the anode is sacrificial, allowing the cathode component to last much longer. Shed colours If the colour of your new shed is a deciding factor, painted steel offers more options. From crisp white to forest green to matt black, you can customise your shed colour to complement your surrounding environment, company branding, and your personal taste. On the other hand, galvanised steel is usually only available in silver. At ABC Sheds, we can offer the best of both worlds because our sheds are not only hot-dip galvanised, but the cladding can also be finished with COLORBOND® steel. This steel is tough, robust, and available in 22 striking colours. Popular colours for sheds include Monument Black, Classic Cream, Pale Eucalypt, and Ironstone. Find your favourite in the COLORBOND® pallet or browse our projects to see them in situ. Steel costs Painted steel is generally more affordable than galvanised steel, but only in terms of upfront cost. Over time, the maintenance and replacement costs will be much higher for painted steel. In most cases, it is more cost-effective to invest in high-quality hot-dip steel that will last for decades with minimal upkeep required. Structural Steel Sheds Australia The ABC Sheds team is here to guide you through the design and construction of your structural steel shed. Simply contact us and we will take you through the options available. For more details on the sheds we manufacture you can also take a look at our full brochure, where you will find all the answers you need about our farm sheds, hay sheds and grain sheds, feedlot shelters and yard covers, dressage arenas, industrial sheds, aircraft hangars, and more. All of our sheds are built with structural steel to withstand the harsh Australian climate. Key benefits of working with us include: A fully fabricated and galvanised structural steel frame. 25-year guarantee. Customised designs. Hassle-free shed erection. Australian building standards exceeded. The Durakit range for faster delivery. Monthly super deals. If you’re interested to see what kind of shed we can build for you, use our virtual shed builder tool. You can select the type of shed you want, adjust the specifications, and request an accurate quote from our experts. The tool will show you how your new shed will look and function so you can visualise how it will support your operations.

Shed design & construction

Galvanised steel vs painted steel – which is best for a shed?

There are lots of decisions to make when purchasing a new shed, including which material is best. ...

25 Oct 2023 | 3 min

ABC Sheds mezzanine floor in a shed

A mezzanine floor is an excellent way to maximise storage inside your shed. The extra floor space takes advantage of the shed’s internal height, expanding your options without building a bigger, more expensive shed. In this article, we explain the benefits of a mezzanine floor and share our installation advice to achieve adaptability and cost savings. What is a mezzanine floor? Derived from the Italian word for “middle”, a mezzanine is built above the ground floor but lower than a standard second floor. Typically, mezzanine floors have low ceilings and, in some cases, angled walls dictated by the roof bracing. In shed design, mezzanines are commonly used for offices and storage. Benefits of a mezzanine floor Expands storage capacity More cost-effective than building a larger shed Adaptability Improves operational efficiency. How to install a mezzanine floor Below, we have outlined the key considerations to make when building a mezzanine floor. Function The purpose of your mezzanine will determine how you should design it. For example, storage will usually require short and long-term shelving. If you plan to use it as office space, you may require power points, desk space, ventilation, and insulation. Many businesses use one level for storage and the other as an office or breakroom. When used in retail, fire ratings apply to the mezzanine floor, access stairs, and handrail. Other functions include expanding production or packing facilities. Weight Your mezzanine floor needs to be strong and durable to bear the weight of all the equipment, products, and materials stored there. Not to mention, it also needs to withstand daily foot and cargo traffic! Understanding load capacity requirements is a crucial step when planning a mezzanine floor to ensure it meets the necessary standards for safety and quality. As load capacity depends on the intended use of the mezzanine, you'll want to work with experienced engineers and shed manufacturers who can provide the right design and technical advice. We recommend you consult with us first, before building your mezzanine. Size Based on the purpose of your shed, you need to determine the size of your mezzanine. Consider how the shape, width, length, and height will suit your needs. We recommend sizing up to allow for future expansion and flexibility. It is common for businesses to develop new ways of using their sheds, including the mezzanine. Access To access your mezzanine, you will need a staircase with a handrail. Depending on whether your shed is for public or private use, there are different handrail standards to comply with. You can find out more about handrail standards here. In case of emergency, your mezzanine will need a suitable means of escape. At all times, stairs need to be easily accessed, regardless of your operations. This will need to be accounted for in your shed’s layout. Insulation If your mezzanine will be used as an office space, it may need to be insulated for energy efficiency and comfort. This will ensure your staff can work effectively in a safe and healthy environment. The insulation requirements for large steel sheds will depend on your location, so speak to our experts for advice. How we install mezzanine floors at ABC Sheds If you need a big shed with a mezzanine, ABC Sheds can help. Our experienced team specialises in large structural steel sheds spanning up to 60 metres. Our sheds are designed to maximise functionality and adaptability in the future, which is why we include mezzanine floors right from the beginning. 1. Design consultations The first step in our process is discussing your needs. From there, we will develop a shed design and proposal. If you want a mezzanine, we include it in the main structure because it is often more affordable than retrofitting it later on. 2. Design proposals Based on your needs and preferences, we will develop a proposal and present it to you. When you are happy with the plans, we will proceed to the consent stage. 3. Council Approval All our sheds are engineered by an independent structural engineer. We advise you to complete your council application but we can help with applications, as required. 4. Construction Our shed construction is a simple bolt-together process. Every kit comes with footing cages, bolts, screws, downpipes, gutters, flashings, an installation DVD, and a clear set of instructions. We’ll also assign a dedicated project manager to assist you throughout the entire build. If you have a mezzanine included in your shed design, everything you need will be included in the shed kit. When the shed is complete, you can make use of it immediately, reaping the rewards of your investment. Large steel sheds Australia With many years in the construction industry, ABC Sheds is reliable, experienced, and here to help. We know that a new shed is an investment, which is why our team handles all aspects of your project to complete your shed efficiently. What’s more, our erection quotes include all of the following: Pier hole boring Crane hire Scissor lift hire Accommodation for the erection crew. Click here to learn more about our range of sheds or browse our completed projects for inspiration. If you’re curious to know how much our sheds cost, request a quote from the team today.

Shed design & construction

How to add a mezzanine floor to a shed

A mezzanine floor is an excellent way to maximise storage inside your shed. The extra floor space ...

26 Sep 2023 | 3 min

Learn about Australian shed houses

If you’re exploring innovative ways to build a house, holiday home, or weekend getaway, you’ve likely come across the concept of a shed house. While we don’t build shed houses ourselves, we often get asked about them, especially by customers wondering whether our steel structures can be used this way. The short answer: yes, in some cases we can supply the shed frame, but the internal fit-out and approvals are entirely up to you. In this article, we’ll explain what a shed house is, why they’re growing in popularity across Australia, and what to expect in terms of costs. We’ll also share: The top reasons people choose shed homes Shed house building costs in 2025 The top 5 shed house companies in Australia Whether you’re planning to start construction soon or simply exploring your options, this article has everything you need to know. We also share our recommendations for companies you can build a shed house with, as well as one of our recent shed house projects for inspiration. Shed houses Australia Unlike a conventional house with a timber framework, shed houses are built inside the shell of a steel shed structure. The building looks like a shed with windows, doors, and residential utilities added. Inside, the shed is fitted out as a residential space, with lighting, plumbing, electrical, interior walls, and appliances. Reasons to build a shed house The reason shed houses have become so widespread is because they are adaptable and suitable for a wide range of purposes. All around Australia, converted shed houses are used for full-time living, holiday accommodation, weekenders, short-term rentals, granny flats, teenage retreats, and horse stable or farm accommodation. The key advantage of shed homes, and the main reason for their popularity, is the cost savings. While traditional home construction can be expensive, a shed can be erected in a matter of weeks. This gives you a weathertight space to store possessions and complete the interior fit-out in your own time. Cost-effective construction Faster build times Easy kit construction Fewer permits may be required Low maintenance Expands your liveable space Expands your storage capacity A sleek, minimal aesthetic Flexible functionality, including accommodation, storage, and as a workshop. If you’re interested in building a shed house, see our recommended companies below, along with our recent shed house project in Lake Cowell. Top 5 Australian shed house builders in 2025 Many Australian shed companies offer residential options as well as their standard commercial and rural shed designs. By taking into account affordability, design options, and liveability, we’ve outlined the top 5 companies you can choose to work with. 1. Widespan sheds Widespan is a leading shed house supplier with agents in all Australian states. Their Class 1A liveable sheds provide a base for a local designer, builder, and certifier to fit the interior and turn it into a liveable space. They can be used as a teenager’s retreat, man cave, granny flat, kid’s playroom, home office, or guest house. 2. Sheds n Homes Sheds n Homes has a range of steel-framed kit homes with the option of raised flooring. They supply all the components you need to build the bones of your structure, including the steel frame, roof cladding, external wall sheeting, stud frame walls, bearers and joins, fixtures, and guttering. The kit includes a detailed construction manual, with engineering and floor plans completed to ensure compliance. You are responsible for putting the kit together, sourcing interior materials, and arranging the contracting for flooring, windows, doors, lighting, decorating, the kitchen fit-out, and the bathroom fit-out. 3. Easy Sheds Based in Albury, NSW, Easy Sheds has a range of lifestyle sheds. These shed house designs include workshops, garages, drive-through sheds, and horse shelters to upgrade the storage and liveability of your property. Note that these sheds are not designed to be a permanent residence, but rather to supplement the house or accommodation on the site. If you are building a house and need a structure to live in temporarily or store your assets, the Easy Shed residential range could be an effective option. Optional features to add include carports, fibreglass skylights, roof ventilation, insulation, roller doors, personal access doors, dividing walls, and mezzanine flooring. 4. Fair Dinkum With locations throughout Australia, Fair Dinkum Builds offers custom liveable sheds for a whole range of purposes whether that be a farm-stay holiday rental, or something more permanent. Fair Dinkum offers a range of add-ons and finishes to meet various tastes and budgets. Extras include patterned feature walls, partitions, whirlybirds, stairs and more. 5. The Shed Company With more than 30 stores across Australia, The Shed Company designs and delivers high-quality Australian steel kit homes. These sheds are a cost-effective way to extend your liveable space while also supplementing your storage. Designed as the ultimate Aussie retreat, the range includes granny flats, teenage retreats, family homes, and weekenders. Shed house inspiration: The Weekender Located in Lake Cowell, this 36 x 10.5 x 3.5 metre shed was built as a weekend getaway and recreational vehicle storage. The ABC Sheds team lined the interior of the shed with Bondor insulated panels, ensuring maximum comfort in any weather conditions. The owners use it themselves and rent it out for additional income which ensures the shed house is utilised, year-round. While our sheds are typically large structures used for commercial, industrial, agricultural, and horticultural applications, we have built shed house frames in the past. If we do supply the frame, it’s up to you to fit out the interior. To see your options, use our online shed builder tool or ask for a quote!

Shed design & construction

What is a shed house?

If you’re exploring innovative ways to build a house, holiday home, or weekend getaway, you’ve ...

29 Aug 2023 | 3 min

Built strong, delivered quick. Introducing Durakit

Here at ABC Sheds, we are always looking for ways to align our processes with our customers’ needs. That’s why we’ve developed a new range of structural sheds with a faster lead time – the Durakit shed range. In this blog, we share everything you need to know about the Durakit range. If you want a reliable shed with durable construction in a fraction of the time, this new range is for you. What is Durakit? Like all our sheds, Durakit sheds consist of fully fabricated and galvanised structural steel frames. They come with a 25-year "you're covered" guarantee, are built to exceed Australian building standards, and are easy to erect. So what sets the Durakit range apart? While some customers want customised sheds, we’ve found that many shed designs have similar layouts and configurations. The Durakit range includes four of these common shed designs, eliminating the need to start the design process from the beginning. This gives customers the option to choose a pre-designed shed that is already approved and ready to go. Open-ended Durakit sheds Durakit sheds are available as open-ended sheds with two long sides enclosed. There are two sizes in this configuration, with the following specifications: Open-ended Durakit shed – 32m x 15m x 6m This is the smallest of the open-ended Durakit range. The fixed price is $72,665, including GST, delivery, Wind Region A engineering, hot-dip galvanised I-beam columns, a hot-dip galvanised open web truss, Zincalume cladding, gutters, and downpipes. Open-ended Durakit shed – 40m x 21m x 6m This is the largest of the open-ended Durakit range. The fixed price is $111,778 including GST, delivery, Wind Region A engineering, hot-dip galvanised I-beam columns, a hot-dip galvanised open web truss, Zincalume cladding, gutters, and downpipes. Three-sided Durakit sheds The Durakit range also includes a three-sided shed with one of the long sides open. There are two sizes in this configuration, with the following specifications: Three-sided Durakit shed – 32m x 15m x 6m This is the smallest of the three-sided Durakit range. The fixed price is $76,343 including GST, delivery, Wind Region A engineering, hot-dip galvanised I-beam columns, hot-dip galvanised open web truss, Zincalume cladding, gutters, and downpipes. Three-sided Durakit shed – 40m x 21m x 6m This is the largest of the three-sided Durakit range. The fixed price is $119,705 including GST, delivery, Wind Region A engineering, hot-dip galvanised I-beam columns, a hot-dip galvanised open web truss, Zincalume cladding, gutters, and downpipes. Benefits of the Durakit shed range Before you invest in a new shed, it pays to know the full scope of what you’re getting. Below, we have outlined the key benefits of the Durakit range to give you peace of mind that your investment will pay off. Structural steel Structural steel is a type of hot-formed steel that has been roll-pressed at a very high temperature. This increases its strength significantly. In a Durakit structural steel shed, the main frames and roof rafters are constructed from strong steel sections which are firstly welded together and then bolted together. Structural steel is much stronger and more robust than a standard purlin shed design. Along with the strength of the steel itself, these sheds also feature more robust framing containing a Universal Beam (UB) and Welded Web Truss. This provides a rigid structure to support your shed and is engineered with a careful balance of weight and strength. Hot-dip galvanised At ABC Sheds, we hot-dip galvanise all steel fabricated components in molten zinc/alloy to create a thick protective coating to prevent oxidation. This tough coating seals the steel extremely well, creating a vital barrier to the harsh Australian environment. This is particularly crucial in coastal areas where sea spray increases corrosion. The Durakit range is fully hot-dip galvanised to provide maximum corrosion resistance. This provides three types of protection – barrier protection, cathodic protection, and a zinc patina. This ensures your shed is safe from the surrounding environment, abrasion, and bending. Faster lead times Due to being pre-designed, the Durakit range is available with a rapid lead time of 2 to 4 weeks. Compared to customised sheds, this is an efficient choice, ensuring your shed kit is ready to be delivered when you need it. Whether you will be using it as a farm shed, for machinery storage, or for another purpose, this can drastically improve your operational efficiency. Once we’ve received your order, we will prepare your shed components, organise consent, and deliver the shed kit. As we already have at least 3 of each kit shed in stock, we’re ready to progress with your new shed, as soon as we receive your order. Altogether, this process will take 2 to 4 weeks. What is included in the Durakit range? The Durakit range includes pre-designed open-front sheds, that are in stock with fixed pricing. We understand the frustrations in the building industry and know that our customers are looking for cost certainty and faster delivery. While maintaining our high standards and workmanship, the Durakit range is a more efficient and streamlined step towards owning your new shed. The Durakit range is available with fixed pricing, which includes the following: GST Delivery Engineering for Wind Region A Hot-dip galvanised I-beam columns Hot-dip galvanised open web truss Zincalume cladding Gutters and downpipes to ground level. When the shed kit is ready, we will deliver it to your site ready to go. Note that while we deliver the kit, you will need to arrange for this to be installed yourself. Ready to get started with a Durakit kit shed? Contact us to find out more or visit the Durakit page on our website. *All images in this article are for illustration purposes only.

Kit sheds

New kit sheds from Durakit

Here at ABC Sheds, we are always looking for ways to align our processes with our customers’ needs. ...

21 Aug 2023 | 3 min

Shed bracing types explained for large sheds in Australia

When building a shed, the right bracing provides stability and strength. When used correctly, bracing prevents the shed’s structure from problematic swaying, twisting, or collapsing. It also helps to distribute pressure evenly throughout the structure, ensuring it can stand the test of time. Depending on the shed, several types of bracing can be used to achieve a reliable, safe, and compliant shed building. In this article, we outline the following: Types of shed bracing. When to incorporate structural bracing. Large shed structural engineering. bracing types for large sheds The right shed bracing depends on the size, location, building codes, and environmental conditions. Bracing enhances your shed's structural integrity, ability to withstand external forces, and safety of the occupants and assets inside. We recommend incorporating a combination of bracing solutions to maximise strength and capacity. Use our free online Shed Builder to visualise your structure and ensure it’s built for strength, or download the ABC Sheds brochure for inspiration and specifications. Below, we cover the various types of wall bracing and roof bracing. If you need to understand shed terminology, read the 'Shed Terminology Explained' article, which explains the most commonly used terminology in the shed industry. Wall bracing Wall bracing is used to stabilise the walls of the shed and prevent them from buckling or shifting. Wind wall bracing Standard wind wall bracing is also known as cross bracing, cross-over bracing, X bracing, or wind bracing. The cables are fitted with a turnbuckle, allowing easy tensioning and re-tensioning. This is particularly helpful for reactive soil types that cause movement after build completion. Compared to more rigid bracing types, this option is safer and more cost-effective and enables faster roof erection. However, this bracing type requires an entire bay space to be effective and can clash with planned openings. Heavy-duty bracing Heavy-duty braces are commonly used for structures that require a gantry crane, have extreme eave heights, or are located in cyclone regions. The concept is similar to standard wind wall bracing, though it is designed for even higher strength. Embedded columns Also known as cantilevered columns, this bracing type consists of vertical support columns set in the ground with concrete. This anchor creates a sturdy base for your shed that resists wind and seismic activity. When standard bracing is not possible, embedded columns are a useful alternative. For example, in a roof-only yard cover, animals may injure themselves on exposed bracing, so the minimal design of embedded columns is preferable. The main disadvantage of embedded columns is the slightly higher cost when compared to traditional cross-bracing methods. It is also more difficult to install because it requires propping and partial installation before the concrete pour. K-brace and strut brace Strut braces are diagonal members, extending from a vertical post to another structural element, such as a beam or roof truss. K-braces also feature diagonal members, with a horizontal beam across the top to form the characteristic K shape. One key advantage of this is the flexibility for planned openings in the facade. In both K-braces and strut braces, the diagonal members resist compressive and tensile forces, stabilising the structure against external loads. By connecting multiple points, they also minimise lateral sway. These braces can be incorporated in the top half of the wall height and, when bracing under gutters isn’t viable, can provide external bracing anchored to external pier footings. The main disadvantage of strut and K-bracing is that they are rigid and heavy, making them difficult to install. The heavy steel can also be expensive, along with the potential requirement for more footings. Roof bracing Roof bracing ensures that the shed roof can withstand various loads, including snow, wind, and the weight of the roof itself. Effective bracing prevents the roof from sagging or collapsing under pressure. With structural steel sheds, roof bracing may include one or more of the following: Wire roof bracing — Strong cables tied in a cross pattern, also known as cross bracing, cross-over bracing, ‘X’ bracing, or wind bracing. Compression purlins — Heavy purlins that run concentric to the cross bracing and double as a tie brace. Fly bracing — Strategically placed on every second purlin, running down to the bottom of the truss. When to use bracing in your large shed Wind region In Australia, we have four key wind zones, based on wind speeds and the frequency of extreme weather events. Region A is considered normal, Region B is intermediate, Region C is cyclonic, and Region D is severe cyclonic. When consulting with you, we will confirm your wind region and the recommended bracing solutions. For the more extreme locations, we also manufacture cyclone-rated sheds with fully fabricated steel frames. These frames can withstand the worst Australian storms, standing strong for decades to come. Clearspan sheds With a wide span or clear span, there are no vertical columns inside the shed. This maximises internal space but means the roof and walls must be fully supported by the shed’s framing. If you are interested in a wide span, additional bracing will help to distribute the load evenly and reinforce the shed structure. Large shed structural engineering At ABC Sheds, we pride ourselves on a high standard of strength, durability, and design customisation. When it comes to large sheds, we combine a range of engineering solutions to bring your vision to life. Structural steel Structural steel is incredibly strong, measuring between 5mm to 20mm thick. It can support more weight than roll-formed steel and can span over 60 metres with no centre supports. Structural steel is also far more weather-resistant, robust, and customisable. We’ll cut and weld the steel to your requirements, opening up endless options for shed design and size. Portal frames A portal frame features two vertical columns joined at the top by rafters. The rafters are bolted together at the haunch joints and apex joints, providing a strong framework for the purlins, girts, and cladding to be mounted. Large clearspans One of the main benefits of our portal frames is the large open space inside your shed. With the right engineering and materials, your shed frame can be fully self-supporting, with no need for additional support. This will maximise the usable internal space for storage and machinery. Pre-welded components Our structural steel elements are prefabricated into sections before they are delivered to your shed site. These components are welded and bolted together, making the on-site assembly quick and easy. Custom shed design Your shed will be tailored to your needs, featuring everything you need to maximise efficiency. We can incorporate an endless array of features, including windows, doors, mezzanine floors, ventilation, and more. To see some of what can be achieved, try out our shed builder tool! Cyclone-rated sheds At ABC Sheds, we manufacture cyclone-rated sheds with fully fabricated steel frames. These frames can withstand the worst Australian storms, standing strong for decades to come. If you live in Wind Regions B, C, or D, explore our cyclone-rated range! Ready to Design a Strong, Compliant Shed? Here’s Your Next Step When it comes to building a large shed, the right bracing can make all the difference between a structure that stands strong for decades and one that fails under stress. Now that you understand which types of bracing best suit your shed and wind region, it’s time to take the next step, which is designing your structure for maximum safety and performance. At ABC Sheds, we’ll guide you through the entire process, from design to fabrication, ensuring your shed is compliant, durable, and built to last. Use our free Shed Builder tool to visualise your design, or download the ABC Sheds brochure to explore your options today.

Shed design & construction

What are the different shed bracing types?

When building a shed, the right bracing provides stability and strength. When used correctly, ...

28 Jul 2023 | 4 min

If your shed does not meet the National Construction Code, you may have to take it down or halt construction. To avoid unwanted delays, you need to be clear on the relevant guidelines before construction begins. This now includes the 2021 update to the Australian Standard for structural designs AS/NZS 1170, which has now been adopted into the NCC as of May 2023. In this article, we outline the Australian wind regions, the key changes to the standards, and how this impacts shed construction. Wind regions Australia Your ‘wind region’ is based on wind speeds and the frequency of extreme weather events and is defined by the Australian Standards AS/NZS 1170:2:2021. They are divided into four categories. Region A - Normal Region B - Intermediate Region C - Cyclonic Region D – Severe Cyclonic When consulting with you on your shed project, we will be able to confirm your shed’s wind region and the relevant engineering standards that are required. Figure 1. Wind Regions of Australia based on Figure 3.1 of AS/NZS 1170.2:2021 2021 changes to Australian Building Standards 1170.2 There were three key changes to note in the 2021 standards: New Wind Regions New Climate Change Multiplication Factor Clause 3.4 Terrain Categories Clause 4.2.1 Change 1 – Updated Wind Regions The updated 2021 version of the Australian Standards AS/NZS 1170:2:2002 saw several changes to Wind Regions. The most significant changes are as follows: Central Australia Central Australia, which was previously classified as Wind Region A4, has been reclassified as Wind Region A0. It has also been updated to Terrain Classification 2. South Coast of Australia The South coast of Australia, which was previously designated as Wind Region A1, was divided into Wind Regions A1 and A5. Tasmania Tasmania was reclassified as Wind Region A4. Wind Region B Wind Region B was divided into Wind Regions B1 and B2. This has implications for projects in Northern New South Wales, Gold Coast, Brisbane, Sunshine Coast, and Gladstone. Wind Region B1 now encompasses more inland cities surrounding Brisbane and, as a result, there may be additional structural requirements for installations in this area. For example, you may need narrower bay spacings, heavier steel section sizes, deeper trusses and deeper footings. Change 2 – Climate Change Multiplication Factor Clause 3.4 To account for extreme weather, the previous version of the standards had Uncertainty factors Fc and Fd for cyclonic regions. In light of an increase in extreme weather, the 2021 standards introduced a Climate Change Multiplication Factor (Mc) for all of Australia, including regions A and B. Table 1 – Climate Change Multiplicator Factor per Wind Region For Australia and New Zealand according to Table 3.3 of AS/NZS 1170.2:2021 Change 3 – Terrain Categories Clause 4.2.1 In addition to the Wind Regions, the Terrain Categories were also updated. The main changes to terrain categories are: Terrain category 1.5 was removed. Terrain category 2.5 was added. Buildings in areas that have little to no trees (such as industrial parks) can now be classified as TC 2.5 and have less strict requirements for wind loading. Linear interpolation is now allowed for wind regions C and D based on distance from the coastline. This may be useful for sheds in Wind Regions C and D that are not in coastal areas, as it may result in simpler requirements. How wind region changes impact shed construction Wind direction, speed and frequency will influence certain elements of the shed design, including: Steel & Purlin Section Sizing Roof Truss Depths Portal Frame and Member Spacings Bracing requirements Roof and wall cladding selection and fastener spacings Building entry locations For advice on how to design your shed according to your specific wind region and local requirements, speak with our experts today. We can help you choose the most suitable shed design and features to meet your needs while also complying with regional and national standards. Structural steel sheds Australia If you’re considering building a new shed, the ABC Sheds team is here to help. With many years in the construction industry, we’re up-to-date with current building standards. We know that a shed is an investment, which is why our team handles all aspects of your project to complete your new shed on time. From erecting your new structure, throughout the process, we will take care of every. If we can’t complete all documentation for you, we will direct you to the appropriate professional support. What’s more, our erection quotes include all of the following: All pier hole boring Crane hire Scissor lift hire Accommodation for the erection crew Click below to learn more about our range of sheds or browse our completed projects for inspiration.

Shed design & construction

Wind region changes: How these impact sheds

If your shed does not meet the National Construction Code, you may have to take it down or halt ...

19 Jul 2023 | 3 min

Shed door options

Choosing the right shed door can be daunting, especially when you consider functionality, frequency of use, durability, and security. If you’re wondering which door is right for your shed, you’ve come to the right place. In this article, we explore the pros and cons of each type of door, which applications they suit, and the basic costs so you can make an informed decision for your new shed. Roller doors A roller door has a profile pressed in a continuous sheet that rolls up above the door opening, requiring no horizontal clearance. This way, you can have a number of your bays with roller doors and they can all be open at once. Roller doors offer several advantages, including: Higher security Weatherproof Ability to open with a remote The cons of roller doors include being more expensive and higher maintenance costs. Roller doors are most common in industrial or commercial sheds, especially when total security is required. Having remote control access is also convenient for warehouses and factories where every square metre matters. The cost of a basic roller door starts at around $3,000 for a shed. The wider the door span, the higher the cost because it requires more engineering. The widest available roller door could cost as much as $50,000. The door clearance will also increase the overall shed price because increased engineering is needed to accommodate the door being open. Tilt doors A tilt door is mounted on a spring-balance hinge system that opens out and up. These may include hydraulics for easier use, particularly those that are frequently opened and closed. Advantages of tilt doors include: They span large distances Provides a clear opening on the gable The main con of a tilt door is the high cost. Once you factor in engineering and materials, the total cost varies a lot depending on size and is likely to be anything between $10,000 and $100,000. Tilt doors are most commonly used in aircraft hangars where there is a need for a clear wide span. However, the team at ABC Sheds don’t use or recommend tilt doors, because as we span large distances, the cost of the tilt panel door is exorbitant. Slider doors A sliding door opens horizontally along the wall of the shed, usually on a rail or a track that keeps it in line. Sliding doors offer several benefits, including: Low maintenance Easy to repair (if damaged by something hitting the doors) Easy to install after the shed is built Large opening span Can open as wide as the shed using outriggers. Cons of sliding doors include that they don’t seal as well as roller doors and they are not easy to motorise. They also need enough room to slide which may impact the space around the shed or adjoining bays. While sliding doors are suitable for most sheds, they are most commonly used in farm machinery sheds and aircraft hangers. Sliding doors offer a wider span, making it easier to manoeuvre frequently used vehicles. Furthermore, farm sheds typically require less security than commercial or industrial sheds. A basic sliding door could start at $3,000 and end up being as much as $20,000, depending on whether you choose a double or triple track. Another factor in price is the span and number of bays you want to open at once. For an accurate quote, speak to the ABC Sheds team. Barn Doors Commonly used in equestrian buildings, barn doors are hung on two rollers on a track above the door. Unlike hinged doors, these slide flat along the wall and do not require clearance. Advantages of shed barn doors include: Aesthetically appealing Ideal for horses Cons of barn doors include that they are highly specialised so you will need to find the right supplier. They are also not suitable for farm machinery sheds or commercial buildings where security is a priority. While ABC Sheds does not use barn doors, you could try Fairdinkum Sheds, Ranbuild, or Widespan Sheds. Personal Access doors (PA) While large doors help access vehicles and large equipment, you need a faster and more efficient access point for people. A Personal Access (PA) door, or personnel door, is mounted on a simple door hinge, making it easy to enter or exit the shed. Advantages of PA doors include: Secure Cost-effective Easy access for workers Double-skinned for extra protection The only con of a PA door is that it can’t fit machinery or large items. PA doors are practical, efficient, and economical especially when you pair them with a roller or slide door as it enables you to lock the roller and/or slide door from the inside and exit the shed from the PA Door How to choose the right shed door Now that you know the options, take some time to consider your needs. Ask yourself the following questions to determine which type of door is right for your shed: How big is the largest vehicle/piece of equipment you will store in the shed? How often will the door be used? Are there any shed ventilation and weatherproofing requirements in your area? How much security do you require? Can the door be easily installed and repaired? Structural steel sheds Australia It’s time to start your new shed build and the ABC Sheds team is here to help. Contact us to discuss your options or explore our full range of shed designs in our catalogue. Inside, you’ll find all the information you need about the following: Farm sheds Hay sheds and grain sheds Feedlot shelters and yard covers Dressage arenas and horse stables Industrial sheds Aircraft hangars Get your free copy of the brochure by clicking below.

Shed design & construction

What are your shed door options?

Choosing the right shed door can be daunting, especially when you consider functionality, frequency ...

27 Jun 2023 | 3 min

shed on farm in NSW

A well-designed farm shed allows you to run your farm more efficiently. By creating a practical space for storage, animals, machinery, or whatever you need, you can ensure everything runs smoothly. If you’re building a farm shed for the first time or are upgrading what you already have, there are crucial factors to consider. In this article, we explain the key considerations when planning your new farm shed. We also cover the strict guidelines and consent requirements you need to know to get started. 5 considerations for a farm shed We’ve outlined the top 5 things to think about when planning your new farm shed. Shed size The first consideration should be the size of the shed. An undersized shed will impact your storage capacity and ultimately be less flexible for your farm’s ever-changing needs. This may lead you to spend more money on a second shed, ultimately costing you more overall. On the other hand, if you build a large shed for the first time, it will offer more protection for your valued assets and be adaptable to the future. This way, you only need to go through the process once, but you have ample storage, plenty of available room, and a shed that adds to your farm’s value. You should also pay close attention to the roof height because it needs to be high enough to accommodate large machinery. You may also need to account for door clearance, which may need 500mm of additional clearance for the roller door drum or sliding door beam. These measurements are vital to the functionality of your shed, especially when you need to access equipment or manoeuvre vehicles frequently. If you’re unclear on the amount of space you need, ask our experts for advice. Our sheds and buildings are engineered to span from 12 metres (30 feet) up to 60 metres (200 feet) clear span and further if needed. Location The next consideration for your shed is its location on your farm. If you get a lot of wind and rain in your region, try to find the most sheltered site as it will give your shed and everything in it the most protection. Another thing to consider with the placement of a farm shed is making it easily accessible, particularly for frequently used vehicles. Accessing your shed should be convenient and effortless so consider a drive-through machinery shed or a smooth driveway up to the entrance. Materials Most Australian farm sheds are constructed from steel because it’s extremely durable, which is particularly critical in areas that are prone to extreme weather or forest fire. While steel is a durable material in and of itself, we also recommend reinforcing the structure with hot-dip galvanising. Hot-dip galvanising is a further measure that will ensure you get a long-lasting, weather-resistant structure. The process involves immersing steel fabricated components in molten zinc/alloy which forms a barrier to prevent oxidation. The coatings are much thicker and more corrosion-resistant. Which is particularly important for coastal areas. Our quality building materials and rigorous manufacturing process ensure that all ABC sheds are compliant with the Australian Building Code. With us, your shed is designed for you and built to last. Permits and consent Every state has different requirements in terms of consent, permits, and compliance. In New South Wales, the Rural Housing Code contains complying development provisions for outbuildings in rural areas which apply to balconies, decks, terraces, cabanas, garden sheds, carports, garages, rainwater tanks, sheds, and farm buildings. For example, guidelines could dictate the maximum shed height and the minimum setback from the boundary. These rules can be confusing and vary slightly from state to state so consult us to make sure you don’t face any surprises and we can direct you to the best people for that information. All our structures are engineered for the site by an independent structural engineer and we use UB columns and open web truss construction. This means your shed will exceed all building standards and be safer and stronger, so you don’t need Shed Safe accreditation. Farm shed uses A farm shed offers a multi-use space, both now, and in the future. If your shed will be used primarily for storing machinery there’s no reason why it couldn’t also be used in the future as a storeroom. Make sure careful planning goes in at the early design stages so you can make the most of the space. Common uses for farm sheds include: Shearing sheds Hay storage Grain storage Fertiliser storage Machinery storage Feedlot shelters Yard covers Horse stables and dressage arenas Workshops When designing a shed, we recommend planning ahead. Depending on your current and future needs, you may require lockable roller doors, a motorised door for easy access, a mezzanine, a drive-through layout, wide bays, or a high roof. Design guidelines for farm sheds We have specific guidelines in place that we follow when we design any farm shed so that they're practical and free of hazards. These guidelines are: Bird proofing If birds can perch inside your farm shed, they can pose a health and safety risk and cause costly damage to your equipment. By using our bird-proofing techniques, you can prevent birds from forming nests. Please note that this is an option that can be discussed for your project. Downpipes Any shed must have correctly positioned downpipes to allow for water to flow off the roof to a drain. Our team can help with this and ensure your shed meets local standards. Roof clearance To ensure your vehicles can safely move around without causing damage to the shed or vice versa, you need to ensure there are no obstructions. This includes support beams in the middle of the space, which can be avoided if you opt for a wide-span design. Farm sheds Australia If you’re considering a new shed for your farm, the ABC Sheds team is here to help. With many years in the construction industry, we’re well-equipped to help you with your specific requirements. We know that a farm is a demanding environment, which is why our team handles all aspects of your project to complete your new shed on time. From completing the necessary council forms to erecting your new structure, we will take care of every step of the process. If we can’t complete all documentation for you we will direct you to the appropriate professional support. What’s more, our erection quotes include all of the following: All pier hole boring Crane hire Scissor lift hire Accommodation for the erection crew The only additional expense for our customers is concrete for the piers. Click below to learn more about our range of farm sheds or browse our completed projects for inspiration.

Farm sheds

5 things you need to consider for your new farm shed

A well-designed farm shed allows you to run your farm more efficiently. By creating a practical ...

23 Jun 2023 | 4 min

What is a widespan shed?

If you’re planning to build a new shed, you may have heard the terms ‘wide span’, ‘portal-frame’ or ‘clear span’. As industry experts, we often get asked about these terms and whether they are worth factoring into a large-scale shed design. In this article, we explain what wide span sheds are, how they differ from other shed designs, and the best applications to use them. Whatever your needs, find all the advantages of wide span sheds below. What is a wide-span shed? A wide span shed, also known as a clear span shed, is a large structural frame consisting of two columns and a rafter spanning between with no centre supports. This self-supporting design is ideal for any application requiring maximum internal space, including: Farm sheds With no posts or walls inside a clear span farm shed, it’s easy to manoeuvre vehicles in and out and operate your farm equipment. For maximum efficiency, consider the advantages of a drive-through machinery shed. What’s more, clear span farm sheds are adaptable for storage which is critical for your ever-changing farm operations. Grain sheds With no internal supports, a clear span grain shed is easier to navigate. With no walls or posts to avoid, you can easily access your grain with large machinery, speeding up your operations. Commercial and industrial buildings If you need a large commercial or industrial shed, a clear span design offers flexibility. Not only is it easy to arrange equipment and manoeuvre machinery, but it also allows you to alter your setup as your needs change. Aircraft hangars A wide span aircraft hangar offers easy access for all shapes and sizes. For example, ABC Sheds uses open web trusses to build sheds up to 60m clear span, accommodating anything from an Ultralight to a B52 (56 metre wingspan)! Large clear span sheds To achieve maximum strength and durability in a clear span shed, there are several engineering requirements and design techniques to use – especially for large-scale sheds. We’ve outlined these details below. Hot-dip galvanised steel Due to its increased longevity and added rust protection, hot-dip galvanised steel is the most effective material for wide span sheds. The zinc coating makes galvanised steel 2.5 times thicker than alternative steel coatings, preventing oxidation and corrosion. Additionally, it also gives a tidy appearance and is the highest-performing coating in coastal environments. At ABC Sheds, we use Australian-sourced steel for the most effective protection against our harsh weather conditions. In addition to the galvanised coating, structural steel framing also offers maximum design flexibility, allowing you to create a wide range of styles and sizes. It can be easily cut, welded, formed to meet your exact requirements, and incorporate additional features, such as: Windows Slider doors Roller doors Ventilation systems Personal access (PA) doors Mezzanine floors RHS strength Rectangular Hollow Sections, or RHS, are cold-formed hollow steel sections offering high strength and durability. ABC Sheds hot dip our trusses, after fabrication. Be wary of shed companies that quote wording such as 'duragal', 'pre-gal', 'galtube', 'galforce' or 'in-line galvanised' RHS. This DOES NOT refer to 'hot dip galvanising' and is completed before welding and is significantly thinner (100g/m2) than hot dip galvanising (300g/m2). ABC Sheds use RHS to form a truss rafter. Trusses are essentially a beam with all the unnecessary parts removed allowing for a much lighter alternative to a traditional UB rafter resulting in reduced deflection and far greater cost efficiencies, often saving our customers 10-15% on material costs. Wind ratings In Australia, there are four wind regions dictating the design requirements for large structures. Depending on the average wind speed in your area, your shed design will need to meet the relevant wind rating. For example, Wind Region D, located on the far west coast, has an Ultimate Design Wind speed of 316.8km/h. On the other end of the scale, Wind Region A, consisting of internal land and the southern coast, has an Ultimate Design Wind speed of 147.6km/h. To ensure your shed meets local regulations, speak with our experts today. Universal beams A universal beam is a load-bearing beam that is virtually impossible to bend, buckle, or bow. Even if you knock them with your machinery, these beams are built to withstand the pressure. At ABC Sheds, we only use structural steel universal beams for our columns to carry the majority of the shed’s weight. What’s more, the beams are hot-dipped galvanised for ultimate longevity. Simple erection When it comes to building a new shed, the construction process has a significant impact on the overall cost and project timeline. When erecting your ABC Shed, there’s no need to brace the frame because the structure is self-supporting. With pre-drilled holes, all the bolts provided, and clear instructions, the whole process is quick and easy. Built to last The harsh Australian weather conditions and industrial operations in your shed will impact its lifespan so you need a shed that will stand the test of time. Not only should the materials be durable and strong, but the engineering must be reliable. Every shed is engineered on its own merit to site specific conditions. Be very wary of shed companies that quote certified engineering as an optional 'extra' At ABC Sheds, our hot-dipped galvanised columns are made from Australian-sourced steel and bolted on to the concrete foundations. Our frames are approximately 6 times heavier than a purlin frame, meaning they’re here to stay no matter what cyclones, wind, or snow come your way. Shed span So you might be wondering what the possible sizes are for clear span sheds. While this is dependent on your location and operations, our frames can be designed with a 12-metre span right up to a 60-metre span. These specifications are subject to variation so be sure to specify any requirements with our team. We can customise your shed to meet your unique operations and storage needs – just get in touch to see what we can do. Here at ABC Sheds, our clear span shed designs all include a hot-dipped galvanised structural steel frame and a 25-year guarantee. Our custom designs are built to exceed Australian building standards, giving you the ultimate peace of mind that your shed will serve your needs for decades to come. If you want to learn more about our wide span shed designs and specifications, find everything you need to know in our full shed brochure.

Shed design & construction

What is a wide span shed?

If you’re planning to build a new shed, you may have heard the terms ‘wide span’, ‘portal-frame’ or ...

17 May 2023 | 4 min

What sized sheds do ABC Sheds build?

If you’re planning to build a shed in Australia, you have a lot of suppliers to choose from. The key to choosing the right company is knowing what type of shed you need and the appropriate design specifications. In this article, we outline which shed sizes we specialise in and those that we don’t. To find out if we’re a good fit for your shed project, find our full sizing breakdown below. Large structural sheds If you need a big shed, you’ve come to the right place. Here at ABC Sheds, we specialise in large structural steel sheds that span up to 60 metres. As a general rule, the minimum size for our sheds is 18 metres long, 12 metres wide, and 2.4 metres high. In saying that, most of our sheds are much bigger to maximise functionality and adaptability in the future. If you’re looking for a shed that’s 250 square metres or more, contact us to request a quote today. If you have quotes from a few suppliers, you can also read our helpful blog about how to compare large shed quotes. Farm machinery sheds Our farm machinery sheds are designed to protect your machinery from Australia’s harsh weather conditions. We’ll accommodate various shapes and sizes of equipment, taking access and manoeuvrability into account. One of the most important things to consider with a machinery shed is clearance height and clearance width, especially if you own equipment such as combine harvesters, boom sprayers, air seeders or cotton pickers. Livestock shelters Working or feeding animals under a yard cover can make a big difference to your bottom line. We can create and supply yard covers to protect your animals in any climate. Sizing is also important for livestock sheds, for instance a cattle barn will require approximately 8 square metres minimum per cow. You will also need to consider a well balanced building height to ensure the shelter stays both well-ventilated and also well sheltered from driving rain, wind and sun. Grain storage sheds Our fully-enclosed grain sheds ensure protection from harsh weather conditions. Discover why grain sheds are better than grain silos in our focused explainer. With reinforced walls, easy access and 24/7 protection from the elements these are a must for ensuring you’re getting the best price for your grain. When considering sizing for a grain shed you will need to consider the following, minimum clearance height for unloading, many semi-trailer tippers tip to around 9-10 metres high when fully tipped. You will also need to consider the natural repose of the grain or granular fertilizer that is being stored, the pitch of the roof or the height of the eaves or bunkers can be easily adjusted to suit your specific storage needs Hay storage sheds The ideal hay shed size depends on your hay usage, stack height, fire safety, and additional storage requirements. Our most popular hay sheds and capacity estimates are: 32 metres by 18 metres (1,000 bales) 48 metres by 24 metres (2,500 bales) 96 metres by 24 metres (5,000 bales) For larger hay storage requirements, it may be best to consider building multiple sheds to mitigate the risk of asset loss from stack fires. With bay sizes ranging from 6 metres to 10 metres, you’ll have plenty of space to store your hay and handling equipment. Most hay sheds include 8-metre bays which can easily fit three 8-foot bales side by side. However, bays can also be moved and extended to allow for different bale sizes. Equine arenas With full engineered steel frames, our dressage arenas can span from 21 metres long up to 60 metres. With no need for centre supports or additional knee bracing, you can make the most of the entire arena area while keeping animal safety as a priority. Some of the most important aspects to check when considering sizing for your arena cover are, internal clearance height especially if you will be using it for jumping in which case you will need around 4.5m at the lowest point. Also, consider the minimum internal span of your building to ensure it will clear span your riding area and any railings or kickboards around the perimeter. Industrial and commercial buildings We supply industrial and commercial buildings and have a wide range of options to suit your growing business’s needs. These can be custom designed to suit your application, whether storage, warehousing, distribution, or manufacturing. We can allow for future expansion plans in the design, such as additional bays, awnings, lean-tos and door systems as your needs develop and grow. Aircraft hangars Our team can design structural aircraft hangars customised to your plane's specifications. Width is a key consideration for fixed-wing aircraft and we can ensure your hangar project can accommodate your current requirements with ease. School COLAs To encourage outdoor play and learning, we supply school COLA structures with a clear, unobstructed span. These are suitable for most outdoor play areas, providing protection from the sun and rain. Balancing clearance height is very important for COLAs. Sufficient height for ventilation and unobstructed ball game play is important as well as ensuring sufficient sun and weather protection is achieved. Bay size One critical component of shed design is choosing the right bay spacing. At ABC Sheds, we can build sheds with bay openings from 6m to 10m and we can achieve up to 16m with a 'trussover' bay. Thanks to our structural steel frames, there’s no need for load-bearing supports in the middle of the shed. This makes it easier to move around in the shed and maximises efficiency. There is no standard bay sizing for a shed, as it depends on the purpose, snow and cyclone ratings, and engineering requirements. However, the standard practice is to match all the bays to the largest bay engineering requirements. For example, if a shed requires one 12-metre bay and three 10-metre bays, all four bays will be engineered to 12 metres. Shed height Another key design choice is shed height as it will affect the functionality of your shed. This is particularly critical if you need to store large machinery or install a gantry crane in your shed, as you will need plenty of clearance. There’s no one-size-fits-all when it comes to shed height. To calculate your ideal shed height, consider the shed’s purpose and any large items that will be stored in it. Also, remember to factor in the roller door height, including the necessary clearance when it’s open. In our experience, the following heights are ideal: Hay sheds - 5 to 7.5 metres Grain sheds - 5 to 6 metres Fertiliser sheds - 5 to 6 metres Machinery sheds - 5 to 7.5 metres Aircraft hangars - 5 to 6 metres Commercial and industrial sheds - 6 to 12 metres Dressage arenas and stables - 5.25 to 6 metres Wide-span sheds The term wide-span, or clear span, refers to sheds with a large, open structure that does not require supports in the centre. Instead, the roof and walls are supported by an engineered steel frame to allow maximum efficiency and use of available space. Wide-span sheds are used for several purposes, from industrial and commercial, to farm storage, to aircraft hangars. Steel is the preferred material for these designs as it is strong and capable of supporting more weight than alternatives. Here at ABC Sheds, we use hot-dipped galvanised steel for added corrosion resistance. Small sheds If you’re looking for a smaller shed that’s less than 200 square metres, we recommend looking for a supplier that specialises in the dimensions you need. We suggest that with all light frame builders, you ensure that they are accredited by ShedSafe. For small scale sheds, we recommend reaching out to Fairdinkum Sheds, Ranbuild, Widespan or Best Sheds. These leading small shed manufacturers operate throughout Australasia specialising in cold-formed steel sheds for the following: Residential garages Carports Barns Small farm sheds Small industrial buildings If you need a large-scale shed, the friendly team at ABC Sheds are here to help. Whether you need a standard design or a customised solution, our sheds provide a reliable, durable, and robust solution. Contact us today to request a quote or browse the range to find your ideal shed design.

ABC Sheds latest news • Shed design & construction

What sized sheds do ABC Sheds build?

If you’re planning to build a shed in Australia, you have a lot of suppliers to choose from. The ...

12 May 2023 | 5 min

Discover how to compare shed quotes

When building a steel shed, you will need to compare quotes from several shed suppliers. If you don’t know the industry terminology and the various factors that influence pricing, this can be a challenge. In this article, we provide everything you need to know to understand your quote – from the basic specifications to the hidden expenses that may be overlooked. Check the basic shed specifications Every shed quote should include a clear outline of shed specifications, including: Shed dimensions Material specifications Types of columns and trusses Types of cladding and roofing material Types and number of walls and doors Number of bays and bay spacing Delivery and installation How to compare shed quotes To avoid expensive surprises during your shed build, look out for these ten hidden costs: 1. Structural engineering A large shed can be engineered in two ways – purlins or structural steel. A purlin is a long structural support made of roll-formed sheet steel. Unfortunately, purlins may not be able to hold a lot of weight or handle harsh weather conditions so if your design is larger than 12m, a purlin frame will not be strong enough. Structural steel sheds are much stronger than purlin sheds. The main frames and roof rafters are constructed from solid steel sections which are welded and bolted together. The simplicity of erection reduces the expense incurred during installation. It’s common to pay more for structural steel due to its increased durability and longevity. 2. Sheeting thickness When receiving a shed quote, ask if sheeting thickness is measured in terms of Base Metal Thickness (BMT) or Total Coated Thickness (TCT). Base Metal Thickness measures the strength of steel cladding before it has any coated layers added to it. For design calculations or structural design, this is a more accurate indication of strength. Total Coated Thickness refers to the metal after it has been coated, including any alloy finish, paint, or primer. It also includes the hot-dip galvanised surface that is applied for corrosion resistance. At ABC Sheds, our quotes reference BMT cladding for all our shed specifications. Check that your quotes directly align. Whether this is comparing BMTs or TCTs ensure both quotes have matching steel thickness. 3. Hot-dip galvanised steel If it seems like your shed quote is relatively low, it could be that the columns and trusses are not hot-dip galvanised. Dipped in molten zinc or alloy, hot-dip galvanised steel has a much longer lifespan. This coating prevents oxidation and forms a barrier against corrosion. Hot-dip galvanisation benefits from three different types of protection – barrier protection, cathodic protection, and a zinc patina. Between each of these, the steel is well-protected from the harsh Australian climate. It’s important that this step is completed after the welding process is completed as you’ll want all welds protected beneath the hot-dip galve coating. 4. Groundwork You should also factor in the amount of site work including pier hole boring, service connections, drainage, and accessways. Some shed-building companies won’t include any of these in the quote because they depend on your location. For an accurate quote, speak to your local contractors. At ABC Sheds, we can help you with this process, giving you a detailed outline of the costs you need to account for. 5. Erection quotes Every building project will face some complications that can cause delays and increase the total cost. For example, problems with material deliveries, weather, compliance, groundwork, and equipment. An unfixed quote does not account for any of these delays, meaning you’ll need to budget far more than the quote. On the other hand, a fixed quote gives an all-inclusive cost for the entire erection process, regardless of any unexpected delays. At ABC Sheds, our quotes are fixed and final. Providing you with peace of mind throughout the project. 6. Engineering certificate The most cost-effective way to obtain compliance for your shed is to get your plans from a reputable shed manufacturer. This way, all relevant engineering certifications are already in place. Here at ABC Sheds, we provide the structural plans and can assist with providing contacts that specialise in preparing Development Applications (DA). Quotes may not include this cost so make sure you’re comparing quotes that include, or exclude this. A quote including this step will be higher. 7. Doors and fire exits When it comes to doors and exits, the fire safety requirements are explained in the National Construction Code. While these rules are mandatory, not all shed companies will specify them in your quote so make sure to ask. 8. Crane hire In most cases, hiring a crane will save you money overall by increasing efficiency and lowering labour costs. A crane makes it easy to transport and install roof trusses, steel beams, and prefabricated walls. Some shed companies have a crane available while others hire a third-party contractor. Either way, ask for the cost to be specified in the quote. 9. Requirements for roller doors All roller doors must be wind rated according to the wind speed of the building. In addition, the shed must be engineered to withstand door failure. These roller door requirements are outlined in depth in the National Construction Code. Although complying with these regulations will increase the cost of the project, it is a necessary investment. 10. Guarantees and warranties A shed is a big investment so it’s critical that you have a quality guarantee from the supplier. To ensure the company can be trusted, ask for a formal guarantee of the structure and workmanship. If any issues do arise, the guarantee will safeguard you. Whether that be compensation, replacement, or repairs, make sure it is written into the project contract. For example, at ABC Sheds, we have full confidence in our frames, which come with a 25-year guarantee. Additionally, we design each shed to exceed minimum Australian standards. Our shed quotes Here at ABC Sheds, we’ve been in the shed manufacturing business for decades. That’s why we provide fixed quotes and no costly surprises along the way. The only costs that aren’t included are the concrete for the pier holes and any alterations made after the contract is signed. In fact, all our quotes include the following: Engineering and technical plans Installation Pier hole boring (excluding the concrete) Materials Crane hire 25-year structural guarantee Our project coordinators will guide you through the entire build so talk to our team or request a quote today. Let us know which type of shed you need and we’ll send a transparent, no-obligation quote your way.

Shed design & construction • Shed quotes

How to compare large shed quotes

When building a steel shed, you will need to compare quotes from several shed suppliers. If you ...

18 Apr 2023 | 4 min

The best farm shed suppliers in NSW Australia

If you’re in the market for a farm shed in New South Wales, structural steel sheds will be at the top of your list. These sheds are strong and built to last – but how do you choose the right supplier? With so many shed builders to choose from, it can be difficult to know where to start. In this article, we make it easy with a list of the top farm shed companies in the state and what kind of projects they each specialise in. How to choose a shed supplier When investing in a farm shed, you need to be confident it will stand the test of time and be highly functional. To help you choose a builder, here are some of the core factors to look for: Reliable communication and customer service Detailed quotes Reviews from previous customers Design customisations Quality materials and workmanship Longevity. Farm sheds NSW In this section, we dive deeper into some of the leading farm shed suppliers in New South Wales, including: Telford’s PJN Sheds MD Steel The Big Steel Techspan To make your decision easier, we also outline what makes each of these companies stand out from the crowd and which ones are most suitable for certain applications. Telford’s With a local branch in Wollongong, Telford’s specialise in sheds for industrial, commercial, rural, storage, garages, and schools. With over 35 years experience in the industry, this team of shed experts provide high-quality sheds across New South Wales, Queensland, and Victoria. If you are looking for a hay shed, Telford’s is worth considering. As one of their specialities, their hay sheds can cater to your unique requirements, with a range of sizes, styles, and colours to choose from. From the initial consultation to the final installation, Telford’s work closely with customers to ensure that they get the perfect shed to meet their needs and budget. There are currently no Google reviews of the New South Wales branch. PJN Sheds Based in Walla Walla, PJN is a second generation family-owned company with over 35 years of shed manufacturing experience. Their sheds are built for a range of purposes, with a particular speciality with the following: Rural Industrial Commercial Public use Most PJN sheds are constructed onsite with in-house processing and roll-forming operations, providing relatively affordable sheds built to a high standard. Their structural steel is also grit blasted, zinc primed and finished, with a heavy duty colour coat. Unfortunately, there are no Google reviews currently available for PJN. MD Steel MD Steel is a family-owned business located in Forbes, producing high-quality steel buildings, sheds, garages, trailers, and ute trays. They have been serving the central western district and beyond since 2004, with a 5-star rating from a previous customer. MD Steel sheds are made from Australian BlueScope Steel, exceeding all relevant Australian standards and ensuring superior strength and durability. Their fabricated sheds also feature powder-coated universal beam columns and galvanised web trusses. Additionally, MD Steel also supplies: Welding equipment Bolts and fasteners Powder coating Tools and hardware Fencing materials and gates Roofing and guttering materials Load chains and supports Trailer parts If you need a farm shed along with all the bells and whistles, consider reaching out to MD Steel. The Big Steel Based in Wagga Wagga, NSW, The Big Steel is family-owned and operated, providing sheds for customers all over Australia. With a fleet of trucks ready to deliver at a below-market rate, they can service customers from Darwin to Tasmania and everywhere in between. The Big Steel specialise in three main shed models: 12m span 16m span 20m span Due to the convenience and affordability of their in-house transportation, The Big Steel is best suited to farmers based in remote areas, with a solid 4-star rating on Google. If you need a farm shed or other farm equipment delivered, reach out to The Big Steel today. Techspan With over 20 years in the business and a 4.4 average Google star rating, TechSpan are established and experienced shed builders. This family-owned business specialises in building custom-fabricated steel structures, blending solid designs with modern manufacturing techniques. Dairy sheds Feedlot sheds Machinery sheds Horse arenas Hay sheds Grain sheds Stockyard covers Ready to get started with a new farm shed or rural building in New South Wales? Contact our team today or find out more about us and our wide range of farm sheds and customisable designs below.

Farm sheds

Best farm shed suppliers in NSW

If you’re in the market for a farm shed in New South Wales, structural steel sheds will be at the ...

27 Mar 2023 | 3 min

7 steps for site preparation

Building a shed comes with lots of decisions – some of which happen long before construction begins. One essential consideration that’s often overlooked is how to prepare your site for a new shed. If left to the last minute, it may lead to expensive and frustrating delays later on. So what steps are involved in site preparation and how can you get it right? In this article, we share the 7 key steps for shed site preparation and our top tips so that you know exactly what’s coming. If you’re planning to build a shed, read on for everything you need to do first. Why does site preparation matter? Investing in a steel shed only makes sense if it will stand the test of time, meaning you have to do the appropriate preparation work first. Between surveying the site to make sure that it's stable to potential earthworks that need to be done and installing drainage, there’s a lot of preparation work involved. Each step is crucial for safety, project efficiency, and the functionality of your shed, as well as for compliance with local building regulations. Your shed must be built on a stable base to hold the load of the shed structure as well as whatever will be stored inside. Structural steel sheds can be very heavy, especially if they span wide widths and have extra-large bays so it’s important that the site that they’re built on is strong enough. 7 steps for site preparation There are a few different factors to consider when it comes time to prepare your site for shed construction. We’ve outlined the most significant measures to take below, including: Clearing the site Levelling the site Allowing the soil to settle Installing drainage Power connections Shed pad size Developing accessways 1. Clear debris No matter where your shed will be constructed on your property, the first step is to clear away any debris such as: Trees and shrubs Machinery and equipment Rocks You may be surprised at how much work needs to be done at this stage, especially when you must dispose of the debris as well. Depending on the amount of foliage or debris there is, you may want to hire heavy machinery or enlist specialist contractors. Once all large debris is cleared away you must inspect the surface of the site to check for smaller objects like rocks and rubble. This is vital if pouring a concrete slab foundation which requires a clean and even surface. 2. Site levelling Ensuring your shed site is flat and even is another fundamental step in preparing for construction. This makes the building process more efficient and ensures the shed will be much more stable. If your site is sloped or irregular, use excavators to dig up and move the required surface dirt and then a mechanical compacting machine for each layer. If you don’t have the equipment to do this yourself, consider hiring a local contractor. Normally, these experts can get the job done in a day by using special tools like laser levels to ensure the result is smooth and accurate. 3. Allow time before construction All levelling and foundation work should be done well in advance of shed construction. After levelling, we recommend a minimum of three weeks to give the soil time to settle so you can make the final adjustments and fill any holes. If you're pouring a concrete pad, wait another 3 weeks before starting the shed build. 4. Drainage and flood prevention Whatever the purpose of your shed, you need to take precautions to prevent flooding and water damage. In areas with high rainfall, add an extra 200mm to the height of your shed pad – constructing your shed on a rise should keep out any rain and ensure that what’s inside remains safe and dry. Additionally, we recommend incorporating drainage into your site planning, including runoff where guttering will be. If your shed design features gutters, provide somewhere for the water to flow out and away from the shed, ideally into nearby rainwater tanks, waterways, or stormwater drains. This shed pad has been built up so that it's on a rise for extra drainage, and to avoid flooding. 5. Power installation Most farm sheds and industrial buildings require power to operate tools and machinery so now is the time to plan for it. It is easier to incorporate electrical wiring and equipment during the early stages of design and construction, so speak to your shed builders for recommendations. If power isn’t currently available on your site, you will need to invest in site connections or an on-site power supply. Speak to a local electrician for advice and be sure to mention this during your shed design consultation. 6. Size of the shed pad One of the most critical steps is deciding the size of the shed pad. A helpful guideline is to make the pad approximately 6 metres wider and 6 metres longer than the shed itself. This provides an extra 3 metres on each side of the shed, enabling installers to use a scissor-lift during the cladding process. And when lifting the shed into place using a crane, there needs to be at least 8 metres of space parallel to the shed. These are general guidelines and may differ depending on your design and location so speak to our experts for a custom recommendation. 7. Develop accessways Remember to prepare the lead-up and entryway of the shed too. This will not only make the construction process more efficient but will also improve your operations after the shed is complete. This may include: Levelling or widening the driveway Building retaining walls on sloped banks Laying additional drainage. If you're constructing a drive-through machinery shed, remember to prepare both sides for easy access. The smoother the transitions in and out are, the more efficient your operations will be. Get prepared with the help of ABC Sheds Our team of shed experts are well equipped to help you if you’re getting a shed constructed for the first time. We will assess your proposed shed site to ensure that it's suitable for one of our sheds. This includes checking the following: Site gradient and terrain type Debris and potential obstructions Climate conditions such as prevailing winds Accessways. Wondering if your property is suitable for one of our steel sheds? Get in touch with our friendly team to go through your options and get tailored advice. If you’re local to Young NSW, we’ll even pop out for a face-to-face visit to see exactly what site work and excavation would need to be done to prepare a pad for shed construction. Already have a shed in mind? Use our free online shed builder tool to see what it will look like – from the size to the colours, and the number of walls. Try it now and request a free quote by clicking the link below.

Shed design & construction

How to prepare your site for a new shed

Building a shed comes with lots of decisions – some of which happen long before construction ...

27 Mar 2023 | 4 min

Learn about the cost of an industrial shed

If you’re planning to build an industrial shed, the construction cost is likely a critical factor in your decision. From the size of the shed to the location, many variables can affect the overall cost of your industrial building. However, understanding the average cost per square metre can provide a good indication of what to expect. In this article, we explore the various factors that influence the price of an industrial shed and we provide insights into the average cost of different shed sizes in Australia. The cost of an industrial shed (per m²) A steel shed is a practical and versatile solution for any purpose, from warehousing to storing aircraft. As a starting point, the cost of an industrial shed is typically between $400 and $500 per square metre, depending on its specifications. This price range gives an indication of the cost of a basic industrial shed. However, if you require a shed with additional features, engineering, or specialised materials, the price is likely to be higher. It may seem like a big upfront cost, to begin with, but the investment in a quality structural steel shed will pay off in the long run. Factors that impact the price The price of an industrial shed will vary depending on various factors, including location, size, purpose, materials, and engineering design. In this section, we discuss each of the key factors in more detail. Purpose Size Location Materials Engineering Additional features Purpose The purpose of an industrial shed can significantly impact its price for several reasons. Firstly, the purpose of the shed may require specific features, materials, or equipment which can increase the cost of construction. For example, a shed designed for storing hazardous materials may need to have additional safety features like ventilation systems, fire suppression equipment, and specialised flooring. Secondly, the intended use of the shed can impact the design and engineering of the structure. A shed that requires heavy machinery or equipment may need to be reinforced or built to specific dimensions, which can drive up the cost. Size The size and shape of an industrial shed can significantly affect its price, including height, span, bay spacing, and square meterage. Generally, larger sheds require more materials and labour, resulting in greater construction costs. Moreover, the shape of the shed can impact its functionality, accessibility, and even aesthetic appeal. A non-standard shape or design may require additional engineering and construction time, which can increase the overall price. Location The cost of building an industrial shed can be impacted by various location-related factors such as site conditions, distance from suppliers, and council restrictions. Site conditions such as rocky or hilly terrain can make it challenging to build, increasing the cost of construction. Similarly, distance from suppliers can also add to the cost, especially when materials and tradespeople have to be transported to the location. Council restrictions can also impact the cost, as certain areas may have specific regulations that require more expensive materials or additional features. For example, building an industrial shed to house aircraft in an area with aircraft regulations may require more costly, non-reflective building materials than cheaper options. Materials The quality of the materials used to build your shed will affect the durability, appearance, and overall functionality, as well as the construction cost. High-quality materials typically cost more but can also improve the shed’s longevity and reduce ongoing maintenance. Steel is a popular material for building industrial sheds due to its strength and durability. Galvanised steel is also commonly used as it is rust-resistant and requires minimal maintenance. Timber can also be used in some applications but it may require more upkeep to maintain its condition over time. Engineering The engineering of your shed ensures that it can withstand the environmental and operational requirements of its intended use. The more engineering is required, the higher the overall cost of construction. Bay spacing Bay spacing refers to the distance between the supporting columns, which can impact functionality and ease of movement inside the shed. Wider bay spacing may require additional support structures which can increase the cost. Shed span The span refers to the overall width of the shed building. Typically, a wider span will require stronger materials and supports to hold the structure’s weight, which will drive up the cost of construction. Height The height of the shed is another crucial consideration as it affects storage capacity and ease of movement inside the shed. A higher shed may require additional reinforcement, especially when supporting roller doors, a gantry crane, or other additional features. Additional features If you wish to add certain features to your shed design, you can expect the total price to increase. These features may include: Office fit-outs Although a built-in office offers advantages in terms of convenience, cost-effectiveness, and productivity, it's vital to recognise that it will increase the cost of your shed due to the need for additional internal walls and a personal access door. Mezzanines For practical storage space, you might consider adding a mezzanine floor to your new shed. However, this will increase the overall cost because extra structural support is required to hold the additional weight. Gantry cranes A gantry crane can be a practical addition to an industrial shed, especially for heavy fabrication applications and moving heavy loads. However, the shed will need to be engineered to support this, with extra structural support added to the sides of the shed. Roller doors If you need easy access to the shed for big machinery and vehicles a roller door is a practical solution. These are considered additional features because extra framing is required to support the door’s weight. Firewalls A firewall can help to contain fires on the property and minimise the risk of them spreading to neighbouring buildings. However, it's worth noting that installing a firewall will increase the cost of construction since it involves building an additional wall in your shed. Sprinklers Sprinklers will also reduce the fire threat to your employees, products, and equipment. The installation cost varies depending on the size of the building, however, it is wise to do this during the initial building phase because adding them later will be more expensive. Air conditioning and ventilation systems Installing an air conditioning system will improve working conditions, equipment performance, and product quality. It is more cost-effective to incorporate this early in the build but it will add to the initial shed price. Security fixtures To protect your business’ assets from theft, you may wish to incorporate security features like reinforced doors, access control systems, surveillance cameras, alarm systems, and security lighting. These features will increase the cost of your shed but ultimately pay off in the long run. Specific lighting If you require particular lighting configurations, the additional wiring and fixtures will increase the cost of your shed. However, if the lights improve your operations and visibility, it will be worth the investment. At ABC Sheds, we offer free, no-obligation quotes for all of the sheds in our range. Simply ask us for an accurate quote tailored to your specific project. To plan your new shed, simply download our free brochure showcasing our full range of industrial sheds below.

Commercial sheds & industrial buildings

How much does an industrial shed cost?

If you’re planning to build an industrial shed, the construction cost is likely a critical factor ...

15 Mar 2023 | 4 min

Here's how much hay can be stored in a hay shed

For hardworking farmers, having the right amount of hay storage is crucial. A well-designed hay shed will not only keep your hay dry and full of nutrients, but it will also be a valuable long-term investment for your farm. The question is – how much hay can your shed store? Getting this wrong could lead to wasted hay and money. In this article, we discuss the key factors that determine how much hay you can store in your shed. Additionally, we also share our most popular hay shed sizes and the bale capacity of each. Benefits of hay storage Effective hay storage preserves nutrition, reduces waste, allows for higher sale prices, reduces fire risk, and keeps your storage area clean and organised. Investing in a reliable storage shed for your farm is well worth the initial investment. You will see benefits which include: Adaptable and multi-purpose Convenient on-site storage Preserves hay quality and nutrition Protects your hay from the elements. Factors of hay shed size When storing hay, there are several influencing factors to consider, including your hay usage, crop overflow, stack height, bay spacing, fire safety, and additional storage. Hay usage To calculate your annual hay usage, you can sign up with Meat and Livestock Australia and use their Feed Demand Calculator. By determining how much hay your livestock consume and any gaps in their feed cycle, you can decide how much storage capacity your new shed will need. Bumper crops If you grow hay on your farm, you will also need the capacity to store bumper crops. The amount of hay you grow each year will vary based on weather, fertiliser, and the length of active growth time. To be prepared for any overflow, you must choose a shed with more storage than you ordinarily use. Stack height The maximum height for stacking hay depends on the type of hay, the method of stacking, and the size of the bales. Additionally, stacking height is regulated differently in each state, meaning you will need to consult with your local authorities or farming organisations for the most up-to-date information. In addition to legal requirements, it is critical to use the correct stacking techniques. A good rule of thumb is to ensure your stack is no higher than 1.5 times the shortest base dimension. For example, if a stack is 4.8m wide and 12m long, then a safe height is equal to or less than 7.2m. Bay spacing Typically, 8m bay sizes are the preferred size for hay sheds. This is because they allow enough room for three large square bales next to each other, while still allowing adequate airflow. Additionally, you need to consider how easy it is to load and unload the bales. Depending on your bale size and machinery, the appropriate spacing will vary. Remember to allow for the following: Room to walk Door clearances Vehicle and machinery access Workshop space Vehicle storage This custom hay shed features wide 8m bays which provides optimum room for hay storage and much more! Fire safety The risk of fire is a major concern when storing hay. In addition to complying with local fire safety codes and regulations, you also need to keep ventilation and moisture content in mind. Proper ventilation helps prevent the build-up of heat and spontaneous combustion. By investing in a large enough shed with airflow around the bales, you can reduce this risk. Secondly, a higher moisture content also increases the risk of fire so it's wise to store hay when it has been properly dried. Additional storage As well as the hay itself, it is worth incorporating extra space for any farm equipment or bumper crops. If in doubt, choose a shed that has more capacity than you currently require so that you’re prepared for any future growth. For insurance purposes, it’s important to note that you may be wiser to build multiple, smaller sheds, rather than one large shed. Many insurance providers prefer smaller sheds as it reduces the risk, should a fire occur. It’s important to consult with your insurer before you invest so that you’re aware of any potential limitations. Average hay shed capacity Based on our most popular hay shed sizes, the following capacity estimates provide a helpful guide: 32m by 18m hay shed This is the smallest of our standard hay sheds, suitable for small farms or farmers needing more than one shed. The maximum storage capacity is 1,000 bales. 48m by 24m hay shed This is our most common hay shed size, suited to small to medium farms. The maximum storage capacity is 2,500 bales. If you have a larger farm and more hay to store, investing in more than one of these sheds will protect your crop from fire damage, and provide added convenience. 96m by 24m hay shed For large farms storing 5,000 bales at the height of the season, a 96m by 24m shed will be a suitable choice. For sheds of this size, you will need to install a water tank for fire protection. 160m by 45m hay shed Ideal for hay exports, this sized shed has a maximum capacity of 20,000 bales. However, it may be wiser to invest in multiple smaller sheds instead. This way, your farm is covered if a hay fire occurs – at least a portion of your crop will be kept safe. If you need to preserve the quality of your hay, contact the team at ABC Sheds. We understand the importance of effective hay storage which is why we offer a wide range of sheds to suit the diverse needs of farmers all over Australia. Whether you require a standard design that is readily available or a customised solution tailored to your specific requirements, we have you covered. We’ll provide you with a durable and functional hay shed to keep your hay in pristine condition all year round. Find out more about our hay sheds today.

Hay sheds

How much hay can be stored in a hay shed?

For hardworking farmers, having the right amount of hay storage is crucial. A well-designed hay ...

22 Feb 2023 | 3 min

See if you need council approval for a farm shed

If your shed does not meet local council regulations, you may have to take it down or halt construction. To avoid unwanted frustration and fines, you need to be clear on the relevant guidelines before construction begins. In this article, we outline the key considerations to make when planning a new farm shed as well as the key steps you need to take. What classifies as a farm building? The term ‘farm building’ refers to any structure that serves an agricultural purpose on the property (not including a dwelling). This includes: Hay sheds Stock holding yards Machinery sheds Shearing sheds Silos Storage tanks Outbuildings Farm buildings that don’t require council approval Some farm buildings can be constructed without approval, depending on their purpose and specifications. We have listed some of these below, along with links to the relevant development standards: Small detached structures (i.e. garden sheds and gazebos) Carports Stock holding yards Grain silos and bunkers Rainwater tanks Windmills How to get a shed building approved There are two stages to your approval: Development Approval (DA): This is to approve the development to be done on your land. This makes sure your proposed development complies with all environmental and council regulations. Construction Certificate (CC): A construction certificate signifies that the plans and documentation for your proposed building structure meet the requirements of the Building Code of Australia. This is a requirement for most rural sheds in Australia, and the certificate must be issued before any work can commence on site. Before you start you will need: A floor plan and a site plan. A summary of the construction materials. Details of connections to existing structures. The anchorage method. A signed engineering certification from your engineer. Obtain approval for Development Application To get Development Approval, you need to complete the following steps: Appoint a licensed building surveyor as your certifier, or you can use the council's certifier. Provide your shed plans, they must comply with the relevant codes and guidelines. Lodge the required forms. Pay the relevant fees. Apply for a Construction Certificate To obtain a Construction Certificate you must have Development Approval. You also need to complete the following steps: Check with your local council if you require a building permit. Review the zoning and building codes. Prepare your plans, including the size, materials, and location. Submit your application to your local council. Once approved, you can begin construction. How long does a permit for an agricultural shed take? The amount of processing time for a building permit will depend on how many applications your local council currently has. Typically, planning permits should take around 3 months. Factors of planning permission When developing your shed plans, there are four key factors to consider – land zoning, site restrictions, environmental impact, and the shed design. Your shed builders will be familiar with the relevant regulations in your local area and will incorporate them into the plans. 1. Land zoning Land zones are in place to ensure efficient land use, protect against environmental harm, and encourage healthy communities. For that reason, your council will need to know what your shed will be used for. 2. Site restrictions You will need to supply the Council with a detailed site plan and a clearly defined position for your proposed shed. This allows the Council to assess the distance from boundary fences, dwellings, waterways, and accessways. 3. Environmental impact Depending on the size and materials of your shed, it may have an impact on your farm’s neighbours and the local environment. The Council may have certain restrictions for your shed design so be prepared to adapt it as required. 4. Shed design The Council will need to see a floor plan and engineer's drawings to assess the size and layout. The main aspects to disclose include floor area, wall height, and additional features. If you work with a shed building company, they will ensure the shed plan is compliant with your local regulations. Building a farm shed in Australia To avoid the potential complications associated with permits, council approval and compliance, it is recommended you partner with a reputable shed-building company. At ABC Sheds, our engineers are well-versed in the compliance requirements around Australia, meaning we can ensure that all farm sheds comply with structural regulations before an application is submitted. Our friendly team will provide all engineering plans and certifications and will be willing to guide you through the entire process. To get started, contact us for more advice or use our online shed builder tool to start designing the perfect shed for your needs.

Farm sheds

Do farm sheds need council approval?

If your shed does not meet local council regulations, you may have to take it down or halt ...

15 Feb 2023 | 3 min

See how much a fertiliser shed costs

If you’re a farmer, you’ll know the importance of having a reliable place to store your fertilisers. But before you start planning your new fertiliser shed, you may wonder how much it will cost to build. In this article, we provide a full breakdown of the costs of building a fertiliser shed. We also discuss the most suitable storage conditions, and we will provide some helpful tips to keep costs down. Fertiliser storage conditions Fertiliser sheds enable you to stockpile essential supplies, ensuring you always have what you need exactly when you need it. By purchasing fertiliser in advance when prices are lower, you can save on costs and secure your supply ahead of peak demand. With a dedicated fertiliser shed, you can manage your resources more effectively, reduce financial uncertainty, and keep your operation running smoothly year-round. However, it is important that you maintain correct storage conditions. To retain the quality and efficacy of your fertiliser, you must store it correctly. Remember to use the oldest stock first and check the shelf life of your fertilisers. These can range anywhere from 6 months to 10 years. The best conditions for fertiliser include: No exposure to rain or sunlight. Consistent temperatures between 5˚C and 30˚C. No dirt or moisture. Adequate ventilation. No flammable materials or other chemicals. Liquid fertilisers are best stored in shuttles in pallet racks, while granular fertilisers should be stored in a shed with concrete panel walls separating each compound. Either way, a fully enclosed shed with a concrete slab floor is crucial. An enclosed shed with a concrete floor makes perfect storage conditions for fertiliser. Fertiliser shed prices In 2023, the cost of a fully enclosed fertiliser shed with concrete panels ranges from $150,000 – $270,000, including GST and construction. The following prices show how shed size influences the cost: 400-tonne capacity shed 18m x 12m x 6m Approx. $150,000 – $170,000 600-tonne capacity shed 24m x 12m x 6m Approx. $170,000 – $190,000 1,000-tonne capacity shed 19.5m x 18m x 6m Approx. $180,000 – $210,000 1,200-tonne capacity shed 32m x 18m x 6m Approx. $240,000 – $270,000 Please note that prices are indicative only and include GST and construction, but not the cost of a concrete floor slab. If you would like an accurate price for your shed, request a no-obligation quote from the ABC Sheds team. How to save money on a fertiliser shed To save money on a new fertiliser shed, there are several considerations to make, including: 1. Keep the design simple The more complex the design, the more expensive it will be. Consider a basic design that meets your needs, rather than one with lots of bells and whistles. For this reason, we recommend choosing a shed from our range of tried and tested designs. 2. Choose standard sizing Larger sheds will generally be more expensive to build and maintain than smaller sheds because they require more materials and labour. Custom designs are also more costly, as they require more materials, labour, and planning. Consider using standard sizes for your shed to save money. 3. Opt for cost-effective materials The materials used to build the shed can also affect its cost. However, you should consider longevity as well. Galvanised steel may cost more than wood upfront but it results in lower maintenance costs down the track, saving you money in the long run. 4. Choose an accessible location The cost of building a shed in a remote or rural area may be higher due to transportation and labour costs. If you have a site in mind, think about how accessible it is for contractors. What’s more, this will also increase your efficiency when transporting fertiliser in and out. 5. Choose the right shed builders Shop around and take the time to compare prices from different suppliers and contractors. At ABC Sheds, our range of fertiliser sheds utilise a careful combination of quality materials, effective design, and cost-effective construction. Key features to include in a fertiliser shed While it is wise to avoid unnecessary features, there are a few additions that every fertiliser shed should have. They may add to your initial construction cost, but overall, each of the below features will increase efficiency and maintain the quality of your stock. Concrete floor A concrete floor is a wise choice for a fertiliser shed because it is low maintenance, durable, long-lasting, fireproof, and easy to clean. Concrete is also resistant to pests and rot and can protect your fertiliser from accidental fires. Vehicle access Adequate vehicle access to your fertiliser shed allows you to easily transport fertiliser in and out. It also allows you to maintain your handling equipment, such as spreaders and trucks. When choosing shed doors, consider the size of each vehicle, as well as the frequency of use and the required clearance height. Pallet racks Pallet racking is a smart storage solution for liquid fertiliser. It consists of vertical frames with horizontal beams that support pallets, keeping stock off the ground and making it easier to move and access with a forklift. Pallet racking is strong, durable, and can be easily modified or expanded as your requirements change. Concrete walls For granular fertiliser, concrete panels are the most practical way to separate different types of fertiliser. This prevents corrosion and hot spots, reducing the risk of spontaneous combustion. How much do fertiliser shed permits cost? The cost of a permit for a fertiliser shed can vary depending on several factors, including the size of the shed, its intended use, the materials it will be constructed from, and the location of the property. Generally, you can expect to pay several hundred dollars for a permit for a small to medium-sized fertiliser shed. It's best to check with your local building department to get an accurate estimate of the permit fees for your specific project. Fertiliser sheds in Australia Are you looking for a reliable storage shed for your fertiliser? The team at ABC Sheds is here to help. You can contact us for more advice about the design of your new shed. Plus, you can check out our range of steel fertiliser sheds, or plan your perfect shed in our virtual shed builder.

Fertiliser sheds • Shed costs

How much does it cost to build a fertiliser shed?

If you’re a farmer, you’ll know the importance of having a reliable place to store your ...

25 Jan 2023 | 4 min

The reasons why grain storage is important

Grain storage is an essential part of the during and post-harvest process that helps to preserve the quality of grains and protects them from pests, moisture, and other potential contaminants whilst improving harvesting efficiencies. In this article, we explore the benefits of effective grain storage and the different options available to you. Whether you're a seasoned farmer or new to the industry, read on for everything you need to know about how to properly store your grains. Types of grain storage There are several different types of grain storage options available to farmers, including: Grain bags These are large, flexible bags that are used to store grains. They are typically made of a durable, moisture-resistant material such as plastic or nylon. Grain bags are often used to store small quantities of grains and can be easily transported from one location to another. Grain silos Silos are large, vertical structures made of metal or concrete that are used to store large quantities of grains such as wheat and corn. They are airtight and moisture-proof, making them suitable for long-term storage. Grain bins Similar to silos, grain bins are large structures that are used to store grains. They are typically made of metal or plastic and have a conical shape. Grain bins are typically used to store grains that are temporarily held before being shipped to a processing facility. Grain sheds Grain sheds are large structures that are used to store grains, either in open air or fully enclosed. They are typically made of concrete or metal and have a roof to protect the grains from the elements. Sheds are often used to store grains that are being dried or that are being temporarily held before being shipped to a processing facility. You can include concrete bunker-style walls, slider or roller doors, and awnings to suit your needs. Overall, the type of grain storage a farmer chooses will depend on the quantity of grain they need to store, how long for, and the available resources. An ABC Sheds grain shed, manufactured from structural steel to ensure secure storage of your harvest. Benefits of effective grain storage By storing your grain correctly, you can gain the following benefits: Longevity Effective grain storage helps to preserve the quality of grains and protects them from potential contaminants, such as pests and moisture, which can cause grains to spoil or degrade. By storing grains in a controlled environment, that is, free from these contaminants, farmers can extend the shelf life of their grains and keep them in good condition for longer. Higher nutritional value With protection from the weather and contaminants, your stored grain can retain its nutritional quality. On the other hand, poorly stored grains may contain pollutants or be less nutritious, reducing their value and potentially causing harm to those who consume them. Higher market value High-quality grains are more likely to fetch a higher price on the market, as they are more desirable to buyers and processors. This helps to increase the profitability of a farmer's crops, as well as the long-term health of their animals. On top of that, you can also hold grains in storage until market rates increase, ensuring you gain maximum profit. Pest proof For Australian farmers, there is a major threat of insect or rodent infestations. With the right type of storage, you can protect your grain from pests, including mice. For example, a grain shed with concrete bunker-style walls is an effective way to keep mice out – and the shed can be fumigated as required. Easy handling If your grain is stored correctly and maintains its high quality, it will be more likely to withstand the rigours of storage and transportation. Additionally, it can be stored with convenience and efficiency in mind, and with easy vehicle access. How to choose the right grain storage Not sure what to look for when choosing grain storage? It is a significant decision so let us make it simple for you. There are several considerations that farmers should take into account when choosing a storage solution. These include: 1. How much grain are you storing? The quantity of grain you need to store will influence the type of grain storage you choose. Silos and sheds are suitable for storing large quantities of grain, while grain bags may be more suitable for smaller quantities. 2. How long will the grain be stored? The length of time that grains need to be stored will influence the type of storage you need. Sheds, silos, and grain bins are ideal for long-term storage, while grain bags are only suitable for shorter periods as they have a limited life span. 3. What are the environmental conditions? If your grain will be exposed to environmental conditions, choose an appropriate storage solution that can protect it. Grain bags are not suited to humid or rainy conditions as the grain can get wet and lose its value. Sheds and silos, on the other hand, provide better protection against moisture and harsh weather. 4. What is your budget? The cost of each storage option may also be a factor. Silos and sheds may be more expensive upfront while bags are more affordable. However, with less capacity and shorter storage times, bags are often less cost-effective. In the long run, it may be wiser to opt for a durable alternative that can store grains for an extended time. 5. Is it easy to use? The ease of use of the different storage options should also be considered, particularly when comparing grain sheds with silos. For example, silos may be easier to fumigate but load times are much slower. And if you opt for a grain shed, consider incorporating a sliding door or an awning for easy vehicle access. This makes load times incredibly quick which is especially helpful when storing bumper harvests. Grain sheds also have multiple uses – when they are storing produce, they can also store machinery! At ABC Sheds, our grain storage sheds are designed to provide maximum protection and capacity. See our sheds at the link below or build a custom shed in our virtual shed builder.

Grain sheds

Why grain storage is important

Grain storage is an essential part of the during and post-harvest process that helps to preserve ...

18 Jan 2023 | 3 min

View our favourite 2022 projects

In the past twelve months, we’ve been busily working on sheds all over Australia. With material shortages and unpredictable weather, it sure has been a wild ride for the shed-building industry. Despite all of the challenges, the ABC Sheds team is proud of what we have achieved, with 170+ new sheds being built across the country. To inspire your next shed, we thought we’d share a few of our favourites from 2022 with you. From large industrial buildings to loafing barns, our team share all of their highlights. Find out what they had to say below. Favourite project: Three-sided grain shed Location: Condobolin, New South Wales Shed size: 42m x 21m x 6m At 42m by 21m, this three-sided grain shed is incredibly versatile. For our hardworking clients, a multi-purpose shed is a wise investment – especially in these dimensions! Featuring large concrete panels, this shed is perfect for grain storage all-year-round. And with large awnings on either side, this shed will also come in useful for all other farm storage needs. Whether it be machinery or general farm supplies, this shed has plenty of space both now and into the future. Features include: Three enclosed walls 7 bays at 6 metres wide Large awnings for additional storage Hot-dip galvanised columns and trusses. Check out this project’s progress below! Favourite project: Large-scale industrial building Location: Stapylton, Queensland Shed size: 90m x 31.6m x 13.5m At 90m by 31.6m by 13.5m, this massive industrial building is one of our biggest and tallest yet! Complete with concrete panels of various heights, internal wall cladding, and structural steel purlins, we are incredibly proud of this custom industrial design. We look forward to seeing the finished product very soon – we're sure our client will get great use out of this large, versatile building. Features include: Concrete panels with varying dimensions Internal wall cladding Structural steel purlins. See a preview of this show-stopping shed below! Favourite project: Loafing barn Location: Korumburra, Victoria Shed size: 152m x 21m x 5m Built for a client in Korumburra, this farm shed was a favourite for its impressive scale. To provide optimal efficiency for livestock management, we built a whopping 152m long loafing barn with a full wall of concrete panels and steel cladding. By protecting animals from the weather and allowing plenty of room to move inside, this barn has already improved the farm's productivity. Paired with a concrete slab along its entire length, this shed is sure to keep both farmers and cattle happy for decades to come. Features include: Large concrete panels 19 bays at 8 metres wide Hot-dip galvanised columns and trusses. See this shed in all its glory below! Favourite project: Industrial shed and stable building Location: Jindabyne, New South Wales Shed size: 20m x 14m x 7m In the town of Jindabyne near the Snowy Mountains, this industrial shed was a fun challenge for our team. The client needed a large steel shed with Aircell insulation, skylights, and clearance for a 5-tonne gantry crane. In addition, the cold climate meant the shed had to be engineered for heavy snow loads. Conquering the rocky terrain, we worked closely with the client to bring this practical shed to life. The result is a durable shed with a spacious 7m roof clearance, powder-coated runway beams, a classy Colorbond Monument finish, and a cantilevered awning over the door. This way, the team can easily access the shed whatever the weather. Taking advantage of our two-shed deal, the client decided to construct a stable building as well. Being four hours away from our factory in Young allowed us to complete both projects simultaneously, providing a cost-effective, streamlined service. Features include: Monument Colorbond finish Cantilevered awning Personal access doors are inset into the sliding doors Powder-coated crane runway beams Translucent sheet skylight. From the initial concept to construction, view the progress of this shed below! Whatever your shed needs are, we hope our 2022 top picks have sparked some ideas and shown just how beneficial a new steel shed can be. From farm storage to industrial buildings and everything in between, a structural steel shed is a practical, durable, and stress-free solution. If you need a shed that works as hard as you do, contact the ABC Sheds team today. Our sheds are built for Australian conditions and exceed national standards, so you can be confident yours will stand the test of time. All our sheds include: High-quality materials 25-year "you're covered" guarantee Galvanised structural steel frame Finance options Customised designs Quick and easy installation. With over 25 years in the business, we’ve built sheds for all kinds of applications so whatever you need, we’ve got you covered. From planning and consent to the final installation, we’ll guide you through the whole process. Ready to get your new shed sorted? Check out the full range in our brochure to see your options.

Our projects

Our favourite projects of 2022

In the past twelve months, we’ve been busily working on sheds all over Australia. With material ...

14 Dec 2022 | 3 min

See which type of door is best for a shed

For most farm sheds and industrial buildings, door access is crucial. To keep your operations running smoothly, and the costs low, you need to choose a low-maintenance option to improve efficiency, durability and security. The question is – are roller doors or sliding doors better? In this article, we explore the pros and cons of each type of door, which applications they suit, and the basic costs so you can make an informed decision for your new shed. Sliding doors A sliding door opens along the wall of the shed, usually fixed to a rail or a track that keeps it in place. For longer sheds, multiple sliding doors may be installed. Pros of sliding doors Sliding doors offer several benefits, including: Low maintenance Cheap to repair (if damaged by something hitting the doors) Easy to install after the shed is built Large opening span Can open as wide as the shed using outriggers. Cons of sliding doors Doesn't seal as well as a roller door Not easily motorised Doors need space to slide into which may impact on space around the shed or other bays. Suitable applications for sliding doors Sliding doors are suitable for any shed but are most commonly used for farm machinery sheds – especially those in rural locations. Sliding doors have a much wider span, so frequently used vehicles are easier to access. Additionally, most farm sheds do not require as much security as commercial or industrial sheds. Basic costs of sliding doors Sliding doors vary in price due to the span and number of bays you want to open at once. A basic sliding door for a shed could start at $3,000 and, depending on whether you choose a double or triple track, could be as much as $20,000. Roller doors Roller doors consist of connected slats that wrap around themselves above the door opening. They are very common in industrial and commercial buildings because they require no horizontal clearance, leaving space for equipment, vehicles, and accessibility. Pros of roller doors 100% secure 100% sealable Can open from the outside of the building with remotes, if this option is fitted. Cons of roller doors More expensive as it requires a technician to install Moving parts increase the risk of malfunctioning Can be expensive to repair Requires extra height clearance Doors will not open to full bay width Restricted in maximum door size – unable to have 16m opening like sliding doors. Suitable applications for roller doors Roller doors are suited to industrial or commercial settings, particularly those requiring total security for peace of mind. With remote control access, they are ideal for warehouses and factories which need to make the most of every square metre. Basic costs of roller doors Typically, the cost of a shed roller door starts at around $3,000. That price will increase dramatically if the door has a wider span because it requires more engineering and materials to manufacture. For the widest available roller door, the price could be as high as $50,000. You should also note that the door clearance will increase the overall shed price because more materials and engineering are needed to accommodate it when it is open. How to choose the right shed door Now that you know the fundamentals of each type of door, there are a few considerations to make. Let’s explore the key questions you need to ask yourself: 1. How big does your shed door need to be? To determine the size and type of door your shed needs, you should consider what will be stored inside and how accessible the opening will be. For example, if the shed is used to store farm machinery, the door opening must be bigger than the largest vehicle. Consider how much vertical and horizontal clearance is required, and how easy it will be to manoeuvre everything inside. 2. How frequently will the door need to be used? For the ultimate ease of use, you need to think about how often the door will be accessed. For commercial sheds, a remote-controlled roller door is often the simplest, most convenient choice. For farm machinery, a wide sliding door would be easier to use. 3. Are there any shed ventilation and weatherproofing requirements? Depending on the purpose and location of your shed, there may be an added need for airflow and protection from weather conditions. If you need the shed to be dust-proof then a roller door would be best. 4. Does the door provide enough shed security? If you decide that full security is a top priority, a roller door would be most suitable. This is especially relevant for commercial and industrial sheds that store lots of equipment, but not so much for farm sheds. 5. How easily can the door be installed and repaired? The shed door you choose determines the installation costs, as well as the frequency of maintenance. For example, a sliding door will usually require fewer repairs and will be easier to install. On the other hand, roller doors contain more moving parts, meaning repairs are more frequent and costly. In summary To sum up the above points, the ultimate answer is that neither type of door is better than the other, but rather they each serve different purposes. Roller doors and sliding doors each have their place, and the most suitable option for your shed will depend on your priorities. Whether you need security, protection from the weather, easy access, or a wider opening span, the ABC Sheds team can help you to find the right door type. In our years of experience, we’ve worked on all kinds of sheds, including: Yard covers Horse arenas Hay sheds Machinery sheds Industrial sheds Aircraft hangars Workshops Grain sheds Farm machinery sheds Custom-designed sheds For the expert advice and industry insights you need, contact our friendly team today. Or discover your options and plan your perfect shed using our virtual shed builder below.

Shed design & construction

Roller doors vs sliding doors – which is better?

For most farm sheds and industrial buildings, door access is crucial. To keep your operations ...

30 Nov 2022 | 3 min

Read our tips for fertiliser storage

When storing your farm’s fertiliser, there are several things to know that can improve effectiveness, shelf life, and safety. Good storage and handling are crucial – especially when it comes to the productivity of your farm. Organising your storage ahead of time will also save you in the long term. With large fluctuations in fertiliser pricing, it’s important to have an appropriate way to store it when the price is right. To help you store your fertiliser correctly, this article outlines some of the best practices for farmers. For ideal conditions, incompatible chemicals, regulations, and storage features you need, read on. Fertiliser storage conditions Your fertiliser must be stored correctly to ensure safety and security. Unfortunately, fertiliser tends to corrode a silo, so an enclosed fertiliser shed is best. The best conditions for fertiliser are as follows: Protected from rain and sunlight. No dust, dirt, or moisture. A steady temperature between 5˚C and 30˚C, depending on the compound. A first-in, first-out stock rotation. Effective ventilation. Incompatible chemicals should be stored separately. Also, remember that products containing Nitrogen (N) or Potassium (K) are more likely to absorb moisture in humid environments. A pure Phosphorous (P) formulation may be more suitable if your farm is prone to humidity. An enclosed shed provides adequate protection from rain, sun and moisture, making it a good storage option for fertiliser. Incompatible fertiliser types Additionally, be careful to store different types of fertiliser separately – especially when in bulk amounts. For many of these chemicals, it is recommended that you only mix them immediately before application. Avoid storing these mixtures because their effectiveness and safety will usually be compromised. Urea Urea should not be mixed with Ammonium Nitrate, Calcium Ammonium Nitrate or Ammonium Sulphate Nitrate. It's also important to consider a possible Ammonium Phosphate/Potassium Nitrate reaction with urea – humidity during the blending of fertiliser can lead to caking. It's also recommended to not store any mixtures containing urea – these should be applied immediately after mixing. Sulphur Sulphur is combustible therefore it can react with various nitrates. Sulphur shouldn't be mixed with nitrates AN, KNO3 and NaNO3. For the best results, it's important to train your employees in the physical properties of each fertiliser. By understanding Hygroscopicity, caking, particle shape, bulk density, and compatibility, they can store each fertiliser type correctly and avoid the risk of potential reactions. Liquid vs granular fertilisers Liquid fertilisers are typically stored in shuttles, which are best kept in pallet racks. Pallet racking helps to avoid overloading the shuttles which reduce the risk of damage, spills, and contamination. The shed should also have a concrete floor and good ventilation. However, if you are storing large amounts of liquid fertiliser, a liquid storage tank might be a better solution. For granular fertiliser, a shed with concrete panel walls can separate the different types effectively. Concrete panels help to protect the cladding from corrosion and evenly spreads the granules to avoid “hot spots”. This helps to reduce the risk of fires and improves stock rotation. Considering a fertiliser shed for your farm? Design your very own using our virtual online shed builder >> Fertiliser shelf life Fertilisers have a shelf-life which is influenced by how well it has been stored. If you want maximum effectiveness, it's recommended that you store the right amount of fertiliser and rotate it effectively, using the older stock first. Some liquid products can be safely stored for 8 to 10 years while some granular products can only be stored for 6 to 12 months. To maximise the shelf-life of your fertiliser, it's important to store it away from flammable materials and other chemicals, keep it ventilated and dry, and store it away from eaves. Regulations for fertiliser storage Fertiliser can be dangerous when stored incorrectly so it’s important to follow the regulations put in place by your local government. In Australia, there are several guidelines to follow and each state has its own set of specific rules. Australian storage restrictions include: Safe Use and Storage of Chemicals in Agriculture (NSW) >> Fertilizer Handling Code of Practice >> Unloading Bulk Solid Fertilizer on a Farm Guidelines >> Fertiliser storage options When storing your fertiliser, you need a fully enclosed shed that is dry, ventilated, and clean. We recommend considering the following features. Pallet racking Pallet racking consists of strong, robust metal shelves that can store multiple levels of pallets loaded with fertiliser. This makes good use of vertical space and avoids double stacking. It is a highly efficient and flexible solution designed to store pallets of any size or weight depending on your needs. Remember, liquid products should not be stored above granular products to avoid spills, contamination, and dangerous chemical reactions. Concrete slab When storing chemicals, hygiene is crucial, which is why a concrete slab floor is advised. With a cohesive, uniform foundation, you can easily clean up spills and prevent contamination. Additionally, some local restrictions require a concrete slab floor for all farm fertiliser storage. Ventilation To avoid fumes and the risk of fire, your fertiliser shed must have adequate ventilation. This can be achieved with a ridge vent in the roof as well as sliding access doors. Each shed has different ventilation requirements and possibilities, so speak with us today to find out your options – our experts are happy to help. Concrete walls Particularly for a granular product, concrete panel walls are a great way to protect the shed cladding and segregate different compounds. These help to avoid corrosion and spread the granules out for safe storage which helps to avoid spontaneous combustion. For more advice on concrete walls and panels, speak to the team at ABC Sheds. Are you looking for a reliable storage shed for your fertiliser? The team at ABC Sheds is here to help. Just reach out for more advice or a customised shed quote today. Alternatively, check out our range of sheds, perfect for fertiliser and grain storage, or in the free brochure below.

Fertiliser sheds

How to properly store fertiliser

When storing your farm’s fertiliser, there are several things to know that can improve ...

14 Nov 2022 | 3 min

Learn the difference between BMT and TCT cladding

When building a steel shed, you need to have full confidence in its strength, durability, and engineering. That’s why there is such a range of metrics and terminology in the industry to measure material strength and quality. Two common terms used to describe steel cladding are Base Metal Thickness (BMT) and Total Coated Thickness (TCT). While they sometimes get confused, these are two separate measurements and must be used with care. When measuring the steel for your new shed, the smallest error could be problematic and expensive later on. To help you understand these metrics and when to use them, this article explains everything you need to know. How to measure bare metal thickness When it comes to measuring steel cladding, you need to understand the metrics used in the industry. Generally, bare metal is measured in microns. Its thickness can vary greatly depending on the alloy it is made of and the manufacturer. The average thicknesses of the common alloys are: Aluminium – 4.5 to 6.0 microns. Stainless steel – 40 to 50 microns. Structural steel – 48 to 52 microns (galvanised or not). Some metals, like chromium and nickel, also require more layers of primer, paint, and corrosion-resistant coating. These layers add to the overall thickness of the cladding. To measure individual layers, use a paint depth gauge. Simply apply the “inside” tester on your coating and push it until it hits the bare metal. If you prefer to measure the metal and the paint, use a micrometre. Simply collect a sample of the metal and paint layers and measure each individually. Once you have checked each layer, add them together for the Total Coated Thickness (TCT). Base Metal Thickness (BMT) Base Metal Thickness (BMT) is used to measure the core strength of steel cladding before it has any coating or paint layers added to it. For design calculations or structural design, BMT is an accurate indication of material strength. Total Coated Thickness (TCT) Total Coated Thickness (TCT) measures both the base metal and any metallic coating layers. This includes a hot-dip galvanised surface which is applied for corrosion resistance. To calculate the TCT, simply add together the thickness of the base metal and each additional layer of alloy coating, paint, and primer. Unlike BMT, TCT does not specify the core steel's strength. You may also notice the term After Paint Thickness (APT) used in place of TCT but this is less common. What's better, BMT or TCT? As you now know, there is a slight difference between BMT and TCT, even though their measurements are very similar. The difference in thickness will be very small – while BMT measures the core strength of the steel, TCT takes into account every layer of protection including layers like primer and paint. In short, neither is more important than the other as they each fulfil a different function. What this means for your shed quote When it comes to building a new steel shed, you will likely request a number of quotes from various shed suppliers and manufacturers, to see who can offer you the best price. When checking a quote it's important that you understand what cladding is being quoted, and whether your shed will be produced using BMT or TCT cladding. When comparing the sheeting on your quote check that you are comparing the same thickness of sheeting. So when comparing quotes, check that you are comparing BMT with BMT and/or TCT with TCT, otherwise you could be misled as to the quality of the product you are purchasing. For example, some companies will use a thinner grade TCT than others, which in the long run, could increase the chance of damage and unnecessary wear and tear. Just because a company specifies a certain TCT measurement, it doesn't mean that this is an accurate representation of the strength of the product. Because of the differences in BMT and TCT measurements, quotes simply cannot be compared like for like, where different measurements are used. That's why we always recommend thoroughly checking every shed quote you receive, to ensure you know exactly what you're paying for. ABC Sheds BMT cladding Now that you understand what measurements structural steel sheds are quoted in, we wanted to further clarify the measurements that we use, for all ABC sheds. At ABC Sheds, all of our sheds are quoted in Base Metal Thickness to ensure consistency and accuracy across every project we work on. We primarily use Zincalume® and Colorbond® cladding as a base, to ensure the strength and durability of your new shed. Both Zincalume® and Colorbond® cladding are quoted as a BMT thickness of .42mm (unless specified otherwise). Some of the other common cladding choices and their measurements are listed below. Product Cladding BMT Measurement Trimwall Zincalume® .35mm Trimwall Colorbond® .35mm Trimclad/ Corrogate Zincalume® .42mm Trimclad/ Corrogate Colorbond® .48mm The process of building a new shed can be daunting but with the support of a professional team, it can be hassle-free. Get in touch with us today for more advice or see our complete range of sheds, including farm sheds, hay sheds, dressage arenas, commercial sheds and more, in the free brochure.

Shed design & construction

What’s the difference between BMT and TCT cladding?

When building a steel shed, you need to have full confidence in its strength, durability, and ...

28 Oct 2022 | 3 min

View hay shed prices in Australia

For farmers, the right hay storage is game-changing. Not only does dry hay keep livestock happy and healthy, but a well-designed hay shed will also be more cost-effective in the long term. From size and span to future savings, there are several key factors that will influence the cost of a hay shed. To help you plan yours, we’ve covered each of these variables and the corresponding prices of different hay sheds below. What influences the cost of a hay shed? Before you can determine the price of your new hay shed, you need to decide on a few main specifications, including the size, span, and additional features you require. Depending on your requirements, costs can quickly add up so it’s important to understand what you need, and what you don’t, plus additions that could significantly impact the price. Hay shed sizes As a general rule, the bigger the shed, the higher the price will be, simply because more labour and materials are required. The key is to strike a balance between the height, floor area, and amount of hay you expect to store. Firstly, think about how much hay will need to fit inside the shed all at once. The following estimates will provide a good starting point. 1,000 bales If you only expect to store 1,000 bales at the most, a 32m by 18m shed should be sufficient. This will suit smaller farms or farmers who wish to have multiple separate sheds. 2,500 bales For bigger farms, a common hay shed size is 48m by 24m which will allow you to fit 2,500 bales at the height of the season. 5,000 bales For larger farms requiring 5,000 bales, a 96m by 24m shed will be ideal. Please note that for sheds of this size, you will need to install a water tank in case of a fire which can add over $20,000 to the shed price. 20,000 bales For hay export, a 160m by 45m shed is designed to store 20,000 bales. However, it might be wise to opt for a few smaller sheds rather than one large one to protect your hay. This ensures that you and your farm are covered should a hay fire occur, as a portion of your crop will be kept safe. Shed span and bay sizes The width and bay size of your shed will also have a major impact on the price because it will affect the fabrication time and engineering requirements. Bay size Generally, 8m bay sizes are best for hay storage because they allow enough room to stack three big square bales while still leaving space for airflow, which is very important in reducing the risk of spontaneous combustion. On top of that, you will need to consider the ease of loading and unloading the bales, which will impact ongoing labour costs. Long vs wide span For the most part, wide sheds are more expensive than long sheds because they take longer to build and are constructed with heavier steel to ensure that the beams are supported. With a longer shed, you can store just as much hay, but with fewer engineering challenges. From one size to the next, engineering is subject to change. As an example when comparing 15m with 18m span sheds and also 24m and 30m span sheds, the price can increase significantly, for a little extra width. For this reason, you will often be better off opting for multiple smaller span sheds than one big one as they require less engineering, which will reduce the cost. Costs over time While it can be tempting to opt for a smaller shed to lower the cost, you also need to think about the future savings that come with a more efficient design. Across Australia, average shed sizes are on the rise and there’s a reason for that – they are economical. With a lower cost-per-bale, a larger shed can often work out to be more cost-effective. This comes down to the bay spacing and, in particular, the number of purlins required to support the structure. For example, an 8m bay and an 8.5m bay will have the same number of purlins, meaning you can store more hay or have more room to access it. Essentially, the upfront cost is higher but the ease of use and flexibility of a larger shed will pay off in time. Want to know how much your future shed will cost? Request a free no-obligation quote here >> Hay shed prices Now that you know the different variables that impact hay shed pricing, you will have a better idea of what kind of shed you require. Whether it be one large shed or multiple smaller sheds, the following prices will give you an indication of how much you could expect to pay for a standard hay shed in Australia. 40m x 18m hay shed For a hay shed measuring 40m long by 18m wide, you can expect to pay approximately $130K to $150K. For reference, we manufactured the hay shed above, complete with three enclosed walls and five 8m bays. With guttering, easy access for machinery, and sturdy steel walls, this shed is perfect for storing this farmer's hay all-year-round. 32m x 18m hay shed The cost of a 1,000 bale shed measuring 32m long by 18m wide ranges from $110K to $130K. A standard design includes can include enclosed walls and four bays of 8m each. For a real-world example, check out the above hay shed we completed recently. Featuring four 8m bays, this hay shed is designed to be completely open for ease of access. Come harvest time, this farmer will have no problems loading their hay! 24m x 18m hay shed For a small 24m by 18m hay shed, you can expect to pay between $95,500 to $110,000. Standard designs like the finished shed above feature three 8m bays and semi-enclosed walls to reduce the chance of moisture buildup. How to save money on a hay shed To keep the cost of your new hay shed down, we have a few industry tips to help you. On top of those key factors mentioned above, why not consider the following cost-saving ideas? Get a roof only shed – sheet the walls down the track While you might be concerned about protecting your hay from the elements, it might be worth leaving some of the walls for a later date. When building a shed, size and efficiency are the top priorities so if you need to save money now, the wall sheeting can come after. We can allow for this by including wall cleats during production so that when you have the extra funds, the sheeting can easily be attached. In the meantime, the roof and walls you do install should be enough to protect your hay from the worst of the weather! Consider sheeting infills To strike a balance of proper airflow and protection from the elements, you might benefit from using infills instead of entire walls. While some farmers will want the gables to be completely enclosed, some may only need partial cover. In these cases, infills provide an affordable and effective solution. Reduce the span As we have mentioned previously, the bay size and span of your shed have a direct impact on the price of your hay shed. If this is a major concern for your farm, we recommend reducing the span and increasing the quantity of bays instead. This way, you can still store your hay efficiently without the added costs of engineering and materials. If you need to maintain the quality of your hay, the friendly team at ABC Sheds can help. Whether you need a standard design or a customised solution, our range of hay sheds caters to all farmers' needs and budgets.

Hay sheds

How much does a hay shed cost?

For farmers, the right hay storage is game-changing. Not only does dry hay keep livestock happy and ...

18 Oct 2022 | 4 min

Learn about the history of ABC Sheds

The ABC team has been designing and building Australian sheds for four decades but there's more to our history than you may realise! To help you get to know ABC Sheds and our story, this blog will take you through each step in our journey, starting from a small Australian shed supplier to becoming the leading manufacturer of structural steel sheds you know today. Small beginnings Back in the 1980s, the company you now know for its large-scale sheds began as a backyard shed supplier based in Adelaide. These steel sheds, still sold by Garden Master, were much smaller and primarily used as garden sheds and aviaries. In 2003, our team saw an opportunity for a bigger operation and decided to start up a business in Canowindra, New South Wales. This was the end of the road for the smaller sheds as large-scale steel sheds became the new focus. Farm machinery was getting bigger and bigger, leading many farmers and businesses to seek sheds with room to grow. Where it all began! The first ABC Sheds factory located in Canowindra, New South Wales. ABC Sheds is born To meet the demand for larger sheds, our team began with clear-span sheds up to 60 metres, manufactured with hot-dipped galvanised steel and Rectangular Hollow Section (RHS) trusses. At the time, not many New South Wales shed manufacturers offered this product, meaning our brand experienced rapid growth. To keep up with expansion, the team moved south to Young in 2005 and established a new head office. This was also the beginning of ABC Sheds, with a fresh brand, name, and location. Following this was another exciting milestone, with the team celebrating the sale of our 100th shed in 2009. Since then, our drive to be a leading provider of custom steel building solutions in Eastern Australia has only become stronger. Our values of exceptional communication, stringent quality control, resourceful service, and cutting-edge innovation, have enabled us to achieve exactly that. The first ABC Sheds office established in 2005, in Young New South Wales. Brand new headquarters In 2010, the ever-growing ABC Sheds team moved into a much bigger 1320m² factory where we still operate today. With a new office fit-out and a spacious workshop, this central location allows us to deliver the consistently high quality our customers deserve. Only a year after moving into the new space, we sold our 200th shed. For customers all over Eastern Australia, our team can deliver quality solutions for a wide range of shed needs. From hay sheds to horse arenas, and commercial buildings to aircraft hangars, our team has expertise and experience across the board. The 1320m² factory in Young, where we are still based today. Innovative design To ensure the sheds we manufacture are durable and reliable, our team is always looking to optimise the shed manufacturing process. One example of this is when, in 2019, we implemented a design alteration to our sheds that allows us to apply the hot-dipped galvanising process to our trusses as well as our columns. This strengthens the sheds and increases the sizes that we can build to, with custom designs as big as 12,000 square metres. In-house production In 2020, the ABC Sheds team invested in a CNC plasma machine, allowing us to complete the entire shed building process in our Young factory. CNC plasma machines are used to cut metal along a multi-axis grid and offer advantages over handheld cutting tools. Our CNC plasma machine is controlled by a computer, which results in a much more precise, efficient, and low-cost cut. By increasing the productivity of our workshop and taking control of the entire process, we can deliver our sheds faster and with even better quality. Check out the video below for a behind-the-scenes look at our workshop! ABC Sheds today From our humble beginnings in Adelaide, the ABC Sheds team is now a leading shed manufacturer across New South Wales and the wider East Australian region. With over 40 team members and 1,700+ sheds sold, we are proud to deliver outstanding sheds for all purposes with exceptional customer support. Our sheds, constructed with hot-dipped galvanised steel, are designed and built to withstand the harsh Australian climate. With a wide variety of shed requirements from our customers, it’s important for us to deliver the best possible results. To achieve this, we provide you with: Site evaluation and delivery High-quality Australian materials A long-lasting galvanised steel frame A 25-year quality guarantee Financing options available Compliance with Australian building standards An expert team with 25 years of experience Hassle-free construction Custom designs to meet your requirements 100% customer satisfaction Our expert team are with you at every step of the shed building process to ensure hassle-free construction, of your next shed! From the initial enquiry through to the completion of your shed, the complete experience is focused on quality. We’re with you at every step of the way to guarantee you get the perfect shed for your needs. In fact, with our virtual shed builder, you can get started by creating a shed design tailored to your needs, with modifications such as awnings, bay sizes, and even colours. To see how the team at ABC Sheds can improve your shed design experience and apply their decades of experience to your project, request a free no-obligation quote or speak with us today. Or, check out our full range of options in our shed brochure, complete with details on each type of shed and everything you need to know about the shed building experience.

ABC Sheds latest news

History of ABC Sheds

The ABC team has been designing and building Australian sheds for four decades but there's more to ...

29 Sep 2022 | 3 min

6 things to know before building a steel shed

While there’s no magic formula for building a shed, there are a few core principles to follow that will impact how your design comes together. A shed is a major undertaking, but if you do it well, it will provide benefits both now, and into the future. To ensure your new shed is a success, here are 6 things that we think every shed owner or future shed owner should know. 1. The best shed size We often have customers ask what the best shed size is and while the answer depends on the purpose of the shed, we always recommend sizing up. If you build a shed to your current requirements with no room for expansion or additional needs, you’ll likely regret it. To avoid disappointment and costly upgrades, later on, plan ahead and build your shed bigger than you need. This way, you can easily store new items as you acquire them and you won’t have to spend thousands on an extension project. There’s no standard size for a steel shed which means you have a lot of control over how yours turns out. In saying that, there are a couple of factors that will influence your decision. Carefully measure everything To determine the minimum size of your shed, take the time to measure everything you intend to store in it. You need to know the height, width, and length of everything that will go inside your shed including vehicles, machinery, storage units, or cattle yards. You should also consider the amount of space needed around each item, for opening doors, accessing cupboards, and manoeuvring vehicles. As a minimum, we recommend adding an extra 1 metre on each side. Think ahead at least 3-5 years To future-proof your shed, you need to anticipate and prepare for any new priorities and changes. We recommend you plan ahead to 3-5 years to make room for any new equipment, add machinery, or upgraded vehicles. If you aren’t sure how much extra room you’ll need, consider adding an extra bay, increasing the sizes of your bays, or adding a mezzanine floor for storage. 2. Shed door clearances If your shed will have a door, it's essential that you factor in extra room for the door to open. However the extra room that you need, will depend on the type of door you include in your shed. For sheds where safety and security are paramount, either a roller door or a sliding door is a standard edition. For roller doors, the recommended clearance is at least 1 metre. This additional space allows for the drum to fit above the door which in turn, ensures that the roller door can open. When calculating the height of a shed with a rolling door, you'll want to measure the height of the tallest item that you will store inside first, and then add an additional 1 metre to this measurement. In comparison to a roller door, a sliding door doesn't have the same height requirements as it can be the full height of the shed. However, it's important that you consider where the door will slide to. Will there be an additional bay or will you need to utilise outriggers to support the beam? 3. How to assess the site for your shed When you design a shed, you need to think about the site it will be built on. During the design stage, it’s crucial to think about the climate, surrounding buildings, and accessways to ensure the shed functions well within its context. Mark out the dimensions on-site We suggest visiting the site and marking out the measurements on the ground. This will help to visualise the shed within its setting and show how much room there is to expand if required. Take note of any trees, hedges, nearby buildings, powerlines, or anything else that will interfere with the shed. The best shed orientation for the prevailing wind Understanding the local weather patterns and prevailing winds of your site will determine how the shed should be designed. Strong winds can cause significant damage to a shed but if you position it carefully, the risk can be minimised. The best shed orientation for your area will depend on where you are and how exposed the shed site is, so talk with the experts who can provide guidance on wind ratings. Another thing to consider when deciding the orientation of your shed is if you want to add solar panels to the roof. For maximum solar gain, the best placement is on the North or West of the shed roof. Considering an ABC Shed for your next farm shed or industrial building? Check out our full range in the free brochure! 4. How to get shed building consent When building a large steel shed, it’s a good idea to work with a team of experienced shed builders who can help you to get consent from your local council. This process involves adhering to legal engineering guidelines and must be confirmed before the building process can go ahead. The consent process does take time and unfortunately, there’s no way to speed it up. However, by taking extra precautions and refining your designs, we can help to streamline the process. At ABC Sheds, all of our sheds are built to meet Australian standards, so you can be confident that your shed will meet expectations. 5. Versatile shed design A shed is a massive investment, so it’s essential that you build it in a way that maximises its value, both to you and any future owners. A reliable, adaptable shed can provide significant resale value for your property so it’s worth designing it in a versatile way. To ensure your shed is well set up for the future, we recommend thinking about the surrounding industries in the area. For example, if your shed is a commercial shed, don’t limit it to a particular industry, instead design the size and facilities of the shed in a way that could be easily adapted. Likewise, if you’re investing in a farm shed, it’s worth designing it to suit various types of animals or farm uses. Something like a hay shed can be incredibly multi-purpose, with the right design in play. 6. The most suitable shed building materials When it comes to building large sheds in Australia, steel is considered the superior building material. In the harsh Australian climate, hot-dipped galvanised steel is strong, weather resistant, and durable, giving you the confidence that your shed will stand the test of time. However, there are other elements of your shed that could be manufactured from different materials and these are just as crucial. For example, you might like to incorporate translucent sheets for extra light or you may wish to add insulation to the roof. For advice on the best materials for your shed’s purpose and location, speak with our experienced team. We can share useful information about materials, including suggestions tailored to your specific shed needs. While these are just 6 things that should be considered for any new shed, there is so much more that goes into the design to ensure you get a shed that’s right for your needs. Building a new shed can be a daunting task but it can be made all the more simple with a helpful team behind you. Here at ABC Sheds, we have the expertise, know-how, and experience to ensure the process is as easy as possible Get in touch with us today for more advice or start designing your new shed in our virtual shed builder below.

Shed design & construction

6 things to know before building a steel shed

While there’s no magic formula for building a shed, there are a few core principles to follow that ...

27 Sep 2022 | 4 min

Learn about shed bay sizes

When building a new shed, one design choice you will need to make is determining the correct size or spacing for your shed bays. A shed bay is the spacing from the centre of one I beam, to the centre of the next I beam. We often get questions from customers asking for guidance on bay size, but since there isn't a one size fits all solution, we thought we’d tell you what you need to consider when determining the best bay size for your needs. More often than not, the bay size you require will be determined by what you will store inside your shed. If you want to maximise efficiency, you’ll need to consider a few key factors including storage capacity, safety ratings, and engineering standards, to ensure that you end up with the right bay size now, and into the future. The purpose of the shed Before you make any decisions, it’s crucial to understand exactly what the shed will be used for and what will be stored inside. The size of your shed bays should first and foremost come down to the vehicles, machinery and other equipment that will need to be stored inside so before signing off on any plans, you should measure these things carefully. Once you have the necessary dimensions, it’s important to add enough extra space so that you can manoeuvre everything as required. For this, you’ll need to consider door clearances, vehicle turning circles, and pedestrian access, as well as the ideal height for your shed. Cyclone and snow ratings for sheds When building a shed, it’s crucial to design it in a way that is durable, strong and suitable for your local weather conditions. The bay size of a shed can directly affect the performance of the shed, especially when it comes to snowfall and high winds. In terms of wind ratings, Australia is divided into four different regions according to the terrain and topography. These factors influence the strength of the wind in the regions which range from low winds to severe tropical cyclones. If a shed is inadequately designed, open to the elements or left in poor condition for too long, these winds could cause irreparable damage. With that in mind, it’s worth choosing a shed with appropriate engineering that will support the shed’s structure in any conditions. In colder climates, a shed must be capable of bearing the weight of snow so that it won’t collapse or be prone to gradual deterioration. If ice and snow are likely to collect on your shed’s roof, the weight and downward pressure could cause major problems. Before designing your shed, first, check what your local snow rating is and then talk to our team of experts about your options. They’ll know the best ways to strengthen your shed, including what the limitations are on the size of the bays. In simple terms, the smaller the bay size, the sturdier the shed will be in windy or snowy conditions. However, the shed must serve its purpose so, with careful engineering and quality materials, it should be possible for your shed to withstand the local climate without sacrificing bay size and functionality. Bay size engineering The general rule with shed design is that the biggest bay will determine the engineering required for all of the bays. For example, if a shed requires one 10-metre bay and four 8-metre bays, all five bays will be engineered to 10 metres. This simplifies the design process because all you need to decide are the specifications of the largest bay. This also means that even if you don’t need the added space, your shed will offer more versatility and improved accessibility. It also increases the adaptability of your shed for future requirements because you’ll be more likely to store items in the larger space, even if you don’t currently require it. Ready to get started with a new shed? Design your very own using our free online shed builder! >> How bay size affects shed efficiency Regardless of what your shed is built for, it’s important to think ahead and plan for future needs. By thinking beyond your current requirements, you can maximise your shed efficiency and save the need for upgrades or extensions later. Some key things to consider are: The minimum current requirements for your shed, including walking room and door clearances. The dimensions of vehicles, machinery or other items that you may want to keep in the shed at a later date, such as a new tractor or storage shelves. Adding room for facilities you may wish to invest in later, such as office facilities or more workshop space. If you choose your bay sizes with these possibilities in mind, you’ll be able to adapt the shed to suit future needs. This is a far more cost-effective option than extending or upgrading your shed later, not to mention a lot more convenient. When it comes to a bay size that we would recommend to maximise efficiency, particularly for farm sheds, we always suggest starting with 8-metre bays. This bay size is wide enough to store multiple bales of hay while also accommodating large farm machinery. The best building materials for shed bays There is a range of materials available for shed construction as well as construction techniques and engineering options, but each of these could influence the strength and durability of the structure. If you want to maximise your bay sizes, it’s important to invest in quality materials and reliable construction so that your shed will stand the test of time. Some common shed building materials include timber, steel, concrete, plastic and galvanised aluminium. And while some options may save you money initially, it’s worth investing in a more enduring option to improve the longevity of your shed. Sheds built with structural steel are the strongest and most durable because they’re tough, solid, and easy to maintain. Structural steel gets its strength from being roll-pressed at extremely high temperatures and can be formed to the desired thickness – anywhere from 5mm to 20mm. Paired with the dependable main frame and steel rafters, this is the most practical option for shed-building across Australia. If you’re looking for a shed with the ultimate combination of size, functionality, and reliability, the team at ABC Sheds have all the answers you need. No matter what type of farm shed or industrial building you require, we have the experience and know-how to deliver a quality structure, designed for your needs. You can choose from a wide range of high-quality designs or discuss a custom shed with the experts. Just get in touch today for a free no-obligation quote.

Shed design & construction

Is there a standard bay size for a shed?

When building a new shed, one design choice you will need to make is determining the correct size ...

25 Aug 2022 | 4 min

Reduce the risk of FMD

With a recent outbreak of foot-and-mouth disease (FMD) in Indonesia, the possibility of the devastating disease is looming over Australia. Since 1872, Australia has been completely free of FMD but it’s still one of the most serious biosecurity concerns threatening our borders. Studies show that if the disease does infect Australian animals, it could cost the economy more than $80 billion within the next decade. So while extra measures are being taken to contain the Indonesian outbreak, it’s important to be prepared for the potential spread of the disease to Australian soil. What is foot-and-mouth disease? Foot-and-mouth disease is an extremely contagious virus that severely impacts cloven-hoofed animals. Cloven-hoofed refers to hooves that are divided, such as with cattle, sheep, goats, deer and pigs. Signs of FMD Blisters in the mouth, nostrils, teats and feet. Unfortunately, these can be difficult to notice until they’ve ruptured. Excessive slobbering or drooling. High temperatures. Lameness or reluctance to move. Severe depression. Lack of appetite. Sudden death, particularly in young animals. Significant drops in milk production, specifically for dairy animals. High levels of abortion, specifically with pigs. It usually takes 3-5 days for the symptoms to appear after infection but can take as long as 14 days in some cases. Since infected animals can spread the virus before they’ve displayed any of the signs and, for certain animals, the signs can be harder to detect, it’s important to monitor them closely. Sheep in particular are known to have milder symptoms, with lameness being one of the only signs. The virus doesn’t affect humans, and can’t be spread to humans, but it does have catastrophic effects on farming. So if you notice any of these symptoms in your animals, contact your vet immediately or call the Emergency Animal Disease Watch Hotline on 1800 675 888. The recent outbreak of foot-and-mouth disease Indonesia had been FMD-free since 1986, but as of July 2nd 2022, they now have an official outbreak. The virus has been confirmed in 20 provinces and 227 districts, infecting a whopping 313,636 cattle. While many of those animals have recovered, 4,682 have died and that number is expected to rise. The virus is highly infectious and can be spread by live animals, meat and dairy products. If the disease were to spread to Australia, it’s likely to be through these imports, even if the products are frozen. It can also be transmitted through soil, bones, untreated hides, and equipment used around the infected animals so, without vigilant precautions, it could quickly become a major problem for Australian farmers. Precautions to protect Australian animals from FMD Fortunately, some effective measures are being taken to reduce the spread of the virus and keep it from expanding beyond Indonesia. These measures include: Anyone who has had contact with an Indonesian farm is required to declare this when arriving in Australia. This includes several popular tourist destinations. All footwear, clothing and equipment that has been used in Indonesia must be clean and free of contaminants, especially mud and animal manure. People travelling from Indonesia should not have contact with livestock for at least seven days after arrival in Australia. This should reduce the risk of disease transmission. Anyone sending goods to Australia must abide by the rules outlined by the government, including declaring it and checking that it is on the approved mailing list. Protecting your farm from foot-and-mouth disease In the case where the virus does spread to Australia, there are some practical measures you can take to protect your animals. Check your animals regularly The first step to take is to know and research the signs of FMD in detail so that you can recognise it as soon as possible. If your animals do show signs, the sooner it gets addressed, the better. To ensure the best chance for your animals, check them thoroughly and regularly. Put precautions in place on your farm It doesn’t take much for an outbreak to spread, so you can’t be too careful when it comes to your farm. While the risk is currently low, it’s worth keeping strict controls on who visits your farm so you can track exactly where the virus might be transmitted. This way, your animals are less likely to contract the disease, and if they do, you can alert authorities to the specific threat. Extra precautions to take include: Create a biosecurity toolkit specific to your farms' needs. Use livestock biosecurity manuals to reduce disease entering and spreading from your property. Implement a farm biosecurity action plan to have strategies in place for specific events. Invest in your farm facilities Hygiene is a critical component of preventing the spread of foot-and-mouth disease. In cases where mud, liquids or equipment has been infected, it’s important to have the facilities to handle it correctly. For many farms, this can be achieved with the installation of a covered cattle yard and sheds that can be easily washed after use. If you want to keep your animals healthy from FMD or any other transmittable diseases, a quality yard cover will make all the difference. Whether it be fully or partially walled, a yard cover will make it easier to protect your herd from the elements to check them for signs of FMD. A yard cover also makes a practical sheltered space where you can isolate virus-infected animals as soon as they’re identified. At ABC Sheds, our yard covers have provided the ideal solution for decades, with high-quality materials and design. When it comes to your farm and your animals, it’s important to invest in the best so that you’re prepared for anything. We offer custom-made structural steel sheds and covers that are versatile, reliable and built to last so that you can focus on running your farm. For more information, contact us today or find all you need on our yard covers page.

Yard covers

How to reduce the risk of foot-and-mouth disease (FMD)

With a recent outbreak of foot-and-mouth disease (FMD) in Indonesia, the possibility of the ...

17 Aug 2022 | 3 min

A guide to warehouse construction in Australia

Investing in a warehouse could be one of the best decisions you ever make for your business. Warehouses provide a functional and affordable workspace solution allowing you to protect goods, machinery and stock, and keep supply chains running smoothly. Because of this, the convenience, efficiency and lasting investment of a commercial warehouse is a great way to expand your business. However, if you’re interested in constructing a commercial warehouse, there are a few key considerations to make first. The right shed is a worthwhile expense, but only if you choose one that is well-suited to your needs and is constructed efficiently. That’s why this article outlines what you need to think about when building an industrial warehouse, and how you can ensure the result is worth your time and money. How to build a new commercial warehouse Commercial or industrial sheds are a common feature in Australia and many businesses have seen the value in having a purpose-built space for their operations. However, not all sheds are built equal, so here are the most important things to consider when you construct a new warehouse. Purpose and utility The first thing to assess is what your warehouse is going to be used for and what its primary functions would be. Once you know the day-to-day processes that will take place in your shed, all other decisions will logically follow. So consider how many machines and people will operate in the warehouse, what needs to be stored in it, and if it should be multi-functional. If you employ many staff then you’ll need to consider what amenities they will need and how many personal access doors may be required, so that people can enter and exit the building efficiently. If you will need storage in your warehouse, consider how much space you will need for shelving or whether mezzanine storage could be more appropriate. When thinking about the purpose of a new warehouse, it's also important to look ahead to the future – will the structure and engineering of your shed enable you to extend or add awnings down the track? This is important to factor into the design should you wish to make changes down the track. Size and shape The dimensions and layout of a shed’s design will have an impact on how much engineering is needed and in turn, how expensive the warehouse will be to construct. In most cases, industrial warehouse construction is calculated by the square meterage but keep in mind that you could consider increasing the shed height instead of its footprint depending on your needs. Location and site conditions Where your warehouse is located will have a massive impact on how you use it and how it ought to be built. To start with, you should understand the local regulations for commercial sheds and any legal requirements you need to abide by (for information regarding NSW requirements, refer to this article). Not only that, you must assess the site conditions before choosing your shed because accessibility, terrain and proximity to nearby buildings will heavily influence your decision. Your shed has to be long-lasting and economical to use so be sure to use quality materials and experienced shed-builders that can deliver the results you’re looking for. Quality construction materials Choosing the right materials to construct your warehouse with will make all the difference for your business. By investing in quality products initially, you can keep maintenance costs low and keep business downtime to a minimum. For example, at ABC Sheds we use hot-dipped galvanised steel which is strong, weather-resistant and extremely durable to ensure our warehouses stand the test of time. Ready to get started with a new warehouse? Design your very own using our free online shed builder! >> Warehouse health and safety Managing a commercial warehouse involves a significant amount of safety measures which can be quite costly in both resources and productivity. With this in mind, it’s crucial to minimise safety risks when building your warehouse by choosing a design that is efficient and practical for your purposes. Before you commit to a shed design, make sure it will fit with the legal guidelines which ensure that your employees have the workspace they need to work safely. Construction materials The method of warehouse construction you choose will affect how much it costs, how practical it is and how long it lasts. Common materials for shed building include using precast concrete walls, timber and steel frames. All you need to think about is how your construction method and materials will affect your warehouse operations once it’s built. For example, structural poles in the middle of your shed could be an unwanted obstacle to forklifts or production lines. Whichever method you choose, make sure it is the most suitable in the long run. If you require a warehouse that is easy to install and can be simply lifted into place, then a structural steel shed could be the perfect solution! Check out one of our sheds being lifted into place below! Overall experience and customer service The last thing to consider when choosing how to build your shed is how the design and construction process will affect you and your business. If you decide to construct it independently you are likely to experience stressful delays and complications throughout, but on the other hand, working with an experienced shed building team will keep those frustrations to a minimum. However, not all shed building companies are equal so it’s important to choose one that will support you and provide exceptional customer service. This way you can keep stress levels low while knowing that you’re getting a warehouse to meet your expectations. Here at ABC Sheds we stand by the quality of our structural steel sheds, so much so that every shed we supply comes with a 25 year guarantee. So if something's not quite right or if something goes wrong down the track, our team are more than happy to put things right. You'll have peace of mind knowing that your warehouse is taken care of leaving you to get on with the important stuff, like running your business! The cost of a new industrial warehouse As with any business investment, it’s important to know the cost of a warehouse before you commit to it. Unfortunately, many shed building companies choose not to clearly display their prices or inclusions which often results in hidden costs, and expensive surprises after construction begins. You can use these questions to ensure your quote is complete and all-inclusive: What is the size of your shed and which materials are going to be used? This differs from case to case but generally, the bigger the footprint of your shed, the higher the cost. Would you add an office fitout to your warehouse? Adding internal walls and the necessary fittings is likely to increase the overall cost of your warehouse. Do you need a mezzanine for extra storage? The extra engineering this requires will contribute to the overall cost. Do you intend to install a gantry crane? This requires extra structural support and will cost more. Do you need to install large roller doors for machinery and other vehicles to access the warehouse? This is a worthwhile investment for most warehouses but it will increase the cost as it requires additional framing. If your region or operations are particularly fire-prone, a firewall is a great investment. It will cost extra to install but could save you from damage and loss later on. At ABC Sheds, we like to be transparent and open about our shed prices so that you can make an informed decision. For most commercial sheds, we estimate a cost of around $400-500 per square metre, but of course, that will vary depending on the features you need. It’s best to contact us directly to discuss your needs. Why you should work with industrial shed experts Industrial warehouse construction can be daunting, especially when you consider all the variables that can drive the cost up or hinder the sheds’ functionality. That’s why it’s so important to have an experienced, knowledgeable team to guide you through the construction process. A commercial shed building company will not only help you design your warehouse, but they will also have connections with the best contractors and tradespeople to ensure it is built efficiently. Instead of starting from scratch, these companies construct industrial sheds every day so they’re always up-to-date with the latest industry requirements. That gives you confidence that your investment will pay off. At ABC Sheds, our friendly team will guide you through the design and installation process to reduce construction costs and ensure your warehouse is customised to your business’ purposes. We pride ourselves on our transparency and customer service as well as the high-quality warehouses and commercial sheds we build for businesses all over New South Wales, Queensland and afar! For more information on our commercial and industrial warehouses, check out our free brochure. You’ll find all you need to know about our sheds as well as inspiration from our existing projects.

Commercial sheds & industrial buildings

A guide to warehouse construction in Australia

Investing in a warehouse could be one of the best decisions you ever make for your business. ...

25 Jul 2022 | 5 min

See if polycarbonate can be used in a shed

Polycarbonate or translucent sheets are a popular construction material due to their ability to let in natural light, but are they the right choice for something like a farm shed or industrial building? While there are numerous benefits to be had from using polycarbonate sheets for construction, there are some considerations to be made so that they're used appropriately. If you’re considering polycarbonate for your shed then you’ll want to be sure that it’s the right material for your needs. A construction material that’s fit for purpose should hold up over time and ensure that you get years of use out of something like a new shed. There are a range of different sheds that could benefit from the use of polycarbonate sheets, but before you commit to using it, there are a few key things to know about this popular material. Let’s get stuck in. Benefits of using polycarbonate in a shed As you may already know, polycarbonate sheets are incredibly versatile and easy to install. If you’re looking for a simple and convenient way to let light into your shed, this could be the perfect solution. Polycarbonate sheet benefits include: Lightweight and convenient to use. Durable and able to withstand extreme force. Suitable for extremely high and low temperatures. Resistant to sunlight, snow, and rain. Long-lasting. In the right application, a high-quality polycarbonate sheet can remain damage-free for many years and show no signs of fading or discolouration; it's also known to be 250 times stronger than glass. This makes it a popular choice for many outdoor buildings and structures like pergolas, greenhouses, and sheds. In fact, some architects have opted for polycarbonate building facades on residential homes because it offers a desirable combination of durability and visual appeal. When used in appropriate shed applications, polycarbonate sheets will remain damage-free for years. Interested a new shed for your farm or property? Start designing your very own using our free online shed builder! >> Disadvantages of using polycarbonate in a shed Polycarbonate is undeniably versatile but there are a few significant drawbacks you need to be aware of if you’re considering using it for your shed. Polycarbonate sheet disadvantages include: It isn’t scratch-proof. If used on a roof, it is susceptible to hail damage. If not UV resistant, it is prone to discolouration and corrosion. It can cause condensation in the roof. If used excessively it can reduce the structural integrity of the building. More expensive than something like steel sheeting. Polycarbonate is not scratch resistant which means its appearance and transparency could be spoiled. Should you require natural light in your shed, this could pose a problem. As well as that, scuffed polycarbonate panels are harder to keep clean and dirt can quickly build up. So if your shed is near tree branches or loose materials, scratching and debris may be a major concern. Another thing to consider is that unfortunately, some polycarbonate sheets are not UV resistant which means they can be prone to yellowing and deterioration. If your shed needs to be hard-wearing and long-lasting, a polycarbonate without UV resistance is sure to disappoint. This is a particularly important consideration as most parts of Australia are prone to long hot summers which means lots of sun. One last important factor to consider before you invest in polycarbonate sheets for your shed would be the weather in your local area. While polycarbonate is a durable material is can be damaged if it's exposed to extreme weather conditions like hail storms. Cold frosty mornings are also known to bring on condensation which won't mix well with polycarbonate sheets. Condensation has the tendency to drip through to your shed floor which would prove a hazard. For both of these reasons, polycarbonate would be an unwise choice, particularly for something like the roof of a shed. How to use polycarbonate effectively In our experience, the use of polycarbonate is most effective when used in small doses and where the need for natural light is paramount. We find that it can be an appropriate choice for working sheds (i.e. commercial sheds or shearing sheds) where people will come and go frequently and the benefit of adding some natural light is important. If polycarbonate sounds like the best option for you, there is a way you can use it without sacrificing the structural integrity or functionality of your shed. For example, at ABC Sheds, we recommend restricting polycarbonate to a few periodic panels along the shed walls only, and never in the roof. This way you can still let in natural light however the main structure of the shed will consist of strong, durable, structural steel and the roof will remain hail-proof, and unaffected by other weather conditions like frosts. Whatever your needs are, the team at ABC Sheds can help you to design the right shed for your requirements. We will carefully consider all of the available options so that you end up with a shed that will not only suit your specific needs but will last you for years to come. You can request a free no-obligation quote from us below.

Shed design & construction

Can polycarbonate sheets be used in a shed?

Polycarbonate or translucent sheets are a popular construction material due to their ability to let ...

19 Jul 2022 | 3 min

The best height for a farm shed

Choosing the right height for a farm shed or industrial building is a critical decision, and can be quite daunting if you’re building a shed for the first time. Once a shed is built, it’s very difficult to adjust the height to suit your needs, so getting it right at the design stage is imperative. You’ll need to consider not only the shed’s purpose but also accessibility, storage capacity, local restrictions and more before finalising your shed plans. That’s why we’ve written this blog to give you a helpful guide to choosing a shed height that suits your needs. Learn more about choosing the most appropriate height for your future shed or industrial building. Consider the purpose of the shed The first thing to consider when designing a shed is its purpose, so what it will be used for. Each shed design offers unique features that will suit different industries, so you’ll need to define exactly what function your shed will need to serve. You might need the shed for machinery or vehicle storage, processing or manufacturing, warehousing, farming or animal shelter. Once you’ve narrowed down the exact purpose of your shed, you can start to decide how it should look and function. Efficient shed design The next thing to think about is how practical and efficient the shed’s height is for your purposes. This means designing the shed with function as a priority, and ensuring it will meet all your needs in the most efficient way not just now, but in the future too. If your shed is the right height, you won’t need to be concerned about any large equipment, storage capacity or accessibility on a day-to-day basis. It’s better to design the shed carefully with a clear set of requirements at this stage than to adjust your processes to suit after it’s built. Accommodating machinery and vehicles If your shed is going to be used to store vehicles or machinery, you’ll need to ensure there is plenty of clearance for everything to fit safely, without hitting the roof or the trusses, if you are accessing from a gable end. Manoeuvring machinery into small spaces can be a challenge, so ensuring there’s enough space for everything to be moved and parked is essential. Choosing the height of the shed is especially important because it will determine if your taller machinery can fit securely inside. If you will have a trussover in your shed to get a wider opening, make sure you take into account the depth of the trussover as it will reduce the height of your opening. If you're considering a gantry crane for something like a commercial shed or workshop, then you'll also need to think about shed height and in particular, the maximum hook height required for your operations. Once you know how high the hook height needs to be, and the clearances needed to accommodate this, you can decide the overall shed height accordingly. The height of this shed not only accommodates current machinery, but it's tall enough to store larger machinery, should the need arise. Considering a new shed? Try our free online shed builder that allows you to design your future shed – you decide what it looks like right up to the height! >> Door height and accessibility It’s important to remember that the interior shed height is only one part of the story, you’ll also need to consider the door height too. Accessibility to your shed is critical, especially when you need to regularly move things in and out – the height of your shed means nothing if the shed entrance doesn’t allow you to move machinery inside! To start with, calculate the height of your tallest machinery, and then ensure the entrance will be taller than this. For most cropping or farming operations, this will be a minimum of six metres so that there is enough clearance for machinery like air seeders and forklifts. And if you will be installing sliding or roller doors, then you will need to allow for an additional ~500mm to your clearance height, to allow for the sliding door beam or roller door drum. Sliding doors are an important feature for many farm sheds, however an additional ~500mm needs to be allowed for clearance height. Awnings Awnings are a becoming increasingly popular as they allow for additional work space, storage, shelter from the elements and covered parking. For these reasons they are a common addition to many sheds, particularly commercial, however the addition of an awning will impact the height of a shed. When designing a shed that includes an awning you will need to think about the height of the shed and then the fall of the awning. You will then need to consider what clearance that would leave for the awning. For example, if you built a 6 metre shed with a 12 metre wide awning, it could drop the clearance height on the awning to 4.5 metres. Storage capacity Using sheds for storage is a common and worthwhile investment for many commercial or farming applications. It’s important to work out exactly what you need to store before deciding on your shed height because it will determine how much space you have to work with. Once you know how much space will be taken up with your products or machinery, you can decide if there will be enough room, or if you need to increase the capacity. In cases where your business is likely to grow, you’ll need to cater for that growth by designing a shed with as much capacity as possible. If your shed will be storing produce or fertiliser, make sure you think about the height of unloading devices such as tipper trucks and ensure there is sufficient clearance in the bay. For many businesses, it can be more efficient to store products higher rather than expanding your overall shed footprint. If you have multiple warehouse workers and forklifts operating in a commercial building for example, then working with height means less wasted space and time. However, it’s also important to remember that your storage height can influence the amount of fire protection you need for the building. Just ask the experts about the regulations, and which shed height would suit your operations best. Building restrictions As well as fire restrictions, you’ll need to consider any regulations your local district has for sheds and commercial buildings. You’ll also need to refer to the Building Code of Australia, particularly the National Construction Code, to ensure your shed and processes are within the regulations, as well as your local district’s requirements. Building regulations can refer to: Structure and engineering Fire safety Accessibility and egress Services and amenities Resale value One last thing to consider when choosing the height of your shed is how much resale value it will have. For commercial sheds as an example, a higher roof will increase its value on the market because it is generally more versatile and adaptable to various industrial uses. For sheds like yard covers which generally range from 3 to 5 metres, this isn’t the case, but for many general-purpose sheds such as those used for hay storage, machinery or manufacturing it can be beneficial to have higher roof clearances of more than 6 metres. To make the most of your shed, and to get the best return when it comes to selling, you’ll want to think about other uses the shed could provide. A shed expert can guide you through this process and share their expertise to finalise the best shed height for your location, industry and local market. When choosing the best height for your shed you’ll need to consider a range of factors, however it's always better to err on the higher side as you are better off having the clearance if you need it, than wishing it was there and it's not. Having an experienced shed building team to support your decision can make the process run much smoother, and ensure you have the right knowledge when it comes to choosing your shed height. Contact our team today for more information, or use our free shed builder to design how your ideal shed would look. Our online shed builder is an excellent tool that allows you to design your shed from the ground up – you choose the walls, roof, doorways and awnings, plus you also decide the dimensions that suit your needs. You can work out exactly what height your shed needs to be and visualise how it will look and work for your needs before you buy.

Shed design & construction

What’s the most economical shed height?

Choosing the right height for a farm shed or industrial building is a critical decision, and can be ...

23 Jun 2022 | 5 min

The advantages of drive-through machinery sheds

Looking after your farm machinery is important, so choosing the right shed to store it in should be a priority, especially heading into winter. Farm machinery is a huge investment, so keeping it running as long as possible is both economical and necessary. Maintaining machinery requires it to be dry, sheltered, serviced and clean, which means it needs to be appropriately stored. Among the popular farm sheds for storing machinery is the drive-through shed; this is because it is designed to meet the practical needs of farmers while offering versatility should their needs change. We’ve put together this summary which details all you need to know about drive-through machinery sheds. We’ve also outlined the possible improvements you could make to customise and enhance your drive-through machinery shed. Be prepared for growth Drive-through farm sheds are versatile and highly adaptable because of the open-ends and frames. A drive-through shed is designed to grow alongside your farm’s operations so that you can protect your machinery as you accumulate it. The framing can be replicated on either side to increase the shed’s footprint, meaning it’s easy to expand when it suits your farm or business. Maximise the entry width of your farm shed Farm machinery sheds need to be able to house increasingly large machines, and therefore the entryway needs to span a significant width. Farm machinery is growing with the industry, so farmers need to future-proof their sheds as much as possible. Entry widths should ideally start at 15m through to more than 40m. Drive-through sheds are excellent choices to meet this need because they don’t need to be closed up with bulky door fixtures that could get in the way. Drive-through sheds have increased clearance height As machinery continues to grow to meet farmers' needs, sheds need to be ready to accommodate larger models and equipment. Due to their pitched roof, drive-through sheds have increased clearance height which means you won’t need to increase the column or wall height to fit your taller machinery. Parking vehicles is easier and faster A popular benefit of a drive-through shed is the ability to store machinery without having to back it in or out. Many farm vehicles are burdened with trailers or awkward towed implements, but a drive-through shed eliminates the need to manoeuvre them at the end of each day. The time saved from this can add up significantly, and ultimately keep your business running smoothly. Drive-through sheds are cost-effective Keeping costs low is a key goal for many farmers, but you still need your shed to meet your needs which is why a drive-through shed could be the answer. Drive-through sheds are one of the most cost-effective machinery shed designs because they use the main columns to support the walls instead of expensive steel throughout the frame. This means the overall steel tonnage is lower and less concrete is required in the footings, so within reason it will cost less. Not only is the upfront cost lower than the alternative sheds, but it’s also cost-effective to add on to a drive-through shed. That means any future additions will be more affordable so your farm will always be ready for any new growth. Interested in a drive-through machinery shed? Design what your shed could look like using our free shed builder >> Possible improvements Farmers know that nothing is ever final, and being adaptable is what keeps a business running. That’s why sheds need to be versatile and upgraded as needed – a drive-through machinery shed has several possible improvements to consider should you wish to take your shed to the next level. Hangar style door system If you are storing expensive machinery, you might like to add doors to the ends of your drive-through shed to protect it from the elements. Fortunately, with ABC sheds you can add a hangar style door to keep everything safe, and still maintain all of the main design features of the shed. Lean-tos or awnings Many farmers and industrial businesses will need additional space to use as workshops or additional storage. That’s why it can be worth incorporating a lean-to or awning onto your main shed, without compromising on function. These additional structures can utilise the side walls of the main shed without impacting on the machinery stored inside. You can also have provisional fixing points incorporated into the initial design so that the awning can be added at a later date. Multiple drive-through spans / M type roof designs Drive-through sheds have an incredibly flexible design and can be expanded width-wise to create an ‘M’ type roof. What this means is one or more additional sheds are added to the side of the original shed to increase the square footage. This allows for more storage space to avoid double parking and inconvenient obstructions, without having to start a shed build from scratch. Gable infills If you’re concerned about rain getting into the open ends of your shed, you can consider installing gable infills. These will cover the triangular gables for added protection, but won’t compromise the opening width. The infills will protect your machinery from the weather as well as provide a satisfying ‘finishing touch’ which hides the exposed web trusses in the roof. Consider your shed orientation One thing to consider when installing a drive through shed is how it’s positioned in the environment. Due to having two open ends, drive-through machinery sheds can be more prone to forming wind tunnels, so you’ll need to place them carefully on your land. If you’re unsure of the best location for your shed, the team at ABC Sheds has the knowledge and expertise to help you determine the most appropriate place for your new shed. Getting this right will mean your machinery is kept safe and secure no matter the weather conditions. Storing machinery properly is the best way to guarantee it’s protected well into the future, which will keep your farm running smoothly. So if it’s machinery you need to store, why not consider a drive-through shed? It will be cost-effective, functional and versatile to suit your changing needs, but it can also be customised to suit your farm or business. Where some shed designs are restricted by their four-walls, drive-through sheds can be easily upgraded and modified to suit your farm. You can view our full range of farm sheds in the free brochure, to find the best fit for you.

Farm sheds

The advantages of drive-through machinery sheds

Looking after your farm machinery is important, so choosing the right shed to store it in should be ...

16 Jun 2022 | 4 min

Learn the steps involved when buying an ABC shed

When purchasing any big ticket item like a new car, home or shed, it always helps to know the process involved so that you’re well prepared before you start. In particular, the process of building a new shed can be a lengthy one and with manufacturing and building delays due to increased demand and material shortages, some people are surprised at just how long the process will take, from start to finish. Here at ABC Sheds we like to be transparent with all of our processes. This is so you'll know what you can expect when you purchase a shed or industrial building from us, along with the steps we take to ensure you get the most exceptional experience. Like anything building related there are specific steps that must be taken to ensure you get the most quality shed that's fit for your requirements. Here we outline the steps involved when buying a new ABC shed and how all of our teams from sales to production are with you at each point of the process. 1. Initial enquiry with a sales consultant The first step most people take when buying a shed from us is an initial enquiry with a sales consultant. Often this is done online via our contact page or the request a quote page. Some people come to us with a specific shed design in mind already and may have used our online shed builder to design what their ultimate shed could look like. Completely free to use, this is a great tool as it lets you design your perfect shed before you place an order. You can then request a quote through the shed builder, for the specific shed that you have designed. In some cases of the initial enquiry stage, our sales consultants may not have enough information to provide an accurate quote. They will be on the phone as soon as possible to discuss your requirements which will enable them to get a better idea of what you require. 2. Shed designed, engineered and quoted At this stage it’s over to our design team who will plan what your new shed will look like. They will ensure that every detail is factored in and that your shed is designed so that it meets engineering requirements. Depending on where you intend to erect the shed extra work may need to be done at the design stage to ensure that your shed is engineered for strong winds for example. Once the design is complete the sales consultant will proceed to quote it up and they will email the quote through for your approval. Currently quotes are valid for 14 days, if your quote is older than that we recommend calling us to see if the pricing has changed. 3. Quote accepted and commencement invoice raised Once the quote has been accepted a commencement invoice is then raised. This is a very important step as once the deposit is paid, it ensures that we can manufacture your shed at the price we have quoted. With the current construction boom we’re seeing here in Australia along with material shortages and subsequent delays, locking in your pricing early ensures that should the cost of steel rise, your quote will not increase. 4. Engineering and plans submitted to council At this stage of the process the design team will take a final look at your shed plans to ensure any final engineering work is completed. Once they’re happy with your plans they are then submitted to your local council should council approval be required. 5. Council approval Depending on the type of shed you are building and your location in Australia, you may be required to gain council approval, before we can progress with your shed. For example, if you are building a commercial shed in New South Wales, the New South Wales Government has a number of requirements and standards in place that must be adhered to. While we don't directly assist with gaining council approval, our projects team will be more than happy to direct you to the necessary forms if required. It is worth noting that it does take time for council approval, so this will need to be factored into your schedule if required. To account for this some customers will purchase just the engineering for their sheds and submit that to council and once they have gained approval, they will then pay the commencement fee. The downside of this is buying the engineering plans alone, doesn’t lock your price in – it will have to be re-quoted once approval has been obtained from council. Ready to get started with a new shed? Design what your shed will look like with our free online shed builder >> 6. Steel purchased This step in the process is where things start to get exciting! Once any required approvals are acquired, we can then get onto purchasing all of the steel required for your shed. All of our sheds are manufactured using quality structural steel which is perfect for the tough and varying weather conditions we can face here in Australia. Structural steel also has the added benefit that it can be hot-dip galvanised which offers extra protection from the elements and harsh weather conditions. 7. Manufacturing commences Once your steel arrives it’s then over to our production team who will manufacture all of the steel components such as columns and beams that may be needed for your shed. Here at ABC Sheds we also have our own in-house plasma cutter which ensures we can manufacture almost every piece of your shed, which helps to cut down manufacturing delays. Throughout the entire manufacturing process you will receive regular progress updates from our team and photos of your shed being made. Our workshop contains the best of the best and we feel very lucky to have a talented production team of welders, boilermakers, leading hands and trades assistants who ensure that all of our sheds are manufactured to the highest standard. 8. Shed delivered to site Once all parts of your shed have been manufactured it will then be delivered on an ABC Sheds truck, direct to your site. Our sheds are packaged as a kit which means everything comes on the one truck. Once it’s been loaded up you’ll get an update and some photos from our customer service team who will let you know that it’s on its way. You will also receive a tracking link so that you can track the progress of the truck, live on GPS! 9. Erectors install your shed The last step and the most exciting one in the shed buying process is when it’s finally time to erect your brand new ABC shed! As we’ve mentioned, your shed will be delivered as a kit which makes it relatively simple to install – some would even compare it to a Meccano set! All of our sheds come with an erecting DVD and installation manual which details how the shed should be installed – this can prove very useful should you be erecting the shed yourself or employing your own shed builders. If you need your shed installed, we are more than happy to arrange shed erectors for you. We have relationships with a number of excellent building contractors who are very used to working with and installing ABC sheds. Keen to see just how quickly an ABC shed goes up? Take a look at the time lapse below! Designed for you, built to last As you can see there are lots of steps involved when buying a shed. We hope that this blog has given you a better idea of the process involved when buying an ABC shed, and what you can expect from us. From sales through to production our team is with you at every step of the process to ensure you get a shed that’s designed exactly for your requirements, and stands the test of time. Every ABC shed is also backed up by a 25-year “you’re covered” guarantee so if something’s not quite right, you’re covered. Interested in a new farm shed, industrial building or covered arena for your property? Contact us below to request a free no-obligation quote.

ABC Sheds latest news

The steps to buying with ABC Sheds

When purchasing any big ticket item like a new car, home or shed, it always helps to know the ...

18 May 2022 | 5 min

Learn about the differences between grain sheds and grain silos

It’s an age-old question and something that we get asked time and time again – what’s the difference between a grain shed and a grain silo? Could one be more beneficial than the other? While they both store large amounts of grain, a grain shed functions quite differently from a grain silo so it’s important to understand the differences and benefits, of each storage solution. When it comes to storing your grain harvest, you also want to be sure that you have the perfect storage solution that will ensure your grain is kept in optimum condition. Grain is an expensive commodity and when stored in optimum conditions, it has the potential to provide big returns on investment, if and when you go to sell. It’s important to research which grain storage option will work best for you and your needs so that you have a functional storage space that is not only practical but won’t cost you money down the track. Here we dive into the difference between grain sheds and grain silos. We will cover everything from advantages and disadvantages to price differences, and storage capacities. We will also cover external factors that may influence your storage decision like lead times and your budget. Grain silos: Advantages and disadvantages A grain silo is a large steel structure that is used to store bulk materials like grain or fermented feed – more commonly referred to as silage. Silos are often used by farmers to store their yearly harvest and may be located in a separate location to the farm. More often than not farmers will make use of multiple silos to store grain so that they can maximise their return on investment and ensure that none of their harvest is left to spoil. Advantages of grain silos Fumigation: Silos can be easily fumigated. This is very beneficial in combating grain storage insects that may make their way into your harvest. Fumigating a grain silo will get rid of any insects while ensuring that your grain is not spoiled. Long-term storage option: Silos are a great solution if you have large amounts of grain that you need to store for long periods. They come in particularly handy for a bumper harvest season where you will have an abundance of grain to store, and it may not be used until the next year. Disadvantages of grain silos Slow load times: A grain silo is a very large structure and not easily accessible so load and unload times are slow. An auger must be used to load or unload grain from a silo – essentially a long narrow pipe; it can take some time for the grain to move through the auger to its destination. If you have a full grain silo you can imagine that the process will take quite some time! Single-purpose only: Unlike a multi-purpose farm shed or grain shed, a silo will only have one purpose – to store grain. If you regularly harvest grain this won’t be a problem, however, if you complete other activities on the farm you may find that a multi-purpose storage shed could be a more suitable solution. Safety: Grain silos hold large volumes of grain high above ground in cylindrical containers. While this isn’t a problem for much of their lifespan they have the potential to cause incidents, as outlined by SafeWork SA. This includes grain silos collapsing, engulfment within the silos and falls from silo structures; sadly there are several examples of such accidents across Australia. Grain silo capacity and the average cost The storage capacity that grain silos provide has the potential to be huge! Several silos are often used at once for maximum storage capacity so it’s not uncommon to find multiple silos in one location. For example, if you were to have 8 silos at a 300-ton capacity each, you would have a total grain storage capacity of 2,400 tons. Grain silos come at a high price point though which needs to be factored in. One single 300-ton silo will cost roughly $100,000. So eight silos would then cost approximately $800,000.* That’s $333 per ton. Grain sheds: Advantages and disadvantages Like a silo, a grain shed is also used to store grain. A grain shed will feature a concrete pad and is often fully enclosed to protect your harvest from the elements. A grain shed is often custom-designed to meet different requirements and to serve multiple purposes. Advantages of grain sheds Fast load times: With grain sheds, you can simply drive on in and unload or load your grain which makes for exceptionally quick load times. Grain sheds are commonly built with an 8-metre clearance which also allows enough room for a semi-tipper which will make the job even easier! Concrete bunkers: Most grain sheds will be reinforced with concrete bunkers which work well for the efficient use of a front end loader. Concrete bunkers will also ensure that grain is securely stored amongst sturdy walls that will not deteriorate. Concrete bunkers also help to ensure the quality of the grain. Quick transport: If you have had a bumper harvest season and you have a lot of grain to store, then you’ll want to ensure that you can get to your grain storage facility quickly. Grain sheds can be easily erected on-site and as they are big open spaces, you’ll waste no time transporting your grain from harvest to storage. Multi-purpose: If you weren’t already aware, a grain shed can be a great multi-purpose storage space for all things farm-related during off-seasons. When you don’t have a harvest to store, a grain shed can be used for fertiliser, machinery or hay storage. Disadvantages of grain sheds Fumigation: The one disadvantage of a grain shed is that it cannot be fumigated as a means of getting rid of insects. Grain shed capacity and the average cost A grain shed will be custom built to the size that meets your specific requirements so providing an exact cost can be difficult. However, if we’re comparing apples with apples and the storage capacity of 8 silos which is 2,400 tons with a 42 by 18 by 8-metre grain shed which can hold 2,500 tons of grain, then this makes it a bit easier! We would estimate that one 2,500 ton capacity grain shed would cost $520,000.* That’s $208 per ton. What to consider before you choose a grain silo or grain shed As you can see there are many differences between grain silos and grain sheds and each storage solution has its advantages. A grain shed or silo is a big investment for any grain harvester or farmer so it’s important that you do your research to ensure that you end up with a solution that’s right for your needs. There are a few important factors that should be taken into consideration when choosing your grain storage solution. Your budget Your budget may very well determine whether you go with a silo or a grain shed. If purchased individually, silos will be cheaper however the costs can quickly add up as it’s likely that you will need several, to have enough storage. One grain shed will be cheaper than several silos. It's also important to note that additional costs involved with transporting grain harvest to silos can be big. Silos are often off-site, away from the farm so transport costs are inevitable. Some farmers can spend up to $50,000 a year just to get their harvest to their silos. When it comes to your budget external factors like global supply and demand shortages are also driving grain prices up. For this reason you may want to hold on to your grain for longer so investing in a larger grain storage solution could be beneficial. Lead times There is currently a big wait for silos which is resulting in massive lead times – some as long as 18 months! A grain shed can be manufactured and erected quicker. As long as you lock your order in, you shouldn't have to wait more than 6 to 8 months.^ How long you will store your grain One last thing to consider is how long your grain will need to be stored. If you need to store it for a long time then a silo will offer more protection from the elements and has the added benefit that it can be fumigated, should insects get into the grain. Whereas a grain shed is only recommended for shorter amounts of time, or in conjunction with a silo. Some farmers will store their harvest in a grain shed initially and will then transport the harvest to a silo at their leisure. This reduces unnecessary time pressure and will cut down on transport costs. So, grain silo or grain shed? When it comes to deciding between a silo and a shed for your grain, the choice is yours! We hope that this article has given you some guidance around what is most suitable for your needs. If you are interested in discussing your grain shed options and how an ABC Sheds grain shed could meet your needs, then we encourage you to reach out to us today. For more information on the grain sheds we manufacture, you can head to the product page below. *All prices included in this article are estimates and should only be used as a guide. For an accurate shed quote, please request one here. ^This is an indication only. Lead times may fluctuate due to demand.

Grain sheds

Grain sheds versus grain silos: What's the difference?

It’s an age-old question and something that we get asked time and time again – what’s the ...

21 Apr 2022 | 5 min

Check out the blog for the ultimate aircraft hangar inspiration!

Whether you need an aircraft hangar for a new aviation park or you have a hobby plane that needs a home, it always helps to have some inspiration! Here at ABC Sheds, we construct custom structural steel aircraft hangars for the secure storage of planes, both big and small. So whether you’re running a plane charter service or you need extra space to store the private jet, our aircraft hangars are designed with your specific requirements in mind. If you’re looking to upgrade to a new hangar shed or if you’re building an aircraft hangar for the first time, it can help to see other sheds to get some initial ideas. We’ve handpicked four of our most impressive aircraft hangar projects to give you the ultimate inspiration! From a no-fuss, no-frills aircraft hangar in Hillston to one of the largest aircraft hangars we’ve ever manufactured, check out some of our most inspiring aircraft hangar sheds below. 1. A simple no-fuss aircraft hangar in Hillston Location: Hillston, New South Wales Shed size: 12m x 15m x 4m The first aircraft hangar that we wanted to put the spotlight on is this simple, no-fuss aircraft hangar supplied for a farmer in Hillston, New South Wales. Hillston is located on the banks of the Lachlan River in the picturesque western Riverina. Featuring many tranquil parks and heritage buildings, Hillston is home to many farmers with the township known for its rural charm. For farmers located in many rural areas of Australia, it’s important to have access to a small plane or helicopter to complete routine activities like monitoring crops and herds of cattle. Farms tend to be anything but small so the ability to use a plane to survey the land and complete additional tasks such as crop spraying to spray pesticides, ensures that valuable time is used wisely, and tasks can be completed efficiently. The aircraft hangar that we supplied for this farmer is proving to be very useful! Measuring up at 12 metres by 15 metres and with a steep 22-degree roof pitch, this aircraft hangar makes great storage for a small plane or helicopter. 2. A unique aircraft hangar in Rylstone Location: Rylstone, New South Wales Shed size: 16m x 18m x 4m Who said aircraft hangars have to be boring? As design and technology have evolved, so too have the types of sheds that are being built. People are now able to see beyond four walls and a gable roof. We’re seeing many more unique designs emerge just like this charming aircraft hangar located in Rylstone. Located in the Mudgee region of New South Wales, Rylstone is home to rustic sandstone houses and cottages along with 1920s era stores. Rylstone is also home to many avid aviation enthusiasts! Completed for a local customer, this 16 metre by 18 metre aircraft hangar is simple and stylish. And at 4 metres high to the gutter, this hangar also boasts a curved roof and solar panels for energy efficient electricity. A win-win all round! 3. Mighty in Moree Location: Moree, New South Wales Shed size: 35m x 42m x 6m Quite possibly one of the coolest and most grand aircraft hangars we’ve had the pleasure of working on, this hangar shed in Moree is one to be admired! Moree is located in the charming Gwydir Valley in northwest New South Wales. Known for its delicious local produce, the Moree community celebrates its thriving agricultural community at the annual Moree Show. This large aircraft hangar was completed for a commercial client that required the option to house multiple planes at any given time. Suitable for charter or commercial planes, this aircraft hangar is 35 metres wide by 42 metres long and 6 metres high to the gutter; it also features a 6 metre by 35-metre mezzanine for abundant storage. And with an 18 metre wide opening in the side, planes of all shapes and sizes can come and go as they please! 4. Aviators paradise in Rylstone Location: Rylstone, New South Wales Shed size: 16m x 14m x 5m Often referred to as paradise for aviators, Rylstone Airpark represents some of the best that aviation has to offer in Australia. Located in Rylstone, one of the most picturesque pieces of countryside in rural New South Wales, the airpark consists of 37 small, medium and large hangar-only lots and 26 residential lots. Since its inception in 2015, Rylstone Airpark has become a sought after destination for pilots and their families. We have had the chance to work on various aircraft hanger projects throughout the airpark with this impressive hangar shed being one of the first that we completed. Measuring up at 16 metres by 14 metres by 5 metres high, this aircraft hangar also has a 14.5 metre by 4-metre mezzanine balcony, perfect for relaxing or entertaining. Sit and watch the planes come and go from the runway or sit back and relax in the evening with friends to enjoy the picturesque sunsets! With many different designs now available for aircraft hangars, we hope that you have found some of our top picks inspiring for your next hangar shed. From curved roofs to mezzanines and solar power panels, the options for aircraft hangars are vast – the choice is yours! Are you considering a new aircraft hangar? We would love to hear from you! Our design and engineering team have over 20 years of knowledge and experience when it comes to aircraft hangar design and construction. We use the latest methods to provide you with superior plane storage, that's perfect for your requirements. And with spans of up to 60 metres, our aircraft hangars will provide enough space for an ultra-light plane or even a B52. Learn more about our aircraft hangars and view more of our completed projects in the free brochure. Simply download your copy by clicking below.

Aircraft hangars

Aircraft hangar inspiration

Whether you need an aircraft hangar for a new aviation park or you have a hobby plane that needs a ...

23 Mar 2022 | 3 min

Learn more about workshop sheds here

Investing in a versatile shed like a workshop is a wise choice! A workshop can provide years of valuable use and return on your investment and if planned correctly, will become a practical multi-use space for your farm or business. Many businesses and farming operations that deal in maintenance and repairs will need a high-quality workshop on site that can meet a range of different requirements. A well-designed workshop will also allow you to handle your own maintenance and repair needs in-house without the need to outsource the work which could prove to be a costly exercise. If you’re considering a new workshop then you may already be aware of what you’ll need from your shed and how this will need to function, however, you may not be aware of additional considerations that could make your workshop the perfect maintenance and repair space. Here we’ve outlined 5 things to consider when planning a workshop shed so that you can be prepared. 1. Workshop design & layout A workshop can be a busy space and depending on how big your operations are, you may have many people working at any given time. A workshop needs to be designed to account for this and the needs of not only the people that will be working inside but the tasks and repair duties they will need to perform. A space that’s too small may inhibit people from doing their job correctly and could even cause health and safety issues if too many people are working in a confined space. When you’re first planning your workshop take some time to think about who will be using the space – not just right now, but in the future too. Also, consider the layout and how best to design your workshop so that people can adequately work. Open spaces that allow for plenty of room and movement are best. 2. Shed amenities & utilities When designing your new workshop shed you will also need to consider the various amenities that could be required to make this a comfortable space to work. If you hire staff that work Monday to Friday then you will need to consider a kitchenette, bathrooms and possibly a break room. Is there a possibility that people could come and visit the workshop? Then you may also want to consider a small waiting area that’s out-of-sight of the work being done inside. Depending on what the workshop will be used for, you may also want to consider if there are any additional utilities that could be required beyond power and water. Will you have to lift items of substantial weight? You may need to consider making your shed adaptable for a gantry crane. Do you service or repair cars? Then you’ll want to consider roller or sliding doors so that you can easily get these inside. No two workshops are the same so it’s important to consider the amenities and utilities you may need for your shed right at the beginning stages. That way you can ensure that nothing is missed when it comes to building your workshop. 3. Doors & windows Just like amenities and utilities, doors and windows should also be factored in at the design stages. Once your workshop shed is built, it can be very hard to add these in at a later date! As we have already alluded to, there may be a need to add bigger entryways like roller or sliding doors, depending on the work that will be undertaken inside the workshop. This is particularly important if you service or repair large equipment and machinery. Along with a standard personal access door, many people also opt for a simple roller door for their workshop, to allow for any bigger items to be transported inside. Along with doors, windows could be required for ventilation or lighting in a workshop. They should be used in the instance where there aren’t many doors in a workshop, and you need a way to get fresh air inside. If your workshop is already well ventilated then you may want to consider adding translucent sheeting instead of windows. This will allow for more natural light to enter the building, which could make it easier for people to work inside. This workshop features three roller doors and a personal access door for ease of access. 4. Storage Having the right amount of storage is essential for almost any workshop space – too little storage and you will run out of room, too much and you won't have enough room to work. As well as utilising something like storage shelves inside a workshop, many people also extend their storage to the top of the shed, with something like a mezzanine floor. If you will have enough height in your workshop roof, then a mezzanine is a simple shed addition that will add more storage space. Like the other considerations we have mentioned previously, a mezzanine is something that will also need to be factored into the design as the shed will need to be engineered to hold the extra weight. This workshop features plenty of storage and utilises storage shelves along the walls. 5. Workshop safety Workshop safety is an important consideration; this is even more important if you will have other people working in your workshop alongside you. Due to the nature of work undertaken in a workshop, they do also pose some risks. When planning a new workshop shed it’s important to consider the following safety measures: Lighting: The shed must be well-lit. Ventilation: The shed must be adequately ventilated and include exhaust ventilation if required. Fire safety: There must be adequate fire-fighting equipment like a fire extinguisher, readily available. Walking areas: Have clearly identified areas where people can safely walk. Workshop pits: Pits must be clearly identified and covered when not in use, or handrails should be in place to avoid the potential of falling in the pit. Workstations access: If workstations are hazardous, their access should be restricted. Wash facilities: Hygienic washing facilities must be easily accessible. Waste removal: Processes must be in place for the safe removal of waste like oils and machinery parts. As you can now see, there are lots of extra things to consider when it comes to workshop sheds. If you’re unsure about what you need, it always helps to consult with the experts. We have a long history of manufacturing workshops and commercial sheds for various industries. We offer fully galvanised frames and high-quality materials to construct your workshop building and with our proven experience in industrial construction, we’ll bring you great results for your storage needs. You learn more about the workshops and commercial sheds we supply in our free brochure. Get your copy below.

Workshops

5 things you need to know about workshop sheds

Investing in a versatile shed like a workshop is a wise choice! A workshop can provide years of ...

16 Mar 2022 | 4 min

Learn about the cost per m2 for popular steel sheds

The cost of a steel shed is a question we get asked frequently. This can be hard to answer as no two sheds are the same; in most instances, a steel shed will also be custom-designed to meet the customer's specific requirements which will drive up the price, should they choose optional extras. The overall cost of a shed will come down to many different factors – from the size of the shed, to how many enclosed walls or bays you include, there are lots of things that could impact how much you will need to spend on a new steel farm shed or industrial building. What we can determine, however, is how much you can expect to pay on average, for a steel shed. This will then give you a good idea of how much you could expect to pay for a new shed. It’s important to be prepared when purchasing a new shed, and a ballpark figure can make all the difference when deciding which shed manufacturer you choose. To help you out, we’ve outlined the cost per m² for a steel farm shed, equestrian shed, commercial shed and an aircraft hangar. We’ve also explained any potential factors that may increase the price of a new shed. The cost per m² for a farm shed A farm shed is one of the most customisable and versatile sheds on the market. A farm shed can serve many different purposes from hay or machinery storage to a shearing shed and even workshops spaces – the options are endless! Generally speaking, the bigger your farm shed, the more you will need to pay. While it may seem like a big investment, to begin with, particularly if you’re purchasing a shearing shed or combination shed, a quality structural steel farm shed will more than pay off in the long run and if done right, can be used for many different purposes. When looking at the cost of a farm shed per square metre, you are looking at between $200 to $300.* Factors that increase the cost of a farm shed Certain factors will increase the cost of a farm shed. The final cost will be influenced by: Awnings: The addition of awnings to any shed can increase the price that you will need to pay. Awnings require extra columns, steel beams and extra roofing which will increase how much you need to pay for your farm shed. Truss overs: Truss overs are required to structurally support the roof of a shed. The bigger your shed the bigger the roof which will mean more truss overs. This will increase the price. Enclosed walls: Depending on the type of shed you require, you may require one, two or even four, fully enclosed walls. Enclosing your shed completely has the potential to dramatically increase the price. This may not be needed for every shed design so it’s important to discuss why you may need four enclosed walls. For example, if you require a hay shed then you would only need to enclose three walls at the most. We can discuss your options with you to keep the price down. Lock-up bays: If you need to store expensive machinery in your farm shed then a lock up bay could be an essential requirement. A lock-up bay will require more enclosed walls and a door which will increase the overall price of your shed. For more details on the cost of a farm shed, you can check out this blog for more information. The cost per m² for an equestrian shed Surprisingly, there are lots of options when it comes to an equestrian shed – gone are the days of a simple arena cover! Equestrian sheds have evolved and while covered horse arenas are still very popular, so too are enclosed training facilities and custom stable complexes. Because of the different varieties of equestrian sheds and the many different ways that these can be customised, the overall price of an equestrian shed can be hard to determine. However, we would estimate that the cost of an equestrian shed per square metre is between $200 to $300.* Factors that increase the cost of an equestrian shed Factors that we see commonly increase the final cost of an equestrian shed include: Awnings: Just like farm sheds, awnings are also a popular addition to equestrian sheds which will also drive up the price due to the extra materials required, to put these in place. Colorbond sheeting: An equestrian shed can become a design statement, with many customers choosing various shades of Colorbond sheeting to transform the look of their shed. Some will even choose colours so that their shed blends in with nature and their surroundings. Colorbond sheeting does come at an extra cost, but we think it’s worth it! For more information on the final cost of an equestrian shed, just click here. Learn more about equestrian sheds in the free brochure >> The cost per m² for a commercial shed The needs of a commercial shed can be vast. As they’re most commonly used by businesses, the requirements of these sheds are open to interpretation – one business’ needs will be different to the next and the shed will reflect this. No two commercial sheds or industrial buildings that we’ve manufactured are the same! A commercial shed will be custom-designed for the client and could include anything from office space to a stock room or a processing facility. When looking at the cost per square metre of a commercial shed, we would estimate this to be between $400 to $500.* Factors that increase the cost of a commercial shed Several factors could increase the final cost of a commercial shed. These factors include: Office fitout: An office is considered essential for many commercial sheds however it’s important to note that this will have an impact on the final cost. More internal walls will be required and a personal access door. Mezzanines: Some people like to add a mezzanine floor to their shed. This is an excellent idea if you would like additional storage space. A mezzanine floor will have an impact on the overall cost though as your shed will need to be engineered to hold the weight of the mezzanine. Extra structural support will be required. Gantry crane: A gantry crane can be a handy addition to a commercial shed and is commonly used for heavy fabrication applications or if you need to move heavy loads. A shed needs to be engineered to support such a high load with extra structural support added to the sides of the shed. This will cost extra. Roller doors: Roller doors can be found in most commercial sheds as they allow for big machinery and vehicles to easily enter and depart the building. A roller door is counted as an addition to a shed and extra framing is required to support this. Firewalls: A firewall is an important safety measure for a lot of businesses that operate in an industrial environment, particularly for businesses that have many sheds or buildings on one site. A firewall will help to contain the spread of a fire at a property and can reduce the chance of it spreading to another building within a complex. As a firewall requires an additional wall to be built into your shed, this will increase the cost. Learn more about commercial sheds in the free brochure >> The cost per m² for an aircraft hangar Many aircraft hangars will follow a tried and true layout so there is less room for movement when it comes to the overall price. Often it is the size of the aircraft hangar that is most likely to influence the price or the addition of something like a mezzanine. When looking at the cost of an aircraft hangar per square metre, you are looking at between $500 to $600.* Factors that increase the cost of an aircraft hangar There are a few things that will commonly increase the price of an aircraft hangar. These include: Roller doors: As we have mentioned, the addition of roller doors will increase the overall cost of a shed. In saying that, with every aircraft hangar there always needs to be a way to get planes in and out of a hangar so something like roller doors is a given. Some customers will choose to opt for sliding doors as an alternative. Mezzanines: Mezzanines can act as handy storage space and even living quarters in some cases. As we have previously stated, the addition of a mezzanine comes at an extra cost as your hangar will need to be engineered to hold the weight of the mezzanine. Awnings: In some instances, awnings are added to the exterior of an aircraft hangar to provide additional space or shelter. Awnings require extra columns, steel beams and roofing which will increase the overall cost. Concrete flooring: Like roller doors, concrete flooring is almost a given for any aircraft hangar space and the extra cost associated with concreting the floor should be factored in when you first start planning a new aircraft hangar. Learn more about aircraft hangars in the free brochure >> Many different factors can influence the cost of a steel shed. We hope that the above cost estimations have given you some insight into how much your new shed could cost, and how much you may need to budget for this. When planning a new shed it can also help to get some ideas and inspiration from other projects, so you can decide exactly what you need. We can help with that! Our free brochure contains our entire shed range as well as some of our most inspiring shed projects. Get your downloadable copy by clicking here. Ready to get started with a new shed? For an accurate quote to see what the overall price of a shed will be, we always encourage you to get in touch to request this. Quotes are completely free and come with no obligations. To get started simply click below. *The pricing included in this article is an estimate only. All prices are based on the cost of a standard farm shed, equestrian shed, commercial shed or aircraft hanger, by square metre. Prices will increase or decrease depending on your shed requirements. Prices can also be impacted by things like the cost of materials or installation costs. For an accurate shed quote, please request one here.

Shed design & construction

What’s the cost per m² for a steel shed?

The cost of a steel shed is a question we get asked frequently. This can be hard to answer as no ...

24 Feb 2022 | 6 min

Our most frequently asked equestrian shed questions can be found here

Equestrian sheds and horse arenas are becoming increasingly popular, in fact, a covered riding arena is one of our most popular sheds! Highly versatile, an equestrian shed gives riders and trainers the flexibility to train when they please, and during any season of the year. With this growth in popularity also comes more questions about these sheds, and their capabilities. An equestrian shed can be a big investment for anyone so people are increasingly wanting to know more and more about the process of building an equestrian shed, and just how customisable they are. Getting the horse shed or covered arena that’s perfect for your requirements is essential so it’s important that these questions are answered, before that all important shed order is placed. We have a long standing history of working with horse trainers, professionals and hobby riders alike to help make their equestrian buildings and arenas a reality. Now more than ever we are getting common frequently asked shed questions – people want to know that they will be getting the shed or building that’s perfect for their equestrian requirements. We wanted to cover these common questions so you feel adequately prepared for your equestrian shed or horse arena purchase. From planning permissions to how much does a horse arena cost, read our six most frequently asked equestrian shed questions and their answers below. 1. Can I cover an existing site with an arena, or does it have to be new? The first equestrian shed question we get commonly asked is whether or not a new arena can be placed on an existing horse training site. This is a very good question! Many people will already have an existing training area for horses and simply want a covered arena that will sit over top of this. A covered arena will ensure that training is not impacted by harsh weather conditions. It also ensures some comfort for both horses and trainers on hot days as an arena cover provides a cooler, shaded area underneath. One of the first questions we will ask you if you’re thinking of adding a new arena to an existing site is the location. Where will the arena be located on the property? We need to know this as each of the covered arenas we design is engineered specifically for your location and any weather conditions you may experience in your area. If you’re prone to a lot of rain for example then we would need to ensure that the arena is in a place where we can ensure adequate drainage and limited bog that could happen as a result of a heavy downfall. In most instances it is generally ok to retrofit a covered horse arena over an existing site, we just ask that you get in touch first to discuss your project so that we can confirm that the arena will be in a suitable location. A covered arena can be easily added to an existing site as long as the location is suitable. 2. Should I lay the arena surface before or after the shed is installed? This is another very good equestrian shed question that we receive commonly, particularly if you plan on erecting the shed yourself! The answer to this question all depends on the type of equestrian shed you will be installing and whether it will be an open space, or fully enclosed. For sheds like a training arena that may be fully enclosed, you must lay the arena surface before the shed is installed. Think of it a bit like a puzzle – the arena surface or pad is the first piece and must be done before you can add the last piece, the shed itself. You can also compare it to building a new home – you wouldn’t install any furniture or fittings before the flooring is laid, would you? This must always be done first and then your enclosed equestrian shed after this. When it comes to an open equestrian building like an arena, you can choose to lay your flooring surface before or after the shed is constructed. Four open walls means that there are fewer obstructions to get around so the choice is yours. Before erecting a shed, the floor surface must be levelled out. This will ensure that your shed can be erected on a flat surface and that there will be no issues when it comes to construction. 3. Do I need planning permission to install an arena cover (and can ABC Sheds help me get one)? Depending on your location and the size that your covered arena or equestrian shed will be, you may need to apply for a Development Application and Construction Certificate, before you get underway. Different local councils will have different rules so it’s always important to enquire with them, to see what their processes are and if there is any paperwork that they need you to submit so that your shed can go ahead. It’s important to note that if you don’t obtain the required permits before building a shed then you may be fined later down the track. To avoid the headaches that can come with applying for building and planning permits when it comes to equestrian shed construction, we would recommend that you deal with a reputable shed manufacturer who can guide you through the process. Here at ABC Sheds, we’ve had plenty of experience dealing with local authorities and councils to ensure all required permits are obtained before shed construction starts. We like to make things as hassle-free as possible which means we can reach out to local authorities and councils when required to ensure that your equestrian shed has the right permits in place. 4. How much does a horse arena cover cost? Another question we get asked when it comes to equestrian sheds and arenas is how much do they cost? This is an interesting question as there’s no right or wrong answer – the cost of an equestrian shed will ultimately come down to how big it will be, how many enclosed walls you will need and any additional extras like lighting and access ways. While we can’t give you a definitive answer, we can give you a rough guide.* Small covered horse arena cost: From $80,000 to $120,000. Medium sized horse arena cost: From $100,000 to $200,000. Large enclosed arena or equestrian shed cost: From $200,000 upwards. Equestrian shed with stables cost: From $300,000 upwards. *It’s important to note that the above prices are estimates only and how much you end up paying for an equestrian shed will come down to your requirements. For an accurate quote, please get in touch with us here to request one. 5. How much of the delivery and shed install will ABC Sheds do? Will I need contractors? If you need your shed to be erected, we are more than happy to organise this for you. From cranes to contractors we will organise whatever is needed to get your new equestrian shed erected. All we require is a level site with clear access. You will also be required to supply the concrete for the piers. If you’re happy to organise the erection yourself, we will still arrange your shed to be delivered to you, at a time of your choice. Our sheds are delivered as a kit and are quite simple to install – you can check out our tips for kit shed assembly here. 6. Can my horse arena be customised with stables or float storage? Our last frequently asked question when it comes to equestrian sheds is, just how customisable are they? An equestrian shed or covered arena is as customised as you would like it to be which means the options are almost endless! So whether you would like to tack on horse stables, some storage for feed and equipment or shelter for competition floats, you can design your shed to suit your needs. If you think you will need a custom horse arena, it’s always important to discuss this at the design stage so that all of your requirements are factored in. A quality shed manufacturer will be able to discuss all of your options with you, so you end up with the perfect equestrian shed or covered horse arena. Float bays and additional storage were easily added to this horse arena for Glenhill Sporthorses to maximise the usability of the space. So there you have it – our 6 most frequently asked shed questions and their answers! Do you have a burning equestrian shed question that we haven’t managed to answer? Feel free to get in touch with our team of shed experts who are here to help. If you’re ready to get started with your new equestrian shed, then why not try our online shed builder tool? Free to use, this tool lets you design what your new shed will look like before you order. Completely customise your equestrian shed or arena cover right down to the number of walls, the style of roof, and even the colours!

Dressage arenas

6 frequently asked equestrian shed questions

Equestrian sheds and horse arenas are becoming increasingly popular, in fact, a covered riding ...

17 Feb 2022 | 5 min

See what the most popular farm sheds in Australia are

Sheds – they’re now essential for almost any farm or farming business. Whether you use them for hay or grain storage, or to keep important machinery and equipment sheltered from the elements, they serve a number of important uses. What was once considered a luxury expense for some, has become a necessity that if built well, will last for many years to come while also serving multiple purposes. But just what are the most popular types of farm sheds, and why should you consider investing in one of them? We’ve taken a look at the 5 most popular types of farm shed in Australia and their specific uses. From hay sheds to yard covers, learn more about each farm shed, what makes them great, and why you should consider investing in one for your farm or business. Types of farm shed explained You may be wondering why there are different types of farm shed – shouldn’t a standard farm shed be able to serve any purpose that you need it to? While some types of sheds like a hay shed or farm machinery shed will naturally be able to serve many different purposes due to their design, not all sheds are designed equally and for some farming practices, it’s essential to have a shed designed for your requirements. Here we outline the 5 most popular types of farm shed in Australia, their purposes and why they’re found on Australian farms. 1. Hay sheds A hay shed is essential for any farmer that produces hay. Hay sheds are some of the most popular types of farm sheds in Australia due to their versatility and the ability to use them for multiple purposes like machinery storage. A hay shed will make sure that hay bales are protected from the elements and will reduce the potential for spoilage which could impact the value of hay, should you need to on-sell. With droughts common in Australia, hay also becomes a common source of food and nutrients for animals should there be no grass to eat. Keeping hay protected is essential for many farmers' livelihoods so it’s vital that this asset is protected under a structure that will ensure it lasts, and holds its quality and value. Common problems that can arise with hay storage are the potential for spontaneous combustion or hay corrosion, should hay be stored incorrectly. No farmer wants to lose a year’s harvest – this can be easily avoided with the right shed, and by following proper hay storage practices. When storing hay you should ensure that there is enough ventilation and airflow – this will reduce the chance of moisture trap which can lead to hay corrosion and in some cases, spontaneous combustion of hay. Working with an expert shed manufacturer will ensure that your hay shed is designed exactly for your needs and with proper ventilation. Learn more about hay sheds >> 2. Yard covers With sometimes extreme temperatures here in Australia, another farm shed or structure that is a popular investment for many farmers is a yard cover. A yard cover is a large steel structure that sits over an animal yard to provide protection from the elements. Activities like sheep shearing, drafting or even unloading and loading animals to stock trucks are all commonly done within or near yards. Having adequate shelter for these animals on hot days is crucial in keeping animals as calm as possible while you’re working. Yard covers can also prove very beneficial for farmworkers. Farmworkers and contractors can easily spend hours if not the entire working day in the same location, often during the hottest hours of the day. Having a cool shaded area for them to work underneath, especially in the summer months can not only increase staff morale and their wellbeing but could also lead to higher productivity. Learn more about yard covers >> 3. Farm machinery storage Like hay sheds, farm machinery sheds are also proving to be particularly popular for farmers in Australia due to their versatility. A farm machinery storage shed is generally custom-designed for each farmer's specific needs. They’re commonly used to store farm machinery and equipment that can’t be stored outside, and the machinery or equipment needs a certain level of protection from the elements. Some farm machinery sheds will have three enclosed walls while other machinery sheds will be completely closed off – they will have roller doors and personal access doors for ease of access. Some machinery sheds are constructed so that they could also be used for something like hay storage in the future. Learn more about farm machinery sheds >> 4. Grain sheds Grain sheds are just that – designed to hold harvested grain. While it may seem like a simple concept, there’s a lot of planning that goes into designing and building quality grain sheds. For large grain sheds in particular, they need to be correctly engineered so that the shed can hold the full weight of the grain. Because of this, all grain sheds need to be custom-designed so that they meet your specific requirements. Some farmers even opt to include sliding lockable doors in their grain sheds for security or awnings for shade should you run a bigger grain harvesting operation. A manufacturer that’s an expert in grain shed design will ensure that your grain shed will not only keep harvest safe and secure but will meet any other needs you require. While a grain shed won’t be as popular as a more general-purpose shed, many farmers are now seeing the benefits of investing in a quality grain shed. The popularity of grain sheds is continuing to grow, particularly at an industrial level. Learn more about grain sheds >> 5. Feedlot shelters The last farm shed that we think is fairly popular across Australia is a feedlot shelter. Feedlot shelters are erected on farms that produce cattle – the cattle are held in feedlots until they reach a certain weight. Feedlot shelters are generally steel structures with the aim of providing cattle with shelter and shade from the elements. Having a feedlot shelter on a farm helps to increase operating potential and will ensure that cattle are happy and healthy while they are in a feedlot. Learn more about feedlot shelters >> Talk to ABC Sheds about your farm shed needs Whether you’re investing in a farm shed for the first time or you’re adding an additional farm shed to your property, there are many benefits to investing in a shed that’s specific to your needs. As we have outlined above, there are many different types of shed that farmers will choose to invest in now, and many are growing more and more in popularity. Having the right shed manufacturer on board to help you plan and design your perfect farm shed is crucial so that you get the shed that’s just right for your requirements. Here at ABC Sheds, we’re experts in farm sheds. We’ve been serving the needs of farmers across New South Wales and Australia for decades to ensure that they get quality, custom-designed structures. All of our farm sheds are engineered to withstand harsh Australian weather conditions and lots of planning is done at the design stages to ensure that you get a shed that is built to serve the needs of your farm not just right now but well into the future. Are you interested in learning more about our range of farm sheds? Check out our range in the free brochure below.

Farm sheds

The 5 most popular types of farm sheds in Australia

Sheds – they’re now essential for almost any farm or farming business. Whether you use them for hay ...

20 Jan 2022 | 4 min

Plan your shed for 2022. Find out more here.

As the end of 2021 nears, now can be a great time to start planning ahead so that you’re well prepared for 2022. Key farming activities roll around quickly every year and with material shortages and the construction boom affecting all aspects of the building industry, why not try and get a head-start on planning what you need for next year? While it may seem simple enough to order the machinery and equipment that you need, manufacturing something like a new shed can take some time. Careful planning needs to be done at the outset so that you get the shed that’s right for your needs whether that be for harvesting hay or grain, shearing sheep, or housing valuable farm machinery. To help you plan ahead for 2022, we’ve put together a helpful guide that outlines some key farming activities that you may need a new farm shed for. We’ve also highlighted important timings so that you know when you would need to start the process of purchasing a new shed so that it’s ready in time. From hay sheds to shearing sheds, learn more about when you may need to purchase a shed for 2022, along with some key considerations for different types of sheds below. Hay and grain sheds for harvest season One of the most important times of the year for many farmers across Australia is harvest season. Whether you grow hay or grain, it’s essential that you have adequate storage in place before harvest time so that none of your crops go to waste. If you’re anticipating a bumper crop then ensuring you have ample capacity for storage ahead of the harvest is imperative. Hay shed planning Hay sheds are relatively simple to install as they tend to follow the same layout, the only elements of a hay shed that a farmer may want to consider changing are how many walls they include, and whether enclosed bays for machinery are required. This decision will come down to location and typical weather conditions. Sometimes a roof-only hay shed is more than enough coverage for hay bales; in other instances, you may want to consider a more enclosed shed with something like three walls to prevent rain and prevailing winds from damaging hay. It’s also important that moisture doesn’t build up in your hay bales as this can cause spontaneous combustion. For the average farmer, hay would normally be cut between June and September. Because of this, it's recommended that your shed is standing no later than mid-June. The process from initial planning stages through to manufacturing and then erection could take as long as 7 months, if not more due to the current construction boom. So with that in mind, we recommend you order your hay shed as soon as possible. Wouldn’t it be better to have your new shed ready and waiting for your hay rather than the other way around? These ABC Sheds twin hay sheds are ready for the harvest season. Grain shed planning Unlike hay sheds that are relatively simplistic in their design, a lot more planning is involved with grain sheds. Most grain sheds will have concrete floors to act as a moisture barrier, protect the grain, and allow for easier cleanup. Because of this, a concrete supplier will be required, which will take time to organise as well as time at the build stage, where the concrete will need to be poured and allowed enough time to dry. Grain sheds can also take longer to design as they need to be engineered so that the panels can withstand the pressure of the grain which can be very heavy. A lot of careful planning is needed for grain sheds so they shouldn’t be rushed. You must allow yourself plenty of time for the completion of this type of shed so we recommend ordering a grain shed no later than May so that it’s ready well before grain harvesting in October and November. This massive ABC Sheds grain shed provides plenty of storage for this grain harvester! << Ready to start planning your perfect shed? Design your own custom shed with our free shed builder! >> Shearing sheds for shearing season Unless you’re lucky enough to have a flock of sheep that naturally shed their wool, like the Wiltshire, then you will need to shear your sheep at least once a year. While there is no standard time of year that all farmers shear their sheep, the basic requirements to get this done remain the same – some dry weather, a good shearing gang, and a quality shearing shed! A lot of planning goes into designing a shearing shed that’s right for your specific needs. There is a lot to consider with the design of a shearing shed so that it works well for you during shearing time – things like a raised shearing board, how many sheep pens you will have and the placement of your chutes are all important factors to consider. Giving yourself as much lead time as possible for this will make all the difference in ensuring that you have a shearing shed up and running, by the time shearing time comes. With an ABC Shed for example, once the shed is installed it could then take another couple of months to fit-out the shed so that it’s ready for use. This shearing shed has it all! Multiple access ways, windows for ventilation and yards will make shearing time a breeze. Farm machinery storage during winter If you have a lot of machinery and equipment on your farm then having adequate storage for this to keep it protected during winter is essential. A quality farm machinery storage shed will ensure that your equipment is protected all-year-round. Farm machinery is only getting bigger so the first thing to consider at the planning stage is how much room you will need to comfortably store everything. Are you left with enough extra space should you make more equipment or machinery purchases in the future? A little extra space or flexible bays will make all the difference and will ensure that you have not only enough storage now, but in the future too. Many people also use a farm machinery shed for extra rainwater storage during the winter months. Australia is prone to long droughts during summer so being able to collect and store extra water to use at times when rainfall is extremely low is imperative. Simply purchase a stormwater tank and figure out your plumbing layout before the shed build starts. So that there’s enough time to plan, manufacture and install your shed, you should get the process underway towards the end of the year so that the shed can be installed in autumn, ready for use in winter. This farm machinery shed will provide lots of great equipment storage, all-year-round. Start planning your shed now There’s a lot that goes into building a quality farm shed that’s going to adequately serve your needs both now, and for years to come. So that you get a shed that’s just right, it’s best to consult with an experienced shed manufacturer who can guide you through the process. Here at ABC Sheds, we’ve been manufacturing farm sheds for decades. Our team of experts will help you with the shed building process, at every step of the way. From providing guidance on different bay sizes, whether you go with a roof-only shed or enclosed walls, and extra security measures to keep machinery protected, our team can answer any question you may have about the shed building process. If you’re planning now for 2022 and would like to get a new shed organised in plenty of time, you can start creating your shed with our free online shed builder. Design how your perfect shed will look and completely customise it to your needs – from the number of bays and walls to the colours! Try it out now by clicking below.

Shed design & construction

Planning a shed for 2022

As the end of 2021 nears, now can be a great time to start planning ahead so that you’re well ...

16 Dec 2021 | 5 min

Check out our favourite projects of 2021

It’s that time again where we take a look back at the year that has been – the highs, the lows and our favourite shed projects! 2021 has been a busy year with many new sheds completed across the country and we had a fair few that stood out. We asked our sales team to come up with their top shed projects of 2021 and they didn’t disappoint! From a bespoke aircraft hangar to twin combination sheds, see what their top picks are and get some inspiration for your next shed below. Favourite project: Aircraft hangar Shed size: 16m x 14m x 5m 2021 was by all means a very busy year which gave the team here at ABC Sheds some exciting shed projects to work on. While many projects stood out for me in 2021, this shed right here has to be my favourite! At 16m by 14m by 5m, this bespoke aircraft hangar has a lot to be admired! A unique design and a curved roof mean that the owner is able to make the most of this great space. Special features include: A curved roof for extra storage. A mezzanine floor to make the most of the extra roof space. Crane beams to allow heavy items like engines to be lifted for maintenance. Featuring four sliding doors, this shed is also a very secure space that the owner can simply lock-and-leave knowing that the contents and aircraft inside, are safe and secure. Check out the finished product below! This aircraft hangar is a secure space that the owner can simply lock-and-leave. Favourite project: 8,000 ton grain storage shed Shed size: 66m x 30m x 6m When you need to ensure that your grain is protected, it helps to have the best storage possible! My favourite shed project for this year has to be a custom grain storage shed currently underway for a client in Billa Billa, Queensland. This isn't just your typical grain storage shed though, this one is a monster! Measuring up at 66m x 30m by 6m, there’s plenty of room for grain harvest and more! Special features of this grain shed include: 3m high concrete panels for efficient loading and unloading of grain with a front end loader. A 22-degree roof pitch to maximise grain storage capacity. Box gutters for efficient catchment and storage of stormwater. Once completed, this shed will have the ability to store approximately 8,000 tons of grain meaning nothing should go to waste in the coming harvest seasons. What’s even better is that an enclosed shed like this one can be used for additional farm and equipment storage in off-seasons. A versatile multi-purpose shed like this really will go the distance in providing this farmer with years of value. Take a sneak-peak at this shed below! The massive grain shed will be finished very soon and will prove extremely useful come harvest time! Favourite project: Twin combination sheds Shed size: 48m x 18m x 6m I worked on some great projects this year but my favourite for 2021 would have to be a couple of twin combination sheds supplied for a client in Gunningbland, New South Wales. A lot of planning went into designing sheds for this customer so that they worked exactly as they needed them to. We supplied two almost identical combination sheds, both measuring up at 48m by 18m by 6m. Both sheds feature a number of special features like: Multiple roller doors to allow big equipment to be easily transported inside the sheds. Multiple personal access doors for ease of access. Awnings for extra shelter. It was an absolute pleasure to be involved in a project as complex as this one where there were a lot of moving parts that all needed to work together. Seeing the end result was even more worthwhile as the sheds do really look like twins side-by-side. These twin combination sheds have lots of great features like sliding doors, personal access doors and awnings. Favourite project: Stable building Shed size: 40m x 20m x 4.7m This year was a busy one with lots of sheds completed! My favourite project isn’t exactly a shed as such, but a custom stable building. This stable has been designed completely custom to this client's needs – the building needed a lot of forethought to ensure it worked harmoniously with the stable fit-out design. The stable would also be placed at the front of the client's property so it needed to look sophisticated – certain colorbond colours were required and doors needed to be placed at very specific points. While we could get a rough idea of what this stable building should look like, what made working on this project quite unique was that the client was able to almost entirely communicate the design that she wanted through our shed builder tool. There are many special features of this stable building which include: A drive-through bay for float and truck parking. Twelve 4m by 5m individual stables with shutter openings. A large 10m wide alleyway runs through the shed. Separate areas for feed storage, a tie-up area and tack areas. Skylights for natural lighting. While this stable building is still being completed, you can take a look at what this shed will look like once it’s finished below. Keep an eye on our Facebook page for photos of the completed project! Keep an eye out for project photos of this custom stable building – it's due to be finished soon! 2021 certainly has been a cracker of a year that has kept us busy supplying and building new sheds. While it was hard to narrow down our favourite sheds of 2021 as there were lots of amazing projects, we hope that our top picks have given you some ideas for a shed of your very own! 2022 is just around the corner and we’re looking forward to the shed projects that will be taking shape. For more ABC sheds that have been completed and for further shed inspiration, check out our free downloadable brochure. Get your free copy below!

Our projects

Our favourite projects of 2021

It’s that time again where we take a look back at the year that has been – the highs, the lows and ...

9 Dec 2021 | 3 min

Steel shed trends to watch in 2022

Each year, shed design trends come and go, bringing with them a variety of new styles and ideas. 2021 has certainly been another interesting year with COVID-19 continuing to impact many Australians' daily lives and ways of working. We’ve had to adapt with most of us now comfortable with change and what curveballs (or lockdowns) come our way. One thing we have seen throughout this year is the need for flexibility – flexible working and in turn, flexible sheds. This is a trend that we don’t see going away and in fact, we anticipate that people’s desires for multi-purpose workspaces and sheds will only grow! Below we’ll delve into what makes multi-purpose sheds so great and where we see this trend heading in 2022. We’ll also cover some other steel shed trends that we expect to see in 2022. Maybe you're already using some of these trends in your current or future shed? Read on to find out more! Trend 1: Opting for multi-purpose sheds A multi-purpose steel or farm shed can be of great benefit, particularly during a pandemic. A multi-purpose shed is just that – a shed that can be used for multiple purposes with the idea being that you will get the highest return on investment as your shed can be used all-year-round, and for various requirements. With the ongoing implications of COVID-19 unknown and the lingering threat of droughts for many states across the country, it pays to have a shed in place that will not only serve your current needs but your future needs as well. For example, a well-equipped hay shed designed with versatility in mind will not only offer abundant storage come harvest season but it could be used for many other purposes. We now commonly see hays sheds that have additional enclosed bays for equipment storage and with the rise of working from home, it’s also not uncommon to see an office tacked on too! When there is no other option but to work from home, it can help to have a space free of distractions. A multi-purpose shed that’s built to last is a smart investment for any farmer or business owner that wants to ensure their space can transform and meet their needs. This is a popular trend that we only expect to grow in 2022! An enclosed workspace has been added to the end of this shed. Use it for storage, a workshop or more! Trend 2: The switch from 6m bays to 8m bays Our second shed trend to watch out for in 2022 is the move to bigger shed bays. Traditional farm sheds have long utilised standard 6m bays. This used to be sufficient for many farmers, however, shed needs have changed, and the need for more storage space has become vital. Take grain harvesters for example – 2021 saw another bumper harvest season, more than 25 percent up on the five-year average. The need for shed space to accommodate a good harvest is now essential and has many farmers already planning for bigger grain storage. A common shed requirement that we’re seeing requested frequently is the use of 8m bays. This is particularly useful for hay sheds as you can fit three 8-foot bales side by side. Protection is key when it comes to protecting hay bales from the weather and reducing spoilage – larger 8m bays allow you to store more hay inside your shed to keep it protected. Bigger 8m bays also allow for more farm equipment to be stored undercover. Large farm equipment like tractors and bale handling equipment would generally be stored in a separate shed or worse, out in the open which runs the risk of rust or theft. Having extra-wide bays means that most large farm equipment can now be stored inside a hay or farm storage shed. Utilising 8m bays can also be more efficient from a cost perspective as you could get away with only having four bays in a shed instead of five 6m bays, therefore saving you money on materials. In the current climate, having access to a bigger, more efficient shed is a win for most people and another trend that we expect to see next year. Large 8m bays are the perfect solution for farm sheds that need extra storage for farm equipment. Trend 3: Polycarb will be used in shed walls Polycarbonate (Polycarb) sheets have long been used in shed construction for roofing. Placing Polycarb sheets strategically in certain positions across a roof could let in a lot of natural light which is beneficial in spaces like workshops, where a lighting source is essential. While Polycarb does a great job of letting in natural light, it can also cause condensation in the colder months, particularly when there is a frost. Another risk of using Polycarb sheets in roofs is the potential for damage during a hail storm. Polycarb is not as strong as a steel roof which runs the risk of this material possibly cracking. Polycarb can still be used wisely in a new shed build though, particularly for lighting. Instead of being used in roofs, we’re now seeing Polycarb used in the walls. This will still let in a lot of natural light, however, you don’t get the drawbacks of condensation or damage from storms. We expect to see more steel sheds in 2022 utilising Polycarb sheets in the walls. Polycarb sheets have been added to the walls of this Aircraft Hangar to let in more natural light. Trend 4: Planning early The last shed trend that we expect to see throughout 2022 is people planning a lot earlier for their shed requirements. This means not only getting organised for important 2022 dates like hay and grain harvest seasons but also thinking ahead to future uses of a shed. Supply challenges across the globe have impacted every industry and people are often surprised at how long their projects might take. Getting in early helps to avoid the disruption that can come when a vital asset, like a shed, isn't ready on time. A shed can be a big expense and it’s not always feasible to get the additional extras when you first build your shed. There’s nothing to say that you can’t plan ahead for these so that they can be added in when the budget next allows for it. For example, adding holes for awnings or provisions for enclosing a bay won’t add much to the costs of building a shed, but this can allow for useful shed additions in the future. Start planning your next shed now We hope that these trends have given you some ideas and inspiration for your next shed! We’re certainly looking forward to 2022 and some of the shed projects that will come our way. While we still get a lot of requests for tried and true farm sheds, we’re expecting more demand for flexible sheds that are more efficient – sheds that ultimately add more value. If you’re thinking about your next shed, or if you’re considering replacing what you already have with an upgrade, then now’s a great time to start planning. Our free online shed builder is a great tool to use at the beginning stages. Use it to design any type of rural or industrial shed, made to your exact requirements – from the size to the number of bays and the colours! Start designing your shed now by clicking below and once you’re done, you can also request a no-obligation quote from our team.

Shed design & construction

Steel shed trends to watch in 2022

Each year, shed design trends come and go, bringing with them a variety of new styles and ideas. ...

30 Nov 2021 | 4 min

ABC Sheds frequently asked shed building questions

The ABC Sheds Sales Team Discussing people’s dream shed means we’re asked a bunch of questions each time. And while we do have an FAQ section on our website to cover many of these, that doesn’t mean we don’t see the same few questions appear every so often. In this month’s article, we sat down with our sales team and discussed what questions they are commonly asked. So if you’re in the process of thinking about a new farm, commercial or equestrian shed why not see if any of these questions are similar to what you’re thinking of asking? What is the maximum depth that your buildings can span? Our buildings are engineered to span from 12 metres (30 feet) up to 60 metres (200 feet) clear span and further if needed. We can span longer distances but this will involve columns at various points to support the roof structure. If you’re after an uninterrupted central space then these clearspan distances are the ones you should consider but if columns aren’t a hindrance to your plans then we can discuss greater depths to meet your needs. Are your buildings compliant with the Building Codes of Australia? And are your buildings compliant with Australian engineering standards? Absolutely. All structures are site specifically engineered by an independent structural engineer. Not only are they compliant – they exceed the requirements for Australia. So if you’re looking for a shed that’s built to last then look no further than an ABC Sheds steel structure! I need help putting my shed through council – can ABC Sheds help? Too right! All of our sheds come complete with a set of plans and certification from our engineer for submitting to the council. Council applications can be completed by yourself or a private certifier at your expense. So while we won’t submit them to the council on your behalf we will support you with the necessary engineering information to make the process as easy as possible. In order to receive my Be Rewarded! gift card – do I have to place an order with you? No. The Be Rewarded gift card programme is also for referrals so if the friend that you referred to us places their order before you we will still send you your card once their commencement payment has been received. You don’t even have to be a customer of ours to get your Be Rewarded gift card. Simply refer a friend that does buy from us and you’ll be rewarded. What are the benefits of galvanised columns & trusses? Regardless of whether you live on the coast or inland, your shed is exposed to a risk of corrosion. Galvanising is the best protection on offer against these harmful effects. Some of the benefits of galvanisation include increasing the life expectancy of galvanised columns & trusses, far in excess of 50 years. Galvanising your steel shed also provides neat even protection for your column’s frame, something that no other coating can do. Because our steel is galvanised after welding the fabricated columns and trusses have the ultimate protection against the elements. If you’re looking at a competitor double-check that they weld before galvanising and don’t simply touch up the welds with galvanised paint! Can I erect my shed myself? Certainly. The construction is a simple bolt-together process and providing you have the necessary access equipment it’s easy. Every kit shed comes with footing cages, bolts, screws, downpipes, gutters, flashings and an instructional DVD with a clear set of instructions as to where everything is to be installed. You will also be assigned a dedicated project manager that will be willing to assist you throughout the build. So if you want to save time and money by erecting your shed yourself then the process couldn’t be easier. However, if you would rather enlist the help of a professional we can help! I got a price from ABC Sheds for the erection of my shed – what is included in that price? Our full-service shed erection service is the stress-free option for ensuring your shed is constructed to the highest standard and with minimal fuss. Our shed erection prices include; all pier hole boring crane hire scissor lift hire accommodation for the erection crew The only additional expense will be the concrete for the piers, which your Project Co-Ordinator will source locally and confirm pricing before the pour. If during pier hole boring rock is struck, there may be additional charges incurred. Again, your Project Co-ordinator will confirm before proceeding with the dig. Are ABC Sheds Shed Safe accredited? Shed Safe accreditation only applies to purlin construction sheds. ABC Sheds use UB columns and open web truss construction which exceeds all building standards and is inherently safer and stronger, so it is not required to have Shed Safe accreditation to prove its strength and safety. Does ABC Sheds build garages and carports? If you want a 12m deep and 60m long garage and carport then, yes! Because we build structural steel sheds these are best suited for larger spans and stronger sheds. If you need a large external building to store a car collection or large farm equipment then our sheds are perfect. If you just want a small garage or carport for one or two vehicles then there are more cost-effective solutions available to you. While we’ve done our best to outline many of the most common questions we’re asked in this article there might be a few questions that we haven’t been able to cover. If that’s the case you can check out our full FAQ page on our website, or you can chat with a member of our team using the website chat in the bottom right corner of our website. Do you have more questions? Why not contact a member of the team using any of the methods already mentioned or simply submit your question using our contact us page or by clicking the button below.

ABC Sheds latest news

Our most frequently asked shed questions

The ABC Sheds Sales Team Discussing people’s dream shed means we’re asked a bunch of questions each ...

26 Oct 2021 | 3 min

Farm yard covers Australia

A yard cover serves multiple purposes on a hard-working farm. From protecting animals from the weather to provisioning a safe working environment, there are a number of reasons to consider adding one to your farm. In this article, we’ll explore the top reasons farmers invest in a yard cover. What is a yard cover? A yard cover is a large-scale structure designed to sit over an animal yard offering protection from the elements while enabling good airflow and access. They’re typically steel in construction, due to the large spans they need to achieve and galvanised to protect against the elements and animal matter found at their location. Yard covers can be built over a pre-existing yard to enhance its operational functionality or they can be built at the location of a new yard site. Typically a yard cover will cover an area used for one or many of the following purposes: Feed pad covers Shearing area covers Milk station shelter Drafting yard Processing and tagging Loading and unloading With so many potential uses for a yard cover it can be easy to find an application where one may be suitable, but what benefits do they bring to these uses and is it worth the investment? Reasons to invest in a yard cover In this section, we’ll run through several significant benefits that a yard cover offers farming operations across Australia. Improves livestock conditions Healthy livestock benefit from increased yield due to reduced medical requirements, and general reduced cost over time. A yard cover offers shade for your herd or flock in the hot summer months and can keep the rain off your animals during the winter months. Improved working conditions A yard cover is often situated in an area of intensive processing and livestock management. Your farm workers and contractors may spend a few hours in the same location, often during the hottest hours of the day. Enabling them to lighten the load by working in the shade, where they are cool and protected, can increase productivity and wellbeing. This can increase staff retention and workplace safety as they are working at a more refreshed level. Farm capital asset Investing in a yard cover is also an investment in your farm. When calculating the net worth of your property the yard cover will be a factor in its value. This can help if you’re ever looking to secure finance for future projects or to sell the farm in the future. Secure storage If you have machinery, equipment or tools that you use when separating animals, feeding them or generally managing their needs, then a yard cover can be the perfect solution. Adding a few extra bays and partitioning them off can serve as perfect implement storage on the farm, out of the sun and rain. Have these sections fully enclosed for greater protection or have them open-sided for easy access for forklifts and trucks. This can be perfect for feed storage near but separate to animals. Reduced expenses Protecting your staff, animals and equipment might be the primary reason you’re looking at a yard cover but you could use this new asset to help pay for itself. Use the roof for water collection and have easily accessible water right at the point of use. Add solar panels and even a battery to reduce electricity consumption or to remove the need to run expensive cabling across the farm. Yard cover misconceptions So while the benefits of having a yard cover are numerous there are still several farmers that don’t believe they’re a great asset for their farm. This can be due to several misconceptions about yard covers. Let’s tackle a few of them. Yard covers have restrictive poles and beams Some will, but because steel can span such great lengths our yard covers feature no centre poles in the design, resulting in more useable interior space. Steel sheds can also achieve wider bay widths, meaning fewer poles around the outside of the shed. Yard covers are dark spaces to work in This can be true, but only if light panels or man-made lighting sources haven’t been added. Clear panels added to the roof enable much of the sun’s natural light to penetrate the shed while shielding the interior from its heat. You can also add battery storage and solar panels to power LED lights so you can work in the shed long before the sun has risen, or after it’s gone down. Yard covers are very noisy when it rains Again, this can be true. If you want to reduce the noise in a steel-roofed shed you can add sound-reducing insulation in the roof panels. This insulation can also reduce the amount of heat radiating from the roof into the interior environment. This dual-purpose solution is very popular with farmers that want the best of both worlds. Yard covers are expensive If you buy a cheap yard cover things can get very expensive! A quality yard cover, however, will last for decades and continue to provide numerous benefits to your operation. You could even have it work towards paying itself off with the addition of water collection features and solar capture. If you’re looking at how you can increase farm productivity, animal health and on-site efficiency then a yard cover is a great place to start. Having built hundreds of sheds, including yard covers all over the country, the team at ABC Sheds are experts in building the perfect solution for your needs. Do you have existing yards you'd like covered? A sloped site that would be perfect but you don't fancy cutting or building up for a shed yard cover? The team at ABC Sheds can help. With a range of solutions for existing, tricky sites we can work with you to find the perfect solutions. To start your yard cover journey why not design your own 3D model of your dream shed using our online shed builder or download our farm sheds brochure today.

Yard covers

Reasons to invest in a yard cover

A yard cover serves multiple purposes on a hard-working farm. From protecting animals from the ...

13 Oct 2021 | 3 min

Learn 5 things to consider when building a school COLA

Creating an environment that allows children to get out and enjoy the outdoors all year round is important, particularly for schools that have an emphasis on sports and outdoor education. Furthermore, being able to offer students a sun-safe environment at the peak of summer is vital so that they’re protected from the harsh rays of the sun. A school COLA is a covered outdoor learning area that is generally manufactured from steel and features a large canopy for shelter and weather protection. School COLAs can come in all shapes and sizes and span wide spaces, which make them the perfect solution for schools that need a lot of space for their students. If you’re building a school COLA for the first time or if you’re looking to upgrade what you already have, there are important factors that should be considered like location and access, as well as lighting and future uses. There are also strict guidelines that COLA shelters need to meet in many states, particularly here in New South Wales. We’ve covered what you need to know when building a school COLA as well as the New South Wales Guidelines for school COLA shelters. Important considerations when building a school COLA A covered outdoor learning area for any school needs to be designed to meet particular requirements. Thought should also be put into the multiple ways that a school COLA could be used not only now but in the future. Here we’ve outlined 5 important considerations for school COLAs. 1. Size of the COLA When planning a new COLA for a school, the first consideration should be the size of the structure. A structure that’s too small could impact everything from the number of students that can use it at a time to the activities that can take place under the shelter. A bigger shelter will also offer more protection from the weather which is an important consideration should you live in an area that gets lots of sun or lots of rain. When thinking about the size of a COLA, particular attention should also be paid to the height of the structure. If you plan on having basketball or netball courts under the COLA, then the roof will need to be high enough to account for the hoops. You also wouldn’t want students to be able to hit the roof with their basketballs or netballs so the roof should be a reasonable distance higher than the top of the hoops. 2. Location and access The next consideration for a school COLA needs to be the location of this at the school. While a COLA will offer shelter for students once it’s constructed, this won’t protect students from other weather conditions like prevailing winds. If you get a lot of wind and rain in your region then you should consider where the most suitable place for a shelter will be at the school that offers students the most protection. Another thing to consider with the placement of a school COLA is making it easily accessible, particularly for students that use wheelchairs. A COLA should be accessible for all students so if it needs to be on a slight rise, then you will need to factor in a wheelchair ramp. 3. Durable materials Most COLA shelters will be constructed from steel in Australia, as this is a material that’s known for its durability, particularly in areas prone to extreme weather conditions. While steel is a very durable material on its own, you will want to consider whether you reinforce your structure with something like hot-dip galvanising. Hot-dip galvanising is a further measure that will ensure you get a strong, weather-resistant, structure. Hot-dip galvanising is the process of immersing steel fabricated components in molten zinc/alloy. Zinc coatings prevent oxidation of the protected metal by forming a barrier. A big advantage of hot-dip galvanising is that the coatings are much thicker and therefore much more corrosion resistant – this is particularly important for coastal areas of Australia. Most school COLA manufacturers will offer hot-dip galvanising for your structure as a way to further protect it from the elements and to ensure that it lasts. 4. Lighting Will your school COLA be used at night? Have you considered how you will keep the space well-lit? Lighting is a very important consideration should your COLA shelter be used in the evenings. Even on an overcast day, a COLA shelter has the potential to be very dark so the ability to also have access to lighting all year round and in the middle of the day is crucial. Lighting doesn’t have to be seen as a costly utility bill for your COLA, however, as many steel structures can now be fitted with solar panels to harvest power from the sun. Solar panels can seem like a big investment, to begin with, however, they will more than make up for it with lower electricity bills. This can also be beneficial if your school is looking at ways to be more sustainable – solar panels are an easy way to make your COLA shelter more environmentally friendly. 5. Future uses for your school COLA A school COLA can be a fantastic multi-use space so it’s important that it’s manufactured to make the most of all possible uses, both now, and in the future. If your COLA structure will be used for sports practice there’s no reason why it couldn’t also be used in the future as extra seating space for students for events. A covered outdoor learning area is one of the most versatile spaces you can have at a school so make sure proper planning goes in at the design stages, so you can make the best use of this great space. A school COLA should be a versatile space that can adapt to the needs of future students. Our guidelines for school COLAs We have specific guidelines in place that we follow when we design any school COLA so that they're safe for students, and free of hazards. These guidelines are: Bird proof: It’s essential that COLAs are built bird proof so that birds cannot congregate in a shelter, and pose a health and safety risk for students. Downpipes: A COLA shelter must have downpipes that are correctly placed, to allow for rainwater to flow down from the roof to a drain. Acoustic lining and insulation: Without any lining and/or insulation in your COLA, it could lead to a lot of student laughter and chatter being magnified in volume. Whilst we do not necessarily have to have costly acoustic panelling, simply sheeting the underside of the roof and insulating, can have a considerable impact in reducing the noise. No obstructions: It’s absolutely essential that a school COLA has zero obstructions like support beams in the middle of the space, as these would be a safety hazard for students. Installed outside of school hours: It’s also required that a school COLA is built while staff and students aren’t on-site, such as during the school holidays. This will ensure no disruption and no risk of injury to staff and students. Are you considering a new covered outdoor learning area for your school? With many years in the construction industry manufacturing industrial buildings like school COLAs, we’re well equipped to help you and your school, with your specific requirements. We also stand by every shelter we build to achieve high customer satisfaction and offer fully galvanised frames and high-quality materials. We know that a school is a busy place so our team can also handle all aspects of your project to complete your new COLA on time. From completing the necessary council forms to erecting your new structure, our team will be there to assist you, at every step of the process. Interested in learning more about an ABC Sheds school COLA? Click below to learn more benefits of our structures and to see examples of our completed work.

COLA shelters

5 things to consider when building a school COLA

Creating an environment that allows children to get out and enjoy the outdoors all year round is ...

21 Sep 2021 | 5 min

Here at ABC Sheds, we use hot-dip galvanising to ensure that our sheds can stand up to even the toughest Australian weather conditions. But, just what is hot-dip galvanising, and how does it protect a steel building like a shed? In this blog, we’ll take a look at the hot-dip galvanising process and how hot-dip galvanising is the best way to ensure that your shed stands the test of time. What is hot-dip galvanising? With often unpredictable weather conditions to contend with, hot-dip galvanising is one way to ensure that steel buildings like sheds are protected, and will last for many years to come. Harsh Australian climates, particularly along coastal areas can make steel more prone to corrosion. Hot-dip galvanising is the process of immersing fabricated steel in molten zinc/alloy. The zinc coatings prevent oxidation of the protected metal by forming a barrier. This thick, tough metallic zinc envelope covers the steel surface and seals it from corrosion. The hot-dip galvanising process The hot-dip galvanising process. Source. Steel gets put through several different steps or phases, while it’s in the process of being galvanised. These important steps as outlined by the Galvanizers Association of Australia are included below. 1. Initial degreasing The first step is ensuring that surface contaminants like oils and paint are carefully removed. This is done as a preliminary treatment, usually through a caustic solution. Some surface contaminants may need to be removed before the steel arrives at the galvanising facility. 2. Acid cleaning After the initial degreasing, the steel then undergoes acid cleaning or ‘pickling’ which removes rust and any mill scale. Hydrochloric acid is commonly used during this step, although sulphuric acid is an alternative. 3. Hot fluxing Once the steel has been acid-cleaned, it is then immersed in a flux solution. This solution contains zinc ammonium chloride and will be at a heat of between 50-70°C. The flux solution will remove any oxide film which forms on the steel surface after acid cleaning, preventing further oxidation. The steel is then dried so that it’s ready for hot-dip galvanising. 4. Hot-dip galvanising In the final stages, the steel is then galvanised by being dipped into molten zinc. This involves completely immersing the steel in a galvanising bath so that the steel’s surface is completely covered by molten zinc. The molten zinc then reacts with the steel to form several zinc alloy layers. So that the coating or ‘layers’ can form, the steel needs to remain in the galvanising bath until it reaches the same temperature of the molten zinc, 445°C to 465°C. The steel is then slowly pulled out of the bath at a controlled rate so that the outer layer of molten zinc solidifies, and forms a pure outer zinc coating. When this process is followed, the molten zinc will cover corners and welds, and seal the edges of the steel. It will also penetrate any recesses to provide complete protection to any areas within the steel that could degrade from corrosion. The galvanised coating will be slightly thicker at corners and narrow edges to provide increased protection. After being pulled out of the galvanising bath, the steel is then cooled in a quench solution, which will also prevent early oxidation of the zinc surface. Here at ABC Sheds we design and manufacture our sheds so that they’re built to last. Hot-dip galvanising the steel that is used to manufacture these sheds is a critical part of the process. We work with the team at Albury Galvanising who ensure that all of our steel columns are protected with hot-dip galvanising. Take a look behind the scenes and see how they use hot-dip galvanising to coat our steel, in the video below. The protection that hot-dip galvanising provides Steel that is hot-dip galvanised has the benefits of three different types of protection, making it perfect for sheds exposed to the elements. These types of protection as outlined by the Galvanising Association, are listed below. 1. Barrier protection The galvanised coating provides complete coverage of all steel surfaces and acts as a barrier that protects the steel from surrounding factors and the environment. 2. Cathodic protection The coating also cathodically protects the steel from coating imperfections caused by things like abrasion, cutting, drilling, or bending. 3. Zinc patina The zinc patina or film is insoluble which will slow down the corrosion rate of the zinc. The zinc patina is a critical part of the galvanised steel coating’s longevity. How we protect our sheds with hot-dip galvanising As you can now see, galvanising your shed will drastically increase its longevity and will ensure that it lasts not only a few years, but decades to come. We ensure that our sheds are completely hot-dip galvanised which leaves no corner or surface unprotected. Sheds that have been hot-dip galvanised in the past are still standing today, and look just like they did when they were first installed! This is a testament to the galvanising process and the high level of protection that it provides from external factors and corrosion. If you’re considering upgrading an old shed with something that you know will last, then we encourage you to get in touch with us to discuss your options. Our team of shed experts are ready and available to help you make your new shed a reality. Just contact us here. Keen to see what your future shed will look like before you place an order? Our online shed builder lets you design your very own shed before you buy. Free to use, this new tool lets you design exactly what your future shed will look like, from the colour to the size, and even the style of the roof! So whether you're after a farm shed or perhaps you need something more custom like a horse arena, our shed builder is a great first step. Once you've designed your shed you can even request a free, no-obligation quote. Try it out now by clicking below.

Shed design & construction

What is the hot-dip galvanising process?

Here at ABC Sheds, we use hot-dip galvanising to ensure that our sheds can stand up to even the ...

26 Aug 2021 | 3 min

See how a hay shed saves you money

So you’re considering a new hay shed? Great choice! A new hay shed is not only an excellent way to keep your harvest safe, secure and protected, but a quality shed is also a good way to save some money. Better yet, a well-thought-out hay shed could also make you money down the track! Whether you’re looking to build your very first hay shed or perhaps your current shed is in need of an upgrade, we’ve covered the top reasons why a hay shed saves you money. Read our tips below! Hay sheds are multi-purpose If you’ve been farming for a long time then you’ll know that a well-built hay shed can be used to not only store your hay but a multitude of other fodder and farm machinery. As hay sheds aren’t built to be enclosed, they offer more flexible storage options when compared to something like a fully enclosed farm shed. A hay shed is generally used to store hay bales, but when no hay is being held, they make great storage areas for other things like grain crops, farm machinery and equipment, and even animals should they require some shelter from bad weather. Hay sheds can also be extended should you require extra space down the track. Simply add an extra bay or two or an awning to maximise the potential of your shed. The multi-purpose benefits and extra storage that a hay shed provides are easy ways to save money. Rather than having several different sheds on your farm, a well-planned hay shed could serve all of your current and future needs. On-site storage Why pay for off-site storage when you can have your very own shed, that you can use all year round? Freight charges can be expensive, especially when you may need to move large items from one farm to another. A great way to save on those costs is to have your own storage on-site, to store your hay bales and any other farm machinery. Not only will you save on freight and trucking costs, but you will also save money on leasing another shed or storage space. While a hay shed may seem like a big investment, to begin with, having your own hay shed allows you the storage that you need for your farm, that can be utilised for many years to come. A well-planned hay shed will provide you with plenty of on-site storage for your hay bales! Reduce spoilage of hay bales Hay bales that are left in poor conditions can easily deteriorate over time causing you to lose money in wasted feed. Spoilage of hay bales can be a big concern to many farmers who rely on hay to feed their stock in the drier months, which is why it’s so important to have good hay storage, like a hay shed, in place. As noted by The Horse, hay shed storage is the best way to store hay, as it will prevent damage from the weather. In saying that, it’s important to make sure mice and pests are kept out and hay should be stored off the floor. Bales stored directly on concrete for example could sweat and, if placed on the ground, might pick up moisture, which could result in losing up to 50% of your bottom bales. It’s recommended that you place hay on pallets or a thick layer of old hay or straw to reduce potential spoilage. Following some simple best practice tips like constructing a quality hay storage shed and ensuring that your hay is stored correctly, are both ways that will further save you money. Better yet, if you plan to on-sell your hay in the future you’ll know that you’ll be able to get a good price, as your hay will be in top condition. The benefits of an ABC Sheds hay storage shed Matt and Andrew from Garangula Estate and Romani Pastoral Company, explain the benefits of their ABC hay shed. Here at ABC Sheds we know a thing or two about hay sheds and take pride in manufacturing structures that will not only protect your hay bales but are built to last. There are many benefits to our hay sheds. These include: Protection from the elements For farmers, we know that there’s nothing more important than keeping your hay dry and protected. Through proper hay shed storage, hay will maintain the quality and nutrition needed for feeding horses and other livestock. If hay isn’t stored correctly it can create a moisture trap around the columns of your shed. Moisture can contribute to growth in things like mould, which then risks corrosion. With a quality structural steel hay shed, you won’t have this problem. Designed for your needs We custom-design every hay shed to ensure proper air circulation and to prevent moisture trap. We also use fully galvanised building materials to further strengthen the foundation of your hay shed. Our structures are designed specifically for your requirements, and to protect bales from ground moisture, rain, and heat from the sun. With an ABC Sheds storage structure, you’ll know that your hay is always protected. Flexible bays No two sheds are the same which is why we offer different bay sizes to accommodate your hay storage needs. Sizes range from 6 metres to 16 metres, giving you enough space to store farming and hay equipment should you need to. Bays can also be moved and extended to allow for bigger or smaller hay bales and additional storage space. Typical hay sheds we produce include 8m bays that can easily fit three, 8-foot bales side by side. The ultimate flexibility! Don’t just take our word for it though! Hear from Matt Barton and Andrew King from Garangula Estate and Romani Pastoral Company, who explained the impact that an ABC hay shed has had on the farming business. Watch the video here. For information about our farm sheds including more hay shed projects that we’ve completed, just download our free brochure below.

Hay sheds

How a hay shed saves you money

So you’re considering a new hay shed? Great choice! A new hay shed is not only an excellent way to ...

19 Aug 2021 | 3 min

Learn how a covered horse arena is paying off for Abe Graham

With a passion for horses that started in 2001, Abe Graham grew up spending his weekends at campdrafts, working his way through mini, junior and juvenile drafts in Central Queensland. At just 23 years old Abe has already started his own training facility west of Rockhampton and currently has over 20 horses in training. We had the pleasure of working with Abe last year to provide a covered arena for his training facility. Learn more about Abe, his business, and the arena that we provided below. A passion from the get-go Abe’s passion and knowledge of horses developed from humble beginnings. It was through his neighbour John in fact that he first discovered the world of cutting. An acclaimed horseman, John lived over the hill from Abe’s parents’ property. It’s with John that his performance horse apprenticeship began, first during school holidays and then following high school, where he worked there full-time for 12 months. This was then followed by another 12 months of working and learning with professional cutting horse trainer, Trent Smith. Abe then went to work for Phil Dawson, where he remained for nearly three years. Acclaimed horseman, Abe Graham, has had a passion for horses for years which has taken him to many jobs and competitions. An acclaimed horseman starts his own business 2020 finally saw Abe start his own business, and boy did he waste no time! In November 2020, Abe opened the doors to “The Big Bend” – his new property 40 kilometres west of Rockhampton where he runs his training facility, Abe Graham Performance Horses. The Big Bend is where he trains both cutters and campdrafters. Around three quarters of the horses Abe trains are for clients – some are also sent to be prepared for sales such as the Nutrien Classic, while other horses are with him for long-term training. Opening his training facility at the end of 2020 saw a busy few months to round off the year. The farm was essentially a blank canvas with only a hay shed and some cattle yards at the time so there was a lot of work to be done. Abe had a plan of what he wanted the property to look like in 10 years and knew that he had to start with the main infrastructure first, which was an arena. The arena that Abe decided on was one of our own and it’s pretty impressive if we do say so ourselves! A 32m x 30m x 5m clear span fully galvanised arena cover. Building a horse arena that will last for years to come As Abe likes to say “if you’re going to be a builder, the first thing you do is go and buy decent tools” – this is a great principle that certainly applies to Abe and the infrastructure he has built so far for his training facility. When Abe was first thinking about an arena for The Big Bend he requested a number of different quotes from various shed suppliers and was pleasantly surprised when we got in touch with him, only a few hours after he requested a quote. As Abe recalls “I went to the website and filled out a form for a quote. The guy I dealt with initially, Huxley, he was on the blower within a couple of hours to talk to me about it!” Our quick reply was in stark contrast to some of the other quotes that Abe had requested – one of which landed on his desk months later, the day after the arena had already been constructed! Abe also speaks highly of working with us, and the process that was taken from start to finish. “They were unbelievable… really good to deal with the whole way along. The process took probably three or four months, between the quote, designing it, getting everything sorted through council, and then construction. ABC Sheds came up with a lot of different things that I would have never thought of. For example, my project coordinator, Alexander, suggested that we drill holes so that we could bolt on awnings if we wanted to down the track. I’m very happy with the quality of it; it’s going nowhere!” Abe Graham's ABC Sheds horse arena is the perfect spot to train his horses all-year-round. Since he’s had the arena constructed Abe has been able to boost his productivity which will help to pay for the shed over time. He’s also done a few thermometer tests on scorching days and can safely say that “it's about an eight degree difference between outside and under the arena. On a 45 degree day, it's the difference between working horses or not, and making money or not”. The ability to train horses outside even on the hottest of days is now something that can be easily done, and all with a quality covered horse arena that will last Abe for many years to come. It was a real pleasure to work with Abe and see his arena cover completed, and ahead of schedule. Are you after a horse arena like Abe’s? We’d be happy to discuss your options with you – we’ll even provide a free no-obligation quote if you already have a design in mind. Just visit our website and share your arena plans with us here. For more horse arenas that we’ve completed just download our brochure. Free to download, you’ll find lots of ideas and arena inspiration!

Dressage arenas • Our projects

How a covered horse arena pays off

With a passion for horses that started in 2001, Abe Graham grew up spending his weekends at ...

22 Jul 2021 | 3 min

Follow animal effluent best practice with your shed

If you own cattle, livestock, or run a sheep and beef farm, then chances are you already have a customised yard cover or fabricated shed, or you are looking to build one. Whatever the situation, you will need a shelter for milking cows, housing animals or sheltering them from extreme weather conditions. Whether you’re looking to build a new or replace an ageing shed, this could be the perfect time to review your waste management processes and infrastructure. With livestock on any farm, appropriate waste management becomes an important practice that must be followed. If not managed well animal waste can affect everything from water quality to the environment, and even your health and that of your animals. If you don’t know a lot about waste management practices or perhaps you’d like recommendations for waste management practices that are more environmentally friendly, then we’ve covered what you need to know. Here are some best practice tips for managing waste in and around your farm shed, shearing shed or cattle yard. Considerations for farm waste management There are lots of factors that will influence the type of waste management system you implement on your farm – from the amount of livestock you have to whether you run a dairy farm, and even how much rain you get. And while it is in all of our best interests to follow waste management best practices, each state and territory government has their own legislation and policies in place that must be followed. What we can guide you on though are basic waste management practices that apply to most farms and how a farm shed, milking shed or yard cover can be engineered, to follow these practices. Read on to find out more. Composting On-farm composting can allow farmers to convert organic waste into a valuable resource for their crops. Composting enables the nutrients and organic matter in waste to be safely and conveniently returned back to the soil. Conventional composting techniques can be used to turn organic farm waste like manure and effluent treatment pond sludge into compost. With any composting, it’s important to follow basic composting guidelines which include: Site selection The site you select for on-farm composting can be easily overlooked. Composting is a controlled process that needs to be checked regularly therefore the site you choose should allow for easy access and monitoring. Your site will also need to be close to water and effluent sources. Choose a hard surface without water logging issues as this will ensure that piles aren’t hard to turn during colder, wetter months. Environmental factors When you start the composting process, it’s important to understand the possible impact that you will have on the environment. A well managed and maintained composting operation should have minimal impact on the environment however unforeseen circumstances can arise. This is where site selection becomes even more important. Consider things like the potential for effluent runoff, odour, groundwater reserves and potential movement of particles in strong winds. How will this affect the surrounding environment and natural resources? Water access If you weren’t already aware, the composting process can consume a lot of water or effluent. You must ensure that your on-farm composting site is in a location where water is readily available. Reuse farm waste Animal waste and effluent causes significant odour issues and reusing this is a good way of dealing with the waste. The recommended way is to stockpile the waste and reuse it as fertiliser on crops and pastures. Spreading it as quickly as possible is also recommended as both stockpiling and spreading the waste would prevent flies. You might know from experience that too many flies can not only agitate your livestock but also spread disease. Keeping your animals clean and healthy by reusing their waste for something like your crops is a great way to keep them in good condition. Well planned yards If you manage cattle and livestock in yards, then a well-planned yard and foundation are essential. It’s particularly important to manage runoff appropriately so that it drains from your yards and into the right waste catchments. If possible, runoff from the yards should be under or around the holding yards via drains and diversion banks. The less water that you have on the surface of your yards, the easier it will be to manage. In saying this, runoff from stock should never be allowed to run directly into a waterway or permeable rock. The runoff should instead flow down to sediment traps or paddocks. There are also some important considerations for preparing the foundation of your yards too. These include: Ensure that the surface is well-drained, with a slope exceeding 0.02%. Place and compact suitable material into any holes. The surface will need to be excavated to a depth of at least 150mm. If the exposed foundation material does not comply with specifications, further excavation will be required. If dust is present, water will be needed to suppress this. Compact the ground to increase the density of the foundation material. Ensure that no sharp rocks sit on top of the surface. From here you will be ready to further construct the pad for your livestock or cattle yards, which could include installing a yard cover to provide shelter for your stock come the harsh summer months. Adding a yard cover can offer additional benefits such as the option to add solar panels to your shed to power lighting, milking machinery, ventilation and more. Adding guttering that feeds into a water tank can aid in increasing the water supply for effluent management. Owning and operating a farm is a big responsibility and practising good waste management is paramount. By practising good waste management you can not only keep your space clean and maintain healthy livestock but also earn a few bucks by creating your own compost! If you are still unsure about the waste management practices in your area, it’s always a good idea to check with the local governing authorities for their specific policies. Custom designs for your farm needs We offer cattle-yard covers and farm building designs to suit your specific needs – our buildings also have bay openings of up to 16 metres in width. We custom design every structure to suit your specific needs. Our engineers will provide detailed plans to execute the design that meets your shelter requirements. Whether you want a round yard, sheep yard or cattle-yard cover, the options are endless when you work with us! Want to learn more about an ABC Sheds yard cover? Just head to our website for more information.

Yard covers

Follow animal effluent best practice with your shed

If you own cattle, livestock, or run a sheep and beef farm, then chances are you already have a ...

14 Jul 2021 | 4 min

See 6 types of commercial steel building

Steel has many benefits and is known for its durability, weather resistance, and corrosion resistance. Steel is a quality material that makes it perfect for buildings like sheds that are exposed to the elements and Australia’s harsh weather conditions. Large manufacturers often rely on storage warehouses and industrial sheds for their operations so it’s important that they have facilities that are built to last, and won’t degrade over time. They also need scale and steel can span widths and lengths that other materials simply cannot. Steel is the perfect material for these commercial buildings. From workshops to large-scale grain storage we’ve highlighted 6 different types of commercial buildings that benefit from using steel. Learn more below and see how you could utilise a commercial shed for your business. 1. Warehouses Warehouses are often used to store goods before they are shipped to, or picked up by customers. Whether you’re a large importer or wholesaler, a well laid out warehouse will be pivotal to your operations. A benefit of using steel for a warehouse is that steel is very versatile and tough which makes it perfect for large-scale open warehouses. Steel structures can be easily extended with the use of added large bays. And with the option to add roller doors, personal access doors and office space, steel commercial buildings are easily customisable and very secure. Another benefit, particularly with our ABC Sheds warehouses, is that they don't require any centre support. Often in a warehouse you will need to use forklifts to move pallets – with one of our sheds you can move around with ease without worrying about bumping into columns in the middle of your shed. 2. Manufacturing facilities Large manufacturers need durable facilities that will allow them to keep up with operations. Structural steel commercial sheds are a fitting choice as steel is heat and corrosion-resistant which makes it perfect to house manufacturing equipment that could be a hazard when used inside a building that isn’t heat resistant (like timber). Structural steel buildings are also very strong so can easily be fitted with an overhead gantry crane which for many manufacturing facilities, is an essential piece of equipment. Factories and manufacturing plants could also require multiple buildings which is another reason why steel buildings are a great choice. Steel is a lot more cost-effective as it will save you money on potential repair and maintenance costs – structural steel is built to last. Steel frame sheds can also be provided as a kit-set and are relatively easy to put together, should you wish to use your own contractors to put these together yourself. 3. Freight and logistics warehouses Anyone that works in freight or logistics will know how important it is to have the right storage systems in place. Having the right systems and processes in place will ensure that goods are kept track of, and won’t get lost or misplaced, on their way to their final destination. Freight and logistics hubs are often very large spaces that need to accommodate multiple delivery trucks and vans that may be coming and going at any time of day. Because of this, they need to be large open spaces. Steel frames have the ability to be built wide-span and with high ceilings which makes a steel shed the logical choice. The use of steel also ensures that the sheds are durable and can withstand potential knocks and damages from trucks and vans coming and going. A purlin shed for example would suffer significant damage if it got knocked by a truck, or a forklift. With a steel shed, you also have the option to easily add something like an awning off to the side. These are often chosen for freight and logistics warehouses as they provide trucks and vans with extra protection from the elements when they’re coming and going. 4. Workshops A workshop can be a valuable asset to a farm or business as it provides extra versatile space to work on those odd jobs or smaller projects. Why steel for a workshop? The reasons are endless! Quality structural steel sheds are built strong which means that you can easily add something like a gantry crane to a workshop, to lift heavy machinery, equipment, or even a motor. Sectioning off your workshop to allow for an office space or separate hobby area can easily be achieved with the addition of an extra wall. Simply add multiple doors to access the different spaces when you please. A workshop can be completely customisable to your needs so whether you need a space to run your business or you simply require more room to work on your hobbies, a workshop can be manufactured for your specific needs. 5. Fodder storage If you run large-scale grain and hay harvesting operations then you’ll know how important it is to have appropriate space to store your fodder. Good fodder storage will keep feed protected from the elements so that you don’t lose out on your investment. Galvanised steel frames will ensure that grain is protected all year round and will remain nice and dry. Adding something like sliding steel doors will add extra protection from harsh weather conditions like wind and rain. For hay sheds in particular, it’s important to get the right storage so that your hay bales are kept secure and avoid spontaneous combustion. A steel shed can be completely customisable to your requirements and location so whether you require a roof-only shed or something with two enclosed walls, a steel shed will ensure that your hay is kept protected while lessening the risk of a moisture trap. Steel sheds also offer flexible bay sizes, perfect for accommodating hay bales you will need to store. 6. Food and beverage processing plants Like other processing and manufacturing plants, food and beverage plants are often very busy places that could have many different activities underway at one time. Therefore it’s crucial that a food and beverage processing plant has the right commercial building, built to keep up with operations. A steel commercial building is perfect for these types of manufacturing environments as it can be made for your requirements. So whether you need a very large building or something smaller, structural steel can be adapted for your business needs. Steel can also be easily washed down and won't rust which is ideal for food and beverage facilities that need to meet strict hygiene requirements. You can easily get rid of dust and dirt whenever you please, to keep your facility clean. Choose an ABC Sheds commercial building When it comes to constructing a commercial building, ABC Sheds is the company to call. We construct high-quality structural steel commercial and industrial buildings, custom-made for your requirements. We stand by every shed we build and offer fully galvanised frames and high-quality materials so you end up with a durable structure. We’ll bring convenience and efficiency to your business with our high-quality industrial sheds. We’ll handle the entire project from start to finish leaving you to get on with what’s important – running your business! So whether you need a new location for your operations or additional storage for your commercial equipment, we can design the right building for your needs. Talk to us today about your commercial building requirements by contacting our friendly team here. Interested in seeing commercial and industrial buildings we’ve completed previously? Just download a free copy of our brochure by clicking below.

Commercial sheds & industrial buildings

6 types of commercial building perfect for steel

Steel has many benefits and is known for its durability, weather resistance, and corrosion ...

24 Jun 2021 | 4 min

How to get a tax advantage for hay storage

Getting a fodder storage or hay shed constructed on your farm is a smart move that will reduce fodder storage losses, however, an investment like this isn’t cheap. The more hay you harvest the bigger the shed you will need, therefore increasing upfront costs. This can be a big deterrent for farmers to organise new and much-needed hay storage if they’re already battling with the effects of drought, fire and COVID-19. The Australian Government is looking to help and now has measures in place that make it easier for farmers to get important assets, like quality hay sheds, for their farm or business. One of the incentives they have put in place is the instant asset write-off. Find out how you can make this tax incentive work to your advantage and see returns on your investment more quickly, thanks to the Governments' instant asset write-off program. What tax assistance is on offer? Generally, when we purchase large assets like farm machinery and equipment, we don’t deduct their costs from our income all at once. Instead, the asset depreciates over a period of time, and that’s the amount that gets deducted from your tax bill. So far, so good, but it can make investing in new assets more difficult. For many farmers, buying a hay shed strains the back pocket, especially if they are also unable to claim a tax deduction for capital expenditure. However, the Government has decided to incentivise farmers and businesses alike that may have been struggling from the effects of things like major droughts, and COVID-19. A key tax break that the Government has brought in as a result of COVID-19 is to increase the instant asset write-off which allows businesses to acquire new or second-hand assets, and claim an immediate tax deduction. As a part of the 2021-22 budget, the Government has extended the instant asset write-off aptly named ‘Temporary Full Expensing’, which allows businesses to deduct the full cost of eligible depreciable assets. How the instant asset write-off works The criteria for the instant asset write-off has changed multiple times from its inception however, there are some basic rules and criteria that businesses will need to adhere to, in order to claim a tax deduction. Eligible businesses can claim an immediate deduction on the business portion of an asset, in the year it is first used or installed. For assets first used or installed ready for use between 12 March 2020 and 30 June 2021, and purchased by 31 December 2020, the instant asset write-off criteria are: The threshold amount for each asset is $150,000 (up from $30,000). The eligibility for the instant asset write-off is for businesses with an aggregated turnover of less than $500 million (up from $50 million). However, as a part of the 2021-22 budget, the Australian Government has decided to extend the instant asset write-off to allow businesses to claim an immediate deduction on the full cost of eligible depreciable assets purchased new or second-hand (temporary full expensing). From 7.30 pm AEDT on 6 October 2020 until 30 June 2022, temporary full expensing allows a deduction for: The business portion of the cost of new eligible depreciating assets for businesses with an aggregated turnover under $5 billion. The business portion of the cost of eligible second-hand assets for businesses with an aggregated turnover under $50 million. The balance of a small business pool at the end of each income year in this period for businesses with an aggregated turnover of under $10 million. Eligibility for the instant asset write-off depends on your specific situation which can include: Your aggregated turnover – this is the total income of your business and the income of any associated businesses. The date you purchased the asset. When the asset was first used or installed ready for use. The cost of the asset is less than the threshold. It’s important to note that if temporary full expensing is applied to the asset, then you will not need to apply the instant asset write-off. For further information please head to the Australian Taxation Office information page. This information is a guide on the instant asset write-off rules and shouldn’t be used as financial advice. For help with your specific situation, we would recommend getting guidance from a qualified professional or your accountant so you can understand just how much tax you could claim, as part of the instant asset write-off. Help for primary producers affected by drought Along with the instant asset write-off, it’s important to note that there is also more assistance available for farmers that may have been directly affected by drought. If drought is causing financial difficulties for you or your business and preventing you from purchasing something important as a hay shed, there is further help available. This help includes: Immediate tax deductions for capital expenditure on water facilities, fencing and fodder storage, and landcare operations that will help you prepare for, and manage, drought. For more information on the help available for farmers and primary producers, just visit the Australian Taxation Office information page. The impact of a hay shed on your bottom line Apart from the direct tax advantages brought about by incentives like the instant asset write-off, there are also indirect advantages that will ultimately impact on your income and profitability. Good fodder isn't cheap to buy or produce and by ensuring that spoilage is kept to a minimum, you’re able to make that expense work a lot harder for you, boosting production and profitability at no further cost once your storage shed has been erected. A quality hay storage shed will ensure that your fodder is protected from the elements, all-year-round. For more information on our structural steel hay sheds just click here. Interested in seeing some of the hay sheds we’ve constructed previously? Just download our free farm sheds brochure.

Hay sheds

How to get a tax advantage for hay storage

Getting a fodder storage or hay shed constructed on your farm is a smart move that will reduce ...

15 Jun 2021 | 3 min

See how we helped Wallaby Hill with a new equipment shed

COVID-19 threw many challenges at businesses across Australia and the equestrian industry was no different. Multiple lockdowns and travel restrictions meant that many equestrian events were either postponed or cancelled. The team at Wallaby Hill saw first-hand the effects of COVID-19, which forced them to cancel their Equestrian Extravaganza in April 2020. However, like many of us that had important plans and events cancelled, they managed to stay positive and use the downtime to get underway with some long-overdue projects! One of the projects they embarked on was building a new equipment shed on the property. Learn more about this project and how we worked with the team to supply their new shed. Organising a shed during COVID-19 Owner and manager of Wallaby Hill, Alex Townsend, made sure the team put their spare time to good use during 2020. They needed a new shed to house their ever-expanding collection of competition equipment so the unexpected downtime due to COVID-19 was the perfect opportunity to get this underway. A much-needed equipment shed would be a great project to keep everyone busy. Located in the picturesque Southern Highlands, they wanted to build the equipment shed at the back of the property. The old equipment shed was located in the centre of the property. This had made it challenging at times, especially when running events, to get everything where it needed to be – especially to the cross-country course. From dressage arena setups to cross-country fence markers and decorations, there is a surprising amount of equipment that needs to be stored away when it isn't being used for an event. The old shed was no longer big enough to hold all of the equipment needed so the only solution was to build a new, bigger shed, and in a more suitable location. The process of building a new equipment shed After talks with their builder, it was decided, by Alex and the rest of the team at Wallaby Hill, that they would use ABC Sheds to manufacture their new shed. Their builder had used us before and liked how we worked. The building process was smooth, however, delays with the planning permit took quite some time! As Alex recalls: “The poor team at ABC Sheds – to get planning through the council was an unbelievably long process and they were very patient waiting for us. The property sits on the edge of two national parks, and the shed sits right at the back of the property adjacent to one of them. The council was concerned about what our neighbours would think… even though there are none! It took about a year to get the planning approved!” While the process of gaining a permit to build a shed took longer than expected, the end result has been well worth the wait. The beautiful 20m x 15m two-tone green shed, which features three large roller doors for easy access to large equipment and trailers, blends effortlessly into the surrounding bushland. The shed provides quite a striking feature and ties in well with the aesthetics of the property. The green 20m x 15m equipment shed provides Wallaby Hill with plenty of extra storage space. Alex speaks highly of working with us and the process that we took to build the new equipment shed. “They did a great job. The planning took forever, but once we had that, ABC Sheds came in and built it very quickly. We now refer to it as the ‘Robertson Rural Fire Station Shed!’”. The shed looks like one of the buildings used by local NSW Rural Fire Service stations – a lovely coincidence that the team doesn't mind at all. The benefits of a secure equipment shed Like the Wallaby Hill team have seen, nothing beats a secure equipment shed that has plenty of storage space. Additional features like roller doors can add extra functionally should you need to store large items. They make it easy to back in a truck or trailer and simply unload the equipment that you need to store. Further addition of personal access doors will mean that you don’t have to push open a large roller door every time you need to enter the shed. Just enter a smaller access door at your leisure! At ABC Sheds we take away the stress out of constructing your next equipment shed or storage facility. We’ll handle your building projects from start to finish, meaning there’s no back and forth with contractors or councils – we’ll do it all! Our sheds are manufactured using fully galvanised frames and high-quality materials so your shed will last you for many years to come. To view the complete range of sheds we manufacture like equestrian buildings, lockable workshops and classic farm sheds, just download our free brochure by clicking below.

Dressage arenas • Our projects

A new equipment shed for Wallaby Hill

COVID-19 threw many challenges at businesses across Australia and the equestrian industry was no ...

25 May 2021 | 3 min

See what the difference is between these popular roof types

When designing a shed an important consideration that shouldn’t be overlooked is the roof. The type of roof that you use on your shed can not only dramatically change the look of your shed but could influence the practicality, as well as the budget! Advances in technology and construction have meant that we now have lots of options when it comes to the design of a shed, and the type of roof that we choose. Often we get asked about the differences between a traditional gable roof and something more modern, like a skillion roof. Each roof has its own practical benefits, and design appeal. In this article we’ll take a closer look at gable versus skillion roofs, outlining the benefits of each. We’ll also let you know what we recommend for a shed. Read on for more information! What is a gable roof? A gable roof is what we would call your traditional style of roof not just for sheds, but for houses too. A gable roof follows a triangular design and is formed when two sloping sides are joined together at an apex ridge. This creates the triangular look of a classic gable roof. Gable roofs are often considered the easiest to manufacture due to their equal sides; they can also be made out of cost-effective materials like steel. Sheds that feature a gable roof often appear bigger and more grand as the pitched roof adds more height to the shed. With a gable shed roof, the pitch or degree of slope can be adjusted from a relatively low pitch to a higher pitch, depending on environmental factors. Many people avoid a lower-pitched roof as this may not hold up so well in severe weather storms like heavy rain or under snow loading (where relevant). When building a new shed most people will opt for a medium pitch for their gable roof however, steeper pitches can be used when extra airflow through your shed is desired. A big benefit to choosing a gable roof for a shed, particularly in Australia where we’re prone to droughts and very hot summers, is that a gable roof can help to keep your shed cooler. Hot air will naturally rise to the peak in the middle of the roof meaning the hot air will stay at the top of the shed, leaving you and your stock, nice and cool. This can be further managed with ventilation slots for warm air to escape through. A gable roof follows a triangular design where two sloping sides are joined together. What is a skillion roof? In comparison to a traditional gable roof, a skillion roof is a more modern alternative. Skillion roofs, which are often referred to as half-pitched or mono-pitched roofs, are growing in popularity not just for sheds but also for houses. A skillion roof has a very sleek and unique design which can set a shed apart from the rest. As opposed to having two sloping sides meeting in the centre, like a gable roof does, a skillion roof simply has one single sloping side. This type of roof is often very high-pitched on one side with the highest angle attached to the tallest wall. This makes for quite an eye-catching feature on a shed as this type of roof adds extra volume and a sharp angle that traditionally designed sheds could lack. An advantage of a skillion roof for a shed is that the harsh slope of the roof will ensure optimum sun exposure. If you’re going to be installing solar panels on your shed this will make collecting solar energy that much easier, as your roof is already at an optimum angle – the pitch doesn’t need to match the other side of the roof allowing for maximum sun capture. Another benefit of a skillion roof is the ability to collect rainwater. The slope of the roof means that water can easily flow from the roof into something like a rainwater catchment tank. It's important to note however that if it does rain or snow heavily, a skillion roof takes the entire weight, whereas a gable roof would split the weight equally between either side of the gable. One other important consideration to bear in mind is that in order for a skillion to span the same distance as a gable roof, the roof members could be increased. This can lead to a big increase in the cost of building a shed. A skillion roof has one single, sloping, high-pitched side. Gable roof or skillion roof shed? Wondering which type of roof will work best for your shed? This choice often comes down to your requirements, what you will be using the shed for, and your budget. A skillion roof will prove beneficial if you’re wanting to harvest solar energy or collect rainwater from your roof. The slope of a skillion roof will make this a lot easier to achieve and could end up saving you money in utility costs down the track. If you’re wanting a more traditional look for your shed, or need more shelter from the elements then a gable roof is the logical choice. Gable roofs can offer this type of look while still being very functional. They’ll be a lot better suited if your shed will be in a location that gets very hot weather as your shed will be a lot cooler inside. It's also important to note that when building a shed larger than 12 metres, a gable roof could be a more economical choice too. Commercial and industrial buildings, in particular, could benefit from this design resulting in a cheaper overall build. Talk to the shed experts Still not sure which type of roof will work best for your new shed? It’s time to talk to the experts! At ABC Sheds we manufacture all types of farm sheds as well as rural and industrial buildings. Our wealth of expertise on all things sheds will ensure that you get a shed that’s designed for your requirements and location and will last you for many years to come. To see a range of different sheds that we’ve completed you can download a free copy of our brochure here. Already know the type of roof you would like to use? See what it will look like on a shed by trying out our online shed builder here.

Shed design & construction

Gable versus skillion roof sheds

When designing a shed an important consideration that shouldn’t be overlooked is the roof. The type ...

20 May 2021 | 4 min

What you need to know about shed orientation

While you may have an idea of what your future farm shed or industrial building will look like, have you considered the orientation of the shed? Shed orientation is something that can be easily overlooked and in fact, is often a missed opportunity to make the most of your surroundings and seasonal weather conditions. If considered at the design stage, the orientation of your shed has the potential to provide many benefits! In this article we’ll take a look at shed orientation basics including what directions you should position your shed in, to make the most of natural light and heating sources. Building orientation explained As detailed by YourHome, orientation is the positioning of a building in relation to seasonal variations in the sun’s path, as well as prevailing wind patterns. Good orientation has the potential to increase the energy efficiency of a building, making it more comfortable to reside and work in, while being cheaper to run. A shed that’s built to make the most of the site that it’s on and the surroundings will follow a good orientation. You will want to consider a site for your shed or building with an orientation suited to the climatic and regional conditions of your location and to maximise the site’s potential for passive heating or cooling. Passive heating and cooling involves utilising the sun as a source of free heating by letting winter sun in and keeping unwanted summer sun out — this is desirable throughout most areas in Australia due to increasingly long, and very hot summers. Passive heating can be achieved on northern elevations or by using horizontal shading devices to block high-angle summer sun and let in low angle winter sun. Which way should you position a shed? While the orientation of your shed will ultimately come down to your location, there are some simple shed orientation guidelines that can help make the decision easier. In New South Wales the weather can be especially varied, depending on your proximity to the coast. Inland areas can get quite cold while humidity is a key feature the closer you get to the coast. You may need to factor in your local temperature variations when considering your shed orientation if your internal shed temperatures are important. Northerly orientation Positioning a shed so that the opening faces north will prove beneficial if you want to make the most of natural sunlight. Sheds that face north will have a lot of direct sunlight, due to the path that the sun follows during the day. This can also help to ensure that any areas in front of the shed remain the driest. A lot of direct sunlight can negatively impact electrical items though so if you will be storing farm machinery in your shed, this will need to be factored in. Another thing to consider with sheds that face north is the impact that severe weather and storms could bring. Storms can come from the north, meaning your shed (and its contents) could be in the path of strong wind and rain. Southerly orientation Positioning a shed so that it faces south will mean that your shed gets very little sunlight. This could be beneficial if you store mostly machinery items inside, as they won’t be affected by sun damage. Any building that gets little sun though is prone to dampness and cold and could produce a lot of bog around the shed during winter if there is a lot of wet weather. It’s also important to note that wind often comes from the south, so if your shed isn’t enclosed, it will be harder to keep clean and tidy. Westerly orientation Generally in Australia, all weather comes from the west. Having a shed that is positioned open to the west will provide your shed and its contents with little protection from harsh weather conditions. If you do choose this orientation, it’s likely that your shed would need to be fully enclosed to prevent potential damages to produce like grain and hay. Having four fully enclosed shed walls will likely end up costing more. Easterly orientation The most common shed orientation suited to the majority of locations here in Australia is East. Little weather comes from the east which leaves an open shed and its contents more protected from the elements. A shed that is east-facing is also positioned to make the best use of passive heating and cooling as the shed will get morning sun on the front of the shed, but for the rest of the day, your goods and any machinery will be protected from harsh direct sunlight. A shed that's well orientated will make the most of its surroundings and will utilise passive heating and cooling. Other factors that influence shed orientation There are some other factors that may influence the orientation of your shed, and some of your design choices (like the colour). Solar power If you’re wanting to utilise solar panels on the roof of your shed to harness solar energy, then it’s important that your shed is positioned so that your roof (and the panels) get a lot of sunlight. It’s recommended that your solar panels be placed on either the north or the west of the shed’s roof, to harness the most solar energy. Location of the shed Another factor that could influence the orientation of your shed, is where the shed will be located on your property. Will it be surrounded by trees and bushland? If so, how will this affect your shed's ability to capture natural sunlight? Will some of the tress need to be removed? Or, could your shed be located on the top of a hill? If so, how will potential gusts of wind affect your shed? Have you considered whether your shed will need to be fully enclosed to protect it's contents? Making sure that your shed is in the right location is essential as this could have a big impact on the orientation of the shed. If the shed is built in a location that's prone to harsh weather conditions or could impact your ability to take advantage of passive heating and cooling, then you may want to reconsider where you locate it on your property. Are there any locations that could be more suitable? Colour choices Sheds can now be customised right down to the colours so this is another important consideration, particularly if your shed will get a lot of sun. During the height of summer here in Australia, the temperature of a light coloured roof will be a lot cooler than a dark roof. Darker roofs will collect the heat and this temperature will naturally make its way inside the shed which could end up being unenjoyable if you’re working inside a lot. Most steel sheds in Australia use Colorbond colours. Colorbond colours have been designed for the harsh Australian climate and there are specific colours in the Colorbond range that are recommended for roofs as they reflect the light (and therefore result in cooler temperatures). If you’re unsure which colour choices will work best for your specific location and shed orientation, it’s always best to consult the experts. We can help you to decide which colours will be most suitable for your shed. Just get in touch with us here. If you’re still unsure which shed orientation is best for your farm shed or industrial building then we’d love to chat with you! We can help you to plan your shed so that it’s not just in the right location and orientation, but so that it’s built to meet your specific requirements. You can contact our friendly team to talk about your shed plans here. Already know where your new shed will be going, but need a little help with the design? Our free shed builder can be used to design your perfect shed before you buy! Try it out here.

Shed design & construction

Shed orientation – what you need to know

While you may have an idea of what your future farm shed or industrial building will look like, ...

27 Apr 2021 | 4 min

Rodeo arenas and rodeo sizes are explained in this blog

Whether you’re a seasoned rodeo attendee, or perhaps you’re looking to set up your own rodeo event arena for the first time, it can be helpful to know the rodeo arena regulations and requirements. Because it’s not just the size of the arena that needs to be factored in, something like the material used for the surface is also an important consideration. In this article, we’ll take a look at the types of rodeo events often held here in Australia as well as important codes of practice that must be followed. We’ll also look at rodeo event arena sizes and guidelines that will ensure you know how big (or how small) your new rodeo arena needs to be. What is a rodeo in Australia? Rodeo events have been around since the 1800s in Australia with the earliest recorded events happening in the 1880s – what was once referred to as ‘roughriding’. The more American-influenced rodeo competitions or ‘Bushmen’s Carnivals’ then arose in the early 1900s in New South Wales. These events were sports days that held the main event of campdrafting, but buckjumping, bullock (or steer) riding and bullock throwing also featured as competitions. Rodeo in Australia has grown over the years to include a wide range of popular events which many people travel far and wide to attend. We’ve listed the more common Australian rodeo events and what they entail below. Bull riding Quite possibly the most popular rodeo event, bull riding is also the most dangerous. Bulls are constantly moving so the rider must keep his or her position and balance, by constantly grabbing for new footholds, and continually pulling up on the rope. The more powerfully that a bull bucks and the faster he spins, the more points the ride is worth. Saddle bronc Saddle bronc is considered a classic rodeo event for experienced riders. There is nothing to hold onto so the rider can only stay on the saddle through timing and balance. Instinctive reactions are key to determine what the horse will do next, and so that your feet stay in the stirrups. Ladies barrel racing This all-female event is a test of not only speed but agility. The rider and her horse must make two turns in one direction and one in the other around three barrels in the arena. These barrels are set in a triangular pattern, and a set distance apart. Winners on many occasions are determined by differences of hundredths of a second! Rodeo arena-size guidelines There are many rules involved with professional rodeo events some of which include the size of the arena. As outlined by the Australian Bushmen’s Campdraft and Rodeo Association (ABCRA), these are the sizes recommended for a rodeo arena. Rodeo arena size: The size of a rodeo arena should be a minimum of 35 metres from bucking chutes to the opposite fence. It should also be a minimum of 70 metres from the time event box, to the opposite fence. Rodeo arena fence: This needs to be a minimum 1.8 metres high. Campdraft arena fence: This needs to be a minimum of 1.6 metres high. It’s important to note that this is only a guideline based on the build of a standard rodeo event arena. The size and requirements of your arena may change depending on the type of rodeo events you will be running. It’s always best to discuss your plans with rodeo arena experts, at the outset. Important rodeo arena considerations When building a new rodeo arena, it’s also important to consider the following so that you’re putting your best foot forward for riders that may be using the arena, as well as their horses and cattle. The Australian Bushmen’s Campdraft and Rodeo Association (ABCRA) recommend the following surface materials and guidelines. Arena surface If your arena is going to be indoors, then it’s particularly important to pay attention to the surface or ground materials. Many indoor arenas are constructed using concrete floors – this will require more effort to ensure that the ground has enough cushioning for livestock. For arenas that have a hard concrete base, at least 300mm of dampened clay will need to be added on top of this, followed by sandy loam. The clay would then need to be packed while damp to hold its position; sandbags are found to work well followed by dampened clay than sandy loam. If you don’t have a concrete floor then clay, natural sand or sandy loam would be a sufficient surface for your arena. Clay: Clay-based soils tend to pack up so work will need to be done to ensure horses can easily grip and turn. The hard surface underneath will need to be broken down approximately 152mm or 178mm. The arena surface will then need to be levelled out. Natural sand: As natural sand is not a hard surface, this would require water to hold the sand together. The amount of water required will depend on how much sand you’ve used. Sandy loam: This type of surface will need to be broken down to a depth of approximately 127mm to 152mm (so long as there is no hardpan underneath). The sandy loam should offer enough support to livestock. Transport, yarding and handling of animals For any event in New South Wales that uses livestock, it’s essential that they’re handled correctly to minimise distress. In particular, the use of animals in rodeos has implications for arena design, as certain practices must be followed. The NSW Code of Practice for animals used in rodeo events contains guidelines for the handling of animals used at these events. In relation to rodeo arena design, particular attention should be paid to part 3 of these guidelines: 3.7: Loading and unloading facilities, chutes and yards must be designed and constructed to prevent injury to stock. 3.8: Loading ramps must be wide enough to allow for the passage of mature animals but narrow enough to prevent animals from turning around. The inner rails should be smooth with no sharp projections which may injure animals. While the overall design of a rodeo arena is important in ensuring that the space is big enough for the events that you will be holding, animal welfare mustn't be overlooked. Factoring in safe and sufficient loading facilities and ramps to your rodeo arena will ensure that your animals aren’t injured. If you have been wanting to build your first rodeo arena or perhaps you’re looking to upgrade the one that you already have, talk to us about your plans. We’ve been designing arenas of all shapes and sizes for decades and can help you to design the arena that suits your needs and the rodeo events that you will be holding. Even better, our shed builder tool can allow you to design your very own arena, to give you an idea of what the end product will look like. Just click here to try it for free.

Dressage arenas

Rodeo event arena sizes explained

Whether you’re a seasoned rodeo attendee, or perhaps you’re looking to set up your own rodeo event ...

21 Apr 2021 | 4 min

A custom dressage arena cover in Nebo, QLD

From hay sheds and dressage arenas to aircraft hangars and industrial sheds, our customers often come to us requiring a bespoke farm shed or rural building. David Stuart approached us last year after his travel plans changed due to the effects of COVID-19 – it was the perfect time to get a few extra things done around the farm which included getting a custom arena cover built. David isn’t just your ordinary equestrian enthusiast, however! An equestrian career that has taken him across the globe Renowned horseman and trainer, David Stuart. When he’s not out on his farm in Nebo, Queensland, David would often find himself travelling the world (pre-COVID of course). From his introduction to horses as a kid on his parents’ cattle station, David has worked with horses around the globe, from the United States to Dubai, Europe and Asia. For the last 20 years, David has spent a lot of his spare time travelling in Europe, in particular the United Kingdom. It was while David was overseas that he was able to build up quite a career in the equestrian sector. His love of good horsemanship and excellent training ability has seen him experience far more than the average horseman. From giving demonstrations at Burghley International Horse Trials, the UK Horse of the Year Show and Buckingham Palace, through to working for the Dubai Royal Family, David says it’s hard to pick a career highlight as each situation has been unique. David’s trip to The Royal Mews at Buckingham Palace however was certainly one of his more unique adventures. “I was part of a delegation that went there, some time ago now. I was in Sydney at the time running a clinic, and we were told that we had to go to Buckingham Palace. We jumped on a plane that night and got there the next morning, and then the following evening gave a presentation at The Royal Mews. We then jumped on a plane back to Sydney the next day. It was quite surreal. As I was heading back through the airport the next day, there was a questionnaire asking why we were in London – they asked what I was doing. I told them, ‘I was at Buckingham Palace last night!’. They must’ve thought that I was taking the mickey but said, ‘There will be no further questions’ before waving me through!” A lot of David’s work throughout his career has been based on building a strong foundation. Through his work around the globe, he’s found that getting the right basic start in life is vital for every horse — no matter the country, the discipline or the level. “It doesn’t matter whether you’re talking about dressage, eventing or even polo, horses are horses, and people are people. As you travel around you start to see that the stronger that foundation is, the more success people are likely to have with a horse, and the more likely it is to work for the horse as well. If you can get the basics cemented and working well, and the horse working with you rather than against you, then you’re set up for success later on regardless of what direction you’re heading in.” A big part of the basics and something that’s important to get right at the outset, is ensuring you have an appropriate dressage arena to train in, all-year-round. Why ABC Sheds? Like many of us, David’s 2020 plans went out the window due to COVID-19 travel restrictions – this left him reevaluating what he would be doing throughout the year. He had planned to be in England from late July until late September, but instead, he found himself back at home in Nebo training horses and managing cattle on the farm. This extra time back home has allowed him to tick quite a few things off the to-do list that he hadn’t been able to get to, due to frequent travel for long periods of time. Last year we worked with David to make his arena cover dreams a reality! Skyrocketing temperatures in Queensland during summer meant that often it could be 40 degrees at two o’clock in the afternoon. This hindered how long David could train in his existing dressage arena, as it was simply too hot for not only himself but the horses. An arena cover means that David can get out and train his horses all year-round including the peak of summer. An arena cover ensures that this dressage arena is a practical space that can be used all-year-round. The benefits of an arena cover With his newly built arena cover, David is now a lot more inspired to get out and train in the summer weather, as there’s shade from the hot sun. Even during spring, he would hazard a pretty good guess that it's got to be at least five or ten degrees cooler under the arena than it is out in the direct sun. David is currently training seven horses for clients which allows him to make the most of his new dressage arena cover. And with a couple of training clinics on the horizon, David and his clients have lots to look forward to under their new ABC Sheds cover that will keep them nice and cool. This ABC Sheds arena cover helps to keep David, his guests, and the horses cool on hot summer days. David is rapt with his new arena cover and thinks that we’ve been pretty good to deal with too! Hear what he has to say below: “ABC Sheds were a tremendous company to deal with. They kept us informed throughout the process, they did what they said they were going to do, and they did it in the timeframe specified. They were great to deal with.” If you would like to discuss your dressage arena requirements with us or you’d simply like a cover constructed for an existing arena, then we would love to hear from you! We can guide you through the different options available so that you get an arena cover that’s perfect for your requirements. Just contact our friendly team here. Keen to see what your dressage arena cover could look like before you buy? Try our free shed builder and customise your very own arena cover right down to the colours, and the skylights! To view more of the dressage arena projects that we’ve completed, check out our free downloadable brochure here.

Dressage arenas • Our projects

A custom dressage arena cover in Nebo

From hay sheds and dressage arenas to aircraft hangars and industrial sheds, our customers often ...

26 Mar 2021 | 4 min

Purlin versus structural steel sheds

Are you considering a new steel shed for your farm or business? With a wide range of options available, it can be confusing to determine exactly what you need. From structural steel to purlin, wide-span or something more compact, it can seem like the options are endless when it comes to choosing your perfect shed! In this blog, we wanted to take a closer look at the differences between purlin and structural steel. Just which is better for your new shed? What is a purlin? A purlin is a roll-formed structural support system. You will primarily find purlins used in framed steel structures to provide roofing and cladding support. A purlin is created out of flat sheet steel and roll-formed into the specific purlin shape. There are two types of purlins available, each has a different shape – C purlins and Z purlins. C purlins are in the shape of a C and Z purlins are formed in the shape of a Z. A combination of both types of purlin can be used to provide a support structure for a roof. C purlins C-shaped purlins have equal flanges so these can be used in either single spans or un-lapped continuous spans, in multi-bay buildings and sheds. Z purlins Z-shaped purlins feature one broad and one narrow flange, which allows the two flanges to fit together snugly, making them suitable for overlapping. Z sections of the same depth and different thicknesses can be overlapped in any combination. What are the benefits of purlins? The main benefit of choosing a purlin frame would be if you’re needing a small shed (less than 12 metres). Purlins are strong enough to support a structure of this size and will suit most requirements. Purlins are generally screwed rather than bolted which can lead to lower manufacturing costs. What are the disadvantages of purlins? There are strength and structural limitations to using purlin frame sheds. Although the frames are built with extra bracings they’re still not built to hold a lot of weight, so wouldn’t be suitable for a large shed (over 12 metres). These structural limitations also mean that purlin sheds shouldn’t be used to store heavy machinery – if you were moving a tractor or forklift and this knocked the top of the roof, or a structural support, this could end up causing quite a lot of damage. It’s also important to note that purlin frame sheds cannot withstand extreme weather conditions. Due to purlin structural limitations, purlin frame sheds can be susceptible to damage, particularly during harsh weather conditions like storms. What is structural steel? Structural steel is a special type of hot-formed steel – steel that has been roll-pressed at very high temperatures. This type of steel is thicker and fed through rollers – the thickness of structural steel can be anywhere from 5mm to 20mm. In a shed that’s constructed from structural steel, the main frames and roof rafters are constructed from strong steel sections which are welded together, and then later, bolted together. Purlins and girts can be used in addition to the structural steel, to support the roof sheeting. This design is a much stronger, and more robust way of building a steel shed. Structural steel sheds are also composed of structural steel beams. These beams include: Universal beam (UB): Also known as an I-Beam, H-Beam or RSJ, universal beams are formed in the shape of an I. These beams come in various shapes, sizes, and thicknesses. Welded web truss: These rafters provide a rigid skeleton to span your shed area. They are designed and engineered to provide the perfect balance between weight, and strength. What are the benefits of structural steel? There are many benefits to using structural steel for a large shed or commercial building. As we have previously mentioned, structural steel is a thick durable material – sheds constructed from structural steel are also approximately six times heavier than a purlin frame in fact! Structural steel is also a lot more weather-resistant so it’s better suited to the harsh weather climate we often experience here in Australia. A structural steel shed frame is also cut and welded to meet your design requirements which makes these sheds completely customisable. You have lots of choice when it comes to the design, shape and size of a structural steel shed with the sheds being strong enough should you wish to add extra additions like, hanging a block and tackle inside a workshop. You don’t face the same limitations, particularly around size and strength, that you do with purlin sheds. Another big benefit with structural sheds, particularly very large sheds and commercial buildings, is that all of the structural steel pieces are welded into large prefabricated sections. This makes it that much quicker when it comes time to erect the shed on-site. All of these benefits are why we recommend structural steel for anyone looking to build a large rural or industrial shed in Australia. It’s also the reason why we only manufacture our sheds here at ABC Sheds, from quality structural steel. ABC Sheds are built to last and manufactured from the most quality structural steel. Choose an ABC Sheds, structural steel shed Here at ABC Sheds, we’re experts in large-scale structural steel sheds. So whether you’re looking for a shed for the farm, a shed for your commercial or industrial business, a dressage arena, or even an aircraft hangar, we’re here to ensure you get a quality structure that’s here to stay! Our sheds feature universal beams – have you ever tried to bend one? It’s impossible! This means our columns won’t bend, buckle or bow if you happen to knock it with one of your machines. Hot-dip galvanising also ensures our columns can withstand even the harshest weather conditions. You can learn more benefits of an ABC shed when compared to a purlin shed including the difference in wall thicknesses, by clicking here. If you have a shed already in mind and you’d like to see what this will look like before you buy, you can try out our free shed builder here. Customise your own structural steel shed right down to the colours! For more information on the complete range of ABC sheds, download our free brochure here.

Shed design & construction

Purlin versus structural steel sheds

Are you considering a new steel shed for your farm or business? With a wide range of options ...

18 Mar 2021 | 4 min

Should you own or lease an aircraft hangar?

The often varied and hot weather that we experience across Australia means that it’s essential to have adequate protection and shelter for big-ticket items and heavy machinery. Something like an aircraft no matter the size, or whether it’s a helicopter or plane, can be a big investment. It’s important to make sure that you have adequate shelter to protect this investment from the weather and potential damage. An aircraft hangar can be a simple and effective way to store your aircraft. Aircraft hangars can also be built with lockable sliding or rolling doors making them very safe and secure spaces. But just how much does an aircraft hangar cost? And, should you buy your own aircraft hangar or lease one? Here we explore whether it’s more economical to lease or buy an aircraft hangar. Leasing an aircraft hangar Leasing an aircraft hangar essentially means that you will be renting the space from someone that owns it, just like you would a house or commercial building. There will be set agreements in place that will dictate exactly what you can store in the aircraft hangar, how many planes they will allow inside at one time, and for how long. Many people that lease out their aircraft hangars will specify that only planes can be stored inside. Leasing an aircraft hangar can be economical should you only need the hangar space for a short amount of time, or if you’re unsure whether your current aviation obsession will turn into a long-term passion. A lease allows the freedom to only pay for the aircraft hangar for an agreed amount of time and either weekly, monthly or annually. Aircraft hangars listed for lease online currently go for anything from $5,000 a year upwards depending on the size of the aircraft hangar you will be leasing, and the location. The more remote your location and the smaller the aircraft hangar, will reduce the amount of rent that you will need to pay. Buying an aircraft hangar When buying an aircraft hangar you will be doing just that – buying your very own aircraft hangar. The only decisions that you will need to make are where the aircraft hangar will be located, how big the hangar will need to be and any extra amenities that you need to add i.e. a workshop, living quarters and sliding or rolling doors for security. If you’ve been flying planes for years and expect to have your aircraft hangar for decades then it makes sense to buy your own. This will ensure that you always have space to store your aircraft; it will also be a lot more economical to make the investment upfront rather than paying the fees to lease a space instead, which could end up costing you more down the track. It’s important to note that if buying an aircraft hangar you may need to pay extra fees, depending on where it will be located. If you choose to house the aircraft hangar in an airfield for example then body corporate fees may need to be paid annually to help with the upkeep of the grounds, and for any maintenance that needs to be carried out. So, lease or buy? Whether you end up buying or leasing an aircraft hangar will come down to your situation and personal preferences. If you cannot afford to invest in your own aircraft hangar right now then leasing an aircraft hangar will be a more economical option. However, if you’re truly passionate about aviation and flying planes and can afford to invest in an aircraft hangar, then this can be a better choice for many, particularly if you have more than just one plane. Building your own aircraft hangar comes with many perks as well and that’s not just that it will be able to store your planes! Building and designing a custom aircraft hangar will ensure that you get an aircraft hangar that’s fit for purpose and can thoroughly serve your specific needs (when compared to leasing an existing aircraft hangar that can't be modified). If you will regularly perform maintenance on your aircraft then having something like a workshop inside your hangar will make maintenance and repairs a whole lot easier. If you will be living on-site then you will need to include accommodation with your aircraft hangar. An aircraft hangar is easily converted to an aircraft hangar home – this living space is generally added to the top of the hangar and will be factored in at the design stage. This will ensure that you have ample storage space for your planes and anything else that will be stored inside the hangar – living onsite can also help to offset the price of your new hangar too! Here at ABC Sheds we regularly work with pilots and aviation enthusiasts to help them bring their dream aircraft hangars to life! We also know that no two sheds are the same, and one person's needs may be completely different to the next. That’s why all of our aircraft hangars are custom designed to fit your needs, so you get exactly what you want. From the colour of the roof to the size of the hangar and the types of doors you need, we will make sure that you end up with an aircraft hangar that’s perfect for you. For aircraft hangar inspiration and for ideas for your very own ABC Sheds aircraft hangar, then we encourage you to check out our free brochure, full of our completed aircraft hangars.

Aircraft hangars

Should you own or lease an aircraft hangar?

The often varied and hot weather that we experience across Australia means that it’s essential to ...

16 Feb 2021 | 3 min

Aircraft hangar homes

Aircraft hangars have been around for decades – in Australia it’s reported that the first commercial aircraft hangar was built by Qantas in 1922. The hangar at Longreach, Queensland, became the centre of the airline’s operations, and what many consider the home of Australian aviation. While aircraft hangars are commonly used to store planes and large aircraft, they have grown so much in popularity that their uses now vary. Often you’ll find that smaller aircraft hangars are used for multiple purposes, one of which is housing or accommodation – what we like to refer to as an ‘aircraft hangar home’. Aircraft hangar homes have become such a novelty that you will often find them listed as holiday rentals on popular accommodation websites like AirBnB. But what makes an aircraft hangar home so unique and what’s caused them to gain popularity? In this blog we’ll explore the not so humble aircraft hangar home, and show you an example of an aircraft hangar that has been successfully converted into holiday accommodation in New South Wales. What is an aircraft hangar home? An aircraft hangar is essentially a strong steel shed that is built wide enough to comfortably store one or many aircraft at a time. Some aircraft hangars are left open while others may feature doors for enhanced security. An aircraft hangar that also doubles as a home or accommodation will still have the same amount of storage that a stand-alone aircraft hangar would have, it just has the additional accommodation space. You’ll find that living quarters in an aircraft hangar are often positioned at the top of the hangar, above the aircraft storage. This is very practical and means that no floor space is taken up that would generally be needed for one or many aircraft. Occupants of the hangar simply access the living quarters by stairs. We have seen examples of aircraft hangar accommodation added on the ground floor alongside the aircraft storage space. While this isn’t as common, this can be achieved when good planning is done before you proceed with building an aircraft hangar, to ensure that you still have enough room for the planes. What makes an aircraft hangar home unique? It will come as no surprise that an aircraft hangar home in itself is truly unique – who would've thought that when the first-ever aircraft hangar was built, that the design would evolve over time to include living quarters? In a time where many people are looking to upgrade their homes to something that’s bigger, better and more extravagant, an aircraft hangar home seems to go against the grain. While an aircraft hangar home isn’t as large and accessible as the typical Aussie family home, it certainly has its benefits! For people that live and breathe aviation, living alongside your aircraft is something that dreams are made of! For example, Spruce Creek in Florida, USA is an entire community built around a runway where residents can park their planes on the driveway. Often an airport or airstrip can be quite a drive from a town or central city so having accommodation onsite also makes it that much easier for pilots or people that work in aviation, to get to work every day. This remoteness can also have its own appeal! Aircraft hangars that also double as accommodation are often rented out for holiday goers that want to experience a country escape or accommodation that isn’t the norm. Move over glamping, aircraft hangar homes are here! An aircraft hangar that doubles as accommodation At just a 3 hour drive or a 45-minute flight from Sydney, this rural Rylstone escape epitomises the finest that aircraft hangar homes have to offer! Situated in Rylstone Airpark, this is an aviation community like no other where keen aviators can come together to share their common passion – flying! Featuring multiple hangar lots, hangar rentals and hangars for sale, Rylstone Airpark is the perfect spot for people who love aviation. We’ve had the pleasure of working with the team at Rylstone Airpark to provide multiple aircraft hangars of various shapes and sizes over the years. The aircraft hangar that we supplied for this particular project features: Luxury holiday accommodation above the aircraft hangar storage. A balcony to take in the surrounding views of farmlands. Space to park your plane. Sliding doors to keep the aircraft hangar and plane secure. This lock-and-leave aircraft hangar is perfect for holiday goers that will be flying in, they simply park up the plane and enjoy all that that the Airpark and Rylstone have to offer. The aircraft hangar is also built to stand the test of time with strong ABC Sheds structural steel framing and columns – perfect for the temperamental weather that we can experience here in Australia and the high winds often experienced at airfields. Check out this aircraft hangar home and it’s many amenities below! Talk to us, the aircraft hangar specialists As rural and industrial shed experts we know a thing or two about building quality sheds and have become experts in producing quality aviation sheds and aircraft hangars. Our hangars are also fully engineered to suit your airport and the wind speed of your location. We have a hangar to suit any aircraft big or small and can even custom design your aircraft hangar so it meets your needs – perfect for those of you that want to add a home or accommodation! Other options include extra-wide side openings (no columns), full-front opening (span), sliding doors for full width access, personal access doors and even additional space for workshops. You can view many of the aircraft hangars we've completed here, in our free brochure. To talk to us about a hangar shed or aircraft hangar home simply get in touch with us here. Already have an aircraft hangar in mind? Submit your plans and request a free quote with us here.

Aircraft hangars

Aircraft hangar homes

Aircraft hangars have been around for decades – in Australia it’s reported that the first ...

16 Feb 2021 | 3 min

What you need to know about equestrian sheds

If you’re building an equestrian shed or horse stables for the first time, then you’ll have lots of decisions to make so that you end up with a facility that’s just right for you, your horses, and your riders. A quality horse stable can be a big investment so it’s important to make sure you get all of the details just right so that you’re happy with the end result, and so you don’t need to make any major adjustments down the track. You have plenty of options available nowadays when it comes to the design of your new equestrian shed and even things like whether you add additional storage spaces for your tack, feed and horse floats. Many horse stables and stalls are custom built to meet your needs so almost nothing is off-limits, as long as the design is functional (especially for your horses). We’ve covered the basics of what you need to consider when building a new equestrian shed, so that you’re ready to go when it comes time to plan your new equestrian building. 1. The size of the shed The first thing to consider when building an equestrian shed or horse stables is how big the shed will need to be. The size will depend on how many horses there are – the more you have, the bigger the shed or stables needs to be. There are minimum standards set in place by the New South Wales Government to help ensure the welfare of horses and to make sure that they’re kept in comfortable conditions. The Department of Primary Industries recommends that stables should be at least 3.7m wide and 3.7m deep. A size of 3.7m x 4.9m is preferable with a height of at least 2.75m. These specifications will ensure that when inside the stables, horses have enough room. Stables that are too small can quickly cause horses to become distressed and panic which could lead to kicking, and subsequent injury. When thinking about the size of the shed it’s also important to factor in how many individual stables you may need (if you have multiple horses). While you may only have four horses currently you may wish to expand in the future. Factoring this in when you’re first planning your equestrian shed will ensure that you not only have enough stables now, but for years to come. This equestrian shed features spacious individual stables to give horses plenty of room. 2. The location of the shed The next important consideration is the location of the shed. You want to avoid building this in a location that could be prone to severe wind gusts or flooding. Take your time to investigate different locations on your property to see what’s most suitable. Many people opt to build their shed or horse stables on a slope or rise to avoid any potential flooding due to heavy rain. Another important consideration regarding location is making sure it’s not too far away from important amenities. If you have a dressage arena or covered horse arena then you’ll want to make sure that the shed is in close proximity, so you don’t have to spend too much time going from one location to another and that the shed is on even ground that drains easily to reduce earthwork requirements. 3. Design of the shed With the build of a new shed comes many important design choices so that the shed is built not just to benefit the needs of your horses, but the needs of yourself and anyone else that may be using the facility. First consider how many walls your shed will have – prevailing winds may make horses uncomfortable then you’ll want a more enclosed shed or at the very least, to have enclosed walls built on the sides of the shed that may get the worst of the weather. With horses comes a lot of equipment so many people add a storage or ‘tack shed’ onto their shed or horse stables. This is a place where you can store any of your essential equipment that you need to care for your horses – things like feed, cleaning and grooming equipment, and riding equipment can all be stored here. Having all of this helpful equipment on hand will make it that much easier to care for your horses, it will also mean that you won’t have to make multiple trips back to the car! You may also want to include even more storage space in your equestrian shed, if you will need to store big vehicles like horse floats. Adding on essentially another shed to the design will ensure that you have enough space for these items. A secure roller door will also ensure that you can ‘lock and leave’ any expensive vehicles – no need to worry while no one is there. While making sure that you have enough storage is important, you shouldn’t overlook the fact that your shed will still need to have enough airflow or ‘ventilation’ to make the space comfortable for horses to reside in. As we all know, it can get very hot here in Australia so any new stables built must have good airflow. The equestrian shed features a drive-in space to the side and individual stable doors that can be accessed externally. 4. Power and water Power and water are two utilities that are an essential, even in a horse stable or shed! Say your riders will be at the stables before sunrise – they will need adequate lighting so they can see what they’re doing. If you have access to power at your shed then that’s an easy solution. If locating a power source is proving difficult, then you may want to consider investing in solar panels so that you can harness solar power on your shed. Horses are big animals and they drink a lot of water, especially on a hot day. Additional tasks, like washing your animals and cleaning out stables will also highlight the need for a ready water supply at your equestrian shed. Having regular access to water is essential in keeping horses hydrated and your facilities clean. Connecting a water source to your shed will save you a lot of time and money trucking in water tanks. If you get regular rain you may want to consider adding a stormwater tank and guttering to your shed to make the most of this. Here at ABC Sheds we have years of experience helping our customers to build their equestrian buildings, whether that be horse stables or covered dressage arenas. We want to make sure you get the shed that’s just right! Talk to us about your ideas and we’ll be able to help you through the shed building process from initial consultations to design. All of the sheds we manufacture are custom-builds too, so they’re designed and engineered to suit your needs. To take a look at some of the equestrian sheds we’ve completed, you can check out our free brochure here.

Dressage arenas

Equestrian shed basics: what you need to know

If you’re building an equestrian shed or horse stables for the first time, then you’ll have lots of ...

28 Jan 2021 | 4 min

Solar panels used on the roof of a shed

More than 2.5 million Australian households now harness solar power across the country. As one of the sunniest places in the world, this comes as no surprise and the ability to harness solar energy for power is a no brainer for many – in 2019 alone there were 287,504 rooftop solar installations. While it’s becoming more common for Australian households to use solar power in their homes, what about Australian businesses and even the humble farm shed? In this blog we delve into the different benefits of using solar energy for power and how solar power can be used on a shed. The benefits of solar energy 90 percent of people want more solar energy and it’s predicted that its popularity as a cost-effective energy source will only grow as technology advances further. As well as being a cost-effective power source, solar energy is also a great way to help the environment. Here we outline some of the reasons why investing in solar power could be beneficial. Low cost Investing in solar power is surprisingly quite affordable – the cost of solar panels alone has dropped over the past five years by more than 75% making solar energy a much more accessible option for many Australians. Not only has the cost of investing in solar panels dropped but the average size of a household solar energy system has doubled – increasing from between 1 to 2 kW to 4 to 5 kW. This increase actually has a positive impact on electricity bills and could help you to save on power. Their installation will also provide ongoing cost savings for decades to come. By drawing less power from the grid, annual energy costs decrease which helps the system pay for itself over time. Low maintenance Once solar panels are installed they require little maintenance. While some people do like to get theirs cleaned annually, today’s technology means that solar panels are made to withstand dirt and various weather conditions so getting them cleaned isn’t essential. Simply install them and leave them to do their thing – harnessing power! Less impact on the environment There are big benefits to using solar energy, particularly when it comes to our environment. It’s estimated that solar energy alone could produce up to 60 percent of Australia’s energy requirements, lessening our reliance on fossil fuels. Fossil fuels can generate harmful emissions like carbon dioxide and methane gas that lower the quality of the air. Their growing presence has been linked to increased cases of asthma, especially amongst children. The release of these toxic gases into the atmosphere will also contribute to the greenhouse effect – the process that warms the Earth’s surface. Using solar panels for electricity will produce no greenhouse gases. The use of solar energy to power a home or business means that there is no burning of fuel so no emissions from energy production. Add value to a home or business Lastly, the addition of solar panels to a home or business has the potential to increase a property’s value. More and more people are looking for ways to lessen their environmental footprint and installing a solar power system on your home or business could be an advantage when looking to sell. Adding solar panels to your home or business could make it more attractive to potential buyers as they’ll know they’re buying a property with sustainability in mind. The knock-on effect of this and the ability to save on costs will only add more value. Adding solar panels to a shed Rising electricity costs and environmental concerns are just two reasons why solar panels are worth looking into for your rural shed, or industrial building. If you’re considering a solar energy system for your shed, then it’s important to note the following considerations. Roof pitch If you’re spending the time investing in solar panels then you want to make sure you’re getting the most out of them! The pitch of the roof needs to be suitable for your location, and should also ensure that your solar panels are working as efficiently as possible. Some people utilise a single pitch roof or a ‘skillion’ which will allow for the maximum amount of panels to be placed on the roof, and in optimum direction of the sun. Direction of the solar panels It’s no secret that we get a lot of sun here in Australia so you want to make sure that your shed, and therefore your solar panels are in the best location to take advantage of this. To make the most of the sun it’s recommended that you angle your roof either north or west. On a similar note, even if your shed is in the perfect place, and your roof is angled to get the most sun, this will all go out the window if you have something blocking the sun, from the solar panels. Things like big trees for example could hinder how much sun that the solar panels can absorb so this must be factored in when you’re considering the placement of your shed, and whether solar panels will work how you need them to. Our ABC Sheds workshop features solar panels to make optimum use of the hot Australian sun. Weight of the solar panels While the design of solar panels has advanced over time, they will still add extra weight to your shed roof. If you’re going to add solar panels to your shed roof then it’s important that this is factored in at the design stage, so that the shed is engineered to hold the weight of the solar panels. This is particularly important for wider sheds that may hold many solar panels. Talk to us about solar panels for your shed There are many benefits to using solar panels on a shed. Some of which include the ability to power your farm, charge your equipment, and reduce day-to-day costs. If you’re building a new shed and want to add solar panels then we can help. Our sheds are designed to meet your requirements and because they're manufactured using structural steel, they're very strong. Unlike cheap purlin sheds that need extra engineering for solar panels, ours don't – they're already built strong enough to hold the weight of solar panels. A big bonus! If you have an existing shed that you’d like to add solar panels to, although not as simple as working it into a new build, it could still be done with the right structure. We can assess your current shed to make sure it’s suitable for solar energy and can hold the weight of solar panels. Simply contact us here. If you’re interested in seeing some of the shed projects we’ve completed, from farm sheds and hay sheds, to dressage arenas, download our free brochure here.

Shed design & construction

Harvesting solar energy on a shed

More than 2.5 million Australian households now harness solar power across the country. As one of ...

20 Jan 2021 | 4 min

Our favourite shed projects of 2020

It’s that time again where we take a look back at the year that was and share a few of our favourite projects with you. We’ve seen some stellar sheds constructed this year – we almost had too many to choose from! From a custom shed home to a drive-through farm machinery shed, we’re excited to share some of our favourite sheds with you. Read on to see which shed projects were our favourites for 2020! Favourite project: Farm machinery shed Shed size: 40m x 18m x 6m My favourite project would have to be the 40m x 18m x 6m drive-through farm machinery shed completed for John, a local farmer in Barmedman NSW. John opted to build a brand new ABC shed against his initial plan which was to re-erect an old shed he’d pulled down from elsewhere. He needed a quality shed to take on his rapidly growing stock of machinery and farm gear which was spewing out of his existing 40 year old, 3-sided machinery shed. I really enjoyed working with John and refining the design of the shed until we got a shed that was just right. A bit of time was spent making sure the height and length was bigger than his neighbour’s ABC shed – we also managed to add some sleek gable infills! Another cool part of this shed project was heading on site to watch the roof lift which was superbly done by Mitch Nicholls and crew. The shed went up perfectly without a hitch – a very impressive sight seeing a fully clad 40m x 18m roof with gutters and all lifted at once with the columns slowly sliding into place. All of the guys knew exactly what to do, and the specific tasks they had to complete. Within 30 minutes the shed was up, haunches and hold downs bolted, and wind bracing fixed off. The end result was a nice and sleek symmetrical shed. This project was also particularly special to me as it was the second shed I’d ever sold, and the 23rd day of working at ABC Sheds. More than double the value of the first shed I sold at $84,008.00! Drive-through farm machinery shed completed in Barmedman NSW. Favourite project: Fertiliser shed Shed size: 80m x 40m x 9m My favourite project of 2020 has to be the fertiliser shed we supplied for FKG Group in Grassdale. The purpose of the shed is to process manure – manure contains corrosion-inducing materials so it was important that the shed can handle large amounts of manure, and still maintain its quality. It felt like our fully galvanised frame was exactly the right product for this application. FKG also needed a large 40m clear span which we were able to do easily with our structural steel frame. We had already built a big hay shed on the Grassdale feedlot so it was great to be able to supply a new fertiliser shed for the team as well. The end result is very impressive! Fertiliser shed completed in Grassdale. Favourite project: Roof-only hay sheds Shed size: 32m x 21m x 6m This year my favourite project has to be the two roof-only hay sheds that we supplied for Stafford in Moree, NSW. Not only do the finished sheds look amazing (check out the awesome picture that we received from Stafford below!), but having two hay sheds instead of one is very practical. Harvesting time will become a breeze for Stafford and the team who now have two sheds to store their hay in, instead of only one. We love the end result and we’re sure that the hay bales will too! Roof-only hay sheds completed in Moree NSW. Favourite project: Custom shed home Shed size: 8m x 16.556m x 7.5m The project that was a stand out for me in 2020 was the custom shed home we manufactured for Rob in Laura Bay, SA. This project in particular was a really interesting one to work on as Rob didn’t need your typical shed, his shed would also need to act as a house. To make things even more interesting, he’s based in Laura Bay so the shed had to be constructed on sand. This is no easy task when you're dealing with any type of heavy framing. Both Rob and the team here at ABC are really pleased with how the shed has turned out. Not only is it practical but it really does stand out too! It shows that just about anything is possible with a shed designs these days – the sky’s the limit! Shed home project completed in Laura Bay. While it was hard to narrow down our favourite sheds of 2020, we’re sure that these projects have given you a great idea of some of the sheds that we supplied to our customers this year – and perhaps a bit of inspiration for a new shed of your own! We’re pretty excited for what 2021 holds and we’re looking forward to even more ABC sheds taking shape! If you’d like to take a look at some of the other shed projects we’ve completed over the years, feel free to take a look at our projects page here.

Our projects

Our favourite projects of 2020

It’s that time again where we take a look back at the year that was and share a few of our ...

17 Dec 2020 | 3 min

The process of building a shed

There’s a famous saying along the lines of “Rome wasn’t built in a day”. The Romans were right – great things take time to build. You wouldn't expect Rome, or even a house, to be built in a day and the same goes for a shed! Between initial consultations to find out what you need to the approvals stage, there are actually quite a few steps involved in building a quality shed. If you’ve been considering a new shed for your farm or property but have been putting it off as you’re not sure what’s involved then look no further! With over 25-years of experience in the shed industry here in Australia, we’d say we’ve got the shed building process down to a fine art! We’ve outlined the steps we take when building a new ABC shed below, so you know what to expect from us, and the process involved when building a new shed. 1. Initial shed consultation The first step involved in building a shed is the initial consultation. While some people will know exactly what they want in a new shed, others will have very little idea! There are many different elements that make up a shed so it’s important that we know exactly what you need, and how you will be using the shed, before we start. That’s where this initial consultation stage is so important. At the start we’ll discuss exactly what you’ll be using the shed for and your potential requirements for the future. This makes sure that we can then develop the shed that’s right for you and your property. Things like how many bays your shed will have, how wide the bays will be, and how many enclosed walls your shed will have are all important factors that should be discussed at the outset. There’s nothing worse than investing in a big-ticket item that doesn’t turn out to be what you expected – proper planning and discussing the finer details at the start will ensure you get the shed that’s just right. 2. Site inspection You may have a good idea of where your new shed will go, however, it can be a good idea to get the site inspected before any work gets underway, so we can determine if the site is appropriate for a shed. Potential issues like site access and drainage can be avoided if a thorough inspection is carried out. If your chosen site isn't going to work for a shed, then we’ll work with you to determine a different location that’s more suitable to stop any potential headaches down the line. 3. Design Once your site’s been visited and checked, we can then get on with the fun stuff – designing your new shed! Our team of expert draftsmen will work their magic to make your shed a reality – they continue to amaze us with the sheds (big or small) that they design. They’ll work away creating technical drawings of your shed, until they’re sure they’ve got every detail just right. 4. Building & council permits A big deterrent for many people who’ve been putting off building a new shed is the hassle of having to check and apply for any building and council permits that may be required. Here at ABC Sheds we like to make things hassle-free for our customers which is why we’ll handle this for you. Just leave it with our team who will contact local councils to see what permits may be required for your new shed. They will even make any necessary applications too! 5. Engineering Once any required permits are in place we can then get onto the final details of the design and engineering phase. This is where the design of your new shed is finalised, drawn up and all parts are plasma-cut in house. 6. Fabrication & manufacture This phase of the shed building process is where things really start taking shape, and the final step before the construction phase. During the fabrication stage, our team of welders will be busy manufacturing and welding the steel parts required for your new shed. It really is a hive of activity in our workshop during this stage and it’s all hands on deck to get your shed ready for construction. Take a look behind the scenes of our workshop in the video below. 7. Shed construction We’re nearing the end now and your shed is almost ready. Construction is the last step in the process of building your new shed, and the most exciting part in our opinion! Whether you’ve organised your own contractors to come in and erect the shed or you’d like us to organise this for you, we’re there for the final step as well. It’s so important that your shed is constructed properly and safely which is why we'll still liaise with you at this stage (even if you’re happy to erect the shed yourself). An ABC shed can be quickly erected with the right machinery and equipment. The ABC Sheds difference Wondering why ABC Sheds for your new rural or industrial shed? There are quite a few benefits to working with us (if we do say so ourselves)! 25-year “you’re covered” guarantee We really believe in the quality of our sheds and are happy to stand by them, so much so that every shed we manufacture comes with a 25-year guarantee. This gives you peace of mind going into the future, knowing you're covered. Designated project coordinators All of our customers receive a designated project coordinator that will guide them through the process of building a new shed. They’re there with you every step of the way and will ensure that the process goes as smoothly as possible. They’re only ever a phone call or email away and are happy to answer any questions that you may have. If you’re local your project coordinator may even stop in once the shed is under construction to check how things are going, and see the shed take shape. To discuss your future shed project or if you have any questions around our processes, we would love to hear from you! Simply send our team a message here and we’ll be back in touch. For more information on our range of sheds from custom dressage arenas and hay storage, to aircraft hangars and farm machinery sheds, you can check out our free brochure here.

Shed design & construction

The process of building a shed

There’s a famous saying along the lines of “Rome wasn’t built in a day”. The Romans were right – ...

10 Dec 2020 | 4 min

Learn about designing a multi-purpose farm shed

A quality farm shed is a valuable asset for any farmer or rural business owner. With the right design and build, as well as the highest quality materials, you’ll have a farm shed that will last you for decades to come. A brand new farm shed is a big investment so it’s important to make sure that the shed can be properly utilised all-year-round, and that it doesn't go to waste outside of key farming activities. When it comes to ordering a new farm shed, many people don’t think of the multiple purposes a shed could be used for and instead, focus on one function whether that be for the storage of hay during harvest time, or for farm machinery storage. Some good planning from the outset can ensure that you have a farm shed that will not only serve just one set purpose but can be adapted now and in the future to meet your ever-changing needs. Putting the time into designing a shed that’s multi-purpose will not only pay-off now, but in the future too. But exactly what are the different ways a farm shed can be used, and just how can you make a farm shed multi-purpose? We’ve outlined some of the different ways that a farm shed can serve multiple purposes. From multi-purpose hay sheds to versatile workshops, see how you can make the most of your future farm shed below. Multi-purpose hay shed While a hay shed will most definitely need to be used during harvest season for hay bale storage, there’s no reason that it can’t also be used during other times of the year for something like farm machinery storage. A hay shed will naturally have at least one open wall to increase airflow, prevent moisture build-up, and stop spontaneous combustion. Simply having one open wall and wide bays will make it easy to store your farm machinery, tractors and diggers when they’re not being used (this is particularly helpful during winter months where it may rain). Utilise this space as a workshop area when maintenance is required. Simply drive your machinery in and park it up! This hay shed features wide bays – perfect for storing hay and farm machinery! Multi-purpose grain shed Like hay sheds, grain sheds can also be utilised outside of harvest season to store farm machinery and equipment. Many farmers will choose to add sliding doors to their grain sheds to help keep grain secure and dry all-year-round. Locks are a great addition to the doors on a grain shed, especially if you’re going to use it for multiple purposes – being able to lock away expensive machinery is a great deterrent for trespassers and will help to prevent potential theft. Careful planning goes into designing grain sheds to ensure that the concrete panels can withstand the pressure of the grain. If you envisage that you will use a grain shed for further storage of heavy farm machinery and equipment then this will need to be factored in at the planning stage. This grain shed features sliding doors to keep not only grain secure, but also expensive farm machinery. Multi-purpose workshop While the purpose of a workshop seems fairly straightforward, a workshop is actually one of the most versatile and multi-purpose sheds there is! Workshops are generally used for odd jobs and storing equipment however they can be adapted to provide many other helpful uses. Maintenance and tool storage These days most workshops are built with lockable sliding doors which allows for the secure storage of tools and equipment. This is an asset for many farmers as they no longer have to worry about expensive equipment going missing. Workshops also provide the perfect space to maintain all of your farm machinery – if your workshop is big enough simply park everything inside while you work on it! A mezzanine can also make a great addition to a workshop should you need extra space, and will utilise the height you already have. Simply add some stairs and you have an easy way to access your additional storage space. We’ve also designed custom workshops that include multiple open storage bays off to the side. This can prove very useful for the storage of farm items that don’t need to be locked away, but simply need a home. With open bays, you’re also not limited with the size of items you can store (the same way that you would be with a lockable workshop). Office space If the spare room has turned into a makeshift office why not consider adding an office onto a workshop? Additional office space will make even better use of this already practical space and will ensure you’re just minutes away from the farm should you need to dash out to shift some cattle! Just add an access door to the side of the workshop for no-hassle entry. Hobbies and projects If you’re anything like us here at ABC Sheds, then you’ll likely have multiple projects on the go, separate to your day-to-day activities whether that be on the farm, or at home. What better space to carry out those projects than in your very own workshop that’s been custom-built for your needs? Whether you’re fixing up and selling second-hand lawnmowers, or perhaps you’ve got a couple of classic cars that you’re working away on, a versatile workshop can be a great space for all of those hobbies and odd jobs! If this is going to be the primary purpose of your workshop, ensure that you have plenty of space for not only the machinery you’ll be working on, but the equipment and tools you’ll need. If you’re going to need to lift an engine or something else of substantial weight, then check to see how you can make your workshop suitable for a gantry crane. A multi-purpose workshop is a practical space for vehicle storage and your hobbies! So whether you’re looking to invest in a multi-purpose hay or grain shed or maybe you’re interested in a workshop that doubles as an office, it’s best to talk to shed design and manufacturing experts who can help you to bring your shed dreams to life. Here at ABC Sheds, we know that a multi-purpose shed means multiple benefits and returns on your investment, so it’s important to get it right from the outset! Our team will work with you to make sure your shed has all of the bells and whistles and will not only meet your current needs, but your future needs too. For a complete guide to all of our rural sheds and industrial buildings and to view previous shed projects we’ve completed, you can take a look at our free brochure here. If you’re ready to get started with a new multi-purpose farm shed and would like to get underway, then we encourage you to contact us now to get the ball rolling.

Farm sheds

Designing a multi-purpose farm shed

A quality farm shed is a valuable asset for any farmer or rural business owner. With the right ...

25 Nov 2020 | 4 min

What you need to know about shed quotes

Any savvy farmer or business owner knows that they shouldn’t appoint just any shed manufacturer or contractor until they’re supplied with a written quote. After all, a verbal agreement is only worth the paper it isn’t written on! But even when you get written quotes, it’s still wise to check the items listed, and the fine-print, to make sure that you don’t end up with a surprise when the bill arrives. If you’re looking to invest in a new shed for your property then it’s important to check your quote carefully before you sign on the dotted line. Things like the type of shed you will be constructing and your location will all play a part in how much you should be paying for a shed and sometimes the cheapest, doesn’t always work out to be best. You want to know that you’re paying for a quality shed whether that be a farm shed, dressage arena, or industrial building. As Australian shed manufacturers, we’ve outlined the most important things that you should be considering when you get a shed quote. Read on to find out more about understanding a shed quote. The cheapest quote isn’t always the best Cheap and cheerful – that’s how the saying goes, right? While this may apply to something like the clothing you buy or your weekly grocery shop this shouldn’t be applied to big investments like a shed, that you need to last for years to come. The problem: Your shed quote has come back a lot lower than you were expecting however, purchasing a shed constructed with cheap materials will only end up costing you in the long run – maintenance, repair bills and replacement materials can all start to add up quickly. If your shed manufacturer is using cheap materials then your shed simply won’t last as long as it should. Tougher and more durable materials will naturally cost you more but paying for something that’s quality right at the outset will ensure that you get years of use out of a shed. The solution: Take the time to find out more about the materials your shed manufacturer is using. Here at ABC Sheds when we go through a quote with a client, we’re always ready to explain why we use this or that material. ‘It’s cheaper’ is only a good reason when the material chosen is tough and suitable for local conditions. One thing to keep an eye on is the thickness of your sheeting. While using a thinner grade sheeting may reduce costs it is simply not going to last as long, and will damage and tear very easily. You will also want to make sure you check the coating on your columns – powder-coated or painted columns will leave your shed vulnerable to rust over time, especially if the column happens to get bumped by machinery. Hot-dip galvanising will ensure your shed is protected. Check on guarantees You wouldn’t buy expensive appliances for your home that come without a guarantee so the same should apply for your new shed. The problem: A shed purchased without the right guarantees in place will cause more than a bit of a headache in the long-run. If you experience problems with your shed after you’ve paid the bill, you could end up without a leg to stand on – and costly repairs could leave you without a feather to fly with! The solution: Ensure that you’re dealing with an established company that can’t just disappear overnight, and see if they’re willing to back up the quality of their structure with a guarantee. For example, we’re willing to back up our structural frames with a 25-year guarantee. Why? Because we know that the chances of you having problems are practically zero. Other shed manufacturers may not be as confident in the quality of their sheds. Need a quote for a new shed? Request one from us here >> Check your quote for grey areas Many people buying a new shed will only have a certain amount of money that they’re willing to invest. It’s important to know from the outset what you’re paying for, and how much you will end up spending. The problem: Not all shed manufacturers are willing to pin themselves down to a fixed price. Some manufacturers will include a quote clause that allows for a certain percentage of variance, and others may not even want to go that far. There can be cases where shed manufacturers will only list materials and labour in their quotes – but what if they need to hire earthmoving equipment or a crane? What if the construction crew needs accommodation during construction? All of these things can add up quickly. The result? When you sign off your quote, you actually have no idea of what price you’re letting yourself in for. The solution: Check that you are getting an all-inclusive quote for the whole project, and that it includes any necessary extras that may be involved in the construction process. No matter what people may tell you, it’s possible to be provided with a final price for a shed and it's construction. For example, all of our quotes include absolutely every cost you’ll have to cover in order to get your shed. Approval and certification Sheds that are built without the proper approvals and certifications in place are sure to cause you problems in the long run. Certifications and council approvals are in place for a reason and will ensure that you end up with a quality shed that’s appropriate for your location. The problem: Just about anyone can knock together a shed, but will it be in line with building codes? You will need council approval, and if you break the rules, it’s ‘goodbye shed’ – lock stock and smoking gun! The solution: Ensure that you can get proper plans from your shed manufacturer and that certifications will be in place. Better yet, ask us to help with your council approval application – it won’t cost you a cent. The bottom line Quality and reliability are worth paying for. Check your quote carefully and ask questions before reaching a decision. You want to make sure that your shed will last for the long haul – you don’t want any costly surprises when it’s time to pay your bill. Here at ABC Sheds we’ve been in the shed manufacturing game for decades and know that our rural and industrial sheds are built to last. You’ll have no surprises either when you get your shed quote – what you see is what you get! And with our team of expert Project Coordinators on deck to guide you through the process, getting your new shed will be as simple as possible. If you’re interested in a new shed and would like to talk to our team about your options, you can contact us here anytime. Our request a quote form also makes it easy to get the ball rolling, just let us know the type of shed you're interested in and we’ll send a no-obligation quote your way.

Shed quotes

Understanding your shed quote

Any savvy farmer or business owner knows that they shouldn’t appoint just any shed manufacturer or ...

22 Oct 2020 | 4 min

See how easy it is to assemble a steel kit shed

While assembling a new farm shed or horse arena is no small feat, many people are unaware that most structural steel sheds come ready to be erected, and are easy enough to construct yourself. Erecting your own shed is also a great way to save a bit of money if you’re needing to stick below a certain budget, as long as you have some time to spare and a bit of patience! So, you may be wondering just how easy is a steel kit shed to assemble? While a kit shed is simple enough to erect there are some considerations to be made before you get underway with digging your first hole, and putting your frames up! As structural steel shed manufacturers we’ve highlighted the most important things that you’ll need to think about before you start lifting your brand new shed into place, and how our team can help make the process as easy as possible. Read on to find out more and to learn some tips to construct a steel kit shed yourself. Make a plan before you get started No matter how big or how small your new shed is, careful planning from the outset is crucial in making sure that your kit shed is constructed properly. Take care to read through the instructions that come with a kit shed and ensure that you have: Enough time to complete the build. You have all the necessary equipment and machinery to construct the shed and lift it into place. You have enough people to get the job done – maybe you’ll rope in a few mates to help out or perhaps you’ll engage some local contractors for a few days to lend a hand! It’s the simple things that really make a difference to ensure that you’re well prepared before you start and so that you don’t end up wasting valuable time, when you go to construct your new shed. Check in with your local council While this may seem like a bit of no-brainer, it’s quite surprising the number of sheds that end up being constructed, without going through the necessary approval processes. While you may have done some research and are sure that you don’t need to gain consents for your rural shed, you can never be too careful! It’s always best to give your local council a call to confirm what you need, and what you don’t so that no costly mistakes are made. Sheds that are erected without the right consents in place can cause quite a headache for all involved. This can easily be avoided with a simple phone call at the start to check the shed consent requirements and your obligations. Get your foundations right Erecting your kit shed on ground that’s uneven or sloping won’t help you achieve the best results so it’s important that you get your foundation right – no one wants to end up with a shed that’s on a lean or not stable! Depending on the type of shed you’ll be erecting and whether it’s open or fully enclosed will likely determine the type of ground you use as a base for your shed. A workshop or aircraft hangar for example is generally a fully enclosed space that will require concrete flooring. When pouring a concrete slab you’ll still need to do some prep work to ensure that the ground is even. Open sheds like hay sheds and horse arenas won’t have a concrete floor as it’s impractical however the flooring must still be even. If you have your own Dingo digger then this is a great piece of machinery that you can utilise to help flatten the base that you’ll use for your shed. Flat, even ground, is the perfect surface to construct a kit shed on. Erecting a kit shed Now that you’ve done all of the necessary preparation work, you’re ready to get underway and erect your steel kit shed! Once your kit shed arrives you’ll want to first ensure that you have everything you need. Most shed manufacturing companies will leave a detailed receipt outlining all of the shed parts that they’re dropping off – read through this carefully and double check what’s been delivered to ensure that you have all of the parts that you need. There’s nothing worse than getting halfway through your build, and realising you’re missing a crucial part of your shed! It goes without saying that while erecting your shed both yourself and any contractor or friend that may be helping you, must be wearing the right personal protective equipment (PPE). PPE refers to anything used or worn that can minimise risk to workers' health and safety and can include things like work boots, gloves and hard hats. Care should be taken to ensure that you and your team are wearing the right gear while constructing a shed – the risk of injuries occurring can be minimised with the use of the right PPE. One last consideration that must be made when erecting any kit shed yourself is the weather. If it’s forecast for rain or a storm then you should hold off on erecting your shed until the weather is fine. A clear and calm day will make all the difference! Erecting a kit shed is easy with ABC Sheds See just how easy an ABC shed can be lifted into place in this video! If you’re looking for a structural steel shed and want to erect it yourself, then you’ve come to the right place! If you remember the classic Meccano sets, you would also remember how all of the pieces are designed to fit together perfectly. ABC Sheds applies the same principle to shed design and our kit sheds. Pre-drilled and pre-cut, our steel shed frames will arrive ready to be lifted into place, so there’s no wasting time or mucking around! And if you’re worried about following instructions and potentially missing a step then you’ll be pleased to know that all of our sheds also come with an instructional DVD. The comprehensive instruction manual and DVD will guide you through ‘doing it yourself’ and will make constructing your new shed as simple as possible. Leave the guesswork at home with ABC Sheds. Our instructional guides are backed up by our knowledgeable, and experienced team of Project Coordinators, who can answer any questions and offer technical support at every step of the process. The only concern that would be left is "is the shed big enough?" All of our custom-designed sheds are created to allow for future extensions and modifications so if you ever need to expand your shed and add an extra bay, you won’t have any trouble with an ABC shed. If you would like to enquire with our team about a kit shed for your farm or property then we encourage you to give us a call or enquire with us here. For more information on our range of farm sheds and rural buildings you can download our free brochure that’s packed full of information on our entire range.

Kit sheds

How easy is a steel kit shed to assemble?

While assembling a new farm shed or horse arena is no small feat, many people are unaware that most ...

16 Oct 2020 | 4 min

See how you can save money when buying a farm shed

Whether you’re looking to cut down costs or stay within an existing budget, finding the money for something like a new farm shed can be challenging. There’s always more urgent expenses that seem to appear and a new shed is a big investment that many farmers will choose to put off until ‘the time is right’. While a farm shed can seem like a big purchase, a quality structure will more than pay off in the long-run and will bring you years of use. So is there a way to save some money when purchasing a new farm shed, and still end up with a structure that’s high quality? From erecting the shed yourself to planning ahead, we’ve highlighted some simple things that you can do when buying a new farm shed that can help to keep the budget in check! Read on to find out more. Plan for now, and the future One of the easiest things that you can do when it comes to buying a new farm shed is some careful planning. This is something that’s all too easy to be overlooked when purchasing a shed and if not done at the outset, it could end up costing you thousands in the future. It’s easy enough to think of what you will be using a shed for now, but what about 10 or 20 years down the track? Will that same shed still be able to serve you well, and meet your basic requirements? Take a hay shed for example, if you don’t consider how much hay you could be harvesting in years to come, how will you know if your new shed will have enough storage space? Is there anything else that you may need to store in your hay shed, such as machinery and equipment? Will you have enough space for this? While planning is key, there are some steel sheds that can be manufactured in a way that allows them to be extended at a later date. An ABC structural steel shed for example can be added on to, to provide more space should you need it. Extending an ABC shed is easily done and can be in the form of a roof-only extension to add more bays for storage, or even an awning off to the side. Carefully considering just how you will use a farm shed now and in the future, will ensure that you have a new shed that’s fit for purpose. Talk to the professionals While this is something that will evidently cost you money, engaging with a professional shed building company can help you to get underway with the process of building a shed quicker which will save you time. As the saying goes – ‘time is money’! Having professionals on board who can guide you through the process of buying a new shed means that you don’t have to do any of the tricky back-and-forth work like liaising with local councils to see what consents you may need. They’ll handle the entire process for you and will make sure any required paperwork is completed on time so that there’s no delays when it comes to constructing your new shed. Not having the right consents in place can prove costly and could result in fines from your local council, they could also request that the shed be taken down too. Working with professional shed experts will make sure you get things right the first time. Erect the shed yourself As another way to cut down costs, many farmers choose to erect the shed themselves when the time comes to it. While you will still need people to help you and possibly a crane or two, some farmers find that they can save some money by doing things this way, as they don't have to factor in external contractor costs to their budget. While doing it yourself may end up taking some more time, it’s likely to save you a bit of money. In saying this, it’s always best to get a quote from the company that will be manufacturing your shed to see how much extra you would need to pay, if they were to erect the shed too. Many farm shed manufacturers have a permanent set of contractors on the books to help with erecting sheds so they can offer a decent price that’s not going to blow out the budget. An ABC farm shed can be easily constructed yourself, or we can do it for you! Utilise the instant asset write-off As you may already be aware, the Australian Government has increased the instant asset write-off threshold from $30,000 to $150,000. This new threshold is available until the 31st of December 2020 and can be used for new or second‑hand assets first used, or installed ready for use, in this timeframe. So what does this mean for farmers? Farmers rely on machinery, equipment and on-site storage solutions like farm sheds for day-to-day operations so the increase to the instant asset write-off is great news, and another good way to save on expenses! Under the instant asset write-off eligible businesses can: Immediately write-off the cost of each asset, as long as the cost is less than the threshold. Claim a tax deduction for the business portion of the asset cost, in the year the asset is first used or installed ready for use. This means that eligible farming businesses can still spend what they need to on new machinery and equipment, without having to worry about cashflow. You can learn more about the instant asset write-off here. How much you could save Wondering just how much you could save if you take advantage of the instant asset write-off? We’ve provided an example below, detailing how this could benefit your business.* Farmer Joe has a Net Profit (NP) of $500,000. Standard company tax is 30% which means tax payable would normally be $150,000. If Joe purchases a shed for $150,000 and writes it all off, his tax would reduce to $105,000, saving him $45,000 in one year ($350K NP). Likewise, if Joe made a loss of $100,000 for the Financial Year, his standard tax return would be $30,000. However, if he bought a shed for $150,000 this would make Joe’s loss $250,000 and in turn would increase his refund to $75,000 (an extra $45K)! View more examples of how much you could save here. Take advantage of the instant asset write-off for a new farm shed The increase to the instant asset write-off is only available until the end of the year so now’s the time to start planning a new farm shed, in order to take advantage of this fantastic incentive! Our range of structural steel farm sheds are built to last and with a 25 year “you’re covered” guarantee, you’ll know that you’re investing in a quality structure. If you’re looking to use the instant asset write-off to purchase a new farm shed then we would encourage you to request a quote, so that you don’t miss the deadline. If you'd like more information on how you can make the instant asset write-off work for you and your business, then simply get in touch and we'd be happy to help! Interested in learning more about the ABC Sheds range of farm sheds? View our range in the free brochure. *Note that this is an example only and how much you could save on a shed will depend on your particular circumstances and how much you choose to spend. We always advise that you speak to your tax accountant first.

Farm sheds

How to save money when buying a farm shed

Whether you’re looking to cut down costs or stay within an existing budget, finding the money for ...

18 Sep 2020 | 4 min

hay-sheds-australia

If you’re looking to create more hay or harvest storage for your property, then you may be wondering – where do I start? There are some important factors to consider when building any large-scale shed and a hay shed is no different! In fact, even more consideration should go into the construction of a hay shed that’s just right as you’ll want to make sure that your harvest is protected from harsh weather conditions, and the likelihood of spontaneous combustion. Over the years the team here at ABC Sheds have worked with farmers to create many different hay sheds, big and small, across New South Wales and Australia. We know that planning and a well thought-out and designed hay shed are key in building a quality hay shed that will last you for many years to come. We also know that there are a few things that you must factor in when planning your perfect hay shed. From storage and rain considerations to council consents, we’ve outlined the main considerations so that you can get started designing your hay shed. Shed size and bale storage As a hay shed is primarily used to store hay, the first thing that must be considered is the size of your shed and how many hay bales you will need to store. If you get this wrong, you may end up with a shed that’s far too small for harvest time which will result in wasted hay, and money. Start by thinking about how many bales of hay you will need to store in your shed at one time, will the size of your new hay shed be able to store these comfortably? Is there extra room in the instance that you have a bumper harvest season and you need to store even more hay or fodder? The following estimates can be good guidance to start with: 1,000 bales – 32m x 18m shed 2,500 bales – 48m x 24m shed (most common) 5,000 bales – 96m x 24m shed (will require a fire tank which could add over $20k) 20,000 bales - 160 x 45 shed (export size) Note that the type of bales you will need to store will also have an influence on the amount of storage you will need in a hay shed. For instance, rectangular bales will require less storage space when compared to round bales; rectangular bales are also easier to stack. Hay bales that are bigger in size could require wider bays for access when compared to smaller hay bales, having extra wide bays may then require more support for the roof. Once you’ve determined how big your shed needs to be you can then start to think about how many walls your shed will have. Many farmers opt with three as a more enclosed shed will provide better protection from the elements, and will result in less waste. Having your shed hot-dip galvanised should also be a no brainer. Your shed will be exposed to the elements 24/7 and you need to make sure it has the highest level of protection. This hot-dip galvanised hay shed features two enclosed walls to help keep hay protected from the elements. Storage for stormwater Many areas of Australia are prone to drought and can go months without any rain. Many people overlook that water storage can be built into a hay shed for the capture of stormwater. Looking at a 15m x 32m hay shed, with a minimal annual rainfall of 500mm, up to 240,000L of water could be potentially caught and stored. This equates to approximately 480 full water troughs (or 500L per year). Having adequate stormwater storage is well worth the investment and should be a certainty for farmers that live in areas with little rainfall. Stormwater storage is simple enough to work into the design of a hay shed and would involve large gutters that feed directly into the top of a tank to store rainwater. It’s always best to talk to shed experts first before getting underway with a storage system like this as they will be able to advise the best place for a tank to be added, and the tank size that you would need. Loading and unloading your hay While this may seem like a simple one and something that doesn't require too much thought, you must think about how you will load and unload your hay before you start designing a new hay shed. Things like the machinery you will use to unload your hay and how high you will stack your hay bales are both important considerations. Generally hay bales are stacked six high when they’re unloaded into a hay shed which works well as the general capacity for a truck or tractor to unload is three hay bales at a time. You must also consider getting the hay bales out of the shed. If there isn’t enough room between the bales, going to move these could then take you quite a bit of time manoeuvring the truck or tractor in and out. Make sure you don’t stack your sets of hay bales too closely together to account for this. Extra-wide bays provide plenty of room for loading and unloading hay in this shed. Council consents The fourth and also the last thing to consider before you get underway with a hay shed is whether you will need council consent for your new hay shed. Gaining council consent can be a long process so it’s best to investigate this well in advance of when you will be looking to build a hay shed. There are different rules and regulations when it comes to building sheds in rural-zoned areas, in some instances you may not need to apply for consent at all. So that you’re well prepared it’s best to head to your local governments website to determine just what consent you will need for a hay shed, and the consent process that you will need to go through. For information on building a farm shed in rural New South Wales and to see what exemptions apply, you can view the planning policy here. For information on the Queensland development code for farm buildings click here. As you now know, there are a few important things to consider before you get underway with building a new hay shed for your property. If you’re looking to construct a hay shed for the first time or perhaps you’d just like to know the different options available to you when designing a hay shed, then it’s always best to talk to an expert first. Here at ABC Sheds we can help to guide you through the process of designing a hay shed that’s just right for your property, and the hay storage that you require. Simply get in touch with our team or start the process now by requesting a shed quote. Keen to take a look at some of the hay shed projects we’ve completed? You can download a free copy of our farm sheds brochure here.

Hay sheds

4 things to consider when building a hay shed

If you’re looking to create more hay or harvest storage for your property, then you may be ...

15 Sep 2020 | 4 min

ABC Sheds enclosed dressage arena

If you’ve decided to invest in a new dressage arena or perhaps you're giving your existing arena a bit of an upgrade, then you’ll also need to be considering the type of surface flooring that you use in your dressage arena. Something as simple as flooring can make a big difference to your horses’ health and happiness; this health and happiness will then affect your ability to train and how much you get out of your horses in the arena. So what are the different flooring options available for dressage arena surfaces and just which option will ultimately be best for you, and the comfort of your horses? To help you out we’ve covered some basic considerations that anyone should be thinking about when it comes to dressage arena flooring. Things like your location, the weather and the type of dressage arena you have or will be building will all play a big part in the type of surface you choose for your arena. Read on to find out more about choosing surface flooring for a dressage arena. Creating the perfect surface for riding A dressage arena is generally used for one thing – training and riding horses. It’s because of this that it’s essential that you consider just which type of surface will work best for you, where your dressage arena is located, and how this surface will affect your horses and their comfort levels. While there’s never going to be a single type of surface that will work for every dressage arena, a dressage arena with quality surface flooring should provide: Cushioning: The right amount of cushioning will distribute the impact of the horse’s hooves throughout the layers of the flooring. Traction and grip: This is important as it provides a consistent surface so that horses can easily push off the surface without slipping. Moisture consistency: Retaining the right amount of moisture so that footing stays as intact as possible is essential. You don’t want your surface flooring breaking down and becoming inconsistent. Non-abrasive: While traction and grip are important, you should ensure that the surface is still as non-abrasive as possible. Flooring that’s too abrasive has the potential to damage a horse’s hooves. Easy to maintain: A dressage arena that’s designed well should result in minimal maintenance leaving you to do what’s important – ride the horses! Updating your existing flooring or starting from scratch? For those of you that have an existing dressage arena and who only wish to update the surface flooring, this can be a good opportunity to research what’s working well currently and possible areas for improvement. Take the time to watch and listen to your horses as they gallop around the arena – are they slipping at any point, can you hear loud noises from their hooves hitting the surface, are there deep holes in the flooring? Surface flooring that works well for your horses should allow them to comfortably gallop without slipping or falling at any point. If their hooves are making a lot of noise as they hit the surface, this could also indicate that the flooring is too hard. While an arena floor that is too soft will force your horse to work harder and increases the chance of injury due to uneven weight loading. Consider how often you will use your dressage arena Like any flooring material, the surface of a dressage arena will face wear and tear if it’s used frequently. No matter whether you’ll be training in your dressage arena once a week or every day, you must consider how this use will impact the surface of your arena. More frequent use will warrant a surface material that can handle this type of persistent activity. The surface that you choose must not only work with your horses, but be able to last you a reasonable amount of time without needing to be topped up or completely replaced. Where will your dressage arena be located? Where you’re located in Australia is another important factor to consider when choosing your dressage arena surface. Different weather conditions can have a big impact on the longevity of your surface flooring, especially for dressage arenas that are exposed to the elements. Think about how your surface will hold up on the hottest of summer days and the coldest of winter mornings. Will your ideal surface flooring be able to stand up to potentially harsh weather conditions? It’s also important to note that most surface materials will naturally face some sort of degradation over time so making sure that you choose the right surface that can withstand the elements is crucial. Choosing a suitable surface material for your dressage arena There are three common materials that are used for the surface of a dressage arena. These are: Sand Wood Rubber While each different material has its own benefits, the flooring material that we’ve seen to be the most popular among dressage arena owners is sand. Sand has many advantages over other surface materials which include: Sand is one of the cheaper materials, especially when bought in bulk. Sand dries rapidly (if paired with good drainage) which will help to reduce arena damage. Sand can be mixed with other materials like sawdust and rubber to improve the sturdiness of the surface. While sand is the most popular surface material please note that there are many different types of sand available, so you’ll still need to consider the type of sand that’s just right for your dressage arena. Using sand that’s too fine has the potential to blow away in unfavourable weather conditions and could result in horses hooves sinking through; while sand that’s too coarse, has the potential to damage horses’ hooves. Having the right mix of sand that’s both fine and coarse enough to not blow away will often come down to your location, and how often you will be using the arena. Angular sand, which grips against itself and doesn’t ‘give’ too much, provides soft cushioning without compromising on grip. If you need further guidance around the type of sand to use in your dressage arena it can be helpful to talk to others in your local area who also have an arena to see what type of flooring they use, and why. The immediate surface of your dressage arena is only one part to consider. The base surface and drainage are equally important and even the best surface material may not live up to expectations if corners have been cut elsewhere. As you can see there’s lots to consider when deciding on the right surface flooring for your dressage arena! If you’re looking to construct a new dressage arena for your property and would like a bit of advice on a dressage arena shed design that’s right for you, then we’d love to help! Our team of rural and equestrian shed experts can help you to plan the dressage arena that will not only work for you and your property, but your horses too. Contact our expert team today to get the design process underway!

Dressage arenas

Dressage arena surfaces – footing that counts

If you’ve decided to invest in a new dressage arena or perhaps you're giving your existing arena a ...

25 Aug 2020 | 4 min

ABC Sheds inspiring dressage arena designs

Whether you’re looking for a dressage arena for riding or perhaps something a bit smaller for the horses to run around in, making sure that you have the perfect dressage arena that meets all of your requirements is essential! We’re now lucky enough that dressage arenas can come in all shapes and sizes and with a range of different features such as covered roofs, lights, secure gates and even additional horse stables. We’ve helped our customers to design some pretty cool dressage arenas over the years and we wanted to show you three of our favourite equestrian building projects. Read on to view some of the dressage arenas we’ve completed and to get some inspiration for an arena of your own! 1. Dressage arena and stable block for Eureka Horse Wisdom Located in the picturesque Southern Highlands of New South Wales, Eureka Horse Wisdom is home to CORE Horse Partnership and Equine Therapy. Founded by Soo Woods in 2014, Eureka Horse Wisdom offers unique experiences that benefit both people and horses. Soo’s clients of both the Core and Equine Therapy businesses benefit from the tranquillity of the property and the natural beauty of the Southern Highlands. This amazing outdoor space is also complemented by smart infrastructure, which provides a safe space for Eureka Horse Wisdom’s vast range of clients and a good environment for the horses as well! We were lucky enough to be approached by Soo when it came time to build a dressage arena for the property and were happy to provide her and the team with a 30m x 20m covered arena that acts as the central hub of Eureka Horse Wisdom. While the dressage arena isn’t fully enclosed, it does feature walls on the south and west sides to help protect against the worst of the weather. The dressage arena provides plenty of space for the horses to unwind and relax! We were also on hand to supply an additional stable block for Soo. What’s different about this horse stable is that unlike conventional stables it features three large 4m x 4m stable boxes. Two of the stable boxes open up onto each other allowing Soo to create an 8m x 4m space. There are also added facilities like a bathroom and client room that make this space even more practical. This horse stable block is a practical space for both horses and trainers alike. Looking for even more dressage arena inspiration? Download our free brochure >> 2. Dressage arena and custom horse stable in Bundanoon This project continues to be one of our all-time favourites! We were approached by local Bundanoon horse trainers Virginia Russell and Peter Asimus who were in need of a custom dressage arena they could use all-year-round. It was important that they could get out and train their horses whenever they needed without having to worry about external factors like harsh weather conditions interrupting their training time. They were ready to invest in a covered dressage arena that would allow them to train on a hot summer's day, or in the middle of winter. We supplied Virginia and Peter with a 42m x 21m x 4.5m open plan dressage arena so they now have plenty of freedom when it comes to whether they choose to train under cover of their arena, or out in the open. A covered dressage arena makes training all-year-round a breeze! Not only did Virginia and Peter require a dressage arena, they also needed a secure stable block to house their horses. They didn’t want just any run of the mill horse stable though, they wanted something with a rustic feel. We provided them with an 11m x 12m horse stable with 4.6m awnings off the sides, all finished in recycled timber! This custom horse stable achieves a rustic look with recycled timber. Learn more about this project here >> 3. Custom dressage arena for Gwandalan Stables If it’s practicality that you’re after then you can’t go past a covered dressage arena like this one at Gwandalan Stables in Scone, New South Wales. FEI dressage rider Robyne Smith came to us many years ago now with big dreams of a covered dressage arena for her property. Built in just 10 days, we supplied Robyne with a 60m x 20m dressage arena as well as horse stables. An added bay at the end of the arena also means that riders can come in and out of the dressage arena without getting wet on a rainy day. Another cool feature is the sliding door included at the end of the arena. Even with one end of the arena completely open, a hot summer’s day can still result in very hot temperatures inside an arena. Having the ability to open a sliding door for extra ventilation and airflow really does make all the difference to the dressage riders that use this facility, and their horses. Did we mention that this dressage arena also features hanging lights? That’s right – Robyne and her team can train at any time of day, all with the flick of a switch! The addition of lights to this dressage means that riders can train well into the night. There you have it – three of our most inspiring dressage arena designs to give you plenty of ideas for your next arena project! So whether you’re after a fully enclosed dressage arena or something more open, here at ABC Sheds we’re happy to work with you to come up with an arena design that’s just right. And with the option of adding things like horse stables, sliding doors, and even lights, we’ll make sure that you get the arena that’s perfect for your needs (and your horses). You can browse through more of our completed dressage arena projects in our free brochure. Ready to get your new arena underway? Chat to our friendly team of shed experts now to start designing the horse arena of your dreams!

Dressage arenas

3 inspiring dressage arena designs

Whether you’re looking for a dressage arena for riding or perhaps something a bit smaller for the ...

18 Aug 2020 | 3 min

ABC Sheds farm machinery storage shed

If you operate a farm there’s no doubt that you will have farm machinery and equipment on-site that you use on a daily basis. Farm machinery is a big investment for any farmer so it’s important that this machinery remains as protected as possible. While the weather in Australia can be temperamental and a cause for concern at any time of the year, the risk of potential trespassers is also enough of a worry for any farmer to want to keep their valuable machinery safe and secure. One of the easiest and most simple ways to keep your machinery and equipment safe is to invest in a farm machinery shed. There are many different styles and designs of farm sheds and it’s important to consider exactly what you will use your shed for and how you will use it, before you get started with the shed build. As experts in rural and industrial buildings, we’ve outlined some essential factors that you should consider before you get underway with your new shed. What machinery will you store in your shed? Probably the most important consideration for anyone about to embark on building a new farm machinery shed, is to think about how much machinery and equipment you will need to store in the shed. As a starting point, it may help to make a list of all of the machinery you’d like to store in the shed. From there you can note down the size of each piece of machinery and how much space it will likely take up giving you a good idea of how big (or small) you will need your new shed to be. While there should be enough room to safely secure your machinery, you should also allow for some extra room should you invest in another piece of equipment. You will also need to consider whether you’ll have enough room to move around the shed, once your machinery is stored inside. If you think you may find it hard to move around all of your various pieces of equipment once they’re all safely secured inside, then you’ll want to reconsider the size of your shed. Future-proofing your shed now will save you money in the long run and will ensure that you won’t have to spend twice the money building another farm machinery shed when you run out of room! Check out our free farm sheds brochure for shed inspiration >> Consider the weather Depending on where you live in Australia, you can face very harsh weather conditions – from harsh sun and incredibly hot temperatures to heavy rain and high winds, it’s important to make sure any structures you have on your farm can withstand all types of weather. One way to mitigate this is by carefully planning the orientation of your shed to consider the direction that the weather comes from – this is particularly important if your shed won’t be fully enclosed. Make sure that your shed is pointed away from the incoming direction of high winds and rain to ensure the best protection possible for your farm machinery. If you live in an area prone to flooding, you may also want to consider building your shed on higher ground. You may also want to consider sheeting the walls that are most exposed to the weather, for extra protection. Size of the bays Most farm machinery sheds can be custom-designed to meet your specific requirements. The sizing of bays and how many you include in your shed is something many farmers will customise based on how much space they need in their shed, and the size of the machinery they wish to store inside. A bay is essentially the amount of space between the columns inside the shed so the wider that these are, the more space you will have to store your machinery inside. This can come in very handy if you have large tractors or trucks that you will need to house in your farm machinery shed. There are restrictions on how far apart bays can be as they provide the structural support for the roof but if you know what’s going inside the shed, then a specialist building firm can figure out a way to position structural elements so you get the access required while maintaining strength. If you're looking to store large machinery items and you're concerned about supporting the roof of your shed, trussovers can always be used to provide extra structural support to the roof. Like the example below, trussovers have been added to this combined farm shed for optimum support, due to very wide bays. This combined hay and machinery shed with wide bays utilises trussovers to support the roof. Open sides or fully enclosed shed? One of the most essential considerations for any new farm machinery shed is how many walls you will choose to include in your shed. If you will be accessing your shed frequently and driving machinery in and out you may want to consider removing a wall or two to make access easier. If security is more of a concern (which it tends to be with a lot of farmers we speak to), we would encourage you to consider a fully enclosed and lockable farm machinery shed. A secure farm shed will not only help to protect from trespassers and potential theft, but it will also help to keep your machinery safe from harsh weather conditions. If you’re concerned about being able to get large machinery out easily, sliding or rolling doors can be easily fitted. And with the option of adding a personal access door to the shed, getting into your shed will be a breeze. ABC Sheds farm machinery shed featuring sliding doors for ultimate security. Choose a custom-designed farm machinery shed If you’re ready to discuss a farm machinery shed for your property then you’re in the right place! Here at ABC Sheds we’ll help you design the perfect farm machinery shed for your property. If you need large openings to fit headers or boom sprays, we’ve got you covered. We offer custom shed designs to suit your specific storage capacity – our sheds can have bay openings of up to 16 metres in width giving you ultimate flexibility. So whether you want farm equipment storage with sliding doors, open-gable ends, or fully enclosed bays, our team can provide the best option for your specific needs. Ready to get started? Get in touch now to request a quote or talk to us today to discuss your farm machinery shed needs. Want to take a look at farm machinery sheds we’ve completed previously? Check out our free farm sheds brochure here.

Farm sheds

Designing a farm machinery shed

If you operate a farm there’s no doubt that you will have farm machinery and equipment on-site that ...

24 Jul 2020 | 4 min

Drought assistance available in Australia for farmers

Years of drought and hardly any rain have had a significant impact on Australian farmers. This struggle has not gone unnoticed however and on the 1st of July 2020 the New South Wales Government announced that they had increased their interest-free seven-year loan to $100,000. This is a massive increase from $50,000 and with no repayments for two years, we’re sure it will be a big help to many farmers that have been doing it tough. Read on to find out how you could maximise this loan to help you become more drought resilient. The impact of drought Aussie farmers know the struggle with drought and low rainfall and how it affects business, as well as day-to-day life. Many farmers are hesitant to spend money in the fear of not making it back if things don’t improve, while other farmers are off-loading livestock and assets to recover their losses. One of the key things is to plan ahead – droughts are a naturally recurring event and they are guaranteed to come back again. It will rain again, we will have wet years and we will have years of plenty so the key is – how are we placed to take advantage of these years, and maximise their benefits to help cushion the blow when the dry years return? While there are countless debates raging about the impact of humans on the climate, the fact of it is, we have to adjust and plan for whatever mother nature throws our way. Coming off the back of dry years it's no surprise that our battle-weary farmers could be struggling for the cash needed to implement their drought plan. This is where it would be wise to take advantage of the assistance that is available. The NSW Government is strongly encouraging farmers to take advantage of the available funding primarily directed at helping farmers become more drought resilient. The Drought Assistance Fund The NSW Government announced further expansion of RAA's Farm Innovation Fund from the 1st of July, which allows farmers to apply for low interest loans to create infrastructure in an effort to lessen the blow of drought. You can read more about this expansion here. The Farm Innovation Fund and other government-funded resources should be the start of your drought resilience plan and can go a long way to help farmers that may have been struggling with years of drought and very little rain. The NSW Government initially offered $50,000 interest-free loans to primary producers to implement systems and management practices that enhance the sustainability of their farming business. While the loan has expanded to $100,000, the conditions remain the same. The loan term is for seven years with no repayments required in the first two years which can be a big help to primary producers trying to get back on their feet. The Drought Assistance loan funds: The transport of stock, fodder and water. Genetic banking of breeding herds. Installation of on-farm fodder and water infrastructure. Activities that promote profitability and resilience as a result of the on-farm investment. As you can see this loan is very versatile and could be suited to a number of different farmers and their needs. This loan programme enables farmers to invest in assets and infrastructure that will make the times ahead easier – whether dry or wet. A hay shed for $23 a day It doesn't take too much to work out that this loan is a great deal for farmers. On average, a standard hay shed will cost $60,000. When paid off over seven years under a Drought Assistance Fund loan this works out to be only $23 a day! That’s incredible considering the return on investment a quality hay storage shed will provide and that it has the ability to store hundreds of hay bales. Prepare for the future with a hay shed ABC Sheds - structural steel hay shed. If you live in an area with minimal annual rainfall, a standard 15m x 32m hay shed can be a saving grace for any farmer looking to keep water up for livestock, as well as keeping feed fresh, safe and dry! Looking at a 15m x 32m hay shed, with a minimal annual rainfall of 500mm, up to 240,000L of water could be potentially caught and stored. This equates to approximately 480 full water troughs (or 500L). Water calculations are taken from kingspan.com. By investing in a hay shed, not only will you store your hay for as low as $23 a day, you can collect the water off the shed to further prepare you for the future, and the well-being of your livestock. ABC Sheds offer custom-designed hay sheds to protect your bales from the elements. With our years of expertise in rural shed design and construction, we provide reliable storage for all of your hay bales. And with flexible bays, you will always have the right amount of storage space that you require. If you’re considering taking up a loan under the Drought Assistance Fund and would like some guidance around potential hay shed options available to you, get in touch with our friendly team today to discuss your hay storage needs!

ABC Sheds latest news

Drought assistance available in Australia

Years of drought and hardly any rain have had a significant impact on Australian farmers. This ...

23 Jul 2020 | 3 min

ABC Sheds farm machinery shed

For many farmers, farm security and the risk of theft are unwanted problems that are all too common. Most machinery items found on the farm are expensive so if stolen or damaged, can result in big financial losses. And that’s not just the losses counted from the stolen machinery, but potential losses in productivity and disruption to daily work that can arise from theft as well. So what can be done to protect your farm and machinery from potential theft? While there are a few things that you can do yourself to ensure that your equipment is as safe and protected as possible, the New South Wales government has also passed the ‘Right to Farm Bill’. This provides NSW farmers with extra protection from illegal trespassers. We’ve covered the basics of this new bill plus some simple things that you can do around the farm to ensure your machinery is protected. Find out more in the article below. Right to Farm Bill Illegal trespassing on NSW farms has been a long-standing problem faced by many farmers. As a way to mitigate this issue, the NSW government passed the ‘Right to Farm Bill’ in November 2019. This new bill aims to provide relief for farmers who’ve battled with illegal trespassers, theft and damage to property for years. Key points from the new bill include the increased penalties like higher fines and jail terms for people that commit farming offences under the new bill. These penalties include: Increased penalty for aggravated trespass from a maximum of $5,500 to $13,200, including a new 12-month imprisonment (or 3-years if committed in company). Increased penalty for the aggravating trespass which causes a serious safety risk by introducing a 3 year maximum imprisonment term. Trespass offences that the new bill recognises include: Aggravating offence by damaging property in the process of the unlawful entry and wilfully or negligently releasing stock in the process of the unlawful entry. Inciting, directing, counselling, inducing or procuring the commission of the offence of aggravated unlawful entry on enclosed lands by another person ($11,000 and/or a 12-month imprisonment). While this bill is still relatively new it is being recognised and enforced by local authorities with people already charged for offences under the new bill. Keeping your farm machinery safe While the ‘Right to Farm Bill’ makes sure that people who commit farming offences can be held accountable, there are some things that you can do to avoid theft of your farm machinery before it happens. Research shows that farm crime in NSW is big business with 12% of crime reported being solely theft of farm machinery. Many farmers believe that a remote location and distance from public roads protect their assets from view, but this complacency also makes some farms an easy target for opportunistic thieves. From basic protective measures, such as locking sheds and gates and GPS tracking, here are some things that can be done to increase the security of your machinery. Basic security measures There are some basic security measures that you can take, to prevent theft on your farm. Crime Stoppers recommends the following actions as good first steps in preventing theft. These include: Knowing where your machinery is located on the farm at all times. Don’t leave keys in machinery, and ensure you secure any vehicle cabs. If machinery does break down, don’t leave it in a paddock. Move the machinery to a secure location like a shed. If securing your vehicle or equipment is not possible, consider immobilising the machinery by removing the distributor cap or battery. Machines that are rarely used or stored outside in remote areas should also be immobilised. Use a chain to secure large machinery to each other or to a strong anchor point such as a tree. Along with following these simple measures, there are also more proactive steps that you can take to ensure farm machinery safety. Lockable gates One of the most simple ways that you can deter thieves or trespassers from entering your farm and taking or damaging machinery, is by installing locked gates. Not only are locked gates a good way to keep not only your farm machinery and livestock secure, but they’re also a good deterrent to discourage any potential trespassers from entering your property. Using weather-resistant padlocks that can’t easily be broken or removed with bolt cutters should do the trick. It’s also essential to consider the hinges that the gates sit on – it’s important that these can’t be easily removed, therefore making the use of padlocked gates redundant. Lockable sheds Most farmers will store their valuable machinery and farm equipment in a farm shed. A secure farm machinery shed that can be locked will make it that much harder for trespassers to access your farm machinery. Farm sheds can be built with rolling or sliding doors to accommodate a padlock. For bigger sheds that may be accessed more frequently, and that also include something like a workshop, you may want to consider building in a lockable door. This will make coming and going easier, and also means that you won’t have to open a big shed door, every time you need to access something inside the shed. A personal access door is also an important addition to any farm shed that has sliding doors, so that you can leave your shed. Farm sheds with sliding doors will generally lock on the inside for extra security so including a personal access door will ensure that you can easily venture in and out of your shed at any time. This farm machinery shed from ABC Sheds features lockable sliding doors for extra security. GPS tracking With GPS tracking, it’s now easy to tell where your farm machinery is, should it be stolen. Many GPS tracking systems can also be connected to an app hosted on your mobile phone making it simple to keep track of your machinery while you’re out and about on the farm. If you don’t already have GPS tracking installed on your farm machinery and vehicles, now’s a good time to get this underway. Keep a record of your machinery It’s important to keep a record of your farm machinery and equipment should anything be stolen. This is especially important for insurance purposes as your insurance provider will need specific details of any items that you need to make a claim for. Most farm vehicles like tractors will have a VIN number or serial number. You should keep a record of these numbers for all current machinery that you have on the farm. It can also help to take photos of all machinery too. The right machinery and equipment can be a big investment for any farmer so it’s important that you take the right steps to keep this protected from things like theft and damage. A farm machinery shed is a good way to keep your valuable assets protected all-year-round. With an ABC Sheds farm machinery shed you’ll get a custom design that meets your needs – whether that be sliding doors for extra security, extra height for storage, or additional space for a workshop, we’ll design a shed that works for you! Talk to our team today to enquire about a farm machinery shed for your property.

Farm sheds

Farm security and trespassers – protecting your farm machinery

For many farmers, farm security and the risk of theft are unwanted problems that are all too ...

10 Jul 2020 | 4 min

ABC Sheds grain storage shed

There are now various options available to keep grain secure – from bags and silos to grain sheds. When deciding which storage option will work best for you there can be a number of different factors that will determine which storage solution you go with. Certain storage options have particular benefits so it’s important that you weigh these up so that you have a grain storage solution that’s right for you, and will work well no matter the season. Harvest season can be an extremely busy time of year for many farmers with long months of hard work managing crops finally paying off! It’s important that freshly harvested grain is stored correctly so that it doesn’t go to waste so it’s worth reassessing your storage options every now and again to ensure you’re using the best method for your farm. We’ve highlighted the benefits of the different grain storage options available so that you’re well equipped in choosing the storage solution that is right for you. The different grain storage options available Grain sheds, storage bags and silos all have their own advantages and offer various benefits to suit a variety of farmers that harvest grain. Grain storage bags Storage bags, otherwise known as silo bags, are simply that – bags that store set amounts of grain. There isn’t a high cost involved in purchasing storage bags for grain and for farmers that may be harvesting a limited amount of grain or only for the odd season here and there, they can be an economical choice. Grain storage bags also come in handy if you will need to be separating different types of grain and are a solid option if you’re moving the grain around often, and in small loads. While storage bags can be great for short-term storage it’s important to note that they’re only supposed to be used for a maximum of a few months. Storing grain for any longer than this could affect the quality of your grain and may also result in insect or pest infestation. Therefore it’s important to regularly inspect the bags and if your farm is environmentally conscious, it’s worth considering the plastic impact of using these three-layer polyethylene bags. Capable of storing 100 to 240 tonnes of grain you can expect to pay around $5 per tonne for each bag. Silos Silos are one of the most common ways that grain is stored in Australia. These are a great option for those people that may harvest large amounts of grain as they’re a large capacity storage option. They’re also an effective long-term storage solution as they’re sturdy enough to keep grain well protected from the elements. While silos can be an effective long-term solution for grain storage, they may not be suitable for all types of grain like high-moisture grains. These types of grains will not empty effectively from silos so instead something like storage bags, or grain sheds should be considered. It’s important to note that there’s also a high up-front cost of purchasing silo(s) which is an essential consideration before you get underway. Silos can also be difficult to load with grain, if you don’t have the right equipment available. Health concerns have been raised with grain silos as well. This includes explosive dust and respiratory damage, which should be factored into your decision-making around grain silos. Grain sheds Grain sheds tend to work well for most farmers as an easy way to store and protect their harvested grain. Grain can easily be driven into a shed with the use of a truck or tractor and simply unloaded straight away – this reduces the amount of manual labour involved and can result in quick harvesting without too many delays. Grain sheds are generally vast open spaces which makes them very versatile too. Simply store your grain during harvest season and when your shed is empty, utilise the space to store your farm equipment, machinery and more! You’ll also be adding value to your land by adding a grain shed that can be used for a variety of different purposes. A grain shed can be incredibly multi-purpose if designed correctly. Adding a workshop, implement section or a fully-enclosed lockable bay enables you to easily store farm machinery and attachments within the building itself – something that silos are not often built to factor in. Use a grain shed for grain storage Grain sheds are the perfect way to make sure that your grain stays dry and protected from the elements all-year-round. Our farming customers agree too and would recommend a grain shed as an economical solution and a good alternative to a storage system like a silo! Long-time customer, Gerrit Kurstjens from Kurstjens Farming, has built many a grain shed and silo over the years for crop harvesting, and has listed the many benefits of using a grain shed over a silo. These include: Cost-effective: Storing grain is a marginal business therefore it must be economical. A grain shed costs only half the price of a silo and for the same amount of money, you can store double the amount of grain too. Investing in a grain shed will make sure that you’re not wasting money. A versatile grain shed will provide you with plenty of value, even if you’re not storing grain in the shed all-year-round. Works well in fluctuating seasons: As we all know drought and other unfavourable weather conditions can have a big impact on grain harvests and a bad year of weather can result in a bad year for your harvest. Because of this, it’s not economical to buy expensive silos for all the grain on the farm, as they can sit there unused. A better approach is to store about half of your average crop in a big cost-effective grain shed, that gives extra room for a bumper crop. You can then afford to keep the shed empty (or full of farm machinery and equipment) in a dry year. This large ABC Sheds grain shed is made for serious harvesting! Here at ABC Sheds, we offer versatile grain sheds that can be used to protect your grain harvest or your machinery. Our fully engineered grain sheds will ensure that your harvest remains dry no matter the weather. We use galvanised frames to provide a strong foundation for our buildings and with our smart designs, every structure will be able to withstand even the harshest weather conditions. We’re also working on new technology which will air seal the grain inside the shed so no need to worry anymore about fumigation difficulties to protect from weevils – the grain will be protected no matter what! Harvest season will roll around quickly so make sure you’re prepared with the storage that you need now! For inspiration, you can check out some of our previous grain shed projects here or enquire with us now to discuss your grain shed needs.

Grain sheds

What's the best grain storage option?

There are now various options available to keep grain secure – from bags and silos to grain sheds. ...

26 Jun 2020 | 4 min

ABC Sheds hay shed

Hay bales are a common sight on many farms across Australia and can be a good source of food for animals, should there not be enough pasture to graze. This can be a common issue across warmer parts of the country that are prone to hot weather and lower rainfall. As a resource that’s paramount to many farmers being able to feed their stock all-year-round, it’s important that hay bales are adequately protected so that they last. There are a couple of common options for storing hay securely, two of these are to either store hay under a tarp, or to store it inside a shed. While both options have their benefits, just what option is best to ensure the longevity of your hay? Find out more in the blog article below. Tarp or shed for hay storage? Both tarps and sheds are commonly used by farmers to protect their hay, and keep it safe and dry. The amount of hay that you will be storing, along with the amount of time that you will need to store if for, are key considerations for the type of cover you will need. If you’re only going to be storing a small amount of hay for a short period of time then a tarp will suffice in keeping your hay protected from the elements. Tarps are generally cheaper than hay sheds too so can be more cost-effective for farmers that only require a short-term storage solution. It's important to note however that when using a tarp air circulation will be constrained and you run the risk of the plastic cover ‘sweating’ – moisture could result from above and limited evaporation can lead to damaged hay. Because many tarp systems have the hay in contact with the ground damp earth, from dew or rain, can result in nutrients leaching into the soil and even provide the perfect environment for rot to occur. If you’re wanting to store high volumes of hay for longer periods of time then a hay shed is much more practical. While a hay shed may seem like a big investment, it will more than pay off in the long run. Being able to guarantee the protection of your hay bales from the elements all-year-round will not only save you money in potentially damaged hay, but it will also save you money on potentially lost stock. Using a shed to keep hay secure It’s clear that while there are multiple options for hay storage, using a custom-made hay shed is a reliable choice that will provide many long term benefits. Keep your hay protected all-year-round A quality hay shed will ensure that your hay is protected all-year-round. Being exposed to harsh weather conditions like sun, wind and rain will not only damage your hay but it can also damage the quality of your hay. Purchasing or making hay can come at a big cost so it’s important that this isn’t ‘money down the drain’ – the best way to ensure this is by having a shed, specifically to store your hay. Other things that can work alongside your shed to keep hay protected from the elements include: Build your shed on raised ground: If you live in an area that’s prone to a lot of rain or heavy rainfall at times, then building a hay shed on raised ground will help in the event of severe weather conditions. Water will flow away from the shed (and your hay)! Avoid a roof-only hay shed: While a roof-only hay shed will keep your hay secure, it will not keep it protected from the weather. Depending on your location you may be able to get away with having only one wall in your shed, otherwise we recommend aiming for at least two walls in a hay shed. Use a moisture barrier: If your shed doesn’t have a concrete floor then it’s best to lay down a moisture barrier before you start stacking your hay. A moisture barrier helps to ensure that your bales aren’t damaged from unwanted moisture or mould. A two-sided hay shed on raised ground helps to keep this farmer's hay bales protected from the weather. Stack your hay correctly for optimum storage Hay bales need to be stacked so that they’re not only nice and secure, but so that there’s enough airflow to prevent moisture building up. What can help to ensure that hay bales are stacked correctly, is by utilising 8-metre bays in your shed. 8-metre bays are an ideal option for storing hay as this amount of space will allow for approximately three 8 x 4 x 4 bales stacked side by side, in every bay. Avoid spontaneous combustion of your hay One of the risks of storing hay on any farm is spontaneous combustion. Spontaneous combustion in hay will generally occur when hay is not properly cured before baling, or not stored to protect it from rain or damp conditions, which means moisture content in the bales is higher than the recommended level. If hay is then stored in high temperatures (which is likely across Australia), and with little airflow, then a fire can occur. Too much moisture in hay is one of the biggest contributors to hay shed fires so should be taken seriously. When you go to store your hay in a shed, the advice is pretty clear. Store it correctly to ensure that air can circulate around the stacked hay, and that hay is not overly exposed to harsh weather conditions like rain. You should also be monitoring your hay and regularly checking heat levels and moisture content so that spontaneous combustion can be avoided, before it happens. Get organised for harvest season now! Harvest season comes around quickly every year so to avoid being caught without the storage that you need, now’s the perfect time to enquire about a hay shed! And even if the time isn't quite right to sell when you get to harvest season, having a quality shed to store your hay in will mean that it's still in great condition when the price is right! We know that hay sheds can come in various shapes and sizes and that every farmer will have different needs. Our structural steel sheds are custom-made for your requirements. Every structure is also designed to ensure proper air circulation and that hay bales are also protected from ground moisture, rain, and direct heat from the sun. Our hay sheds are made with flexible bays so whether it’s the standard 8-metre bays that you need or something even bigger, we'll work with you to come up with a design that’s just right. You can learn more about an ABC hay shed and previous shed projects we’ve completed here. Ready to talk about a new hay shed now? Get in touch with us to request a quote.

Hay sheds

What's the best way to store hay?

Hay bales are a common sight on many farms across Australia and can be a good source of food for ...

17 Jun 2020 | 4 min

ABC Sheds farm shed

For any new building project, there can be a lot that needs to be considered before you get started. A new shed is no different! From what you will be using the shed for, to council approvals you may need to go through in order to construct a new shed on your property, there are certain steps that need to be taken. We’ve outlined some basic considerations that should be given to building a steel farm or industrial shed, and some things that you can do before you get under way, to make the process easier. First things first, what will you use the shed for? The first consideration for anyone looking to invest in a new steel shed is to think about what you will be using the shed for. This is a very important consideration as it will frame the type of shed you choose, that’s most suitable for your requirements. Different types of farming will require different types of sheds and these sheds come in various shapes and sizes! If you will be storing valuables inside the shed such as machinery or equipment, how will you keep these assets secure? Do you need to add a sliding door that can be locked? Alternatively, if the shed will be used for industrial purposes do you need to allow extra room for additional spaces inside your shed like an office or a stockroom? It’s important to consider exactly what you will be using a shed for so that you can decide on the right type of shed that will work for your needs. If the shed will have multiple purposes, what will these be? Does a farm shed need a council permit? No matter where you reside in Australia, there generally needs to be some form of approval process for a new building project. Processes can differ across states and territories so it’s best to talk to your local planning authority to confirm what these are, and to make sure that you’re ‘dotting all of your i’s and crossing all of t’s’ before you start constructing a shed on your property. No one wants to be left with a shed that they’re going to have to take down because proper planning processes were not followed! In some instances, you may not require a permit to build a shed on your property, especially if you’re in a rural area however it’s always best to confirm this before you get started. If the shed will be built in New South Wales you can take a look at the NSW government’s State Environmental Planning Policy for specific guidelines around permits. The shed manufacturing process Once you’ve received any required approvals from the local council, you can then start the process of getting your farm shed manufactured! In Australia you will be hard-pressed to find a shed that’s not constructed from steel – steel is known for its versatility and durability so it’s a great option for rural environments that may be prone to harsh weather conditions. Most steel shed manufacturing companies will be able to provide you with an initial quote based on the type and size of shed you require. This cost may fluctuate depending on whether you will construct the shed yourself, or if contractors will need to be brought in. Once the steel frame is complete and on-site ready for construction, a shed can be erected in as little as a day! A structural steel farm shed being built - ABC Sheds How ABC Sheds makes it easy We know that building a new shed can be a big task, between sourcing materials, construction and trying to tick all the right boxes, there's not enough hours in the day! With our help, it can be business as usual with no stress, giving you back your spare time. Here at ABC Sheds we have dedicated project coordinators that will be with you every step of the way! Once your project is confirmed, our team can organise contractors and materials, ensuring that the project goes according to schedule, and meets all of your needs. We take pride in making sure that every shed project runs smoothly and to schedule. In order to make this possible, our project coordinators are in constant communication with tradesmen and contractors, to not only check progress but to be available for technical questions and providing support, helping everyone achieve the same goal. You can rest easy knowing that when you choose ABC Sheds you’ll get quality products and quality service! Check out the video below for a behind the scenes look of how we manufacture our sheds! Want to learn more about our range of structural steel sheds? Take a look at our full range of sheds in this free brochure.

Farm sheds

What you need to know when building a farm shed

For any new building project, there can be a lot that needs to be considered before you get ...

11 Jun 2020 | 3 min

ABC Sheds structural steel shed

2020 has been a tough year so far for many farmers across Australia. Bushfires ravaged many parts of the country at the start of the year and now with the COVID-19 pandemic upon us, some farmers are struggling to get ahead. The Australian government has recognised these struggles and on the 12th of March 2020 a $17.6 billion stimulus package was announced with the aim of keeping Australians in jobs, businesses in business, and households supported. A big part of this stimulus package was the announcement that the instant asset write-off was being increased – great news for farmers! The instant asset write-off increase won't be sticking around for long though, in fact, you have until the 31st of December 2020 to take advantage of this incentive (originally 30 June 2020). Read on to find out more about what’s on offer and see how you can make the most of this. Supporting business investment During times of economic uncertainty, it becomes second nature to start watching our pennies and only spend money on the essentials. To help keep the economy moving forwards in these uncertain times, a stimulus package was announced by the government so that people and businesses alike would continue to spend, and put money back into the economy. $700 million from the stimulus package has been dedicated solely towards delivering support for business investment and specifically, increasing the instant asset write-off. The instant asset write-off increase The instant asset write-off threshold has been increased from $30,000 to $150,000. Access to this has also been expanded to include businesses with an aggregated annual turnover of less than $500 million (up from $50 million). The new instant asset write-off threshold has been extended from the 30th of June to the 31st of December 2020, for new or second‑hand assets first used or installed ready for use in this timeframe. Eligibility for the instant asset write-off depends on a number of different factors which include: Your aggregated turnover. The date you purchased the asset and if it was either first used, or installed ready to use. The cost of each asset is less than the threshold. Businesses with a turnover of $500 million or more are not eligible to use the instant asset write-off. How can farmers benefit from the tax write-off? Farming businesses rely on machinery and equipment for day-to-day operations so the increase to the instant asset write-off is welcome news! Under the instant asset write-off eligible businesses can: Immediately write-off the cost of each asset, as long as the cost is less than the threshold. Claim a tax deduction for the business portion of the asset cost, in the year the asset is first used or installed ready for use. This means that eligible farming businesses can still spend what they need to on new machinery and equipment, without having to worry about cashflow. See examples of how the instant asset write-off can help your business here. The increased instant asset write-off threshold is only available until the 31st of December so now’s the time to order the farm equipment that you need! Australian businesses that are looking to upgrade their farm or machinery storage shed should look at starting this process now so that they can take advantage of this incentive. The ABC Sheds range of structural steel sheds are made to stand the test of time and with a 25 year “you’re covered” guarantee, you’ll know that your money is well spent. If you’re looking to use the instant asset write-off for something like a new shed for your farm then we would encourage you to request a quote today, so that you don’t miss the deadline. If you'd like more information on how to make the instant asset write-off work for you, get in touch and we'd be happy to help. Interested in learning more about our farm sheds? View the ABC Sheds range here. For up-to-date information on tax relief and various financial assistance options available, please visit our financial assistance page.

ABC Sheds latest news

How to benefit from the government tax write-off

2020 has been a tough year so far for many farmers across Australia. Bushfires ravaged many parts ...

7 May 2020 | 2 min

Horses in paddock with loafing shed

A loafing shed can be a valuable asset for any horse trainer, especially those that may train their horses in harsh weather conditions. A loafing shed is great to have on hand as it can provide horses with valuable cover from the elements to keep them safe, and secure. Is it worth investing in a loafing shed? In this blog we’ve covered what a loafing shed is, and essential considerations for adding one to your property. What’s a loafing shed? A loafing shed (sometimes referred to as a ‘run-in shed’) is a small three-sided shed built inside a paddock or dressage training area. A loafing shed enables horses to get out of the elements such as the hot sun or cold wind and rain and retreat to a secure, covered space. A loafing shed is usually built in an area with less foot traffic to allow a space for horses to unwind and relax in. The free access of a loafing shed means that horses can be left outside for longer than those that may only have a horse stable for shelter. Horses can access a loafing shed when they please making it both incredibly convenient for them and their trainer. How to build the right loafing shed So you’re considering a loafing shed? Nice work! To build a loafing shed that works with not only your property but your horses, there are a few things that you’ll need to consider before you get started. The size of your loafing shed While a loafing shed may be smaller than your average horse stable or barn, it’s still essential that there’s enough space for all of your horses to take shelter, should they need to. You wouldn’t want to be in a cramped and confined space, squished in with other people and neither do your horses! Equine research suggests that a loafing shed should be built so that it’s wider than it is deep; it should also have a large opening at the front. The lowest parts of the door opening and roof should be at least three to four metres high. Research also recommends that the interior space should allow each horse at least 30 square metres or more; for a property that holds several horses, multiple smaller loafing sheds may be more practical than a single larger loafing shed. Some horses are naturally more dominant than others which may cause more submissive horses to stay outside in harsh weather conditions, rather than seek shelter. This can be avoided by having more than one loafing shed for horses to choose from. Prepare your base Building a loafing shed isn’t simple, not only do you need to plan how big the shed will be and how many you may need, but depending on the location of your shed, some work may need to be done on the ground you plan to build your loafing shed on. It’s not simply enough to erect your shed on any old surface, you must ensure the ground is dry and will provide solid footing for your horses. Building a loafing shed straight onto an existing soil surface or on gravel may not cut it – if the ground is uneven and rough, work will need to be done to smooth this out which may require the use of contractors to come and remove unwanted soil, and then smooth the surface out. Once you have a nice even surface considerations will need to be made around the type of materials you will then need to cover the surface with. Research recommends adding fine stone dust or using a concrete pad covered with a rubber mat for optimum comfort. Use the right materials for your loafing shed Building a loafing shed yourself may seem like a great idea – you can cut down on costs and utilise building materials that you may already have on hand however we would advise carefully considering how a DIY shed may stand the test of time, and if the materials you’re using will last for years to come. If you live in an area that’s prone to extreme weather conditions like harsh heat and bushfires then it’s not going to be suitable to build a loafing shed out of some spare timber you have lying around the property – this material will not withstand a potential fire. It’s because of this that we always recommend the shed structures are built out of something strong and robust, like structural steel. Structural steel is less likely to be impacted by harsh weather conditions and will last a lot longer than something like timber. Adequate ventilation Even with a large opening at the front of the shed, loafing sheds still require adequate ventilation. This is so that enough fresh air can enter the shed during summer and keep horses cool, and also to avoid unwanted moisture and condensation from taking hold during the colder winter months. Ventilation can be added to a loafing shed with something as simple as windows, shutters or vents near the roof. Shutters are often more appropriate as there’s no glass and so no way for horses to hurt themselves if they start kicking. Before you get started on a loafing shed for your horses it’s always best to talk to the experts to make sure the shed you’re building will work for not only your horses, but your property. For information on the ABC Sheds range of structural steel equestrian buildings, and to view projects we’ve completed like horse stables, you can download our free brochure here. Interested in getting started with an equestrian building for your property? You can request a quote from our team of shed specialists.

Dressage arenas

What's a loafing shed and why do I need one?

A loafing shed can be a valuable asset for any horse trainer, especially those that may train their ...

14 Apr 2020 | 3 min

Tack shed

Many people think that a horse stable is simply a horse stable – a covered structure that can house one or many horses to keep them sheltered and safe from the elements. However, there are additions that can be added on to a horse stable to make them more practical for riders, and trainers alike. Something like a tack shed can be a great addition to a horse stable, particularly for those of you that train often so need to have a range of different gear for yourself, and your horses close by. In this blog we’ll delve into the benefits of adding a tack shed onto your horse stable plus what you can do to make the most out of a tack shed. Benefits of a tack shed A tack shed is a separate space where you can keep all of your tack – this is all of the essential equipment you’ll need for your horse(s). Common equipment found in a tack shed includes saddles, bridles, stirrups and any other riding equipment. Most standard horse stable complexes don’t factor in space for extra storage which is where a tack shed can be a great addition to a new or existing stable design. A tack shed will allow for extra space which you otherwise wouldn’t normally have, in a standard horse stable complex alone. Rather than building an additional shed for tack and equipment why not consider integrating it with a larger shed for convenience and cost-efficiency? Planning your perfect tack shed Planning any extra additions to a horse stable should be well thought out, especially if the new space may affect the environment of horses currently housed in the stable, or if it will impact on the space of the people that use your horse stable the most. Working through the following steps can help you to determine exactly what you will need from a tack shed and will ensure you will create a space that will work well with a new or existing horse stable. 1. Plan your tack shed A little planning will go a long way in making sure you end up with a tack shed that’s right for you and your requirements. Before you start building or before you liaise with a shed building company to get started on this project, it’s always good to outline exactly what you will need from your tack shed. A good starting point could be to outline how many horses, at a maximum, might be housed in your horse stable. This will give you a good indication of how much equipment you could need onsite for each horse and the amount of space you will need to store this. If you already have a decent amount of equipment on hand that you will be wanting to store in your future tack shed, this will also help in planning what you need from a tack shed. Lay all of the equipment out and try to visualise where this will go in the tack shed – how much wall space will you need to hang equipment? Will you need shelves installed? Will the equipment be accessed frequently? Will you want to fix and maintain the equipment in the same space? At the planning stage it’s also essential to consider any extras to add to your tack shed to make it a more functional space. Will you need a desk to sit and complete work at? Will you need a changing area? Do you need a cleaning space for polishing saddles? Think about anything extra you may want to add to your tack shed so that you allow plenty of space for this. It can be quite costly to add these types of features in later so it’s better to have a large list you can trim rather than adding to it later. 2. The location of your tack shed Where you will put your new tack shed is another important consideration that should not be overlooked. When considering where you will add a tack shed, you must think about a space that will not only work with your existing horse stable complex, but a space that will also be functional too. The point of a tack shed is to hold equipment necessary for your horses so if this is hard to get to or is in a place that will disrupt the flow of access to something like a dressage arena for training, then you’ll want to reconsider your tack shed placement. Make sure the location you pick will not only work with your horse stable, but will also give you and your horses optimum use of the space surrounding your tack shed. It’s also worth considering environmental factors when building a tack shed or stable building. Avoid facing doors and other openings towards prevailing winds or consider maximising natural sunlight or shade, depending on your needs. 3. Create a secure tack shed There’s no use building a new tack shed for your property if it’s not going to be secure and safe from prying eyes. It’s essential to consider what security measures you will take to keep your tack shed secure and your equipment safe so that all of your hard work doesn’t go to waste! Think about who may need access to your stable complex and who may be coming and going frequently. If you have a range of different people coming and going a single lock may not be enough to ensure that your equipment stays in one spot. Consider whether you will need to add lockers for individual trainers to store their own equipment and belongings. This is also an important factor for insurance purposes as it should ensure you and your trainers are covered, should something go missing. While the above are essential considerations for those of you that may be wanting to add a tack shed to your horse stable, remember that a tack shed doesn’t have to be overly complex! If anything sometimes the more simple the better – especially if you have a number of different people that may use the tack shed. A tack shed that is efficient and works for your needs, as well as others, will go a long way in providing long-term use. For more information on the ABC Sheds range of equestrian buildings and the shed projects we’ve completed, you can download our free brochure here. Interested in getting started with a tack shed? Request a quote from our team of shed specialists.

Dressage arenas

Adding a tack shed to a horse stable

Many people think that a horse stable is simply a horse stable – a covered structure that can house ...

9 Apr 2020 | 4 min

Farm shed by ABC Sheds Australia

For anyone that owns or operates a farm, farm assets like buildings, equipment and machinery are essential to daily operations and the effective running of a farm. To ensure the smooth operation of your farm all-year-round it’s essential that all necessary farm assets are insured so that your livelihood is protected. With the recent Australian bushfires affecting many areas of the country and devastating communities, wildlife and forests, it’s important to make sure your best assets are protected so that in the case of an emergency, you’re insured. An expensive asset that’s also essential for most farmers to have is a quality farm shed. Whether you have a shearing shed, a shed for machinery storage or a farm shed to store your hay or feed for livestock, it’s essential to make sure that you have the right insurance cover so that you’re protected when the unexpected happens. Find out about some common types of farm insurance available in Australia, and extra things you may need to consider when insuring your farm shed. Insurance available for farmers Taking out any type of farm insurance can be complicated – knowing what you need and what you don’t can be confusing and with a number of different insurance companies and types of insurance available, it can be hard to decide what’s right for you. We always recommend that you discuss your individual insurance needs with an insurance broker and we have provided the information below as a guide only. While there are many different options available, most insurers offer farm insurance in the form of an ‘insurance pack’. These are quite standard across the industry and will generally include cover for: Farm property such as buildings and contents. Cover for hay, grain and livestock. Farm machinery which includes any potential theft and breakdown costs. Fire cover. Domestic property on the farm like your house and your workers’ houses. Personal accidents and sickness. Farm and personal vehicles. Working dogs. Business interruption. Business liability. Road transit. While the above may seem like a lot to include in an insurance pack, it’s better to be covered for absolutely all potential things that you may need to claim for, than be underinsured in times of need. If you only have a set budget for insurance make sure you direct that money towards ensuring the most important things that would have a direct impact on your farm, and your livelihood if the unexpected were to happen. If you farm sheep, something like a shearing shed is essential to operations so would be a crucial thing to have insured. Many farmers also choose to employ people to run and manage the farm, in this instance it’s absolutely essential that you have workers compensation in place that will cover their wages, in the instance that they cannot be paid or an insurance policy that covers any loss or injury to your workers while working on your farm. Prepare for the unexpected If there’s one thing the recent bushfires taught us, it’s that anything can happen so we must be prepared for the unexpected. If you own or operate a farm in Australia you no doubt would have been affected in some way by the bushfires whether it be directly, or someone you know. If you were directly affected by the fires then you’ve most likely already made a claim to your insurer for something like a farm shed. If you were lucky enough to not be affected then now’s a good time to check your farm insurance policy and make sure you’re covered for all critical items. Most farm insurance packs will likely already cover you for a natural disaster such as a bushfire or flood however different insurers provide different policies so it’s best to check the fine print to ensure you know exactly what you would be covered for, and how much you could claim for. Particular importance should be paid to whether you’re sum-insured or total replacement insured. Something like a farm shed is a big investment and can cost hundreds of thousands to build so if this needs to be re-built from the ground up you’ll want to be covered for absolutely all costs which is where total replacement insurance is more beneficial. Emergency bushfire support for farmers As a result of the recent bushfires and the impact they’ve had on the agriculture sector in Australia, the Australian government has committed $100 million in emergency grants to farmers, fishers and foresters located in declared bushfire disaster areas. Up to $75,000 can be claimed to cover costs for immediate and emergency needs not covered by existing insurance policies so if you were caught out in the recent fires, and your existing policy didn’t cover exactly what you need, then you could be eligible. Eligibility criteria for an emergency grant includes that: You’re not a corporation. You earn more than 50% of your income from primary production. You spend part of your labour on primary production. You intend to rebuild your business in its current location. If you don’t earn more than 50% of your income from primary production, you may still be eligible if: You can show you will earn 50% of your income from primary production within 3 years, OR You can show you would ordinarily earn more than 50% of your income from primary production but this has been affected by drought, and in both cases, you earn less than $100,000 in “off-farm” income. For specific details on the exact insurance you need for your farm it’s always best to talk to your insurer to see what cover you can get, and any essential cover you should have so that you’re always protected. If you are on the lookout for a new shed and would like to see if an ABC structural steel shed could be a good fit for your farm, you can view our full range here.

Farm sheds

Stay protected: Insure your farm shed

For anyone that owns or operates a farm, farm assets like buildings, equipment and machinery are ...

20 Mar 2020 | 3 min

On the 12th of March the government announced a stimulus package for Australian businesses to keep the economy moving forwards in these uncertain times. Small to medium-sized businesses are the backbone of this country's economy and employ tens of millions of people across the country. Every business plays its part and the government has come to the table with a package designed to keep those business going in as much of a 'business as usual' way as possible. The package includes several elements to help businesses invest in their success during these challenging times and focuses on benefiting 6.5 million individuals and 3.5 million businesses directly. Of note is the increase of the instant asset write-off to $150,000, a massive increase from the current limit of $30,000! There are several parts to the stimulus package and include: Delivering support for business investment Cash flow assistance for businesses Stimulus payments to households to support growth Assistance for severely-affected regions At its core the financial stimulus package will help businesses by providing the following support to keep businesses investing in themselves: $700 million to increase the instant asset write-off threshold from $30,000 to $150,000 and expand to include businesses with an aggregated annual turnover of less than $500 million (up from $50 million). $3.2 billion to back business investment by providing a time limited 15 month investment incentive (through to June 30 2021) to support business investment and economic growth over the short term, by accelerating depreciation deductions. Businesses with a turnover of less than $500 million will be able to deduct an additional 50% of the asset cost in the year of the purchase. Assets that can be immediately written off in the stimulus package include items like a concrete tank for a builder, a tractor for a farming business, and a truck for a delivery business. These measures are designed to support over 3.5 million businesses - over 99% of all the businesses in Australia. The measures are designed to support businesses in sticking with their investment plans and encouraging them to bring investment forward to support economic growth during sooner rather than later. View the ABC Sheds range of structural steel farm sheds in our free brochure >> To help with cashflow the government will offer: $6.7 billion to boost cash flow for employers by up to $25,000 with a minimum payment of $2,000 for eligible small and medium-sized businesses. The payment will focus on businesses with a turnover of less than $50 million that employ staff between 1st January 2020 and 30th June 2020. The payment will be tax free. This measure will benefit around 690,000 businesses. Businesses will receive payments of 50% of their Business Activity Statements or Instalment Activity Statement from 28th April with refunds to be paid within 14 days. 1.3 billion to support small businesses to support the jobs of around 120,000 apprentices and trainees. Eligible employers can apply for a wage subsidy of 50% of the apprentice's or trainee's wage for up to 9 months from 1st January 2020 to September 30th 2020. To stimulate households and support growth: $4.8 billion to provide a one-off $750 to pensioners, social security, veteran and other income support recipients and eligible concession card holders. The payment will be tax free and will not count as income for Social Security, Farm Household Allowance and Veteran payments. There will be one payment per eligible recipient. If a person qualifies for the payment in multiple ways they will only receive on payment. Assistance for severely affected regions: $1 billion to support those sectors, regions and communities that have been disproportionately affected by the economic impacts of the Coronavirus, including those heavily reliant on industries such as tourism, agriculture and education. This will include the waiver of fees and charges for tourism businesses that operate in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park and Commonwealth National Parks. It will also include additional assistance to help businesses identify alternative export markets or supply chains. Targeted measure will also be developed to further promote domestic tourism. The government is also offering relief from certain tax obligations, including deferring tax payments up to four months. This is similar to relief provided following the bushfires for taxpayers affected by the coronavirus, on a case-by-case basis. The intention, it seems, is for the government to keep the economy moving forward as much as it can. By offering a stimulus package the country is encouraged to keep investing, keep employees and to keep going. For some businesses an investment in farm machinery, technology and storage may have been on the cards and the current economic uncertainty may have made some businesses nervous about spending their money. This stimulus package is designed to remove that nervousness by making it more affordable than ever to make businesses improvements that will help a business ride the storm. With interest rates the lowest they've ever been borrowing money may be more affordable than ever. So what better time to invest in areas that reduce long-term running costs, protect the assets you have and create greater efficiencies for you business? Protecting the machinery, feed and herd investments you've made with a purpose-built shed keeps your business moving forward without the risk of theft, damage or unnecessary wear from the elements. Add solar panels to keep electricity costs down and include a water tank to harvest the rain coming in the winter months. And with designs starting from only $40,000 the government's tax incentives and asset write-offs might make this the best time yet to get the shed you've been planning for years. To understand how the stimulus package may impact your business speak to your accountant or financial advisor. To learn how your farm or contracting firm could benefit from a brand new shed speak to the team at ABC Sheds.

ABC Sheds latest news

Keeping Australia moving forward

On the 12th of March the government announced a stimulus package for Australian businesses to keep ...

17 Mar 2020 | 3 min

ABC Sheds farm shed

Just like any new shed or piece of infrastructure, the cost to build a farm shed can be a big investment. There’s a lot to consider when building a new farm shed such as what you will be using the shed for specifically, and if you need to factor in things like extra storage space for machinery. The cost of a quality farm shed can quickly add up so it’s important to know what you’re paying for, and what you could potentially look to spend when planning the build of a farm shed. We’ve outlined the average cost of a farm shed as well as some essential considerations to give you an idea of what you will end up spending. Shearing shed, machinery storage or hay storage? No two farmers are the same and the same goes for the roles they need their shed to play. If it's for shearing that you require a shed, you will need to have a shed that's appropriate for shearing season as well as drenching so you will likely need additional yards alongside your shed. If you get in large amounts of hay to feed your livestock then you will need to have a shed that will keep any hay safe, and protected from the elements. Or perhaps you only need a shed to store your farm machinery and attachments? Making sure you have a shed big enough to store these large pieces of machinery will be an important factor to consider as well as making sure that any machinery stored is safe, and secure. Different uses require different spans, access, lighting and space. Clearly defining the primary uses for your shed will help you save time and money by building the right shed the first time. There are many things to factor in when deciding what you need in a shed so if you can first outline what you will be using the shed for, then you will be able to work out more easily, how much you will need to spend. This shearing shed features yards out to the side, as well as windows for adequate ventilation. Other factors that may affect the cost of a shed It’s not just what you will be using the shed for, but external factors as well that can influence how much you might end up spending on a farm shed for your property. Location The location of your farm could mean you end up spending more, or less, on a new farm shed. If you live in an area that is prone to extremely high temperatures during summer then you may want to consider whether you need to add a ventilation system, like air conditioning to keep workers cool during times like the shearing season, or you may just need to keep the air flowing through a feed pad or animal shelter. Alternatively, if you’re prone to quite a bit of wet weather then you will need to make sure you have adequate shelter if you will be storing hay or feed in your farm shed, so that this doesn’t get wet. Also if you are in a snow prone area, make sure you factor snow loading into your costs. The surface you will be building on If you’re building a shed for the first time on your property then you may need to factor in extra costs for things like earthworks to be carried out. Just like any other piece of large infrastructure, a farm shed also needs to be built on a flat and even surface. It’s always worth having the area surveyed as sub-soil conditions are hard to spot without specialist equipment. Subsidence, soft soil and erosion could all cost you a small fortune in damage and could be avoided with specialist help. Security If your new shed is going to be used to store expensive machinery then you may need to consider factoring in extra security measures to keep machinery, feed and livestock safe from theft. Adding doors or cameras to your shed is a good way to keep machinery safe, however, they can come at a rather expensive cost. This is something important to think about right at the start so that you’re not caught off-guard by the potential cost of this. You may be able to see a reduction in your insurance premiums if you go the extra mile in reducing the risk profile of your farm. It’s always worth seeking specialist advice from an insurance broker to assess your options. This machinery shed features sliding doors for extra security. The average price of a farm shed The amount you will end up spending on your farm shed will vary depending on the features you specifically require, as well as how big you will need the shed to be. In saying this the average cost of a farm shed in Australia can range from $30,000 for something small, to $200,000 for something larger with additional features. The more bays you have increases the cost and as soon as you need something non-standard then the price can creep up. If you’re looking to reduce the cost of your shed then speak to an experienced specialist, like the team at ABC Sheds, to receive advice on the areas where compromises can be made, without affecting the desired outcome. Average prices for common farm sheds Hay sheds: The cost of a hay shed can start at $30,000 for a small roof-only shed. If you increase the amount of bays in your shed, or the span of your shed, the cost could amount to over $140,000.* Shearing sheds: A simple shearing shed frame (excluding the fit-out), will generally start at a cost of $60,000 and can then increase to over $150,000 if you’re needing a larger shed, or a shed with additional features such as an attached yard cover.* Machinery storage sheds: For a machinery storage shed you’re looking at a starting cost of approximately $60,000 which can then increase to over $180,000 depending on the size you need, how many walls you have sheeted, plus additional features such as sliding doors and lock up bays.* If you’re a farmer that’s been affected by recent bushfires or drought and you’re looking to rebuild a farm shed, then you may be available for financial assistance. Check out the different options available here like the Farm Innovation Fund. *Approximate figures only, prices will vary depending on what you require. For an estimate you can request a quote here. Choose a quality ABC farm shed At ABC Sheds we’re experts when it comes to building quality farm sheds for the harsh Australian climate. Our structural steel farm sheds are designed to be used for multiple applications like machinery storage, hay storage and shearing and with a custom-built shed, we can make sure you get the farm shed that suits all of your requirements. Our farm sheds can have bay openings of up to 16 metres in width so whether you need to fit headers or boom sprays, ABC Sheds have you covered. Want to get your ABC farm shed underway? Get in touch now to request a free shed quote from one of our shed specialists.

Farm sheds

How much does it cost to build a farm shed?

Just like any new shed or piece of infrastructure, the cost to build a farm shed can be a big ...

11 Mar 2020 | 4 min

ABC Sheds horse stable project

Providing your horses with a comfortable stable leads to happier, healthier horses. Whether you are building a small recreational stable or a full-sized stable block, the question is - how much it will cost? While the cost varies depending on your needs, we’ve covered some basic costs for a horse stable to help you plan your budget. We have also outlined the key factors that influence the costs, such as location, size, and additional features. How much does a horse stable cost? While it depends on your unique needs, a new horse stable can cost anywhere between $25,000 and $500,000, depending on size, customisations, and location. Elaborate design customisations will drive the prices up, such as tack storage, extensive lighting, alternative cladding and other optional features. Another factor is how many individual stalls are required. Considerations for Building Horse Stables in 2025 When planning your horse stables, various factors will impact the construction costs. We’ve outlined the key cost drivers below. Location If you need to buy or lease land, you will need to factor in the purchase cost as well as the extra setup costs. Depending on the site, you may also need earthworks to prepare the site for construction. If you are in a remote location, connecting utilities like electricity and plumbing will need to be considered. At the very least, a simple plumbing system will need to be set up before any horses are moved into the stable. You may also want to consider the distance to your arena cover or arena base, keeping this to a minimum gives the horses the best experience after training or riding. The size of the horses The recommended stable size is 9 to 13 square metres per horse. Regardless of breed and size, this allows enough room for your horses to move around comfortably and lie down. Remember to account for water troughs, hay baskets, and other key stable features that may encroach on the space. This stable block features plenty of space so multiple horses can be housed comfortably. Tack Storage We recommend incorporating tack storage and feed storage into your stable design to ensure everything is conveniently located. With wall hooks and tack rooms, you can store saddles, riding equipment, bedding, feed, and cleaning supplies right next to your horse's stalls. This way, you'll save valuable time so you can spend more time riding! Stable Ventilation To ensure your horses have plenty of fresh air, you must incorporate ventilation in your stable design. Airflow helps to achieve a comfortable temperature in these confined spaces, even in the hot Australian summers. Depending on your local climate, you may consider installing a specialised cooling system that will ensure your horses are always comfortable and ready for training sessions. While this will drive your costs up, there are other alternatives such as vented ridges and whirly birds if you are running on a budget. Stable Lighting Horses like to see what’s going on around them and shouldn't be kept in the dark during the day. Research shows that lighting has a strong physiological impact on equine health, affecting hormones, sleep, appetite, and more. Translucent skylights in your stable roof help to maximise natural light but if this is not sufficient, you can also install artificial lighting. For best results, consider installing circadian lighting with blue-enriched light for daytime, red lights for night, and natural transitions. Horse Stall Kickboards Installing kick boards in your horse stable ensures your walls don’t get damaged if horses kick when bored or stressed. Kickboards also ensure the safety of your horses and stop them from hurting themselves. Our Equestrian Buildings Now that you know some of the essential costs involved, it’s time to determine your budget. Whatever your budget, we can help you design a stables or arena that meets all your requirements. For more information or to receive an initial price, request a quote today. Our equine buildings are tailored to suit your unique needs, including: Dressage arenas Show jumping arenas Horse stables Loafing sheds Yard covers We will provide a complete solution to maximise your riding time and ensure you perform at your best every time. Request a quote for a more accurate quote tailored to your project or download our free Equestrian Sheds Brochure.

Dressage arenas

How much does it cost to build a horse stable?

Providing your horses with a comfortable stable leads to happier, healthier horses. Whether you are ...

21 Feb 2020 | 2 min

Rapid Relief Team Australia

Image Source. Just like you, we were devastated to see the toll the recent Australian bushfires took on loved ones, communities, forests, and our wildlife. While we managed to stay away from the worst of the fires here in Young, New South Wales, it was heartbreaking to see the amount of damage caused from the fires across the country and to see many who lost their family homes and more. Now with wild weather and floods ravaging some parts of Australia, it's even more important to keep supporting our firefighters, medical workers and other emergency services during times of crisis so they can keep up the amazing work they do, every single day. That’s why for every shed sold during the months of February and March, we will be donating $1,000 to our friends over at the Rapid Relief Team. Find out more about why we’re donating and the great work the Rapid Relief Team do. Rapid Relief Team Severe weather conditions like the bushfires have meant that many of Australia’s emergency services have needed to be available around the clock, to assist in times of crisis. A community organisation that helps to ensure our emergency service workers are supported while on the job is the Rapid Relief Team (RRT). During times of crisis, this charitable organisation works hard to lend a hand to those on the frontline – during the recent bushfires, you would’ve found them assisting and replenishing Australia’s emergency service crews on the ground, around the clock. The Rapid Relief Team is made up entirely of volunteers who make themselves available to help out around their normal day-to-day jobs. Several members of our team at ABC Sheds are volunteers for RRT and have seen the impact first-hand. It is because of this great work and their continued efforts, that we choose to support such a great organisation like the Rapid Relief Team. The Rapid Relief Team are always on hand to assist our emergency services during times of need. Image 1 Source. Image 2 Source. Ways that RRT lend a hand You’ll find the Rapid Relief Team volunteers helping communities across Australia, and the globe, during times of need. These are just some of the ways that the team have assisted with the droughts and bushfires. Livestock pellets for farmers affected by drought With record-high daily temperatures reached around the nation and a ‘super drought’ declared in 2019, farmers across Australia have been dealing with the harsh ramifications of such extreme weather, and have struggled to provide their livestock with substantial feed and water. Many farmers have also had to sell off some of their livestock just to make ends meet. The Rapid Relief Team has donated 428 tons of livestock pellets (supplied by AMBOS Stockfeeds) to farmers financially affected by the drought in Cobar and Warren, NSW. From August 2019, RRT also hosted six Farmers Community Connect events, donating more than 1,000 tons of livestock pellets to farmers in Tullamore, Nymagee, Condobolin and Narrabri. Bushfire relief for NSW locals In December 2019, the Rapid Relief Team held a bushfire relief effort ‘Operation Fire Relief’ which brought hope and a bit of Christmas cheer to locals who had been devastated by the bushfires in Taree and Wauchope – families tragically lost their homes to the bushfires. RRT gifted 71 families $1,000 gift cards just in time for Christmas, to help them rebuild their lives after losing their homes, and belongings to the fires. The donated gift voucher was given to locals alongside a family food box, and an RRT Cookie the Kookaburra toy for the kids. The Rapid Relief Team has supported three fire-ravaged communities. During 2020 they will continue to provide support to other communities who have been impacted by the fires. Water tank filling Towards the end of 2019 the Rapid Relief Team designed and engineered a mobile water pump and frac tank to provide fire trucks on the frontline with access to hard to reach water. In the first 72 hours of use, RRT’s Rapid Water System filled 200 fire trucks, including the largest fire truck, the CAT 1, which holds up to 3,500 litres of water and takes just 2 minutes and 38 seconds to fill. The $450,000 Rapid Water System has been designed to assist Australia’s firefighting efforts by making water that was inaccessible due to remote locations, available for emergency services to use. RRT's Rapid Water System in action. Image Source. RRT across the globe During 2019 the efforts of the Rapid Relief Team reached new heights supporting people in need, across the globe. Together RRT volunteer teams served 327,266 meals at 1,649 events! Check out this video for some 2019 highlights. Funds for fires For every shed we sell during the months of February and March 2020, we will be donating $1,000 to the Rapid Relief Team so that they can continue doing an amazing job, and assisting during times of crisis like the bushfires. The money donated will go directly back into the Rapid Relief Team, to make sure they have everything they require to assist with current and future emergencies. So if you’ve been eyeing up an ABC shed then now’s a great month to purchase what you require, knowing that ABC will send $1,000 across to RRT as a result. If you require more information get in touch with us here. To view our complete range of sheds download our free product catalogue.

ABC Sheds latest news

Supporting RRT – how we're doing our part

Image Source. Just like you, we were devastated to see the toll the recent Australian bushfires ...

18 Feb 2020 | 3 min

Aircraft hangar by ABC Sheds

So you’ve decided to build an aircraft hangar – great stuff! If you’re choosing to build an aircraft hangar to house your collection of small planes or perhaps you’ve added an airstrip, and need a basic hangar for small planes that may come and go? Whatever the reason, a steel frame aircraft hangar is something that will do the trick! An aircraft hangar is a great way to keep your planes protected from the elements when they aren’t in use (plus we think they look pretty cool too)! Before you make the final call, it’s good to know what you should consider before you purchase an aircraft hangar – there are a few important things that are essential to think about. In this blog we’ve outlined what you need to know before you purchase or build. 1. Location The location of your aircraft hangar is the first thing that needs to be considered. Depending on your location in Australia there could be different local, state or federal aviation planning requirements that need to be considered. A company experienced in manufacturing aircraft hangars (like ABC Sheds) will already be familiar with the required standards and will also be able to take into account any other design requirements based on where you’re located such as wind ratings, terrain categories, and more. 2. What you will use the hangar for While this may seem obvious, many people can end up using their aircraft hangars for things other than just for storing their aircraft. If you’re in a remote area you may choose to add a living space to your aircraft hangar so that in the event you’re there for the night, you have a comfortable place to stay. By adding mezzanine floors or a balcony you can increase the functionality of your hangar so that it then becomes a hangar that you can ‘live-in’. If you’re handy on the tools you may end up doing a bit of maintenance work on your aircraft. If that’s the case then you’ll need extra space in your hangar to complete this work and for storage of things like your tools and a workshop. Or perhaps you’re a pilot instructor and will be using the hangar to give lessons to your students? You’ll need some space for teaching and showing students the ropes. This aircraft hangar features an office space to the side. 3. Design With advances in design technology and versatile materials like steel used in the construction and manufacturing of aircraft hangars, we can now design for almost any type, and style of aircraft hangar you require. While your hangar can be custom built to your requirements, it’s important to consider beforehand if there are any specific design elements you may want to add to your aircraft hangar. It’s important to consider things like: How many aircraft will you store in the hangar? The size of the aircraft you will store. The types of doors you require – sliding or rolling? If you need a wide-span shed for maximum manoeuvrability. If you will be using the hangar for other purposes than solely storing aircraft. Once you’ve worked through the above considerations you will be in a much better position to brief a shed manufacturing company like us as to what you require, so that we can then provide you with an aircraft hangar that meets your requirements. It’s also important to consider future requirements – will this shed need space to grow into? 4. Interior organisation Now that you’ve worked out the design of your hangar and can picture what the exterior will look like, now’s the time to think about how you will organise the interior of your hangar and by this we mean, how you will store your aircraft! There are a number of different formations you can use when storing aircraft and a lot of the time it will come down to how many you want to store in the hangar. As you know how much space you will have to work with you can then decide which floor plan will be most suitable. Will you store your aircraft side-by-side or back-to-back, or will you look to utilise a T hangar formation. To utilise the space you have we would recommend going with a T formation so you have a bit of extra room to play with. A T hangar formation is a good way to make the most of the space you have available. 5. Construction How your shed is constructed may be the biggest factor to consider for your aircraft hangar. This feeds naturally on from your intended usage but even a basic hangar for storing your aircraft needs to be carefully considered. For example, if you’re planning on doing maintenance work then a gantry for lifting engines or heavy parts is only viable with a strong steel shed able to take the additional weight of the parts, gantry and crane. Access is also going to be key – you don’t want braces getting in the way of key entry and exit points. You may also want to consider how electricity for power tools, compressed air lines and lightings are integrated into the structure, something that is much easier to consider in the design phase of working with an experienced shed manufacturer. As you can see, there are a few things to consider when building an aircraft hangar. So you can get the aircraft hangar that’s perfect for your requirements, it's best to consult the experts – that’s where we come in! At ABC Sheds we offer custom-made aircraft hangars for the secure storage of large and small aircraft. Whether you’re running a plane or helicopter charter service or in need of extra space to stow your private jet or microlight, our hangars are the solution for you! Our engineers have over 20 years of knowledge and experience when it comes to aircraft hangar design and construction. We use the latest methods in hangar construction to provide you with superior and safe storage options. We also offer an ABC Sheds 25-year “you’re covered” guarantee on every product giving you peace of mind. View some of the aircraft hangars we’ve built by clicking here.

Aircraft hangars

5 things to consider when building an aircraft hangar

So you’ve decided to build an aircraft hangar – great stuff! If you’re choosing to build an ...

30 Jan 2020 | 4 min

Farm shed by ABC Sheds Australia

Any farmer with livestock knows the effort and cost involved in continuing to buy feed for their animals, especially during a time of drought, flooding or other challenging circumstances. Recent environmental challenges have highlighted the challenges farmers face in preparing and protecting their feed and pasture. Feed loss might come in the form of a devastated pasture with crops useless before they’re harvested or it may come in the form of harvested feed losing nutrients due to improper storage. And while you can’t stop every form of feed loss, you might be able to reduce that loss by taking additional steps to protect it. A shed may seem expensive but the ongoing loss of feed, and the impact this can have on the health of your livestock, mean the long-term losses can be significant too. There are several incentives, grants and schemes available which can lower the cost of protecting your most valuable assets. In this article, we’ll explore a few of these. Something as simple as a well-structured hay shed or feedlot shelter can make all the difference when it comes to feeding your stock and keeping feed like hay protected from the elements. Farmers who have the capacity to collect and store large amounts of feed, not only have the benefit of protecting their own assets but the potential of selling their overflow to increase cash reserves. If you’re a farmer living in New South Wales and need a new shed for your farm, you could be eligible for financial assistance through the Rural Assistance Authority Farm Innovation Fund (RAA). In this blog, we’ve outlined the basics of the Farm Innovation Fund including what it involves and how much you could loan for a new shed for your farm. There’s also a new fund, launched in the wake of the devastating bushfires across Eastern Australia. Grants of up to $75,000 will be made available to farmers in bushfire-affected areas. We’ll explain this one a little more and help you find out if you might be eligible for either fund. Find out more below. What is the Farm Innovation Fund? The Farm Innovation Fund is part of the New South Wales government's drought strategy which offers NSW farmers a long term, low-interest loan for permanent on-farm infrastructure. Applications can be made any time during the year with funding available to meet the cost of carrying out permanent capital works that will have a beneficial impact on the land, long term profitability of the business, and address adverse seasonal conditions. Before you consider applying for the Farm Innovation Fund, you must make sure that the work you wish to carry out is for permanent on-farm infrastructure. The Farm Innovation Fund can help specifically with projects like: Improve farm productivity Reduce risks and improve efficiencies by building hay and grain storage facilities, sheds, fencing, roadworks or solar power conversions. Manage tough seasonal conditions Improve water efficiencies with irrigation systems, cap and piping of bores, new dams, installation of water tanks and desilting of ground tanks. Ensure long term sustainability Help to increase the viability of a farm business and improve pasture and soil health, plant trees for shade and wildlife corridors, eradicate weeds, flood-proof the property and fence river banks. Eligibility criteria To be eligible to apply for a loan you must meet the following criteria: Own or operate a farm in NSW where the work will be carried out. Operate as a sole trader, partnership or private company, trading in agricultural products. Show that the farm provides at least 50% of your total gross income, under normal conditions. Be registered with the Australian Taxation Office (ATO) as a primary producer and have an Australian Business Number (ABN). You must not have more than $5 million in gross off-farm assets. You must demonstrate that the work you want to carry out on the farm will have a beneficial impact on your land and will help to prepare you for adverse seasonal conditions like drought. Show that your farm is sustainable long-term and will be able to repay the loan. Finally, you must ensure you have the security required for the loan. Find more details and full eligibility criteria here. Farm Innovation Fund loan details The RAA has $1 billion in funding available for farmers who wish to use the fund for permanent on-farm infrastructure. If you’re a NSW resident looking to apply it’s important to note the following details: You can borrow up to a maximum of $1 million to build on-farm infrastructure, like a farm shed. Interest rate fixed at 2.5%. The loan term is up to 20 years. Security – there is a statutory charge and registered caveat over the property. The Farm Innovation Fund guidelines outline complete eligibility details, and what projects can be undertaken through the fund. The application process Anyone wanting to apply for a loan through the Farm Innovation Fund is required to complete an application before costs are incurred. The Farm Innovation Fund guidelines outline what you can apply for and how to apply. It’s very easy to apply online, you will just need to make sure you have access to the following documents before you start: Signed mortgage lenders consent form from your existing mortgagee. Last 3 years balance sheets and financial statements of your farm. Last 3 years individual taxation returns and a current listing of all assets & liabilities held by: Individual members of a partnership/ family trust. Individual director(s)/shareholder(s) of all companies. A copy of your farm business and risk assessment plan. A monthly cash flow budget for the next 12 months. A copy of the current LGA (council) rates and LLS rates notice(s) for the property(s) where the work will be completed. Grants for fire-affected farmers The Federal Government recently announced that grants, similar to the ones offered to flood-affected farmers in Queensland last year, will be available to help with rebuilding after the fires. Funds under the Disaster Recovery Funding Arrangement will be made available to state governments of impacted communities, on request, for delivery through the Emergency Bushfire Response in the Primary Industries Grants Program. Details on the application process and other eligibility criteria are still being defined but the funds are designed to enable fire-affected farmers to access essentials like feed and water, while also helping to rebuild fencing or hire vital agricultural equipment like water pumps, irrigation systems, horticultural netting and generators. Using the funds to replace and repair farm buildings such as sheds remains to be seen but it’s already been stated that any financial relief funding will be tax-exempt. If you feel like you might be eligible for this funding keep an eye on the NSW government’s dedicated web page. Whether you’re looking for a new shed or you need to replace an existing one, the team at ABC Sheds are perfectly happy to help. There are a myriad of benefits to storing feed and with a proper storage facility like a hay shed, hay maintains its quality and the nutrition needed for feeding your livestock. This is where we step in! ABC Sheds offer fully engineered structural steel sheds to protect your bales from the elements. With our unmatched expertise in shed design and construction, we bring reliable storage for all your hay bales and handling equipment. To enquire about an ABC Shed for your property or for more information about the Farm Innovation Fund, please get in touch with us by clicking the button below and we’d be happy to help.

Farm sheds

How to get finance for your farm shed

Any farmer with livestock knows the effort and cost involved in continuing to buy feed for their ...

23 Jan 2020 | 4 min

Benefits of a commercial steel shed

If you’re planning on constructing a new commercial shed or building then you’ll want to make sure you’ve considered all of your options before you start building – one of the most important things to decide on is the type of material you use to construct your shed from. Steel is becoming more and more of a popular material to use when constructing commercial sheds. Steel is already used widely in the construction industry for things like bridges and high rise buildings, it’s also a great option for commercial sheds due to its versatility and durability. Find out the many benefits of using a steel frame structure for your next commercial shed project below. Durability Commercial sheds can be home to a range of different activities and machinery and with people and stock coming and going frequently, they need to be built to last. Steel is a high-quality material that requires very little maintenance, it is also a lot more durable than a lot of other materials like timber. It’s a material that will easily withstand a number of tough weather conditions like heat, wind and rain making it an ideal option for building in Australia where weather conditions can go from one extreme to the other across the country. Steel is a particularly valuable material to use when building in parts of Australia that may be prone to drought or fires – fire cannot be started or spread through steel. Unlike other materials, steel is also less likely to break, split or warp. Steel beams also won’t sag giving you a high-quality structure that will hold its shape for years to come. Lower maintenance costs Because of its high durability, steel is also great to use as it will save you maintenance costs in the long-run. A high-quality steel shed will last you years without having to repair or replace anything. This makes it a great option for businesses just starting out or those who don’t want additional maintenance costs down the track. Simply erect your shed and it will give you years of use. We also know that unlike timber, steel is very hard to penetrate so is less likely to be infiltrated by pesky insects and animals. This will save you time and money having to get in pest control to save the structure of your building from damage and to get rid of unwanted pests. Affordability While a steel-framed shed may cost you more upfront due to the fabrication work involved in creating the steel frame, it will most definitely end up saving you money down the track. The longevity of steel might mean you incur less repair and maintenance costs. Steel frame sheds are also relatively easy to put together with many people choosing to erect their shed themselves. Doing it yourself will mean you spend less on paying for contractors that a company may get in to build your shed for you. Instead build the shed when you have the time and resources to do so. However, a steel shed is also an easy task for a contractor to complete, if you don't want to be hands-on in the process. Customisation Commercial steel sheds have the option to be customised to include extra features that you may require. For commercial sheds, in particular, this is very important as different businesses all have different operating needs and the requirements for one business may differ completely to what’s required for another business. If you process incoming stock or send out shipments from your commercial shed then you may choose to have extra storage or add on space for something like a loading dock. Environmentally friendly Steel is one of the most sustainable construction materials available. Not only is steel 100% recyclable, but it can be used time and time again without losing quality making it a great choice. Even if you end up demolishing or taking down your shed, the steel won’t be taken to landfill as it can easily be used for another construction project. As we all look at ways that we can be more environmentally conscious, using steel instead of a material like timber is also a lot better for the environment. It can take up to 50 trees to build a traditional timber structure, it will then take at least 20 years to grow new trees that are the right size to be cut down for construction purposes. Steel is a much better alternative as it’s a material that is already available, and does not need to be harvested and then transported long distances to get to its destination. Choose an ABC Sheds structural steel shed An ABC Sheds commercial shed in West Billimari. At ABC Sheds we’re specialists in manufacturing quality steel sheds that stand the test of time. We’ve been in the shed industry since the mid 80’s so we’re no strangers to constructing commercial sheds and have proven experience in industrial construction. Our steel sheds are all custom-made to meet specific requirements and come with a 25-year guarantee giving you peace of mind. We also use fully galvanised frames so that your shed is made with the most protective coating available, giving you a commercial shed built to withstand even the toughest weather conditions. You can find out more about our range of commercial and industrial sheds by clicking here. For more information and to see examples of commercial sheds we’ve constructed you can download our free brochure by clicking the button below.

Commercial sheds & industrial buildings

Benefits of a commercial steel frame shed

If you’re planning on constructing a new commercial shed or building then you’ll want to make sure ...

20 Dec 2019 | 3 min

AMBOS Industrial Shed

Over the past year we’ve had the pleasure of working on some amazing shed projects across Australia and we thought we’d share a few of them with you. If you’re looking for ideas for your current or future shed then we’ve got you covered! We asked a few members of the ABC Sheds team to provide their favourite projects so you can get some inspiration. From 5-stand shearing sheds to roof-only hay sheds, there were a bunch of sheds that really stood out to the team. Find out about our favourite 2019 shed projects below! Shed Project: David Davidson I would say David Davidson’s latest shed was pretty outstanding – this was a 24m x21m x6m roof-only hay shed. The client knew that rain was coming and needed to provide cover for hay in the paddock. The thing that made this project stand out from the rest is that we were able to bring everything together and swing erectors over from another job, to get the shed up in just a couple of days. The client got the hay undercover just in time before the rain came. This project is also one to remember as the client would’ve saved thousands in having to replace hay if it were to get drenched from the rain. Shed Project: Darren Price My favourite project of 2019 was a 24m x 28m 5-stand shearing shed, built in conjunction with ProWay near Boorowa, NSW. The reason I enjoyed working on this project was due to the complexity of the design as the shed needed to meet livestock handling requirements. It was great to visit the site once the shed was erected, to see the end result and shearing in full swing. Seeing smiles from all crew on-site showing appreciation of the new facility was very rewarding. Shed Project: Andrew Blair The shed we supplied for Andrew Blair was the project that stood out to me the most in 2019. This was a stand out as it was the first turnkey shed project ABC Sheds had ever done. If you aren’t sure what we mean by ‘turnkey’ – the shed was completely custom built for the clients needs and we were able to oversee all aspects of the project. This was a great project to be involved in as it meant having to organise all required contractors. The entire process from start to finish was simple, easy and convenient for the client. Shed Project: Garry Murray My favourite project from this year has to be Garry Murray’s hay shed. 80m x 21m x 6m, this hay shed also features an 8m awning off the back wall. Amid dust storms and high temperatures of over 40 degrees we still managed to erect the shed in record time. The frames went up in five days and cladding and plumbing in six. Earthworks and pad preparation were also excellent making it easy to get the piers done in just two days. With such a quick turnaround we exceeded the client’s expectations with the shed completed one week ahead of schedule. Shed Project: AMBOS The AMBOS project was a highlight of 2019 for me. AMBOS manufacture grain-based, mineral-based, and fibre-based diets for ruminant and monogastric animal feeding industries, and for domestic farm animals. The industrial shed we supplied was a part of a massive expansion being undertaken at the plant. The end result was very impressive. The shed ended up being 142.5m x 35m x 6m high with two bays being 12m high. This shed stood out because of its sheer size and the extra features it included such as varying heights, a concrete tilt panel, sliding and roller doors as well as large 15m openings. Seeing examples of other shed projects can make all the difference in deciding on extra features to add to your current shed, or the type of shed you choose for future builds. For more ideas and to see other projects we’ve worked on, you can take a look at the ABC Sheds brochure here. Free to download, it’s full of great shed examples to give you more inspiration.

Our projects

Our favourite projects of 2019

Over the past year we’ve had the pleasure of working on some amazing shed projects across Australia ...

11 Dec 2019 | 2 min

ABC Sheds blog

With the end of the year fast approaching (hasn’t this year gone quickly!) we thought we’d look back over our most popular blogs for 2019. From drought management to horse stable inspiration, we’ve covered a range of different topics to do with structural steel sheds. Grab a cuppa and catch-up on our most popular blogs for the year. 10. A bath without a plug You wouldn’t start filling up the bath without first checking to see whether the plug is in, would you? The same can be said for not following up with your prospects or leads. For anyone that operates a business, sales are essential in making a profit and if you don’t have leads coming in, generating sales can be tricky. That’s why it’s essential to follow up with leads that are coming in. Studies have shown that most people buy after the 8th contact point so make the most of the leads that you have and check in to see how they’re going – can you help with current business requirements? If they don’t need anything right now, it's still important to build a relationship as people that have a good experience with a business will remember, and return down the track. Read the blog ‘A bath without a plug’. 9. Learning to self-care Self-care is the practice of taking action to preserve or improve one's health. We often think of self-care as taking a break every now and then and enjoying something like a holiday, however, self-care is something that can be practised every day. With approximately 65,000 recorded suicide attempts each year in Australia it’s important for us to consider how we can reduce this rate and support those who may be going through a tough time whether that may be at work, or in another area of their life. After a long day at work, take time to relax and de-stress. Allowing yourself a bit of time each day to unwind can go a long way in supporting yourself and ensuring a healthy mentality. Read the blog ‘Learning To Self-Care’. 8. Is winter coming? Looking back at the 2018 Winter, there was a lot of room for improvement with the 2018 drought having traumatic effects across the country. It was hoped that the 2019 winter months would bring some much needed rain to drought stricken areas of Australia, however it turned out to be one of the country’s warmest and driest on record. It’s because of this that it’s important to prepare for different weather conditions, and whatever may come. How will you drought-proof for the future? Read the blog ‘Is winter coming?’ 7. To live like kings For those of you that own a horse, you will know that all horses require the same things – food, shelter and a place to run around! When considering the horse’s needs and your own, you want convenience, practicality, and possibly a touch of style and sophistication! Our steel sheds are the perfect fit for horse owners looking for a sound structure than can easily be enhanced and added to, to suit both yours and your horse’s needs. Read the blog ‘To live like Kings’. 6. The farm of the future Agriculture remains a top industry across the world, whether it be farming traditional crops or breeding livestock. As technology becomes even more advanced, the longevity of any business or industry falls on the ability to adapt and evolve with these new technologies. What once used to be quite labour intensive and strenuous days for farmers, can now be aided with things like air conditioned tractors for ploughing, quad bikes for easy surveying or drones for the farmer not wanting to step off the back veranda. Read the blog ‘The farm of the future’. 5. Choosing your base Horse arenas come in many different shapes and sizes. Whether it’s an indoor arena, roof only, or indoor/outdoor arena, the material you choose to use for the base of your arena is important to consider. To create the perfect riding and training environment it’s essential that you have the right base material for your horses. The base for a standard horse arena is often clay, compacted gravel and sand with lime added later and compacted. Once a solid base is established, a top layer of your choice or whichever best suits the environment can be added. Read the blog ‘Choosing your base’. 4. How to build a dressage arena Filling the dreams of many an avid horse rider is the ownership, one day, of a horse arena. And while the fundamentals of building a dressage arena are the same as any horse arena there are a few extra considerations to consider. Things like horse arena use, location and budget are all important factors to consider before you get started building your arena. Read the blog ‘How to build a dressage arena’. 3. Horse stables - Inspiration Horse stables or sheds are a great way to keep your horses safe when they need rest, and also offer complete shelter from the elements. When deciding which horse stable you need, there are many things to consider like how many horses will be housed in the stable, if you want to store hay or other feed in your stable, and any special features you’d like to add. It’s also important to consider how a horse stable will work with any existing structures, such as a dressage arena. We’ve covered the common types of horse stables to provide you with some inspiration for your current or future horse stable. Read the blog ‘Horse Stables – Inspiration’. 2. Building a dressage arena for all weather conditions Being based in New South Wales we’re no strangers to the heat and understand that quality sheds need to be built for all weather conditions. Dressage arenas are no different! One of the most common things we hear from clients that require dressage arenas is that they need to be able to train all year round, so they need something that will be suitable on a hot summer’s day as well as the middle of winter. When Virginia Russell and Peter Asimus approached us they were in need of a dressage arena that would allow them to train their horses no matter what the weather conditions were. Read the blog ‘Building a dressage arena for all weather conditions’. 1. The key to drought management Our most read blog for 2019 is surrounding the topic of drought management. Aussie farmers all know the daily struggle they face due to drought and low rainfall. This is not only taxing on farmers and their livestock, but it can have big ramifications on running a successful farm. Many farmers are hesitant to spend more money in the fear of not making it back, while other farmers are off-loading livestock and assets to cover the devastating effects of ongoing drought. To help farmers out over this tough time, the NSW Government has expanded the RAA Farm Innovation Fund which allows farmers to apply for low interest loans to create infrastructure in an effort to lessen the blow of drought. If you live in an area with minimal annual rainfall, having something like a 12m x 18m Hay shed can be a saving grace for any farmer looking to keep water up for livestock as well as keeping feed fresh, safe and dry. Read the blog ‘The key to drought management’. There you have it – our most popular blogs for 2019! If you’re looking for a steel shed for your farm or property, then talk to us about an ABC Sheds structural shed. If you’re a farmer in NSW you can also ask about the RAA Farm Innovation Fund, to see what’s involved and how much you’re eligible for. To view the full range of ABC Sheds structural steel sheds, you can download our product brochure by clicking the button below.

ABC Sheds latest news

Our most popular blogs of 2019

With the end of the year fast approaching (hasn’t this year gone quickly!) we thought we’d look ...

14 Nov 2019 | 5 min

NSW industrial and commercial building requirements

If you’re looking to construct a commercial or industrial building, there are important things to consider before you get started. While you should always seek out the guidance of a professional before you start on a commercial or industrial building project, there are some basic things that need to be followed when planning out your project. In this blog we’ve covered new industrial building requirements for the New South Wales area. Read on to find out what you need to consider before you start your project. Standard building requirements There are a few essentials that must be met when building your new commercial or industrial building as outlined by the NSW Government. These are: Where you erect your commercial or industrial building must be in a business or industrial zone or Special Purpose zone SP3. The building use must also be allowed in that zone. A building cannot be erected over a registered easement. If the building would increase water demand or waste water, you must notify the water utility of the proposed development. It’s also essential to obtain written notice or advice from the water utility stating any work to be undertaken. New buildings or alterations to existing buildings that are larger than 5000m², and that have access to a road that is located less than 90m from a classified road, will need to obtain a certificate from the Roads and Maritime Services. The certificate needs to state what the impact on the surrounding road network will be. If the land was used for a purpose listed in the Managing Land Contamination Planning Guidelines - SEPP 55 – Remediation of Land, or on the list of sites notified under the Contaminated Land Management Act 1997, a statement issued by a qualified person is required. The statement should certify that the land is suitable for the intended purpose. Additional standards for new industrial buildings There are specific standards that need to be followed for new industrial buildings. These are: A maximum floor area of up to 20,000m² and additions of up to 5000m². A maximum floor space ratio in line with the local environmental plan (LEP), or if not specified it should be 1:1. Building height should also be in line with the LEP or if not specified it should be 15m. Road setback considerations also need to be made for new industrial buildings. For classified roads which consist of either freeways, state highways, main roads, tourist roads or secondary roads, the road boundary needs to be at least 10m. Proposed classified roads zoned SP2, should be at least 4.5m. On a primary road that is not classed as a classified road, the setback from the road boundary is the average distance of the setbacks of the nearest two industrial buildings that have a boundary with the same road and are located within 40m of the subject lot, or at least 10m, (whichever is the least). When adjacent to other industrial buildings on the side and rear boundaries, the new building or addition can be built to the boundary. Minimum setback requirements for industrial buildings. Source If you’re adjoining your industrial building to a residential lot, a different range of setbacks are required. Buildings less than 1,000m² require a setback of at least 3m from a residential zone. The setback increases to: 4.5m for buildings from 1000m² to 5,000m². 20m for buildings from 5000m² to 10,000m². 50m for buildings from 10,000m² to 20,000m². As well as different setback requirements, there are also mandatory landscaping requirements (this includes along street frontages). Conditions will be imposed to ensure landscaping meets certain standards in the setback from residential development, landscaping on the site must also be maintained. A 3m setback at minimum is required for public reserves, environmentally sensitive land and rail corridors. These setbacks will require landscaping. Development standards cover front façade design elements, car parking, loading, caretaker’s flats, garbage and waste storage, fences, bunding, earthworks and drainage controls. Setback requirements for industrial buildings adjacent to a residential dwelling, in a residential zone. Source Other things to consider Before you get started building your new industrial or commercial building it’s important to remember that all developments must comply with the conditions outlined in the Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2000, as well as the conditions located in Schedule 8 of the policy. If you will be removing any existing trees or vegetation currently on the property, it’s important that you contact your local council first to check you don’t need consent to do this. Also, if the new structure would be located on public land or on a public road, note that this will require separate approval from either the relevant council, or Roads and Maritime Services under the Roads Act 1993 and the Local Government Act 1993. For a busy business owner or farmer, the time and resources required to investigate, plan and account for all of these factors can be a barrier to investing in essential buildings. The good news is that it needn’t be! ABC Sheds bring convenience and efficiency to your business with our high-standard industrial steel sheds. We can take the stress of building a new shed away by handling the consent process and ensuring your new building is fully compliant. Whether you need a new location for your operations or additional storage for your commercial equipment, ABC Sheds can design the right structure that suits your business. We’ll also handle all aspects of your project to complete your building on time. From completing the necessary council forms to erecting your new structure, our team will be there to help. Contact us now to talk about your next project.

Commercial sheds & industrial buildings

What are the NSW commercial building requirements?

If you’re looking to construct a commercial or industrial building, there are important things to ...

8 Nov 2019 | 3 min

ABC Sheds traditional horse stable

So you’ve decided to invest in a horse stable – good choice! Horse stables or sheds are a great way to keep your horses safe when they need rest, and also offer complete shelter from the elements. As they say – a healthy horse is a happy horse! When deciding which horse stable you need, there are many things to consider like how many horses will be housed in the stable, if you want to store hay or other feed in your stable, and any special features you’d like to add. It’s also important to consider how a horse stable will work with any existing structures, such as a dressage arena. In this blog we cover some common types of horse stables and provide a little inspiration so you can decide what will work best for you, and your horses. Traditional Stables The most common types of horse stables we see are the traditional kind. This type of horse stable is comprised of individual boxes or units, that will house one horse each. They are a great way to make sure each horse has their own space to relax, free of distractions. The benefits of traditional horse stables include: Each stable has its own individual external access. Traditional stables can be used for any number of horses with the benefit that you can add more stables on, if you get more horses, and have the space. In many cases, unused stables can be easily converted into tack, feed and rug drying rooms. Often traditional stables will utilise a roof overhang over the stable door. This offers the horses protection against the rain and in the summer can offer some shade. You can tend to individual horses in the night without having to wake up the entire yard. Loose boxes offer better isolation facilities. If a horse needs to be kept apart, for health or behavioural reasons, then it will be easier to manage in a loose box with its own outlook rather than in a box within a barn set-up. Barn Stables Barn-style stables are still very popular and we often get requests for these to be built alongside a more contemporary horse arena complex. Many people like the rustic look of a barn and the traditional style it brings to an equestrian facility. Generally, with barn-style horse stables, several horses are housed under one roof, in individual units. There are many benefits to this style of horse stable which include: Barn stables often have bars in between each stable unit which allow horses to see each other. Internal channel for manoeuvring horses, cleaning and prepping or vet check-ups. The entire stabling section is undercover. All the horses can see each other and what is going on. Many stables have windows to the rear of the stable allowing the horse access to fresh air. High roofs allow for good ventilation. Large numbers of horses can be housed all under one roof. Important details in Horse Stable design Now that you know a bit more about the different types of horse stables available, it’s time to start thinking about the extra details like which stall doors will work for your stable, ceiling height and lighting. Stall Doors You have a couple of options when it comes to deciding which stall doors to use on your horse stable. Stall doors can be either be swinging or sliding. Swinging doors should open out into the alley or central barn area, and be kept shut at all other times. They should fasten securely shut. Sliding doors should slide smoothly. No matter which option you choose there should be a latch attached to secure the door so that it closes easily, and one that horses cannot easily tamper with. Ceilings Some horse stables, especially those originally used for storing cattle, have low ceilings that are not high enough for horses. Although ceiling heights can always be altered, this tends to be a costly procedure so worth avoiding in the first place. The ideal height for horse stable ceilings should be enough so that when standing, a horse can comfortably lift its head without hitting the roof. In many cases, higher is better as this also provides additional ventilation and temperature control. Extra height can provide a measure of safety for the horse should it decide to rear or jump. Lighting How exposed your horse stable is to the elements will decide which type of lighting is the most appropriate to use for your stable. For instance, fluorescent bulbs may not work well in very cold weather and won’t be as pleasant for the horses as natural light. LED will be bright and provide excellent illumination in colder weather but these should be carefully placed so as to not dazzle the horses. Make sure that any lighting or switches are safely out of harm's way from horses, and that any exposed lights cannot be easily reached. It’s important to note that while the appearance of your horse stable and the features it contains are important, the most vital thing is that you build a stable that will not only safely house your horses, but is something that they will feel as comfortable as possible in. Want to know more about our dressage arenas, especially ones with stables attached? Click here for more information and to see our work.

Dressage arenas

Horse Stables - Inspiration

So you’ve decided to invest in a horse stable – good choice! Horse stables or sheds are a great way ...

15 Oct 2019 | 3 min

ABC Sheds horse arena

Whether for dressage, eventing, jumping, cutting, campdraft or simply recreation, your horse arena must be adequately sized for your needs. Depending on the purpose and usage of your arena, there are different sizes and regulations to consider. In this blog, we outline the factors to think about when choosing your horse arena, including: Dressage arenas Showjumping arenas Eventing arenas Cutting arenas Recreational arenas Popular horse arena designs Tips for horse arenas Dressage arena design The interior measurement of a dressage arena is 60 metres long and 20 metres wide. In competitions, the arena must be separated from the public by at least 10 metres and, if indoors, the arena must be at least 2 metres from the wall. Another common feature is a low white fence about 30cm high. In competition terms, the arena has 12 markers placed symmetrically to indicate where each movement or change should occur. The horse has to demonstrate three paces, including a walk, trot, and canter, along with smooth transitions. The markers on the long sides of the arena and nearest the corners are 6m in from the corners and 12m apart. Showjumping arenas In showjumping, the horse and rider complete a course of ten to thirteen jumps, up to 1.6 metres high and with spreads of 2 metres. We recommend opting for a large arena that can accommodate a range of showjumping courses, combinations, and variations. In competition terms, an indoor arena must be a minimum of 1,200 square metres, with a minimum width of 20 metres on the shorter side. An outdoor arena must be a minimum of 4,000 square metres, with a minimum width of 50 metres on the short side. Eventing arenas If you want to train for eventing, you will need a dressage arena, a cross-country course, and a showjumping course inside the arena. If you will use your new arena for both showjumping and dressage, it will need to accommodate both courses, including: A dressage arena (60 metres by 20 metres). A showjumping course of twelve to twenty brightly coloured fences spaced 2 metres apart. Cutting arenas Cutting is a fast-paced discipline that requires a very different setup to dressage or showjumping. Cutting arenas are typically wider and shorter than dressage arenas to allow space for the horse and rider to manoeuvre cattle quickly and with precision. The standard size for a cutting arena is approximately 42 - 46 metres wide by 21 - 32 metres long, giving horses ample lateral space without needing the length typical of dressage or jumping. Because of the speed and agility required, suitable footing is also crucial. Many cutting arenas use a sand or sand-loam base with adequate depth and drainage to minimise injury and allow horses to stop and turn safely. Recreational horse arenas If you ride for leisure, the arena size is entirely up to you, but we always recommend sizing it up. This way, you can adapt to future training requirements and, even if you don’t use the full arena yourself, it will add significant value to your property by meeting the needs of more riders. Popular horse arena designs in 2025 Covered dressage arena An arena roof cover provides a cost-effective equestrian shelter without committing to a fully enclosed arena. If you decide to, you can add the walls later when your budget allows. Partially enclosed dressage arena For a dressage arena, we recommend a shed that is slightly larger than the standard dressage dimensions. This way, the interior measurement can match the competition arenas, with a few metres on each side. For example, the arena we built for Glenhill Sportshorses measures 66 metres by 21.6 metres. This allowed enough space for a mirrored wall and a storage bay at one end. Fully enclosed arenas An enclosed arena is perfect for extreme climates and exposed sites because they’re fully protected from the elements. We can incorporate doors and roof ventilation for maximum airflow, providing a comfortable space for you and your horses. To improve visibility, we can also integrate clear roof panels to maximise natural light. However, we have had feedback from clients that the shadows can spook some of the more timid horses. What type of arena is right for you? Try our virtual shed builder to see your options. Our equestrian sheds Our equine sheds provide a safe, covered space for equestrian riders. We specialise in enclosed arena covers so you can train all year round — no matter the season. Horse arena Our fully engineered dressage arenas can span from 15 metres up to 60 metres. With our clearspan structures, there is no need for centre supports or additional knee bracing so you get the maximum usable area for your arena. Horse stable We can also provide customised horse stables, ideal for housing your horses between training sessions, along with any feed, equipment, and horse floats. We recommend a minimum stable size of 3.7 metres by 4.9 metres and at least 2.75m high to ensure your horses have enough room. While we can supply the steel frame for your stables, we do not offer alternative cladding or complete stable fitouts ourselves. However, we highly recommend the following businesses who specialise in stable interiors and fitouts: Anvil Enterprises Signature Stables Solution Stables We can incorporate the stables into your arena design or build a separate building, just ask our team! You may also like to incorporate certain elements to create a shed house, ensuring your riders have all the amenities they need for a full day of training. For example, we can implement windows, ventilation, and insulation to make your stables more comfortable year-round. When planning your new arena, we recommend thinking about the location, budget, ongoing maintenance, size, and whether it should be indoor or outdoor. Design considerations for equestrian buildings Clearspan Our fully engineered structures can span up to 60 metres with no need for centre supports or additional knee bracing. This means you get the maximum usable space for your arena and don’t have to train around columns. Indoor vs outdoor An outdoor arena requires fewer materials, meaning it will cost less upfront. However, outdoor arenas also require more maintenance because the wind and rain get inside, wearing down the footing and the shed structure. In many climates, an exposed arena will also limit your hours of use, potentially leading you to add a cover later anyway. With that in mind, we recommend investing in an enclosed arena upfront. You can use it at any time of year and in any weather conditions, providing a much greater return on investment. An enclosed arena will generally cost more initially but requires far less maintenance. If you prefer an outdoor arena but are concerned about exposure to the weather, you can add a cover later or cover just a part of the main arena. This keeps the initial cost down but can also be extended later. High-quality At ABC Sheds, we use high-quality hot dip galvanised steel, ensuring a strong and reliable structure. We also exceed Australian building codes to enhance durability and longevity and minimise maintenance over time. Custom arena designs When you work with us, the design customisations are virtually endless. We will tailor your new arena to suit your specific needs, based on your location, riding discipline, preferences, and budget. Learn more about our custom arenas in our free Equestrian Sheds Brochure, packed with specifications and tips.

Dressage arenas

What’s the best horse arena size?

Whether for dressage, eventing, jumping, cutting, campdraft or simply recreation, your horse arena ...

15 Oct 2019 | 4 min

A dressage arena that can be used in all seasons

Being based in New South Wales, Australia we’re no strangers to the heat and understand that quality sheds need to be built for all weather conditions. Dressage arenas are no different. One of the most common things we hear from clients that require dressage arenas is that they need to be able to train all year round, so they need something that will be suitable on a hot summer’s day as well as the middle of winter. When Virginia Russell and Peter Asimus approached us they were in need of a dressage arena that would allow them to train their horses no matter what the weather conditions were. Read on to find out about the work we did for Virginia and Peter, and the dressage arena we provided. The Challenge Virginia and Peter train dressage horses in New South Wales and were in need of an arena cover that they could use all year round. They needed a solution that would allow them to train their horses in both indoor and outdoor environments – a factor that had affected this previously was unpredictable and hot weather conditions. They were ready to invest in an arena that would not only allow them to train horses if it was raining, but also on hot sunny days. As well as an arena, they also required a stable block to house their horses. They wanted something that not only looked good, but was good on the environment too. Why ABC Sheds Due to their requirements, Virginia and Peter needed something that was custom built. There were very specific details that needed to be added, both for the arena and the stable so they needed a company that could give them exactly what they wanted. A high level of attention to detail was required for this project which was ultimately why we were selected for the job. We were happy to meet Virginia and Peter’s requirements and enjoyed working with them to provide a solution that would allow them to train horses, whenever they needed. The Solution Virginia and Peter were after a quality dressage arena that would allow them to get out of the sometimes harsh weather conditions and do what they do best – train horses! We provided a 42m x 21m x 4.5m open plan dressage arena so that they can make use of both outdoor and indoor horse training. We also provided them with an 11m x 12m horse stable with 4.6m awnings off the sides. They wanted something that had a rustic look so we were able to clad a steel frame shed, with a timber finish. The timber used was recycled making the barn very economical to build. Virginia and Peter were happy with the final products and really enjoy being able to get out and train their horses in any season. They also love having a horse stable on the property now as they can house their horses safely plus, it looks pretty good too! Want to know more about this project? Check out our video below with Virginia! To chat about your dressage arena plans and how an ABC Sheds solution could work for you, request a chat or a site visit with one of the team below.

Dressage arenas • Our projects

Building a dressage arena for all weather conditions

Being based in New South Wales, Australia we’re no strangers to the heat and understand that ...

19 Sep 2019 | 2 min

Building a covered horse arena

Filling the dreams of many avid riders is the ownership, one day, of an arena. And whereas the fundamentals of building a dressage arena are the same as any horse arena there are a few extra considerations to consider, which we will cover in this article. But first, some basics. A horse arena of any kind is a significant investment for the owner. Not only in the initial build but also in the ongoing maintenance and management. Decisions made right at the very beginning can impact usability and cost down the track. There are many sites with detailed explainers on how to build an arena on a budget so this article, instead, will help identify the key considerations that need to be outlined before the first bucketload of dirt is removed from your site. You'll learn how to build a dressage arena, or any horse arena, by first outlining how you should not build a horse arena! Horse arena use The first thing to really consider is your intended use. And to get to the guts of your arena use you should not only consider how you're using arenas today, but how you want to be using one in 5, 10 or even 20 years time. For example, you might be using an arena currently at the weekend due to its location and your available free time. If you had one closer to home would that change? If you had one that was covered, and lit, would you use it earlier in the morning, during winter or late at night? If you had stables abutting the arena would that make management of your horses easier? If it had enough space for seating would that enable you to host training sessions or offer lessons for beginners? These may seem like unimportant decisions now, after all you just want an arena, but factoring this in now means you are not spending thousands in the future - or forgoing a potential avenue due to cost. Adding a covered horse arena may seem expensive now, but the value it adds your property and the additional usability it offers for training can reap rewards far beyond the dollar value investment. Horse arena location It's a very well known fact that drainage is one of the main considerations for any horse arena. Some of this will be impacted by your local environment; soil type, elevation, rainfall. Situating your new horse arena on slightly higher ground will help. The more work involved in getting the arena area flattened will increase cost, and if you're in an area of heavy annual rainfall then you'll need more investment in drainage. Again, a covered horse arena may help circumvent some drainage issues in areas where soil density or type may push the cost of having an open arena into the gutter. Horse arena floor There are a few dozen articles that go into detail on the types of gravel and sublayers to be used to get the perfect arena floor. Now, assuming you're building a dressage arena then the dimensions and layout of your floor will be slightly different to other arenas. A large dressage arena is typically 20m x 60m with a minimum distance from the public of 10m. A small dressage arena is 20m x 40m. For Jumping arenas the typical size for an indoor competition is a minimum of 1,200sqm with a minimum width on the short side of 20m, roughly equating to a minimum length of 60m. An outdoor competition arena will have a square metre area of 4,000 with the short side width being 50m, resulting in a rough length of 80m. According to DSR WA the total length of the jumping arena must not exceed the number of obstacles in the competition multiplied by 60. Many arenas built by ABC Sheds are 60m x 20m, enabling full olympic-sized arena spacing however increasing that to accommodate indoor seating is easy to do as well. Horse arena cost There are a number of figures that are quoted when it comes to creating a horse arena. From a bare-bones DIY arena costing close to $15,000 if you know the right people, to fully-kitted arena and stable combos with lights and more for closer to $800,000. There are many ways to achieve an expensive open air arena that costs more than an efficient and effective covered arena. The best advice for anyone looking to build a horse arena is to do their research and ask around. Contacting people that have built before will help you circumvent the challenges they faced. And for a range of inspiration covered horse arenas and stables have a look at our preview video below. To discuss your horse arena plans, and see the benefits of choosing a covered horse arena built by ABC Sheds, request a no obligation chat or site visit with a member of the team below. Alternatively, download our free equestrian sheds brochure.

Dressage arenas

How to build a dressage arena

Filling the dreams of many avid riders is the ownership, one day, of an arena. And whereas the ...

9 Sep 2019 | 3 min

Categories

Get the latest news & updates